BAC-6.30.2012-10Q


 
 
 
 
 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
(Mark One)
[ü] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 2012
or
[   ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from          to
Commission file number:
1-6523
Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter:
Bank of America Corporation
State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization:
Delaware
IRS Employer Identification Number:
56-0906609
Address of Principal Executive Offices:
Bank of America Corporate Center
100 N. Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28255
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(704) 386-5681
Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report:
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes ü     No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes ü     No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one).
Large accelerated filer ü
     
Accelerated filer
     
Non-accelerated filer
(do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).
Yes     No ü
On July 31, 2012, there were 10,776,950,316 shares of Bank of America Corporation Common Stock outstanding.
 
 
 
 
 

                

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation
 
June 30, 2012
 
Form 10-Q
 
 
 
INDEX
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

1

Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


2

Table of Contents

Item 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This report on Form 10-Q, the documents that it incorporates by reference and the documents into which it may be incorporated by reference may contain, and from time to time Bank of America Corporation (collectively with its subsidiaries, the Corporation) and its management may make certain statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “targets,” “intends,” “plans,” “goal” and other similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “may,” “might,” “should,” “would” and “could.” The forward-looking statements made represent the current expectations, plans or forecasts of the Corporation regarding the Corporation's future results and revenues, and future business and economic conditions more generally, including statements concerning: that net interest income will improve modestly in the third quarter of 2012 if interest rates remain flat to second quarter 2012 levels; the achievement of cost savings in certain noninterest expense categories as the Corporation continues to streamline workflows, simplify processes and align expenses with its overall strategic plan and operating principles as part of Project New BAC; with regard to Phase 1, the Corporation expects to realize more than $1 billion of cost savings in 2012 and $5 billion of annualized cost savings by the fourth quarter of 2013 with the full impact realized in 2014; the Corporation expects that Phase 2 will result in an additional $3 billion of annualized cost savings by mid-2015; the expectation that the Corporation would record a charge to income tax expense of approximately $400 million if the income tax rate were reduced to 22 percent by 2014 as suggested in U.K. Treasury announcements and assuming no change in the deferred tax asset balance; the expected reduction of debit card revenue of approximately $420 million in the third quarter of 2012 when compared to the same period in 2011, as a result of the interchange fee rules; that higher costs will continue related to resources necessary to implement new servicing standards mandated for the industry, to implement other operational changes and costs due to delayed foreclosures; the resolution of representations and warranties repurchase and other claims; the final resolution of the BNY Mellon Settlement; the estimates of liability and range of possible loss for various representations and warranties claims; the expectation that unresolved repurchase claims will continue to increase, including those from Fannie Mae and private-label securitization trustees; that the expiration and mutual nonrenewal of certain contractual delivery commitments and variances with Fannie Mae will not have a material impact on our CRES business, as the Corporation expects to rely on other sources of liquidity to actively extend mortgage credit to customers including continuing to deliver such products into Freddie Mac MBS pools; the ability to resolve mortgage insurance rescission notices with the mortgage insurance companies before the expiration of the appeal period prescribed by the Fannie Mae announcement; the disposition and resolution of servicing matters; beliefs and expectations concerning the servicing global settlement agreement, including expectations about the amounts of credits to be generated by various programs, the effects on annual interest income and fair value of loans in the programs and whether loans modified under programs will be accounted for as troubled debt restructurings, and the likelihood that the Corporation will fail to meet commitments and be required to make additional cash payments, whether material or not; the impacts of foreclosure delays; that implementation of uniform servicing standards will incrementally increase costs associated with the servicing process, but it will not result in material delays or dislocation in the performance of mortgage servicing obligations; the expectation that the Corporation will comply with the final Basel 3 rules when issued and effective; the intention to build capital through retaining earnings, actively managing the Corporation's portfolios and implementing other capital-related initiatives, including focusing on reducing both higher risk-weighted assets and assets proposed to be deducted from capital under Basel 3; the Corporation's liquidity risk management strategies; that funding trading activities in broker/dealer subsidiaries is more cost efficient and less sensitive to changes in credit ratings than unsecured financing; the cost and availability of unsecured funding; the Corporation's belief that a portion of structured liability obligations will remain outstanding beyond the earliest put or redemption date; the Corporation's anticipation that debt levels will continue to decline, as appropriate, through 2013; that, of the loans in the pay option portfolio at June 30, 2012 that have not already experienced a payment reset, three percent will reset during the remainder of 2012 and approximately 21 percent thereafter, and that approximately seven percent will prepay and approximately 69 percent will default prior to being reset, most of which were severely delinquent as of June 30, 2012; effects of the ongoing debt crisis in Europe; we expect reductions in the allowance for loan and lease losses, excluding the valuation allowance for PCI loans, to continue in the near term, though at a slower pace than in 2011; and the intention to reclassify net losses on both open and terminated derivative instruments recorded in accumulated OCI into earnings in the same period as the hedged cash flows affect earnings; and other matters relating to the Corporation and the securities that it may offer from time to time. The foregoing is not an exclusive list of all forward-looking statements the Corporation makes. These statements are not guarantees of future results or performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict and are often beyond Bank of America's control. Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, any of these forward-looking statements.

You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement and should consider the following uncertainties and risks, as well as the risks and uncertainties more fully discussed elsewhere in this report, under Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and in any of the Corporation's subsequent Securities and Exchange Commission filings: the Corporation's resolution of differences with Fannie Mae regarding representations and warranties repurchase claims, including with respect to mortgage insurance rescissions, and foreclosure delays; the Corporation's ability to resolve representations and warranties claims made by monolines and private-label and other investors, including as a result of any adverse court rulings, and the chance that the Corporation could face related servicing, securities, fraud, indemnity or other claims from one or more of the monolines or private-label and other investors; if future representations and warranties losses occur in excess of the Corporation's recorded liability for GSE

3

Table of Contents

exposures and in excess of the recorded liability and estimated range of possible loss for non-GSE exposures; uncertainties about the financial stability of several countries in the EU, the increasing risk that those countries may default on their sovereign debt or exit the EU and related stresses on financial markets, the Euro and the EU and the Corporation's exposures to such risks, including direct, indirect and operational; the uncertainty regarding the timing and final substance of any capital or liquidity standards, including the final Basel 3 requirements and their implementation for U.S. banks through rulemaking by the Federal Reserve, including anticipated requirements to hold higher levels of regulatory capital, liquidity and meet higher regulatory capital ratios as a result of final Basel 3 or other capital or liquidity standards; the negative impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act on the Corporation's businesses and earnings, including as a result of additional regulatory interpretation and rulemaking and the success of the Corporation's actions to mitigate such impacts; the Corporation's satisfaction of its borrower assistance programs under the global settlement agreement with federal agencies and state Attorneys General; adverse changes to the Corporation's credit ratings from the major credit rating agencies; estimates of the fair value of certain of the Corporation's assets and liabilities; unexpected claims, damages and fines resulting from pending or future litigation and regulatory proceedings; the Corporation's ability to fully realize the cost savings and other anticipated benefits from Project New BAC, including in accordance with currently anticipated timeframes; and other similar matters.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and the Corporation undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the date the forward-looking statement was made.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements referred to in the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) are incorporated by reference into the MD&A. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. Throughout the MD&A, the Corporation uses certain acronyms and abbreviations which are defined in the Glossary.

The Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 as supplemented by a Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2012 to reflect reclassified business segment information is referred to herein as the 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Executive Summary
 
Business Overview

The Corporation is a Delaware corporation, a bank holding company and a financial holding company. When used in this report, “the Corporation” may refer to the Corporation individually, the Corporation and its subsidiaries, or certain of the Corporation’s subsidiaries or affiliates. Our principal executive offices are located in Charlotte, North Carolina. Through our banking and various nonbanking subsidiaries throughout the U.S. and in international markets, we provide a diversified range of banking and nonbanking financial services and products through five business segments: Consumer & Business Banking (CBB), Consumer Real Estate Services (CRES), Global Banking, Global Markets and Global Wealth & Investment Management (GWIM), with the remaining operations recorded in All Other. Effective January 1, 2012, the Corporation changed its basis of presentation from six to the above five segments. For more information on this realignment, see Business Segment Operations on page 30. At June 30, 2012, the Corporation had approximately $2.2 trillion in assets and approximately 275,500 full-time equivalent employees.

As of June 30, 2012, we operated in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and more than 40 countries. Our retail banking footprint covers approximately 80 percent of the U.S. population and in the U.S., we serve 56 million consumer and small business relationships with approximately 5,600 banking centers, 16,200 ATMs, nationwide call centers, and leading online and mobile banking platforms. We offer industry-leading support to approximately four million small business owners. We are a global leader in corporate and investment banking and trading across a broad range of asset classes serving corporations, governments, institutions and individuals around the world.


4

Table of Contents

Table 1 provides selected consolidated financial data for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, and at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 1
Selected Financial Data
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions, except per share information)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Income statement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis) (1)
$
22,202

 
$
13,483

 
$
44,687

 
$
40,578

Net income (loss)
2,463

 
(8,826
)
 
3,116

 
(6,777
)
Net income (loss), excluding goodwill impairment charge (2)
2,463

 
(6,223
)
 
3,116

 
(4,174
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
0.19

 
(0.90
)
 
0.22

 
(0.73
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share, excluding goodwill impairment charge (2)
0.19

 
(0.65
)
 
0.22

 
(0.48
)
Dividends paid per common share
0.01

 
0.01

 
0.02

 
0.02

Performance ratios
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Return on average assets
0.45
%
 
n/m

 
0.29
%
 
n/m

Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (1)
6.16

 
n/m

 
3.94

 
n/m

Efficiency ratio (FTE basis) (1)
76.79

 
n/m

 
80.98

 
n/m

Asset quality
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses at period end
 
 
 
 
$
30,288

 
$
37,312

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding at period end (3)
 
 
 
 
3.43
%
 
4.00
%
Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties at period end (3)
 
 
 
 
$
25,377

 
$
30,058

Net charge-offs
$
3,626

 
$
5,665

 
7,682

 
11,693

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (3)
1.64
%
 
2.44
%
 
1.72
%
 
2.53
%
Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding excluding purchased credit-impaired loans (3)
1.69

 
2.54

 
1.78

 
2.63

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs
2.08

 
1.64

 
1.96

 
1.58

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs excluding purchased credit-impaired loans
1.46

 
1.28

 
1.38

 
1.23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Balance sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
 
 
 
 
$
892,315

 
$
926,200

Total assets
 
 
 
 
2,160,854

 
2,129,046

Total deposits
 
 
 
 
1,035,225

 
1,033,041

Total common shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
217,213

 
211,704

Total shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
235,975

 
230,101

Capital ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 common capital
 
 
 
 
11.24
%
 
9.86
%
Tier 1 capital
 
 
 
 
13.80

 
12.40

Total capital
 
 
 
 
17.51

 
16.75

Tier 1 leverage
 
 
 
 
7.84

 
7.53

(1) 
Fully taxable-equivalent (FTE) basis, return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and the efficiency ratio are non-GAAP financial measures. Other companies may define or calculate these measures differently. For additional information on these measures and ratios, and a corresponding reconciliation to GAAP financial measures, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.
(2) 
Net income (loss) and diluted earnings (loss) per common share have been calculated excluding the impact of the goodwill impairment charge of $2.6 billion in the second quarter of 2011 and accordingly, these are non-GAAP measures. For additional information on these measures and for a corresponding reconciliation to GAAP financial measures, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.
(3) 
Balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option. For additional exclusions from nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties, see Nonperforming Consumer Loans and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 99 and corresponding Table 43, and Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 108 and corresponding Table 52.
n/m = not meaningful

5

Table of Contents

Second Quarter 2012 Economic and Business Environment

In the U.S., following moderate economic growth and an improving financial environment to begin the year, momentum dissipated in the second quarter. Household spending slowed during the quarter, as vehicle sales declined and retail sales weakened. Business spending continued its slowing trend, influenced by the expiration of tax credits as well as economic uncertainties. Businesses also significantly reduced hiring during the second quarter and the unemployment rate remained elevated, ending the quarter at 8.2 percent. State and local governments reduced spending and federal defense expenditures declined. Housing activity and construction grew for the fifth consecutive quarter, continuing its moderate improvement from very low levels, although home prices remain depressed. Given the housing sector's influence on consumer behavior and the financial sector, it remains critical to the health of the economic expansion. Lower energy prices also were a positive trend for consumers and businesses. Equity markets partially reversed gains from the previous quarter. Financial market anxiety rose, particularly amid signs of renewed economic slowing. Nevertheless, U.S. exports continued to grow despite the European financial crisis and recession.

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve) maintained its policy of additional quantitative easing while acknowledging the improved economic and labor market momentum that occurred late in 2011 and in the first quarter of 2012. At its June meeting, based on indications that this momentum had dissipated, and the increasing strains in global financial markets largely stemming from the sovereign debt and banking situation in Europe, the Federal Reserve extended its program to lengthen the average maturity of its portfolio by buying longer term U.S. Treasury securities and selling short-term holdings through year end. Concerns regarding federal tax and spending policies increased during the quarter as financial markets anticipated the year-end expiration of tax cuts and other expansionary fiscal measures such as extended unemployment insurance and the temporary payroll tax cut. In addition, absent Congressional action, federal spending reductions in last year's debt ceiling bill are scheduled to be triggered at year end.

World economic momentum also slowed in the second quarter as a result of declining economic growth in select developed and emerging nations. In addition, heightened tensions in Europe in connection with the European financial crisis and deteriorating economic conditions in certain European countries adversely affected financial markets during the second quarter leading to increased investor risk aversion and lower trading volumes. Overall, at quarter end, world economic conditions remained uncertain. For more information on our exposure in Europe, Asia, Latin America and Japan, see Non-U.S. Portfolio on page 114.

Recent Events

Capital and Liquidity Related Matters

During the three months ended June 30, 2012, we entered into a series of transactions involving repurchases of our senior and subordinated debt and trust preferred securities resulting in total net gains of $505 million. Through a tender offer, exercise of call options and certain open market transactions, we repurchased senior and subordinated debt with a carrying value of $4.5 billion for $4.2 billion in cash, and recorded net gains of $334 million. Also, we repurchased trust preferred securities issued by various unconsolidated trusts with a carrying value of $996 million for $825 million in cash, and recorded gains of $171 million. In addition, we exercised a call on $3.9 billion of trust preferred securities which settled, with an extinguishment of the related debt, on July 25, 2012. The gain on this transaction was not significant. We will consider additional tender offers, exercises and other transactions in the future depending on prevailing market conditions, liquidity and other factors.

Credit Ratings

On June 21, 2012, Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (Moody's) completed its previously-announced review for possible downgrade of financial institutions with global capital markets operations, downgrading the ratings of 15 banks and securities firms, including our ratings. The Corporation's long-term debt rating and Bank of America, N.A.'s (BANA's) long-term and short-term debt ratings were downgraded one notch as part of this action. Currently, the Corporation's and BANA's long-term/short-term senior debt ratings and outlooks expressed by Moody's are Baa2/P-2 (negative) and A3/P-2 (stable). The Moody's downgrade did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity during the second quarter of 2012.

The major rating agencies (Moody's, Standard & Poor's Ratings Services (S&P) and Fitch Ratings (Fitch)) have each indicated that, as a systemically important financial institution, our credit ratings currently reflect their expectation that, if necessary, we would receive significant support from the U.S. government, and that they will continue to assess such support in the context of sovereign financial strength and regulatory and legislative developments. For information regarding the risks associated with adverse changes in our credit ratings, see Liquidity Risk – Credit Ratings on page 80, Note 3 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements herein and Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

6

Table of Contents

Performance Overview

Summary Income Statement results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 are presented in Table 2. Certain items that affected pre-tax income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 were the following: provision for credit losses of $1.8 billion and $4.2 billion which included reserve reductions of $1.9 billion and $3.5 billion, net gains of $505 million and $1.7 billion on repurchases of debt and trust preferred securities, and $400 million and $1.2 billion of gains on sales of debt securities. These items were offset by negative fair value adjustments of $62 million and $3.4 billion on structured liabilities related to tightening of our own credit spreads, DVA losses on derivatives of $158 million and $1.6 billion, net of hedges, litigation expense of $963 million and $1.8 billion, and annual retirement-eligible incentive compensation costs of $892 million recorded in the first quarter of 2012. In addition, the representations and warranties provision decreased $13.6 billion to $395 million as the provision of $14.0 billion in the prior-year period, included $8.6 billion related to the agreement entered into with the Bank of New York Mellon (BNY Mellon Settlement) and $5.4 billion related to other non-government-sponsored enterprise (GSE) exposures, and to a lesser extent, GSE exposures.

Table 2
Summary Income Statement
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis) (1)
$
9,782

 
$
11,493

 
$
20,835

 
$
23,890

Noninterest income
12,420

 
1,990

 
23,852

 
16,688

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis) (1)
22,202

 
13,483

 
44,687

 
40,578

Provision for credit losses
1,773

 
3,255

 
4,191

 
7,069

Goodwill Impairment

 
2,603

 

 
2,603

All other noninterest expense
17,048

 
20,253

 
36,189

 
40,536

Income (loss) before income taxes
3,381

 
(12,628
)
 
4,307

 
(9,630
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis) (1)
918

 
(3,802
)
 
1,191

 
(2,853
)
Net income (loss)
2,463

 
(8,826
)
 
3,116

 
(6,777
)
Preferred stock dividends
365

 
301

 
690

 
611

Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
$
2,098

 
$
(9,127
)
 
$
2,426

 
$
(7,388
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per common share information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss)
$
0.19

 
$
(0.90
)
 
$
0.23

 
$
(0.73
)
Diluted earnings (loss)
0.19

 
(0.90
)
 
0.22

 
(0.73
)
(1) 
FTE basis is a non-GAAP financial measure. For additional information on this measure and for a corresponding reconciliation to GAAP financial measures, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.

Net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent (FTE) basis decreased $1.7 billion to $9.8 billion, and $3.1 billion to $20.8 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The decreases were primarily driven by lower consumer loan balances and yields and decreased investment securities yields. Lower trading-related net interest income also negatively impacted the results. These were partially offset by reductions in long-term debt balances and lower rates paid on deposits. The net interest yield on a FTE basis was 2.21 percent and 2.36 percent for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to 2.50 percent and 2.58 percent for the same periods in 2011.

Noninterest income increased $10.4 billion to $12.4 billion, and $7.2 billion to $23.9 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The most significant contributor to the increases was significantly lower representations and warranties provision. In addition, the increase in noninterest income included net gains on repurchases of certain debt and trust preferred securities in 2012. For the three-month period, these were partially offset by a decrease in equity investment income, and a decline in other income as the year-ago quarter included a gain on the sale of the Balboa Insurance Company's lender-placed insurance business (Balboa). For the six-month period, the increase in noninterest income was partially offset by negative fair value adjustments on structured liabilities, net DVA losses and the decrease in equity investment income. For additional information on the repurchases and exchanges, see Liquidity Risk on page 75.


7

Table of Contents

The provision for credit losses decreased $1.5 billion to $1.8 billion, and $2.9 billion to $4.2 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The improvement was primarily driven by lower credit costs in the home equity and residential mortgage loan portfolios due to improved portfolio trends, including lower reserve additions in our purchased credit-impaired (PCI) portfolios partially offset by stabilizing portfolio trends in the credit card and core commercial portfolios. The provision for credit losses was $1.9 billion and $3.5 billion lower than net charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, resulting in a reduction in the allowance for credit losses. This compared to reductions of $2.4 billion and $4.6 billion in the allowance for credit losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011.

Noninterest expense decreased $5.8 billion to $17.0 billion, and $7.0 billion to $36.2 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The declines were driven by decreases in other general operating expense which included lower mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to delayed foreclosures, and lower litigation expense. The decline in litigation expense was primarily mortgage-related. The decrease in noninterest expense was also the result of a $2.6 billion non-cash, non-tax deductible goodwill impairment charge recorded during the second quarter of 2011.

Income tax expense on a FTE basis was $918 million on pre-tax income of $3.4 billion, and $1.2 billion on pre-tax income of $4.3 billion for three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to a benefit of $3.8 billion on a pre-tax loss of $12.6 billion and a benefit of $2.9 billion on a pre-tax loss of $9.6 billion for same periods in 2011. For more information, see Financial Highlights – Income Tax Expense on page 12.

Segment Results
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Segment Results
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
Total Revenue (1)
 
Net Income (Loss)
 
Total Revenue (1)
 
Net Income (Loss)
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Consumer & Business Banking (CBB)
$
7,326

 
$
8,681

 
$
1,156

 
$
2,502

 
$
14,748

 
$
17,147

 
$
2,611

 
$
4,544

Consumer Real Estate Services (CRES)
2,521

 
(11,315
)
 
(768
)
 
(14,506
)
 
5,195

 
(9,252
)
 
(1,913
)
 
(16,906
)
Global Banking
4,285

 
4,659

 
1,406

 
1,921

 
8,735

 
9,360

 
2,996

 
3,504

Global Markets
3,365

 
4,413

 
462

 
911

 
7,558

 
9,685

 
1,260

 
2,306

Global Wealth & Investment Management (GWIM)
4,317

 
4,495

 
543

 
513

 
8,677

 
8,991

 
1,090

 
1,055

All Other
388

 
2,550

 
(336
)
 
(167
)
 
(226
)
 
4,647

 
(2,928
)
 
(1,280
)
Total FTE basis
22,202

 
13,483

 
2,463

 
(8,826
)
 
44,687

 
40,578

 
3,116

 
(6,777
)
FTE adjustment
(234
)
 
(247
)
 

 

 
(441
)
 
(465
)
 

 

Total Consolidated
$
21,968

 
$
13,236

 
$
2,463

 
$
(8,826
)
 
$
44,246

 
$
40,113

 
$
3,116

 
$
(6,777
)
(1) 
Total revenue is net of interest expense and is on a FTE basis which for consolidated revenue is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information on this measure and for a corresponding reconciliation to a GAAP financial measure, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.

The following discussion provides an overview of the results of our business segments and All Other for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. For additional information on these results, see Business Segment Operations on page 30.

CBB net income decreased during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 primarily due to a decline in net interest income driven by lower average loans and yields as well as compressed deposit spreads due to the continued low interest rate environment and lower noninterest income due to the impact of the Durbin Amendment and the net impact of portfolio sales. The provision for credit losses increased as portfolio trends began to stabilize. Noninterest expense remained relatively unchanged in the three-month period and declined in the six-month period due to lower Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and operating expenses, partially offset by an increase in litigation expense.

CRES net loss decreased during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 primarily driven by significantly lower representations and warranties provision and higher servicing income, a decline in noninterest expense due to a goodwill impairment charge in the second quarter of 2011, a decline in litigation expense and lower mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to delayed foreclosures. In addition, the provision for credit losses decreased driven by improved portfolio trends and lower reserve additions related to the Countrywide Financial Corporation (Countrywide) PCI home equity portfolio. These improvements were partially offset by higher default-related servicing costs, as well as lower insurance income driven by the sale of Balboa in June 2011.


8

Table of Contents

Global Banking net income decreased during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. Revenues declined from lower investment banking fees, the impact of lower rates and benefits from accretion on certain acquired portfolios in the prior-year periods, partially offset by the impact of higher average loan and deposit balances and gains from certain legacy portfolios. The provision for credit losses benefit declined as asset quality stabilized, with declines in reservable criticized exposure and nonperforming assets. Noninterest expense decreased during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 primarily due to lower personnel expense.

Global Markets net income decreased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The three-month decrease was driven primarily by lower sales and trading revenue as a result of lower trading volumes and client flows, as well as a decline in new issuance activity. In addition, investment banking fees decreased driven by lower underwriting fees. The six-month decrease was due to lower sales and trading revenue as a result of the factors described above as well as higher net DVA losses due to significant tightening of our credit spreads. The decreases in revenues for the three- and six-month periods were partially offset by declines in noninterest expense due to lower personnel and related expenses. The decline in noninterest expense for the six-month period was also due to lower brokerage, clearing and exchange expenses.

GWIM net income increased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 primarily due to lower noninterest expense driven by lower FDIC expense and other volume-driven expenses, lower litigation, as well as other expense reductions, partially offset by higher expense related to the continued investment in the business. Revenue decreased driven by the impact of the continued low rate environment on net interest income as well as lower transactional activity, partially offset by higher asset management fees. In addition, the provision for credit losses declined due to improving portfolio trends within the residential mortgage portfolio.

All Other net loss increased during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The three-month increase was due to lower net interest income, lower gains on the sales of debt securities and a decrease in equity investment income, partially offset by a reduction in the provision for credit losses and net gains resulting from the repurchase of certain debt and trust preferred securities. The six-month increase was due to negative fair value adjustments on structured liabilities, partially offset by net gains resulting from the repurchase of certain debt and trust preferred securities in 2012. In addition, for the three- and six-month periods, equity investment income decreased as prior-year periods included certain dividends and gains on equity investments, and a lower provision for credit losses largely due to the Countrywide PCI discontinued real estate and residential mortgage portfolios. Noninterest expense increased due to higher litigation expense.


9

Table of Contents

Financial Highlights
 
Net Interest Income

Net interest income on a FTE basis decreased $1.7 billion to $9.8 billion, and $3.1 billion to $20.8 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The decreases were primarily driven by lower consumer loan balances and yields, and decreased investment securities yields including the acceleration of purchase premium amortization expense. Lower trading-related net interest income also negatively impacted the results. These were partially offset by ongoing reductions in long-term debt balances and lower rates paid on deposits. The net interest yield on a FTE basis decreased 29 basis points (bps) to 2.21 percent, and 22 bps to 2.36 percent for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 as the yield continues to be under pressure due to the aforementioned items and the low rate environment. We expect net interest income to improve modestly in the third quarter of 2012 if rates remain flat to second quarter 2012 levels.

Noninterest Income
 
Table 4
Noninterest Income
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Card income
$
1,578

 
$
1,967

 
$
3,035

 
$
3,795

Service charges
1,934

 
2,012

 
3,846

 
4,044

Investment and brokerage services
2,847

 
3,009

 
5,723

 
6,110

Investment banking income
1,146

 
1,684

 
2,363

 
3,262

Equity investment income
368

 
1,212

 
1,133

 
2,687

Trading account profits
1,764

 
2,091

 
3,839

 
4,813

Mortgage banking income (loss)
1,659

 
(13,196
)
 
3,271

 
(12,566
)
Insurance income
127

 
400

 
67

 
1,013

Gains on sales of debt securities
400

 
899

 
1,152

 
1,445

Other income (loss)
603

 
1,957

 
(531
)
 
2,218

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings on AFS debt securities
(6
)
 
(45
)
 
(46
)
 
(133
)
Total noninterest income
$
12,420

 
$
1,990

 
$
23,852

 
$
16,688


Noninterest income increased $10.4 billion to $12.4 billion, and $7.2 billion to $23.9 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The following highlights the significant changes.

Card income decreased $389 million and $760 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 primarily driven by the implementation of interchange fee rules under the Durbin Amendment, which became effective on October 1, 2011.

Investment banking income decreased $538 million and $899 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 primarily driven by lower advisory and underwriting fees due to a decrease in our market share and an overall decline in global fee pools.

Equity investment income decreased $844 million and $1.6 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 as the year-ago quarter included an $836 million China Construction Bank Corporation (CCB) dividend and a $377 million gain on the sale of an equity investment, and the six months ended June 30, 2011 also included a $1.1 billion gain related to an initial public offering (IPO) of an equity investment. The six months ended June 30, 2012 also included a $611 million gain on the sale of an equity investment.

Trading account profits decreased $327 million and $1.0 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 primarily driven by net DVA losses on derivatives of $158 million and $1.6 billion in the current-year periods compared to net DVA gains of $121 million and net DVA losses of $236 million for the same periods in 2011. Trading was also negatively impacted by increased investor risk aversion as reflected in a slowdown in trading volumes during the six months ended June 30, 2012.


10

Table of Contents

Mortgage banking income increased $14.9 billion and $15.8 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 primarily driven by a $13.6 billion decrease in the representations and warranties provision for the three months ended June 30, 2012. In the prior-year period, we recorded $14.0 billion in provision and other expenses related to the agreement to resolve nearly all of the legacy Countrywide-issued first-lien non-GSE residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) repurchase exposures, other non-GSE, and to a lesser extent, GSE exposures.

Insurance income decreased $273 million and $946 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 primarily driven by the sale of Balboa in June 2011, and for the six months ended June 30, 2012, a provision related to payment protection insurance claims in the U.K.

Other income decreased $1.4 billion and $2.7 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. Other income decreased for the three months ended June 30, 2012 as the year-ago quarter included a net gain of $752 million on the sale of Balboa. For the six months ended June 30, 2012, the decrease was primarily driven by negative fair value adjustments on our structured liabilities of $3.4 billion compared to negative fair value adjustments of $372 million for the same period in 2011, partially offset by net gains of $505 million and $1.7 billion related to the repurchase of certain debt and trust preferred securities during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses decreased $1.5 billion to $1.8 billion, and $2.9 billion to $4.2 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the provision for credit losses was $1.9 billion and $3.5 billion lower than net charge-offs, resulting in a reduction in the allowance for credit losses. Also, reserve additions to the PCI portfolio for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 were $6 million and $493 million.

The provision for credit losses related to our consumer portfolio decreased $2.0 billion to $1.7 billion, and $3.3 billion to $4.4 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 driven by lower credit costs in the home equity and residential mortgage loan portfolios due to improved portfolio trends, including lower reserve additions in our PCI portfolios partially offset by stabilizing portfolio trends in the U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios. The provision for credit losses related to our commercial portfolio, net of the provision benefit for unfunded lending commitments, increased $563 million to $40 million, and $450 million to a benefit of $186 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 as credit quality stabilized.

Net charge-offs totaled $3.6 billion, or 1.64 percent, and $7.7 billion, or 1.72 percent of average loans and leases for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $5.7 billion, or 2.44 percent, and $11.7 billion, or 2.53 percent for the same periods in 2011. The decrease in net charge-offs was primarily driven by fewer delinquent loans and lower bankruptcy filings across the U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios, as well as lower net charge-offs in the consumer real estate and core commercial portfolios. For more information on the provision for credit losses, see Provision for Credit Losses on page 118.


11

Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense
 
Table 5
Noninterest Expense
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Personnel
 
$
8,729

 
$
9,171

 
$
18,917

 
$
19,339

Occupancy
 
1,117

 
1,245

 
2,259

 
2,434

Equipment
 
546

 
593

 
1,157

 
1,199

Marketing
 
449

 
560

 
914

 
1,124

Professional fees
 
922

 
766

 
1,705

 
1,412

Amortization of intangibles
 
321

 
382

 
640

 
767

Data processing
 
692

 
643

 
1,548

 
1,338

Telecommunications
 
417

 
391

 
817

 
762

Other general operating
 
3,855

 
6,343

 
8,232

 
11,800

Goodwill impairment
 

 
2,603

 

 
2,603

Merger and restructuring charges
 

 
159

 

 
361

Total noninterest expense
 
$
17,048

 
$
22,856

 
$
36,189

 
$
43,139


Noninterest expense decreased $5.8 billion to $17.0 billion, and $7.0 billion to $36.2 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011, primarily driven by a $3.6 billion decrease in other general operating expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2012 resulting from a decrease of $1.5 billion in litigation expense, and lower mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to delayed foreclosures. The decline in litigation expense was primarily mortgage-related. The six months ended June 30, 2011 included a $2.6 billion goodwill impairment charge in our mortgage business. Partially offsetting the decreases were increased professional fees and data processing expenses due to continuing default management activities in Legacy Assets & Servicing.

In connection with Project New BAC, we expect to continue to achieve cost savings in certain noninterest expense categories as we continue to further streamline workflows, simplify processes and align expenses with our overall strategic plan and operating principles. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, we continued implementation of Phase 1 initiatives, completed Phase 2 evaluations and began implementation of certain Phase 2 initiatives. With regard to Phase 1, we expect to realize more than $1 billion of cost savings in 2012 and $5 billion of annualized cost savings by the fourth quarter of 2013 with the full impact realized in 2014. We expect that Phase 2 will result in an additional $3 billion of annualized cost savings by mid-2015. 

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was $684 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012 compared to a $4.0 billion income tax benefit for the same period in 2011 and resulted in an effective tax rate of 21.7 percent compared to 31.4 percent. Income tax expense was $750 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to a income tax benefit of $3.3 billion for the same period in 2011 and resulted in an effective tax rate of 19.4 percent compared to 32.9 percent.

The effective tax rates for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 were primarily driven by our recurring tax preference items and by $128 million of discrete tax benefits recognized in the first quarter. The effective tax rates for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 were primarily driven by the impact of a nondeductible $2.6 billion goodwill impairment charge and recurring tax preference items.

On July 17, 2012, the U.K. 2012 Finance Bill was enacted, which reduced the U.K. corporate income tax rate by two percent to 23 percent. The first one percent reduction was effective on April 1, 2012 and the second reduction will be effective April 1, 2013. These reductions favorably affect income tax expense on future U.K. earnings, but also require us to remeasure our U.K. net deferred tax assets using the lower tax rates. In the third quarter of 2012, we will record a charge to income tax expense of approximately $800 million for the remeasurement. If the corporate income tax rate is reduced to 22 percent by 2014 as suggested in U.K. Treasury announcements and assuming no change in the deferred tax asset balance, we would record a charge to income tax expense of approximately $400 million in the period of enactment.

12

Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Overview
 
 
 
 
 
Table 6
Selected Balance Sheet Data
 
 
 
 
 
Average Balance
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$
226,116

 
$
211,183

 
$
234,148

 
$
259,069

 
$
233,604

 
$
243,311

Trading account assets
204,725

 
169,319

 
180,694

 
186,760

 
178,236

 
203,806

Debt securities
335,217

 
311,416

 
342,244

 
335,269

 
335,001

 
335,556

Loans and leases
892,315

 
926,200

 
899,498

 
938,513

 
906,610

 
938,738

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(30,288
)
 
(33,783
)
 
(31,463
)
 
(38,755
)
 
(32,336
)
 
(39,752
)
All other assets
532,769

 
544,711

 
569,442

 
658,254

 
569,753

 
657,167

Total assets
$
2,160,854

 
$
2,129,046

 
$
2,194,563

 
$
2,339,110

 
$
2,190,868

 
$
2,338,826

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
1,035,225

 
$
1,033,041

 
$
1,032,888

 
$
1,035,944

 
$
1,031,500

 
$
1,029,578

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
285,914

 
214,864

 
279,496

 
276,673

 
267,950

 
291,461

Trading account liabilities
77,458

 
60,508

 
84,728

 
96,108

 
78,300

 
90,044

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings
39,019

 
35,698

 
39,413

 
62,019

 
38,031

 
63,581

Long-term debt
301,848

 
372,265

 
333,173

 
435,144

 
348,346

 
437,812

All other liabilities
185,415

 
182,569

 
189,307

 
198,155

 
192,679

 
193,420

Total liabilities
1,924,879

 
1,898,945

 
1,959,005

 
2,104,043

 
1,956,806

 
2,105,896

Shareholders’ equity
235,975

 
230,101

 
235,558

 
235,067

 
234,062

 
232,930

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
2,160,854

 
$
2,129,046

 
$
2,194,563

 
$
2,339,110

 
$
2,190,868

 
$
2,338,826


Period-end balance sheet amounts may vary from average balance sheet amounts due to liquidity and balance sheet management activities, primarily involving our portfolios of highly liquid assets, that are designed to ensure the adequacy of capital while enhancing our ability to manage liquidity requirements for the Corporation and our customers, and to position the balance sheet in accordance with the Corporation’s risk appetite. The execution of these activities requires the use of balance sheet and capital-related limits including spot, average and risk-weighted asset limits, particularly within the market-making activities of our trading businesses. One of our key metrics, Tier 1 leverage ratio, is calculated based on adjusted quarterly average total assets.


13

Table of Contents

Assets

At June 30, 2012, total assets were approximately $2.2 trillion, an increase of $31.8 billion, or one percent, from December 31, 2011. This increase was driven by trading account assets due to increases in U.S. Treasuries and EMEA sovereign debt and hedges in leveraged credit trading; debt securities primarily driven by net purchases of agency mortgage-backed securities (MBS); federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell to cover increases in client short positions and customer financing activity through the match book, and collateral requirements. These increases were partially offset by asset sales and continued run-off in targeted portfolios.

Average total assets decreased $144.5 billion and $148.0 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The decreases were driven by asset sales and continued run-off in targeted portfolios, sales of strategic investments, and lower securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell driven by decreased customer activity.

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

At June 30, 2012, total liabilities were approximately $1.9 trillion, an increase of $25.9 billion, or one percent, from December 31, 2011 primarily driven by an increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase due to funding trading inventory resulting from customer demand and funding of trading assets and securities. Partially offsetting this increase were planned reductions in long-term debt.

Average total liabilities decreased $145.0 billion and $149.1 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The decreases were primarily driven by planned reductions in long-term debt; lower short-term borrowings due to the Corporation's reduced use of commercial paper and master notes; and lower trading liabilities due to reduced short positions in U.S. Treasuries used for hedging and EMEA sovereign debt. In addition, the six-month comparison to the same period in 2011 saw reductions in our use of securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase due to inventory reductions and lower cash requirements.

At June 30, 2012, shareholders’ equity was $236.0 billion, an increase of $5.9 billion, or three percent, from December 31, 2011 due to earnings, common stock issued under employee plans and exchanges of preferred and trust preferred securities, curtailment of the Corporation's Qualified Pension Plans and an increase in unrealized gains on available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities in other comprehensive income (OCI).

Average shareholders' equity increased $491 million and $1.1 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 driven by earnings and common stock issued under employee plans and exchanges of preferred and trust preferred securities. The six-month increase was also impacted by the sale of preferred stock and related warrants to Berkshire Hathaway, Inc. in the third quarter of 2011 and curtailment of the Corporation's Qualified Pension Plans. These increases were partially offset by lower unrealized gains on AFS debt securities in accumulated OCI in 2011.

14

Table of Contents

Table 7
 
 
 
 
Selected Quarterly Financial Data
 
 
 
 
 
2012 Quarters
 
2011 Quarters
(In millions, except per share information)
Second
First
 
Fourth
 
Third
 
Second
Income statement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
9,548

$
10,846

 
$
10,701

 
$
10,490

 
$
11,246

Noninterest income
12,420

11,432

 
14,187

 
17,963

 
1,990

Total revenue, net of interest expense
21,968

22,278

 
24,888

 
28,453

 
13,236

Provision for credit losses
1,773

2,418

 
2,934

 
3,407

 
3,255

Goodwill impairment


 
581

 

 
2,603

Merger and restructuring charges


 
101

 
176

 
159

All other noninterest expense (1)
17,048

19,141

 
18,840

 
17,437

 
20,094

Income (loss) before income taxes
3,147

719

 
2,432

 
7,433

 
(12,875
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
684

66

 
441

 
1,201

 
(4,049
)
Net income (loss)
2,463

653

 
1,991

 
6,232

 
(8,826
)
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
2,098

328

 
1,584

 
5,889

 
(9,127
)
Average common shares issued and outstanding
10,776

10,651

 
10,281

 
10,116

 
10,095

Average diluted common shares issued and outstanding (2)
11,556

10,762

 
11,125

 
10,464

 
10,095

Performance ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets
0.45
%
0.12
%
 
0.36
%
 
1.07
%
 
n/m

Four quarter trailing return on average assets (3)
0.51

n/m

 
0.06

 
n/m

 
n/m

Return on average common shareholders’ equity
3.89

0.62

 
3.00

 
11.40

 
n/m

Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity (4)
5.95

0.95

 
4.72

 
18.30

 
n/m

Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (4)
6.16

1.67

 
5.20

 
17.03

 
n/m

Total ending equity to total ending assets
10.92

10.66

 
10.81

 
10.37

 
9.83
%
Total average equity to total average assets
10.73

10.63

 
10.34

 
9.66

 
10.05

Dividend payout
5.60

34.97

 
6.60

 
1.73

 
n/m

Per common share data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss)
$
0.19

$
0.03

 
$
0.15

 
$
0.58

 
$
(0.90
)
Diluted earnings (loss) (2)
0.19

0.03

 
0.15

 
0.56

 
(0.90
)
Dividends paid
0.01

0.01

 
0.01

 
0.01

 
0.01

Book value
20.16

19.83

 
20.09

 
20.80

 
20.29

Tangible book value (4)
13.22

12.87

 
12.95

 
13.22

 
12.65

Market price per share of common stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Closing
$
8.18

$
9.57

 
$
5.56

 
$
6.12

 
$
10.96

High closing
9.68

9.93

 
7.35

 
11.09

 
13.72

Low closing
6.83

5.80

 
4.99

 
6.06

 
10.50

Market capitalization
$
88,155

$
103,123

 
$
58,580

 
$
62,023

 
$
111,060

Average balance sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
899,498

$
913,722

 
$
932,898

 
$
942,032

 
$
938,513

Total assets
2,194,563

2,187,174

 
2,207,567

 
2,301,454

 
2,339,110

Total deposits
1,032,888

1,030,112

 
1,032,531

 
1,051,320

 
1,035,944

Long-term debt
333,173

363,518

 
389,557

 
420,273

 
435,144

Common shareholders’ equity
216,782

214,150

 
209,324

 
204,928

 
218,505

Total shareholders’ equity
235,558

232,566

 
228,235

 
222,410

 
235,067

Asset quality (5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses (6)
$
30,862

$
32,862

 
$
34,497

 
$
35,872

 
$
38,209

Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties (7)
25,377

27,790

 
27,708

 
29,059

 
30,058

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding (7)
3.43
%
3.61
%
 
3.68
%
 
3.81
%
 
4.00
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases (7)
127

126

 
135

 
133

 
135

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases excluding the PCI loan portfolio (7)
90

91

 
101

 
101

 
105

Amounts included in allowance that are excluded from nonperforming loans (8)
$
16,327

$
17,006

 
$
17,490

 
$
18,317

 
$
19,935

Allowance as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases excluding the amounts included in the allowance that are excluded from nonperforming loans (8)
59
%
60
%
 
65
%
 
63
%
 
63
%
Net charge-offs
$
3,626

$
4,056

 
$
4,054

 
$
5,086

 
$
5,665

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (7)
1.64
%
1.80
%
 
1.74
%
 
2.17
%
 
2.44
%
Nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding (7)
2.70

2.85

 
2.74

 
2.87

 
2.96

Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties as a percentage of total loans, leases and foreclosed properties (7)
2.87

3.10

 
3.01

 
3.15

 
3.22

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs
2.08

1.97

 
2.10

 
1.74

 
1.64

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs, excluding the PCI loan portfolio
1.46

1.43

 
1.57

 
1.33

 
1.28

Capital ratios (period end)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk-based capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 common
11.24
%
10.78
%
 
9.86
%
 
8.65
%
 
8.23
%
Tier 1
13.80

13.37

 
12.40

 
11.48

 
11.00

Total
17.51

17.49

 
16.75

 
15.86

 
15.65

Tier 1 leverage
7.84

7.79

 
7.53

 
7.11

 
6.86

Tangible equity (4)
7.73

7.48

 
7.54

 
7.16

 
6.63

Tangible common equity (4)
6.83

6.58

 
6.64

 
6.25

 
5.87

(1) 
Excludes merger and restructuring charges and goodwill impairment charges.
(2) 
Due to a net loss applicable to common shareholders for the second quarter of 2011, the impact of antidilutive equity instruments was excluded from diluted earnings (loss) per share and average diluted common shares.
(3) 
Calculated as total net income for four consecutive quarters divided by annualized average assets for four consecutive quarters.
(4) 
Tangible equity ratios and tangible book value per share of common stock are non-GAAP financial measures. Other companies may define or calculate these measures differently. For additional information on these ratios and for corresponding reconciliations to GAAP financial measures, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17 and Table 9 on pages 18 through 19.
(5) 
For more information on the impact of the PCI loan portfolio on asset quality, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 83.
(6) 
Includes the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.
(7) 
Balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option. For additional exclusions from nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties, see Nonperforming Consumer Loans and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 99 and corresponding Table 43, and Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 108 and corresponding Table 52.
(8) 
Amounts included in allowance that are excluded from nonperforming loans primarily include amounts allocated to the U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios in CBB, PCI loans and the non-U.S. credit card portfolio in All Other.
n/m = not meaningful

15

Table of Contents

Table 8
 
 
 
Selected Year-to-Date Financial Data
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(In millions, except per share information)
2012
 
2011
Income statement
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
20,394

 
$
23,425

Noninterest income
23,852

 
16,688

Total revenue, net of interest expense
44,246

 
40,113

Provision for credit losses
4,191

 
7,069

Goodwill impairment

 
2,603

Merger and restructuring charges

 
361

All other noninterest expense (1)
36,189

 
40,175

Income (loss) before income taxes
3,866

 
(10,095
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
750

 
(3,318
)
Net income (loss)
3,116

 
(6,777
)
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
2,426

 
(7,388
)
Average common shares issued and outstanding
10,715

 
10,085

Average diluted common shares issued and outstanding (2)
11,510

 
10,085

Performance ratios
 
 
 
Return on average assets
0.29
%
 
n/m

Return on average common shareholders’ equity
2.26

 
n/m

Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity (3)
3.47

 
n/m

Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (3)
3.94

 
n/m

Total ending equity to total ending assets
10.92

 
9.83
%
Total average equity to total average assets
10.68

 
9.96

Dividend payout
9.56

 
n/m

Per common share data
 
 
 
Earnings (loss)
$
0.23

 
$
(0.73
)
Diluted earnings (loss) (2)
0.22

 
(0.73
)
Dividends paid
0.02

 
0.02

Book value
20.16

 
20.29

Tangible book value (3)
13.22

 
12.65

Market price per share of common stock
 
 
 
Closing
$
8.18

 
$
10.96

High closing
9.93

 
15.25

Low closing
5.80

 
10.50

Market capitalization
$
88,155

 
$
111,060

Average balance sheet
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
906,610

 
$
938,738

Total assets
2,190,868

 
2,338,826

Total deposits
1,031,500

 
1,029,578

Long-term debt
348,346

 
437,812

Common shareholders’ equity
215,466

 
216,367

Total shareholders’ equity
234,062

 
232,930

Asset quality (4)
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses (5)
$
30,862

 
$
38,209

Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties (6)
25,377

 
30,058

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding (6)
3.43
%
 
4.00
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases (6)
127

 
135

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases excluding the PCI loan portfolio (6)
90

 
105

Amounts included in allowance that are excluded from nonperforming loans (7)
$
16,327

 
$
19,935

Allowance as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases excluding the amounts included in the allowance that are excluded from nonperforming loans (7)
59
%
 
63
%
Net charge-offs
$
7,682

 
$
11,693

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (6)
1.72
%
 
2.53
%
Nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding (6)
2.70

 
2.96

Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties as a percentage of total loans, leases and foreclosed properties (6)
2.87

 
3.22

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs
1.96

 
1.58

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs, excluding the PCI loan portfolio
1.38

 
1.23

(1) 
Excludes merger and restructuring charges and goodwill impairment charges.
(2) 
Due to a net loss applicable to common shareholders for the second quarter of 2011, the impact of antidilutive equity instruments was excluded from diluted earnings (loss) per share and average diluted common shares.
(3) 
Tangible equity ratios and tangible book value per share of common stock are non-GAAP financial measures. Other companies may define or calculate these measures differently. For additional information on these ratios and for corresponding reconciliations to GAAP financial measures, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17 and Table 9 on pages 18 through 19.
(4) 
For more information on the impact of the PCI loan portfolio on asset quality, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 83.
(5) 
Includes the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.
(6) 
Balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option. For additional exclusions from nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties, see Nonperforming Consumer Loans and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 99 and corresponding Table 43, and Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 108 and corresponding Table 52.
(7) 
Amounts included in allowance that are excluded from nonperforming loans primarily include amounts allocated to the U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios in CBB, PCI loans and the non-U.S. credit card portfolio in All Other.
n/m = not meaningful

16

Table of Contents

Supplemental Financial Data

We view net interest income and related ratios and analyses on a FTE basis, which are non-GAAP financial measures. We believe managing the business with net interest income on a FTE basis provides a more accurate picture of the interest margin for comparative purposes. To derive the FTE basis, net interest income is adjusted to reflect tax-exempt income on an equivalent before-tax basis with a corresponding increase in income tax expense. For purposes of this calculation, we use the federal statutory tax rate of 35 percent. This measure ensures comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources.

As mentioned above, certain performance measures including the efficiency ratio and net interest yield utilize net interest income (and thus total revenue) on a FTE basis. The efficiency ratio measures the costs expended to generate a dollar of revenue, and net interest yield measures the bps we earn over the cost of funds.

We also evaluate our business based on certain ratios that utilize tangible equity, a non-GAAP financial measure. Tangible equity represents an adjusted shareholders’ equity or common shareholders’ equity amount which has been reduced by goodwill and intangible assets (excluding mortgage servicing rights (MSRs)), net of related deferred tax liabilities. These measures are used to evaluate our use of equity. In addition, profitability, relationship and investment models all use return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (ROTE) as key measures to support our overall growth goals. These ratios are as follows:

Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity measures our earnings contribution as a percentage of adjusted common shareholders’ equity. The tangible common equity ratio represents adjusted common shareholders’ equity divided by total assets less goodwill and intangible assets (excluding MSRs), net of related deferred tax liabilities.

ROTE measures our earnings contribution as a percentage of adjusted average total shareholders’ equity. The tangible equity ratio represents adjusted total shareholders’ equity divided by total assets less goodwill and intangible assets (excluding MSRs), net of related deferred tax liabilities.

Tangible book value per common share represents adjusted ending common shareholders’ equity divided by ending common shares outstanding.

The aforementioned supplemental data and performance measures are presented in Tables 7 and 8.

In addition, we evaluate our business segment results based on measures that utilize return on economic capital, a non-GAAP financial measure, including the following:

Return on average economic capital for the segments is calculated as net income, adjusted for cost of funds and earnings credits and certain expenses related to intangibles, divided by average economic capital.

Economic capital represents allocated equity less goodwill and a percentage of intangible assets (excluding MSRs).

17

Table of Contents

In Table 9 we have excluded the impact of goodwill impairment charges of $581 million and $2.6 billion recorded in the fourth and second quarters of 2011 when presenting certain of these metrics. Accordingly, these are non-GAAP financial measures. Tables 9, 10 and 11 provide reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures with financial measures defined by GAAP. We believe the use of these non-GAAP financial measures provides additional clarity in assessing the results of the Corporation and our segments. Other companies may define or calculate these measures and ratios differently.

Table 9
Quarterly Supplemental Financial Data and Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures
 
2012 Quarters
 
2011 Quarters
(Dollars in millions, except per share information)
Second
 
First
 
Fourth
 
Third
 
Second
Fully taxable-equivalent basis data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
9,782

 
$
11,053

 
$
10,959

 
$
10,739

 
$
11,493

Total revenue, net of interest expense
22,202

 
22,485

 
25,146

 
28,702

 
13,483

Net interest yield
2.21
%
 
2.51
%
 
2.45
%
 
2.32
%
 
2.50
%
Efficiency ratio
76.79

 
85.13

 
77.64

 
61.37

 
n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance ratios, excluding goodwill impairment charges (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per common share information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss)
 
 
 
 
$
0.21

 
 
 
$
(0.65
)
Diluted earnings (loss)
 
 
 
 
0.20

 
 
 
(0.65
)
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
75.33
%
 
 
 
n/m

Return on average assets
 
 
 
 
0.46

 
 
 
n/m

Four quarter trailing return on average assets (2)
 
 
 
 
0.20

 
 
 
n/m

Return on average common shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
4.10

 
 
 
n/m

Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
6.46

 
 
 
n/m

Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
6.72

 
 
 
n/m

(1) 
Performance ratios are calculated excluding the impact of the goodwill impairment charges of $581 million and $2.6 billion recorded during the fourth and second quarters of 2011.
(2) 
Calculated as total net income for four consecutive quarters divided by annualized average assets for four consecutive quarters.
n/m = not meaningful


18

Table of Contents

Table 9
Quarterly Supplemental Financial Data and Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
 
2012 Quarters
 
2011 Quarters
(Dollars in millions)
Second
 
First
 
Fourth
 
Third
 
Second
Reconciliation of net interest income to net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
9,548

 
$
10,846

 
$
10,701

 
$
10,490

 
$
11,246

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
234

 
207

 
258

 
249

 
247

Net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
9,782

 
$
11,053

 
$
10,959

 
$
10,739

 
$
11,493

Reconciliation of total revenue, net of interest expense to total revenue, net of interest expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue, net of interest expense
$
21,968

 
$
22,278

 
$
24,888

 
$
28,453

 
$
13,236

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
234

 
207

 
258

 
249

 
247

Total revenue, net of interest expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
22,202

 
$
22,485

 
$
25,146

 
$
28,702

 
$
13,483

Reconciliation of total noninterest expense to total noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment charges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total noninterest expense
$
17,048

 
$
19,141

 
$
19,522

 
$
17,613

 
$
22,856

Goodwill impairment charges

 

 
(581
)
 

 
(2,603
)
Total noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment charges
$
17,048

 
$
19,141

 
$
18,941

 
$
17,613

 
$
20,253

Reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) to income tax expense (benefit) on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
$
684

 
$
66

 
$
441

 
$
1,201

 
$
(4,049
)
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
234

 
207

 
258

 
249

 
247

Income tax expense (benefit) on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
918

 
$
273

 
$
699

 
$
1,450

 
$
(3,802
)
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to net income (loss), excluding goodwill impairment charges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
2,463

 
$
653

 
$
1,991

 
$
6,232

 
$
(8,826
)
Goodwill impairment charges

 

 
581

 

 
2,603

Net income (loss), excluding goodwill impairment charges
$
2,463

 
$
653

 
$
2,572

 
$
6,232

 
$
(6,223
)
Reconciliation of net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders to net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders, excluding goodwill impairment charges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
$
2,098

 
$
328

 
$
1,584

 
$
5,889

 
$
(9,127
)
Goodwill impairment charges

 

 
581

 

 
2,603

Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders, excluding goodwill impairment charges
$
2,098

 
$
328

 
$
2,165

 
$
5,889

 
$
(6,524
)
Reconciliation of average common shareholders’ equity to average tangible common shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common shareholders’ equity
$
216,782

 
$
214,150

 
$
209,324

 
$
204,928

 
$
218,505

Goodwill
(69,976
)
 
(69,967
)
 
(70,647
)
 
(71,070
)
 
(73,748
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(7,533
)
 
(7,869
)
 
(8,566
)
 
(9,005
)
 
(9,394
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
2,626

 
2,700

 
2,775

 
2,852

 
2,932

Tangible common shareholders’ equity
$
141,899

 
$
139,014

 
$
132,886

 
$
127,705

 
$
138,295

Reconciliation of average shareholders’ equity to average tangible shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
$
235,558

 
$
232,566

 
$
228,235

 
$
222,410

 
$
235,067

Goodwill
(69,976
)
 
(69,967
)
 
(70,647
)
 
(71,070
)
 
(73,748
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(7,533
)
 
(7,869
)
 
(8,566
)
 
(9,005
)
 
(9,394
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
2,626

 
2,700

 
2,775

 
2,852

 
2,932

Tangible shareholders’ equity
$
160,675

 
$
157,430

 
$
151,797

 
$
145,187

 
$
154,857

Reconciliation of period-end common shareholders’ equity to period-end tangible common shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common shareholders’ equity
$
217,213

 
$
213,711

 
$
211,704

 
$
210,772

 
$
205,614

Goodwill
(69,976
)
 
(69,976
)
 
(69,967
)
 
(70,832
)
 
(71,074
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(7,335
)
 
(7,696
)
 
(8,021
)
 
(8,764
)
 
(9,176
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
2,559

 
2,628

 
2,702

 
2,777

 
2,853

Tangible common shareholders’ equity
$
142,461

 
$
138,667

 
$
136,418

 
$
133,953

 
$
128,217

Reconciliation of period-end shareholders’ equity to period-end tangible shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
$
235,975

 
$
232,499

 
$
230,101

 
$
230,252

 
$
222,176

Goodwill
(69,976
)
 
(69,976
)
 
(69,967
)
 
(70,832
)
 
(71,074
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(7,335
)
 
(7,696
)
 
(8,021
)
 
(8,764
)
 
(9,176
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
2,559

 
2,628

 
2,702

 
2,777

 
2,853

Tangible shareholders’ equity
$
161,223

 
$
157,455

 
$
154,815

 
$
153,433

 
$
144,779

Reconciliation of period-end assets to period-end tangible assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
2,160,854

 
$
2,181,449

 
$
2,129,046

 
$
2,219,628

 
$
2,261,319

Goodwill
(69,976
)
 
(69,976
)
 
(69,967
)
 
(70,832
)
 
(71,074
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(7,335
)
 
(7,696
)
 
(8,021
)
 
(8,764
)
 
(9,176
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
2,559

 
2,628

 
2,702

 
2,777

 
2,853

Tangible assets
$
2,086,102

 
$
2,106,405

 
$
2,053,760

 
$
2,142,809

 
$
2,183,922





19

Table of Contents

Table 10
Year-to-Date Supplemental Financial Data and Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions, except per share information)
2012
 
2011
Fully taxable-equivalent basis data
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
20,835

 
$
23,890

Total revenue, net of interest expense
44,687

 
40,578

Net interest yield
2.36
%
 
2.58
%
Efficiency ratio
80.98

 
n/m

 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of net interest income to net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
20,394

 
$
23,425

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
441

 
465

Net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
20,835

 
$
23,890

Reconciliation of total revenue, net of interest expense to total revenue, net of interest expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
Total revenue, net of interest expense
$
44,246

 
$
40,113

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
441

 
465

Total revenue, net of interest expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
44,687

 
$
40,578

Reconciliation of total noninterest expense to total noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment charges
 
 
 
Total noninterest expense
$
36,189

 
$
43,139

Goodwill impairment charges

 
(2,603
)
Total noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment charges
$
36,189

 
$
40,536

Reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) to income tax expense (benefit) on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
$
750

 
$
(3,318
)
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
441

 
465

Income tax expense (benefit) on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
1,191

 
$
(2,853
)
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to net income (loss), excluding goodwill impairment charges
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
3,116

 
$
(6,777
)
Goodwill impairment charges

 
2,603

Net income (loss), excluding goodwill impairment charges
$
3,116

 
$
(4,174
)
Reconciliation of net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders to net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders, excluding goodwill impairment charges
 
 
 
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
$
2,426

 
$
(7,388
)
Goodwill impairment charges

 
2,603

Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders, excluding goodwill impairment charges
$
2,426

 
$
(4,785
)
Reconciliation of average common shareholders’ equity to average tangible common shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
Common shareholders’ equity
$
215,466

 
$
216,367

Goodwill
(69,971
)
 
(73,834
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(7,701
)
 
(9,580
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
2,663

 
2,983

Tangible common shareholders’ equity
$
140,457

 
$
135,936

Reconciliation of average shareholders’ equity to average tangible shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
$
234,062

 
$
232,930

Goodwill
(69,971
)
 
(73,834
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(7,701
)
 
(9,580
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
2,663

 
2,983

Tangible shareholders’ equity
$
159,053

 
$
152,499

n/m = not meaningful


20

Table of Contents

Table 11
Segment Supplemental Financial Data Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer & Business Banking
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
1,156

 
$
2,502

 
$
2,611

 
$
4,544

Adjustment related to intangibles (1)
4

 
2

 
7

 
9

Adjusted net income
$
1,160

 
$
2,504

 
$
2,618

 
$
4,553

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
53,452

 
$
52,559

 
$
53,199

 
$
53,126

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(30,485
)
 
(30,656
)
 
(30,503
)
 
(30,676
)
Average economic capital
$
22,967

 
$
21,903

 
$
22,696

 
$
22,450

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Real Estate Services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net loss
$
(768
)
 
$
(14,506
)
 
$
(1,913
)
 
$
(16,906
)
Adjustment related to intangibles (1)

 

 

 

Goodwill impairment charge

 
2,603

 

 
2,603

Adjusted net loss
$
(768
)
 
$
(11,903
)
 
$
(1,913
)
 
$
(14,303
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
14,116

 
$
17,139

 
$
14,454

 
$
17,933

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles (excluding MSRs)

 
(2,702
)
 

 
(2,722
)
Average economic capital
$
14,116

 
$
14,437

 
$
14,454

 
$
15,211

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Banking
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
1,406

 
$
1,921

 
$
2,996

 
$
3,504

Adjustment related to intangibles (1)
1

 
1

 
2

 
3

Adjusted net income
$
1,407

 
$
1,922

 
$
2,998

 
$
3,507

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
45,958

 
$
47,060

 
$
45,838

 
$
47,891

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(24,856
)
 
(24,428
)
 
(24,858
)
 
(24,430
)
Average economic capital
$
21,102

 
$
22,632

 
$
20,980

 
$
23,461

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Markets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
462

 
$
911

 
$
1,260

 
$
2,306

Adjustment related to intangibles (1)
3

 
3

 
5

 
6

Adjusted net income
$
465

 
$
914

 
$
1,265

 
$
2,312

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
17,132

 
$
22,990

 
$
17,725

 
$
24,667

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(4,608
)
 
(4,646
)
 
(4,629
)
 
(4,598
)
Average economic capital
$
12,524

 
$
18,344

 
$
13,096

 
$
20,069

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Wealth and Investment Management
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
543

 
$
513

 
$
1,090

 
$
1,055

Adjustment related to intangibles (1)
6

 
7

 
12

 
16

Adjusted net income
$
549

 
$
520

 
$
1,102

 
$
1,071

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
17,974

 
$
17,560

 
$
17,601

 
$
17,745

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(10,621
)
 
(10,706
)
 
(10,631
)
 
(10,717
)
Average economic capital
$
7,353

 
$
6,854

 
$
6,970

 
$
7,028

(1) 
Represents cost of funds, earnings credit and certain expenses related to intangibles.


21

Table of Contents

Table 11
Segment Supplemental Financial Data Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer & Business Banking
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
190

 
$
433

 
$
500

 
$
795

Adjustment related to intangibles (1)
1

 

 
1

 
1

Adjusted net income
$
191

 
$
433

 
$
501

 
$
796

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
23,982

 
$
23,612

 
$
23,588

 
$
23,627

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(17,926
)
 
(17,951
)
 
(17,929
)
 
(17,955
)
Average economic capital
$
6,056

 
$
5,661

 
$
5,659

 
$
5,672

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Card Services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
929

 
$
1,944

 
$
1,967

 
$
3,516

Adjustment related to intangibles (1)
3

 
2

 
6

 
8

Adjusted net income
$
932

 
$
1,946

 
$
1,973

 
$
3,524

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
20,525

 
$
21,016

 
$
20,598

 
$
21,580

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(10,460
)
 
(10,607
)
 
(10,476
)
 
(10,624
)
Average economic capital
$
10,065

 
$
10,409

 
$
10,122

 
$
10,956

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Banking
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
37

 
$
125

 
$
144

 
$
233

Adjustment related to intangibles (1)

 

 

 

Adjusted net income
$
37

 
$
125

 
$
144

 
$
233

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
8,945

 
$
7,931

 
$
9,013

 
$
7,919

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(2,099
)
 
(2,098
)
 
(2,098
)
 
(2,097
)
Average economic capital
$
6,846

 
$
5,833

 
$
6,915

 
$
5,822

(1) 
For footnote see page 21.


22

Table of Contents

Net Interest Income Excluding Trading-related Net Interest Income

We manage net interest income on a FTE basis which excludes the impact of trading-related activities (this adjusted measure of net interest income has been referred to as core net interest income in previous periodic reports of the Corporation). As discussed in the Global Markets business segment section on page 47, we evaluate our sales and trading results and strategies on a total market-based revenue approach by combining net interest income and noninterest income for Global Markets. An analysis of net interest income, average earning assets and net interest yield on earning assets, all of which adjust for the impact of trading-related net interest income from reported net interest income on a FTE basis, is shown below. We believe the use of this non-GAAP presentation in Table 12 provides additional clarity in assessing our results.

Table 12
 
 
 
 
Net Interest Income Excluding Trading-related Net Interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As reported (1)
$
9,782

 
$
11,493

 
$
20,835

 
$
23,890

Impact of trading-related net interest income (2)
(653
)
 
(874
)
 
(1,449
)
 
(1,894
)
Net interest income excluding trading-related net interest income
$
9,129

 
$
10,619

 
$
19,386

 
$
21,996

Average earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As reported
$
1,772,568

 
$
1,844,525

 
$
1,770,336

 
$
1,857,124

Impact of trading-related earning assets (2)
(444,537
)
 
(457,845
)
 
(434,447
)
 
(461,526
)
Average earning assets excluding trading-related earning assets
$
1,328,031

 
$
1,386,680

 
$
1,335,889

 
$
1,395,598

Net interest yield contribution (FTE basis) (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As reported (1)
2.21
%
 
2.50
%
 
2.36
%
 
2.58
%
Impact of trading-related activities (2)
0.55

 
0.57

 
0.55

 
0.58

Net interest yield on earning assets excluding trading-related activities
2.76
%
 
3.07
%
 
2.91
%
 
3.16
%
(1) 
Net interest income and net interest yield include fees earned on overnight deposits placed with the Federal Reserve of $52 million and $99 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and $49 million and $112 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011.
(2) 
Represents the impact of trading-related amounts included in Global Markets.
(3) 
Calculated on an annualized basis.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, net interest income excluding trading-related net interest income decreased $1.5 billion to $9.1 billion, and $2.6 billion to $19.4 billion compared to the same periods in the prior year. The declines were primarily driven by lower consumer loan balances and yields and decreased investment securities yields, including the acceleration of purchase premium amortization expense. These were partially offset by reductions in long-term debt balances and lower rates paid on deposits.

Average earning assets excluding trading-related earning assets for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 decreased $58.6 billion to $1,328.0 billion, and $59.7 billion to $1,335.9 billion compared to the same periods in the prior year. The decreases were due to declines in consumer loans, loans held-for-sale (LHFS) and securities purchased under agreement to resell, partially offset by increases in commercial loans, investment securities and trading assets.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, net interest yield on earning assets excluding trading-related activities decreased 31 bps to 2.76 percent, and 25 bps to 2.91 percent compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to the factors noted above. These impacts include a significant flattening of the yield curve driven by lower long-term rates throughout the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in the prior year.

23

Table of Contents

Table 13
Quarterly Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis
 
Second Quarter 2012
 
First Quarter 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Time deposits placed and other short-term investments (1)
$
27,476

 
$
64

 
0.94
%
 
$
31,404

 
$
65

 
0.83
%
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
234,148

 
360

 
0.62

 
233,061

 
460

 
0.79

Trading account assets
180,694

 
1,302

 
2.89

 
175,778

 
1,399

 
3.19

Debt securities (2)
342,244

 
1,907

 
2.23

 
327,758

 
2,732

 
3.33

Loans and leases (3):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (4)
255,349

 
2,462

 
3.86

 
260,573

 
2,489

 
3.82

Home equity
119,657

 
1,090

 
3.66

 
122,933

 
1,164

 
3.80

Discontinued real estate
11,144

 
94

 
3.36

 
12,082

 
103

 
3.42

U.S. credit card
95,018

 
2,356

 
9.97

 
98,334

 
2,459

 
10.06

Non-U.S. credit card
13,641

 
396

 
11.68

 
14,151

 
408

 
11.60

Direct/Indirect consumer (5)
84,198

 
733

 
3.50

 
88,321

 
801

 
3.65

Other consumer (6)
2,565

 
41

 
6.41

 
2,617

 
40

 
6.24

Total consumer
581,572

 
7,172

 
4.95

 
599,011

 
7,464

 
5.00

U.S. commercial
199,644

 
1,742

 
3.51

 
195,111

 
1,756

 
3.62

Commercial real estate (7)
37,627

 
323

 
3.46

 
39,190

 
339

 
3.48

Commercial lease financing
21,446

 
216

 
4.02

 
21,679

 
272

 
5.01

Non-U.S. commercial
59,209

 
369

 
2.50

 
58,731

 
391

 
2.68

Total commercial
317,926

 
2,650

 
3.35

 
314,711

 
2,758

 
3.52

Total loans and leases
899,498

 
9,822

 
4.38

 
913,722

 
10,222

 
4.49

Other earning assets
88,508

 
719

 
3.26

 
86,382

 
743

 
3.46

Total earning assets (8)
1,772,568

 
14,174

 
3.21

 
1,768,105

 
15,621

 
3.55

Cash and cash equivalents (1)
116,025

 
52

 
 
 
112,512

 
47

 
 
Other assets, less allowance for loan and lease losses
305,970

 
 
 
 
 
306,557

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
2,194,563

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,187,174

 
 
 
 
(1) 
For this presentation, fees earned on overnight deposits placed with the Federal Reserve are included in the cash and cash equivalents line, consistent with the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet presentation of these deposits. Net interest income and net interest yield are calculated excluding these fees.
(2) 
Yields on AFS debt securities are calculated based on fair value rather than the cost basis. The use of fair value does not have a material impact on net interest yield.
(3) 
Nonperforming loans are included in the respective average loan balances. Income on these nonperforming loans is recognized on a cost recovery basis. PCI loans were recorded at fair value upon acquisition and accrete interest income over the remaining life of the loan.
(4) 
Includes non-U.S. residential mortgage loans of $89 million and $86 million in the second and first quarters of 2012, and $88 million, $91 million and $94 million in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2011, respectively.
(5) 
Includes non-U.S. consumer loans of $7.8 billion and $7.5 billion in the second and first quarters of 2012, and $8.4 billion, $8.6 billion and $8.7 billion in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2011, respectively.
(6) 
Includes consumer finance loans of $1.6 billion in both the second and first quarters of 2012, and $1.7 billion, $1.8 billion and $1.8 billion in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2011, respectively; other non-U.S. consumer loans of $895 million and $903 million in the second and first quarters of 2012, and $959 million, $932 million and $840 million in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2011, respectively; and consumer overdrafts of $108 million and $90 million in the second and first quarters of 2012, and $107 million, $107 million and $79 million in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2011, respectively.
(7) 
Includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $36.0 billion and $37.4 billion in the second and first quarters of 2012, and $38.7 billion, $40.7 billion and $43.4 billion in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2011, respectively; and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $1.6 billion and $1.8 billion in the second and first quarters of 2012, and $1.9 billion, $2.2 billion and $2.3 billion in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2011, respectively.
(8) 
Interest income includes the impact of interest rate risk management contracts, which decreased interest income on the underlying assets by $366 million and $106 million in the second and first quarters of 2012, and $427 million, $1.0 billion and $739 million in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2011, respectively. Interest expense includes the impact of interest rate risk management contracts, which decreased interest expense on the underlying liabilities by $591 million and $658 million in the second and first quarters of 2012, and $763 million, $631 million and $625 million in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2011, respectively. For further information on interest rate contracts, see Interest Rate Risk Management for Nontrading Activities on page 126.


24

Table of Contents

Table 13
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis (continued)
 
Fourth Quarter 2011
 
Third Quarter 2011
 
Second Quarter 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Time deposits placed and other short-term investments (1)
$
27,688

 
$
85

 
1.19
%
 
$
26,743

 
$
87

 
1.31
%
 
$
27,298

 
$
106

 
1.56
%
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
237,453

 
449

 
0.75

 
256,143

 
584

 
0.90

 
259,069

 
597

 
0.92

Trading account assets
161,848

 
1,354

 
3.33

 
180,438

 
1,543

 
3.40

 
186,760

 
1,576

 
3.38

Debt securities (2)
332,990

 
2,245

 
2.69

 
344,327

 
1,744

 
2.02

 
335,269

 
2,696

 
3.22

Loans and leases (3):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (4)
266,144

 
2,596

 
3.90

 
268,494

 
2,856

 
4.25

 
265,420

 
2,763

 
4.16

Home equity
126,251

 
1,207

 
3.80

 
129,125

 
1,238

 
3.81

 
131,786

 
1,261

 
3.83

Discontinued real estate
14,073

 
128

 
3.65

 
15,923

 
134

 
3.36

 
15,997

 
129

 
3.22

U.S. credit card
102,241

 
2,603

 
10.10

 
103,671

 
2,650

 
10.14

 
106,164

 
2,718

 
10.27

Non-U.S. credit card
15,981

 
420

 
10.41

 
25,434

 
697

 
10.88

 
27,259

 
760

 
11.18

Direct/Indirect consumer (5)
90,861

 
863

 
3.77

 
90,280

 
915

 
4.02

 
89,403

 
945

 
4.24

Other consumer (6)
2,751

 
41

 
6.14

 
2,795

 
43

 
6.07

 
2,745

 
47

 
6.76

Total consumer
618,302

 
7,858

 
5.06

 
635,722

 
8,533

 
5.34

 
638,774

 
8,623

 
5.41

U.S. commercial
196,778

 
1,798

 
3.63

 
191,439

 
1,809

 
3.75

 
190,479

 
1,827

 
3.85

Commercial real estate (7)
40,673

 
343

 
3.34

 
42,931

 
360

 
3.33

 
45,762

 
382

 
3.35

Commercial lease financing
21,278

 
204

 
3.84

 
21,342

 
240

 
4.51

 
21,284

 
235

 
4.41

Non-U.S. commercial
55,867

 
395

 
2.80

 
50,598

 
349

 
2.73

 
42,214

 
339

 
3.22

Total commercial
314,596

 
2,740

 
3.46

 
306,310

 
2,758

 
3.58

 
299,739

 
2,783

 
3.72

Total loans and leases
932,898

 
10,598

 
4.52

 
942,032

 
11,291

 
4.77

 
938,513

 
11,406

 
4.87

Other earning assets
91,109

 
904

 
3.95

 
91,452

 
814

 
3.54

 
97,616

 
866

 
3.56

Total earning assets (8)
1,783,986

 
15,635

 
3.49

 
1,841,135

 
16,063

 
3.47

 
1,844,525

 
17,247

 
3.75

Cash and cash equivalents (1)
94,287

 
36

 
 
 
102,573

 
38

 
 
 
115,956

 
49

 
 
Other assets, less allowance for loan and lease losses
329,294

 
 
 
 
 
357,746

 
 
 
 
 
378,629

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
2,207,567

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,301,454

 
 

 
 
 
$
2,339,110

 
 
 
 
For footnotes see page 24.


25

Table of Contents

Table 13
Quarterly Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis (continued)
 
Second Quarter 2012
 
First Quarter 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Interest-bearing liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
42,394

 
$
14

 
0.13
%
 
$
40,543

 
$
14

 
0.14
%
NOW and money market deposit accounts
460,788

 
188

 
0.16

 
458,649

 
186

 
0.16

Consumer CDs and IRAs
96,858

 
171

 
0.71

 
100,044

 
194

 
0.78

Negotiable CDs, public funds and other deposits
21,661

 
35

 
0.65

 
22,586

 
36

 
0.64

Total U.S. interest-bearing deposits
621,701

 
408

 
0.26

 
621,822

 
430

 
0.28

Non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banks located in non-U.S. countries
14,598

 
25

 
0.69

 
18,170

 
28

 
0.62

Governments and official institutions
895

 
1

 
0.37

 
1,286

 
1

 
0.41

Time, savings and other
52,584

 
85

 
0.65

 
55,241

 
90

 
0.66

Total non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits
68,077

 
111

 
0.65

 
74,697

 
119

 
0.64

Total interest-bearing deposits
689,778

 
519

 
0.30

 
696,519

 
549

 
0.32

Federal funds purchased, securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings
318,909

 
943

 
1.19

 
293,056

 
881

 
1.21

Trading account liabilities
84,728

 
448

 
2.13

 
71,872

 
477

 
2.67

Long-term debt
333,173

 
2,534

 
3.05

 
363,518

 
2,708

 
2.99

Total interest-bearing liabilities (8)
1,426,588

 
4,444

 
1.25

 
1,424,965

 
4,615

 
1.30

Noninterest-bearing sources:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
343,110

 
 
 
 
 
333,593

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
189,307

 
 
 
 
 
196,050

 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
235,558

 
 
 
 
 
232,566

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
2,194,563

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,187,174

 
 
 
 
Net interest spread
 
 
 
 
1.96
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.25
%
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources
 
 
 
 
0.24

 
 
 
 
 
0.25

Net interest income/yield on earning assets (1)
 
 
$
9,730

 
2.20
%
 
 
 
$
11,006

 
2.50
%
For footnotes see page 24.


26

Table of Contents

Table 13
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis (continued)
 
Fourth Quarter 2011
 
Third Quarter 2011
 
Second Quarter 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Interest-bearing liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
39,609

 
$
16

 
0.16
%
 
$
41,256

 
$
21

 
0.19
%
 
$
41,668

 
$
31

 
0.30
%
NOW and money market deposit accounts
454,249

 
192

 
0.17

 
473,391

 
248

 
0.21

 
478,690

 
304

 
0.25

Consumer CDs and IRAs
103,488

 
220

 
0.84

 
108,359

 
244

 
0.89

 
113,728

 
281

 
0.99

Negotiable CDs, public funds and other deposits
22,413

 
34

 
0.60

 
18,547

 
5

 
0.12

 
13,842

 
42

 
1.22

Total U.S. interest-bearing deposits
619,759

 
462

 
0.30

 
641,553

 
518

 
0.32

 
647,928

 
658

 
0.41

Non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banks located in non-U.S. countries
20,454

 
29

 
0.55

 
21,037

 
34

 
0.65

 
19,234

 
37

 
0.77

Governments and official institutions
1,466

 
1

 
0.36

 
2,043

 
2

 
0.32

 
2,131

 
2

 
0.38

Time, savings and other
57,814

 
124

 
0.85

 
64,271

 
150

 
0.93

 
64,889

 
146

 
0.90

Total non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits
79,734

 
154

 
0.77

 
87,351

 
186

 
0.85

 
86,254

 
185

 
0.86

Total interest-bearing deposits
699,493

 
616

 
0.35

 
728,904

 
704

 
0.38

 
734,182

 
843

 
0.46

Federal funds purchased, securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings
284,766

 
921

 
1.28

 
303,234

 
1,152

 
1.51

 
338,692

 
1,342

 
1.59

Trading account liabilities
70,999

 
411

 
2.29

 
87,841

 
547

 
2.47

 
96,108

 
627

 
2.62

Long-term debt
389,557

 
2,764

 
2.80

 
420,273

 
2,959

 
2.82

 
435,144

 
2,991

 
2.75

Total interest-bearing liabilities (8)
1,444,815

 
4,712

 
1.29

 
1,540,252

 
5,362

 
1.39

 
1,604,126

 
5,803

 
1.45

Noninterest-bearing sources:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
333,038

 
 
 
 
 
322,416

 
 

 
 
 
301,762

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
201,479

 
 
 
 
 
216,376

 
 

 
 
 
198,155

 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
228,235

 
 
 
 
 
222,410

 
 

 
 
 
235,067

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
2,207,567

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,301,454

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,339,110

 
 
 
 
Net interest spread
 
 
 
 
2.20
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.08
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.30
%
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources
 
 
 
 
0.24

 
 
 
 
 
0.23

 
 
 
 
 
0.19

Net interest income/yield on earning assets (1)
 
 
$
10,923

 
2.44
%
 
 
 
$
10,701

 
2.31
%
 
 
 
$
11,444

 
2.49
%
For footnotes see page 24.

27

Table of Contents

Table 14
Year-to-Date Average Balances and Interest Rates – Fully Taxable-equivalent Basis
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Time deposits placed and other short-term investments (1)
$
29,440

 
$
129

 
0.88
%
 
$
29,285

 
$
194

 
1.34
%
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
233,604

 
820

 
0.71

 
243,311

 
1,114

 
0.92

Trading account assets
178,236

 
2,701

 
3.04

 
203,806

 
3,245

 
3.21

Debt securities (2)
335,001

 
4,639

 
2.77

 
335,556

 
5,613

 
3.35

Loans and leases (3):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (4)
257,961

 
4,951

 
3.84

 
263,744

 
5,644

 
4.28

Home equity
121,295

 
2,254

 
3.73

 
133,926

 
2,596

 
3.90

Discontinued real estate
11,613

 
197

 
3.39

 
14,457

 
239

 
3.31

U.S. credit card
96,676

 
4,815

 
10.02

 
108,042

 
5,555

 
10.37

Non-U.S. credit card
13,896

 
804

 
11.64

 
27,445

 
1,539

 
11.31

Direct/Indirect consumer (5)
86,259

 
1,534

 
3.58

 
89,748

 
1,938

 
4.36

Other consumer (6)
2,592

 
81

 
6.33

 
2,748

 
92

 
6.75

Total consumer
590,292

 
14,636

 
4.98

 
640,110

 
17,603

 
5.53

U.S. commercial
197,377

 
3,498

 
3.56

 
190,914

 
3,753

 
3.96

Commercial real estate (7)
38,408

 
662

 
3.47

 
47,053

 
819

 
3.51

Commercial lease financing
21,563

 
488

 
4.52

 
21,458

 
557

 
5.18

Non-U.S. commercial
58,970

 
760

 
2.59

 
39,203

 
638

 
3.28

Total commercial
316,318

 
5,408

 
3.44

 
298,628

 
5,767

 
3.89

Total loans and leases
906,610

 
20,044

 
4.44

 
938,738

 
23,370

 
5.01

Other earning assets
87,445

 
1,462

 
3.36

 
106,428

 
1,788

 
3.39

Total earning assets (8)
1,770,336

 
29,795

 
3.38

 
1,857,124

 
35,324

 
3.84

Cash and cash equivalents (1)
114,268

 
99

 
 
 
127,037

 
112

 
 
Other assets, less allowance for loan and lease losses
306,264

 
 
 
 
 
354,665

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
2,190,868

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,338,826

 
 
 
 
(1) 
For this presentation, fees earned on overnight deposits placed with the Federal Reserve are included in the cash and cash equivalents line, consistent with the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet presentation of these deposits. Net interest income and net interest yield are calculated excluding these fees.
(2) 
Yields on AFS debt securities are calculated based on fair value rather than the cost basis. The use of fair value does not have a material impact on net interest yield.
(3) 
Nonperforming loans are included in the respective average loan balances. Income on these nonperforming loans is recognized on a cost recovery basis. PCI loans were recorded at fair value upon acquisition and accrete interest income over the remaining life of the loan.
(4) 
Includes non-U.S. residential mortgage loans of $88 million and $93 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.
(5) 
Includes non-U.S. consumer loans of $7.7 billion and $8.4 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.
(6) 
Includes consumer finance loans of $1.6 billion and $1.9 billion, other non-U.S. consumer loans of $899 million and $809 million, and consumer overdrafts of $99 million and $78 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.
(7) 
Includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $36.7 billion and $44.5 billion, and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $1.7 billion and $2.5 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.
(8) 
Interest income includes the impact of interest rate risk management contracts, which decreased interest income on the underlying assets by $472 million and $1.1 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. Interest expense includes the impact of interest rate risk management contracts, which decreased interest expense on the underlying liabilities by $1.2 billion for both the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. For further information on interest rate contracts, see Interest Rate Risk Management for Nontrading Activities on page 126.

28

Table of Contents

Table 14
Year-to-Date Average Balances and Interest Rates – Fully Taxable-equivalent Basis (continued)
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Interest-bearing liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
41,468

 
$
28

 
0.13
%
 
$
40,294

 
$
63

 
0.32
%
NOW and money market deposit accounts
459,718

 
374

 
0.16

 
477,330

 
620

 
0.26

Consumer CDs and IRAs
98,451

 
365

 
0.75

 
116,004

 
581

 
1.01

Negotiable CDs, public funds and other deposits
22,125

 
71

 
0.64

 
13,918

 
81

 
1.17

Total U.S. interest-bearing deposits
621,762

 
838

 
0.27

 
647,546

 
1,345

 
0.42

Non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banks located in non-U.S. countries
16,384

 
53

 
0.65

 
20,378

 
75

 
0.74

Governments and official institutions
1,091

 
2

 
0.40

 
2,219

 
4

 
0.36

Time, savings and other
53,912

 
175

 
0.65

 
62,673

 
258

 
0.83

Total non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits
71,387

 
230

 
0.65

 
85,270

 
337

 
0.80

Total interest-bearing deposits
693,149

 
1,068

 
0.31

 
732,816

 
1,682

 
0.46

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings
305,981

 
1,824

 
1.20

 
355,042

 
2,526

 
1.43

Trading account liabilities
78,300

 
925

 
2.38

 
90,044

 
1,254

 
2.81

Long-term debt
348,346

 
5,242

 
3.02

 
437,812

 
6,084

 
2.80

Total interest-bearing liabilities (8)
1,425,776

 
9,059

 
1.28

 
1,615,714

 
11,546

 
1.44

Noninterest-bearing sources:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
338,351

 
 
 
 
 
296,762

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
192,679

 
 
 
 
 
193,420

 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
234,062

 
 
 
 
 
232,930

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
2,190,868

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,338,826

 
 
 
 
Net interest spread
 
 
 
 
2.10
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.40
%
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources
 
 
 
 
0.25

 
 
 
 
 
0.17

Net interest income/yield on earning assets (1)
 
 
$
20,736

 
2.35
%
 
 
 
$
23,778

 
2.57
%
For footnotes see page 28.


29

Table of Contents

Business Segment Operations
 
Segment Description and Basis of Presentation

We report the results of our operations through five business segments: CBB, CRES, Global Banking, Global Markets and GWIM, with the remaining operations recorded in All Other. Effective January 1, 2012, we changed the basis of presentation from six to the above five segments. The former Deposits and Card Services segments, as well as Business Banking, which was included in the former Global Commercial Banking segment, are now reflected in CBB. The former Global Commercial Banking segment was combined with the Global Corporate and Investment Banking business, which was included in the former Global Banking & Markets (GBAM) segment, to form Global Banking. The remaining global markets business of GBAM is now reported as a separate Global Markets segment. In addition, certain management accounting methodologies and related allocations were refined. Prior period results have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

We prepare and evaluate segment results using certain non-GAAP financial measures. For additional information, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.

The management accounting and reporting process derives segment and business results by utilizing allocation methodologies for revenue and expense. The net income derived for the businesses is dependent upon revenue and cost allocations using an activity-based costing model, funds transfer pricing, and other methodologies and assumptions management believes are appropriate to reflect the results of the business.

Total revenue, net of interest expense, includes net interest income on a FTE basis and noninterest income. The adjustment of net interest income to a FTE basis results in a corresponding increase in income tax expense. The segment results also reflect certain revenue and expense methodologies that are utilized to determine net income. The net interest income of the businesses includes the results of a funds transfer pricing process that matches assets and liabilities with similar interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics. For presentation purposes, in segments where the total of liabilities and equity exceeds assets, which are generally deposit-taking segments, we allocate assets to match liabilities. Net interest income of the business segments also includes an allocation of net interest income generated by certain of our asset and liability management (ALM) activities.

Our ALM activities include an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of various derivatives and cash instruments to manage fluctuations in earnings and capital that are caused by interest rate volatility. Our goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity so that movements in interest rates do not significantly adversely affect earnings and capital. The majority of our ALM activities are allocated to the business segments and fluctuate based on performance. ALM activities include external product pricing decisions including deposit pricing strategies, the effects of our internal funds transfer pricing process and the net effects of other ALM activities.

Certain expenses not directly attributable to a specific business segment are allocated to the segments. The most significant of these expenses include data and item processing costs and certain centralized or shared functions. Data processing costs are allocated to the segments based on equipment usage. Item processing costs are allocated to the segments based on the volume of items processed for each segment. The costs of certain other centralized or shared functions are allocated based on methodologies that reflect utilization.

We allocate economic capital to the business segments and related businesses using a risk-adjusted methodology incorporating each segment’s credit, market, interest rate, strategic and operational risk components. See Managing Risk and Strategic Risk Management on pages 67 and 68 for further discussion on the nature of these risks. A business segment's allocated equity includes this economic capital allocation and also includes the portion of goodwill and intangibles specifically assigned to the business segment. We benefit from the diversification of risk across these components which is reflected as a reduction to allocated equity for each segment. The risk-adjusted methodology is periodically refined and such refinements are reflected as changes to allocated equity in each segment.

For more information on selected financial information for the business segments and reconciliations to consolidated total revenue, net income (loss) and period-end total assets, see Note 19 – Business Segment Information to the Consolidated Financial Statements.



30

Table of Contents

Consumer & Business Banking
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Deposits
 
Card
Services
 
Business
Banking
 
Total Consumer &
Business Banking
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
% Change

Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
1,914

 
$
2,281

 
$
2,481

 
$
2,903

 
$
309

 
$
365

 
$
4,704

 
$
5,549

 
(15
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Card income

 

 
1,331

 
1,686

 

 

 
1,331

 
1,686

 
(21
)
Service charges
991

 
967

 

 

 
92

 
129

 
1,083

 
1,096

 
(1
)
All other income
71

 
55

 
105

 
260

 
32

 
35

 
208

 
350

 
(41
)
Total noninterest income
1,062

 
1,022

 
1,436

 
1,946

 
124

 
164

 
2,622

 
3,132

 
(16
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
2,976

 
3,303

 
3,917

 
4,849

 
433

 
529

 
7,326

 
8,681

 
(16
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
40

 
31

 
940

 
302

 
151

 
67

 
1,131

 
400

 
183

Noninterest expense
2,634

 
2,597

 
1,502

 
1,517

 
223

 
263

 
4,359

 
4,377

 

Income before income taxes
302

 
675

 
1,475

 
3,030

 
59

 
199

 
1,836

 
3,904

 
(53
)
Income tax expense (FTE basis)
112

 
242

 
546

 
1,086

 
22

 
74

 
680

 
1,402

 
(51
)
Net income
$
190

 
$
433

 
$
929

 
$
1,944

 
$
37

 
$
125

 
$
1,156

 
$
2,502

 
(54
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
1.78
%
 
2.15
%
 
8.81
%
 
9.06
%
 
2.78
%
 
3.45
%
 
3.85
%
 
4.57
%
 
 
Return on average allocated equity
3.19

 
7.35

 
18.21

 
37.11

 
1.67

 
6.34

 
8.70

 
19.10

 
 
Return on average economic capital
12.66

 
30.62

 
37.25

 
75.04

 
2.18

 
8.62

 
20.31

 
45.87

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
88.50

 
78.62

 
38.36

 
31.27

 
51.21

 
49.73

 
59.49

 
50.41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
n/m

 
n/m

 
$
112,127

 
$
127,343

 
$
24,025

 
$
27,153

 
$
136,872

 
$
155,122

 
(12
)
Total earning assets (1)
$
433,075

 
$
425,926

 
113,202

 
128,505

 
44,808

 
42,352

 
492,085

 
486,679

 
1

Total assets (1)
459,217

 
452,119

 
119,316

 
130,356

 
52,213

 
50,886

 
531,747

 
523,258

 
2

Total deposits
433,781

 
426,684

 
n/m

 
n/m

 
42,475

 
40,190

 
476,580

 
467,179

 
2

Allocated equity
23,982

 
23,612

 
20,525

 
21,016

 
8,945

 
7,931

 
53,452

 
52,559

 
2

Economic capital
6,056

 
5,661

 
10,065

 
10,409

 
6,846

 
5,833

 
22,967

 
21,903

 
5

(1)
For presentation purposes, in segments and businesses where the total of liabilities and equity exceeds assets, we allocate assets to match liabilities. As a result, total earning assets and total assets of the businesses may not equal total CBB.
n/m = not meaningful

31

Table of Contents

 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Deposits
 
Card
Services
 
Business
Banking
 
Total Consumer &
Business Banking
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
% Change

Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
4,034

 
$
4,486

 
$
5,097

 
$
5,917

 
$
653

 
$
747

 
$
9,784

 
$
11,150

 
(12
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Card income

 

 
2,609

 
3,263

 

 

 
2,609

 
3,263

 
(20
)
Service charges
1,960

 
1,891

 

 

 
187

 
284

 
2,147

 
2,175

 
(1
)
All other income
131

 
116

 
20

 
384

 
57

 
59

 
208

 
559

 
(63
)
Total noninterest income
2,091

 
2,007

 
2,629

 
3,647

 
244

 
343

 
4,964

 
5,997

 
(17
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
6,125

 
6,493

 
7,726

 
9,564

 
897

 
1,090

 
14,748

 
17,147

 
(14
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
91

 
64

 
1,730

 
897

 
187

 
100

 
2,008

 
1,061

 
89

Noninterest expense
5,242

 
5,179

 
2,882

 
3,140

 
482

 
619

 
8,606

 
8,938

 
(4
)
Income before income taxes
792

 
1,250

 
3,114

 
5,527

 
228

 
371

 
4,134

 
7,148

 
(42
)
Income tax expense (FTE basis)
292

 
455

 
1,147

 
2,011

 
84

 
138

 
1,523

 
2,604

 
(42
)
Net income
$
500

 
$
795

 
$
1,967

 
$
3,516

 
$
144

 
$
233

 
$
2,611

 
$
4,544

 
(43
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
1.90
%
 
2.14
%
 
8.88
%
 
9.11
%
 
2.86
%
 
3.63
%
 
4.03
%
 
4.66
%
 
 
Return on average allocated equity
4.27

 
6.78

 
19.20

 
32.85

 
3.21

 
5.96

 
9.87

 
17.25

 
 
Return on average economic capital
17.81

 
28.29

 
39.21

 
64.86

 
4.18

 
8.11

 
23.20

 
40.90

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
85.58

 
79.76

 
37.30

 
32.83

 
53.71

 
56.73

 
58.35

 
52.12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
n/m

 
n/m

 
$
114,197

 
$
129,894

 
$
24,314

 
$
27,507

 
$
139,225

 
$
158,033

 
(12
)
Total earning assets (1)
$
427,604

 
$
421,863

 
115,391

 
131,007

 
45,977

 
41,526

 
488,325

 
482,863

 
1

Total assets (1)
453,858

 
448,081

 
121,247

 
132,189

 
53,243

 
50,000

 
527,702

 
518,737

 
2

Total deposits
428,902

 
422,514

 
n/m

 
n/m

 
42,192

 
39,331

 
471,410

 
462,136

 
2

Allocated equity
23,588

 
23,627

 
20,598

 
21,580

 
9,013

 
7,919

 
53,199

 
53,126

 

Economic capital
5,659

 
5,672

 
10,122

 
10,956

 
6,915

 
5,822

 
22,696

 
22,450

 
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
 
Total loans and leases
n/m

 
n/m

 
$
111,071

 
$
120,668

 
$
23,700

 
$
25,006

 
$
135,523

 
$
146,378

 
(7
)
Total earning assets (1)
$
440,559

 
$
419,215

 
111,602

 
121,991

 
43,502

 
46,516

 
497,920

 
480,972

 
4

Total assets (1)
466,362

 
446,274

 
118,288

 
127,623

 
50,739

 
53,950

 
537,647

 
521,097

 
3

Total deposits
439,470

 
421,871

 
n/m

 
n/m

 
41,563

 
41,519

 
481,939

 
464,264

 
4

(1)
For presentation purposes, in segments and businesses where the total of liabilities and equity exceeds assets, we allocate assets to match liabilities. As a result, total earning assets and total assets of the businesses may not equal total CBB.
n/m = not meaningful

CBB, which is comprised of Deposits, Card Services and Business Banking, offers a diversified range of credit, banking and investment products and services to consumers and businesses. Our customers and clients have access to a franchise network that stretches coast to coast through 32 states and the District of Columbia. The franchise network includes approximately 5,600 banking centers, 16,200 ATMs, nationwide call centers, and online and mobile platforms.

CBB Results

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net income for CBB decreased $1.3 billion to $1.2 billion primarily driven by a decline in revenue and an increase in the provision for credit losses. Net interest income decreased $845 million to $4.7 billion due to lower average loans and yields in Card Services as well as compressed deposit spreads due to the continued low interest rate environment. Noninterest income decreased $510 million to $2.6 billion due to a decline in Card Services. The provision for credit losses increased $731 million to $1.1 billion as portfolio trends began to stabilize within Card Services. Noninterest expense of $4.4 billion remained relatively unchanged as lower operating expenses were offset by an increase in litigation expense.


32

Table of Contents

The return on average economic capital decreased primarily due to lower net income.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net income for CBB decreased $1.9 billion to $2.6 billion primarily driven by a decline in revenue and an increase in the provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower noninterest expense. Net interest income decreased $1.4 billion to $9.8 billion. Noninterest income decreased $1.0 billion to $5.0 billion. The provision for credit losses increased $947 million to $2.0 billion. These changes were driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion. Noninterest expense decreased $332 million to $8.6 billion primarily due to lower FDIC and operating expenses, partially offset by an increase in litigation expense.

The return on average economic capital decreased due to the same factor as described in the three-month discussion above. For more information regarding economic capital, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.

Deposits

Deposits includes the results of consumer deposit activities which consist of a comprehensive range of products provided to consumers and small businesses. Our deposit products include traditional savings accounts, money market savings accounts, CDs and IRAs, noninterest- and interest-bearing checking accounts, as well as investment accounts and products. Deposit products provide a relatively stable source of funding and liquidity for the Corporation. We earn net interest spread revenue from investing this liquidity in earning assets through client-facing lending and ALM activities. The revenue is allocated to the deposit products using our funds transfer pricing process that matches assets and liabilities with similar interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics.

Deposits also generates fees such as account service fees, non-sufficient funds fees, overdraft charges and ATM fees, as well as investment and brokerage fees from Merrill Edge accounts. Merrill Edge is an integrated investing and banking service targeted at clients with less than $250,000 in total assets. Merrill Edge provides team-based investment advice and guidance, brokerage services, a self-directed online investing platform and key banking capabilities including access to the Corporation’s network of banking centers and ATMs. Deposits includes the net impact of migrating customers and their related deposit balances between Deposits and GWIM as well as other client-managed businesses. For more information on the migration of customer balances to or from GWIM, see GWIM on page 50.

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net income for Deposits decreased $243 million to $190 million primarily driven by lower net interest income, partially offset by higher noninterest income. Net interest income declined $367 million, or 16 percent, to $1.9 billion driven by compressed deposits spreads due to the continued low interest rate environment, partially offset by a customer shift to higher-yielding liquid products and continued pricing discipline. Noninterest income increased $40 million, or four percent, to $1.1 billion primarily due to an increase in service charges. Noninterest expense of $2.6 billion remained relatively unchanged as lower FDIC expense was offset by higher operating expense.

Average deposits increased $7.1 billion driven by a customer shift to more liquid products in a low interest rate environment as checking, traditional savings and money market savings grew $18.8 billion. Growth in liquid products was partially offset by a decline in average time deposits of $11.7 billion. As a result of the shift in the mix of deposits and our continued pricing discipline, rates paid on average deposits declined by nine bps to 20 bps.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net income for Deposits decreased $295 million to $500 million primarily driven by lower net interest income, partially offset by higher noninterest income. Net interest income declined $452 million, or 10 percent, to $4.0 billion and noninterest income increased $84 million, or four percent, to $2.1 billion driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. Average deposits increased $6.4 billion driven by the same factor as described in the three-month discussion above.


33

Table of Contents

Key Statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Total deposit spreads (excludes noninterest costs) (1)
 
1.87
%
 
2.15
%
 
1.92
%
 
2.17
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Client brokerage assets (in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
$
72,226

 
$
69,000

Online banking active accounts (units in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
30,232

 
29,660

Mobile banking active accounts (units in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
10,290

 
7,652

Banking centers
 
 
 
 
 
5,594

 
5,742

ATMs
 
 
 
 
 
16,220

 
17,817

(1)
Total deposit spreads include the Deposits and Business Banking businesses.

Our online banking customers increased 572,000 and mobile banking customers increased 2.6 million from a year ago reflecting a change in our customers' banking preferences. The number of banking centers declined 148 and ATMs declined 1,597 as we continue to improve our cost-to-serve and optimize our consumer banking network.

Card Services

Card Services is one of the leading issuers of credit and debit cards in the U.S. to consumers and small businesses. In addition to earning net interest spread revenue on its lending activities, Card Services generates interchange revenue from credit and debit card transactions as well as annual credit card fees and other miscellaneous fees.

Effective October 1, 2011, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule with respect to the Durbin Amendment that established the maximum allowable interchange fees a bank can receive for a debit card transaction. For more information on the final interchange rules, see Regulatory Matters on page 43 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, the Federal Reserve approved rules governing routing and exclusivity, requiring issuers to offer two unaffiliated networks for routing transactions on each debit or prepaid product, which became effective on April 1, 2012. The interchange fee rules resulted in a reduction of debit card revenue of approximately $420 million in each of the first two quarters of 2012 when compared to the same periods in 2011, and are expected to have a similar impact in the third quarter of 2012.

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net income for Card Services decreased $1.0 billion to $929 million primarily driven by a decrease in revenue and an increase in the provision for credit losses. Net interest income decreased $422 million, or 15 percent, to $2.5 billion driven by lower average loan balances and yields. The net interest yield decreased 25 bps to 8.81 percent due to charge-offs and paydowns of higher interest rate products. Noninterest income decreased $510 million, or 26 percent, to $1.4 billion primarily due to lower interchange fees as a result of the Durbin Amendment and the net impact of portfolio sales.

The provision for credit losses increased $638 million to $940 million as portfolio trends began to stabilize. For more information, see Provision for Credit Losses on page 118.

Average loans decreased $15.2 billion, or 12 percent, driven by charge-offs, continued run-off of non-core portfolios and the impact of portfolio sales during 2011.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net income for Card Services decreased $1.5 billion to $2.0 billion primarily driven by a decrease in revenue and an increase in the provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower noninterest expense. Net interest income decreased $820 million, or 14 percent, to $5.1 billion. The net interest yield decreased 23 bps to 8.88 percent. Noninterest income decreased $1.0 billion, or 28 percent, to $2.6 billion. These changes were driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. The decrease in noninterest income was also due to a charge related to our consumer protection products.

The provision for credit losses increased $833 million, or 93 percent, to $1.7 billion driven by the same factor as described in the three-month discussion above. Noninterest expense decreased $258 million, or eight percent, to $2.9 billion primarily due to lower operating expenses, partially offset by an increase in litigation expense.

Average loans decreased $15.7 billion, or 12 percent, driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

34

Table of Contents

Key Statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
U.S. credit card
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross interest yield
 
9.97
%
 
10.27
%
 
10.02
%
 
10.37
%
Risk-adjusted margin
 
7.51

 
6.23

 
7.02

 
5.23

New accounts (in thousands)
 
782

 
730

 
1,564

 
1,387

Purchase volumes
 
$
48,886

 
$
48,974

 
$
93,683

 
$
92,910

Debit card purchase volumes
 
64,867

 
64,049

 
127,808

 
124,045


During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the U.S. credit card risk-adjusted margin increased 128 bps and 179 bps from the same periods in 2011, reflecting improvement in credit quality in the portfolio. U.S. credit card new accounts grew by 52,000 accounts to 782,000 accounts, and 177,000 accounts to 1.6 million accounts compared to the same periods in 2011. U.S. credit card purchase volumes of $48.9 billion remained relatively unchanged for the three-month period and increased $773 million to $93.7 billion for the six-month period. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, debit card purchase volume increased $818 million to $64.9 billion, and $3.8 billion to $127.8 billion compared to the same periods in 2011, reflecting higher consumer spending.

Business Banking

Business Banking provides a wide range of lending-related products and services, integrated working capital management and treasury solutions to clients through our network of offices and client relationship teams along with various product partners. Our clients include U.S.-based companies generally with annual sales of $1 million to $50 million. Our lending products and services include commercial loans, lines of credit and real estate lending. Our capital management and treasury solutions include treasury management, foreign exchange and short-term investing options. Business Banking also includes the results of our merchant processing joint venture.

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net income for Business Banking decreased $88 million to $37 million primarily driven by lower revenue and an increase in the provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower noninterest expense. Net interest income decreased $56 million, or 15 percent, to $309 million driven by lower average loan balances. Noninterest income decreased $40 million, or 24 percent, to $124 million primarily due to the transfer of certain processing activities to our merchant services joint venture. The provision for credit losses increased $84 million to $151 million due to an increase in projected losses. Noninterest expense decreased $40 million, or 15 percent, to $223 million driven by lower FDIC and merchant processing expenses.

Average loans decreased $3.1 billion, or 12 percent, primarily driven by the net transfer of certain loans to other businesses, higher prepayments and continued run-off of non-core portfolios. Average deposits increased $2.3 billion, or six percent, due to the current client preference for liquidity and the net transfer of certain deposits from other businesses.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net income for Business Banking decreased $89 million to $144 million primarily driven by lower revenue and an increase in the provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower noninterest expense. Revenue decreased $193 million to $897 million, the provision for credit losses increased $87 million to $187 million and noninterest expense decreased $137 million to $482 million driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

Average loans decreased $3.2 billion, or 12 percent, and average deposits increased $2.9 billion, or seven percent, driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.


35

Table of Contents

Consumer Real Estate Services
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Home Loans
 
Legacy Assets
& Servicing
 
Total Consumer Real Estate Services
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
2011
 
2012
2011

2012
2011
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
330

$
449

 
$
384

$
130

 
$
714

$
579

 
23
 %
Noninterest income:
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage banking income (loss)
827

674

 
984

(13,692
)
 
1,811

(13,018
)
 
n/m

Insurance income
1

299

 


 
1

299

 
(100
)
All other income (loss)
(33
)
799

 
28

26

 
(5
)
825

 
n/m

Total noninterest income (loss)
795

1,772

 
1,012

(13,666
)
 
1,807

(11,894
)
 
n/m

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
1,125

2,221

 
1,396

(13,536
)
 
2,521

(11,315
)
 
n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
(34
)
121

 
220

1,386

 
186

1,507

 
(88
)
Goodwill impairment


 

2,603

 

2,603

 
n/m

All other noninterest expense
776

1,288

 
2,780

4,734

 
3,556

6,022

 
(41
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
383

812

 
(1,604
)
(22,259
)
 
(1,221
)
(21,447
)
 
n/m

Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
142

299

 
(595
)
(7,240
)
 
(453
)
(6,941
)
 
(93
)
Net income (loss)
$
241

$
513

 
$
(1,009
)
$
(15,019
)
 
$
(768
)
$
(14,506
)
 
n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
2.29
%
2.51
%
 
2.24
%
0.60
%
 
2.27
%
1.46
%
 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
68.98

57.99

 
n/m

n/m

 
n/m

n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
50,580

$
55,010

 
$
56,145

$
66,673

 
$
106,725

$
121,683

 
(12
)
Total earning assets
57,869

71,614

 
68,954

87,060

 
126,823

158,674

 
(20
)
Total assets
58,898

71,806

 
93,879

126,224

 
152,777

198,030

 
(23
)
Allocated equity
n/a

n/a

 
n/a

n/a

 
14,116

17,139

 
(18
)
Economic capital
n/a

n/a

 
n/a

n/a

 
14,116

14,437

 
(2
)
n/m = not meaningful
n/a = not applicable


36

Table of Contents

 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Home Loans
 
Legacy Assets
& Servicing
 
Total Consumer Real Estate Services
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
677

$
998

 
$
812

$
477

 
$
1,489

$
1,475

 
1
 %
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
Mortgage banking income (loss)
1,541

1,217

 
2,101

(13,540
)
 
3,642

(12,323
)
 
n/m

Insurance income
7

730

 


 
7

730

 
(99
)
All other income (loss)
(11
)
829

 
68

37

 
57

866

 
(93
)
Total noninterest income (loss)
1,537

2,776

 
2,169

(13,503
)
 
3,706

(10,727
)
 
n/m

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
2,214

3,774

 
2,981

(13,026
)
 
5,195

(9,252
)
 
n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
19

121

 
674

2,484

 
693

2,605

 
(73
)
Goodwill impairment


 

2,603

 

2,603

 
n/m

All other noninterest expense
1,612

2,733

 
5,849

8,066

 
7,461

10,799

 
(31
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
583

920

 
(3,542
)
(26,179
)
 
(2,959
)
(25,259
)
 
n/m

Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
215

339

 
(1,261
)
(8,692
)
 
(1,046
)
(8,353
)
 
(87
)
Net income (loss)
$
368

$
581

 
$
(2,281
)
$
(17,487
)
 
$
(1,913
)
$
(16,906
)
 
n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
2.36
%
2.69
%
 
2.31
%
1.06
%
 
2.33
%
1.80
%
 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
72.81

72.42

 
n/m

n/m

 
n/m

n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
51,122

$
54,749

 
$
57,618

$
66,376

 
$
108,740

$
121,125

 
(10
)
Total earning assets
57,672

74,773

 
70,840

90,696

 
128,512

165,469

 
(22
)
Total assets
58,623

74,866

 
97,318

128,782

 
155,941

203,648

 
(23
)
Allocated equity
n/a

n/a

 
n/a

n/a

 
14,454

17,933

 
(19
)
Economic capital
n/a

n/a

 
n/a

n/a

 
14,454

15,211

 
(5
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
June 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
50,112

$
52,371

 
$
55,192

$
59,988

 
$
105,304

$
112,359

 
(6
)
Total earning assets
57,716

58,819

 
67,138

73,562

 
124,854

132,381

 
(6
)
Total assets
58,986

59,647

 
88,652

104,065

 
147,638

163,712

 
(10
)
n/m = not meaningful
n/a = not applicable

CRES operations include Home Loans and Legacy Assets & Servicing. This alignment allows CRES management to lead the ongoing home loan business while also providing greater focus on legacy mortgage issues and servicing activities. Effective January 1, 2012, servicing activities previously recorded in Home Loans were moved to Legacy Assets & Servicing, and results of MSR activities, including net hedge results, and goodwill were moved from what was formerly referred to as Other within CRES to Legacy Assets & Servicing. Prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

CRES generates revenue by providing an extensive line of consumer real estate products and services to customers nationwide. CRES products offered by Home Loans include fixed- and adjustable-rate first-lien mortgage loans for home purchase and refinancing needs, home equity lines of credit (HELOC) and home equity loans. First mortgage products are either sold into the secondary mortgage market to investors, while we retain MSRs and the Bank of America customer relationships, or are held on our balance sheet in All Other for ALM purposes. HELOC and home equity loans are retained on the CRES balance sheet in Home Loans and Legacy Assets & Servicing. CRES, through Legacy Assets & Servicing, services mortgage loans, including those loans it owns, loans owned by other business segments and All Other, and loans owned by outside investors.

The financial results of the on-balance sheet loans are reported in the business segment that owns the loans or All Other. CRES is not impacted by the Corporation’s first mortgage production retention decisions as CRES is compensated for loans held for ALM purposes on a management accounting basis, with a corresponding offset recorded in All Other, and is also compensated for servicing loans owned by other business segments and All Other.

CRES includes the impact of transferring customers and their related loan balances between GWIM and CRES based on client segmentation thresholds. For more information on the migration of customer balances, see GWIM on page 50.

37

Table of Contents

CRES Results

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

The net loss decreased $13.7 billion to $768 million primarily driven by higher noninterest income due to a significantly lower representations and warranties provision, lower provision for credit losses and a decline in noninterest expense due to a goodwill impairment charge in the second quarter of 2011.

Noninterest income increased largely as a result of the increase in mortgage banking income of $14.8 billion driven by a decrease of $13.6 billion in representations and warranties provision and a $1.1 billion increase in net servicing income primarily due to improved MSR results, net of hedges. The representations and warranties provision in the prior-year period was attributable to the BNY Mellon Settlement, other non-GSE exposures, and to a lesser extent, GSE exposures. Insurance income decreased $298 million due to the sale of Balboa in June 2011. All other income decreased as the prior-year period included a net $752 million gain on the sale of Balboa.

The provision for credit losses decreased $1.3 billion to $186 million driven by improved portfolio trends in the non-PCI portfolio and lower reserve additions related to the Countrywide PCI home equity portfolio.

Noninterest expense decreased $5.1 billion to $3.6 billion primarily due to a $2.6 billion goodwill impairment charge in the second quarter of 2011, a $1.9 billion decline in litigation expense, $727 million lower mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to foreclosure delays, a $270 million reduction in direct production expense due to lower retail production and our exit from correspondent lending, and $202 million in lower insurance expense, partially offset by higher default-related servicing expenses. We expect higher servicing costs will continue related to resources needed for implementing new servicing standards mandated for the industry, to implement other operational changes, and costs due to delayed foreclosures.

Average total earning assets declined $31.9 billion to $126.8 billion primarily due to decreases in total loans and LHFS reflecting lower production volumes, as well as a decline in the MSR hedge portfolio.

Average economic capital decreased two percent due to a reduction in credit risk driven by lower loan balances in the home equity portfolio.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

The net loss decreased $15.0 billion to $1.9 billion. Noninterest income increased $14.4 billion to $3.7 billion and the provision for credit losses decreased $1.9 billion to $693 million. These changes were driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

Noninterest expense decreased $5.9 billion to $7.5 billion primarily due to a $2.6 billion goodwill impairment charge in the second quarter of 2011, a $2.4 billion decline in litigation expense, $1.2 billion lower mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to foreclosure delays, a $638 million reduction in direct production expense due to lower retail production and our exit from correspondent lending, and $442 million in lower insurance expense, partially offset by higher default-related servicing expenses.

Average total earning assets declined $37.0 billion to $128.5 billion primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion.

Average economic capital decreased five percent primarily due to a reduction in operational risk driven by the sale of Balboa. For more information regarding economic capital, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.

Home Loans

Home Loans products are available to our customers through our retail network of approximately 5,600 banking centers, mortgage loan officers in approximately 400 locations and a sales force offering our customers direct telephone and online access to our products. These products were also offered through our correspondent lending channel which we exited in the second half of 2011 and the reverse mortgage origination business which we exited in the first half of 2011. These strategic changes were made to allow greater focus on our direct-to-consumer channels, deepen relationships with existing customers and use mortgage products to acquire new relationships.


38

Table of Contents

Home Loans includes ongoing loan production activities and the CRES home equity portfolio not originally selected for inclusion in the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio. Home Loans excludes the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio established as of January 1, 2011, and currently reflects a stabilized level of credit losses. For more information on Legacy Assets & Servicing within CRES, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 58 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Home Loans also included insurance operations through June 30, 2011, when the ongoing insurance business was transferred to CBB following the sale of Balboa.

Home Loans net income decreased $272 million to $241 million, and $213 million to $368 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. Net interest income decreased $119 million and $321 million primarily driven by lower LHFS balances largely due to our exit from correspondent lending. Noninterest income decreased $977 million and $1.2 billion primarily due to lower insurance income as a result of the sale of Balboa, partially offset by an increase in mortgage banking income driven by higher production margins. The provision for credit losses decreased $155 million and $102 million driven by improved portfolio trends. Noninterest expense decreased $512 million and $1.1 billion primarily due to lower production expense driven by lower retail production and our exit from the correspondent channel, and decreased insurance expense.

Legacy Assets & Servicing

Legacy Assets & Servicing is responsible for servicing the residential, home equity and discontinued real estate loan portfolios, including owned loans and loans serviced for others. Legacy Assets & Servicing is also responsible for managing mortgage-related legacy exposures, including exposures related to selected owned residential mortgage, home equity and discontinued real estate loan portfolios (collectively, the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio). For additional information, see Legacy Assets & Servicing Portfolio below.

Legacy Assets & Servicing results reflect the net cost of legacy exposures that are included in the results of CRES, including representations and warranties provision, litigation costs, financial results of the CRES home equity portfolio selected as part of the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio, the financial results of the servicing operations and the results of MSR activities, including net hedge results, together with any related assets or liabilities used as economic hedges. The financial results of the servicing operations reflect certain revenues and expenses on loans serviced for others, including owned loans serviced for Home Loans and All Other. Legacy Assets & Servicing is compensated for servicing such loans on a management accounting basis with a corresponding offset recorded in Home Loans and All Other.

Servicing activities include collecting cash for principal, interest and escrow payments from borrowers, and disbursing customer draws for lines of credit and accounting for and remitting principal and interest payments to investors and escrow payments to third parties along with responding to customer inquiries. Our home retention efforts, including single point of contact resources, are also part of our servicing activities, along with supervising foreclosures and property dispositions. In an effort to help our customers avoid foreclosure, Legacy Assets & Servicing evaluates various workout options prior to foreclosure sales which, combined with our temporary halt of foreclosures announced in October 2010, has resulted in elongated default timelines. Although we have resumed foreclosure proceedings in nearly all states, there continues to be a backlog of foreclosure inventory. For additional information on our servicing activities, including the impact of foreclosure delays, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing Matters and Foreclosure Processes on page 65 and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Other Mortgage-related Matters on page 40 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Legacy Assets & Servicing net loss decreased $14.0 billion to $1.0 billion, and $15.2 billion to $2.3 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 primarily driven by a decrease of $13.6 billion and $14.4 billion in representations and warranties provision, a $1.8 billion and $2.4 billion decline in litigation expense, a $1.2 billion and $1.8 billion decline in provision for credit losses, and $727 million and $1.2 billion lower mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to delayed foreclosures. The Legacy Assets & Servicing goodwill balance of $2.6 billion was written off in its entirety in 2011. These improvements were partially offset by higher default-related servicing expenses.

Legacy Assets & Servicing Portfolio

The Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio includes owned residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and discontinued real estate loans that would not have been originated under our underwriting standards at December 31, 2010. The Countrywide PCI portfolio as well as certain loans that met a pre-defined delinquency status or probability of default threshold as of January 1, 2011 are also included in the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio. The residential mortgage and discontinued real estate loans are held primarily on the balance sheet of All Other and the home equity loans are held in Legacy Assets & Servicing. Since determining the pool of owned loans to be included in the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio as of January 1, 2011, the criteria have not changed for this portfolio. However, the criteria for inclusion of certain assets and liabilities in the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio will continue to be evaluated over time.


39

Table of Contents

The total owned loans in the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio decreased $10.8 billion to $144.1 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to $154.9 billion at December 31, 2011, of which $55.2 billion of the June 30, 2012 balance was reflected on the balance sheet of Legacy Assets & Servicing within CRES and the remainder are held on the balance sheet of All Other.

Mortgage Banking Income

CRES mortgage banking income is categorized into production and servicing income. Core production income is comprised of revenue from the fair value gains and losses recognized on our interest rate lock commitments (IRLCs) and LHFS, the related secondary market execution, and costs related to representations and warranties in the sales transactions along with other obligations incurred in the sales of mortgage loans. Ongoing costs related to representations and warranties and other obligations that were incurred in the sales of mortgage loans in prior periods are also included in production income.

Servicing income includes income earned in connection with servicing activities and MSR valuation adjustments, net of economic hedge activities. The costs associated with our servicing activities are included in noninterest expense.

The table below summarizes the components of mortgage banking income.

Mortgage Banking Income
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Production income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core production revenue
$
885

 
$
824

 
$
1,814

 
$
1,492

Representations and warranties provision
(395
)
 
(14,037
)
 
(677
)
 
(15,050
)
Total production income (loss)
490

 
(13,213
)
 
1,137

 
(13,558
)
Servicing income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Servicing fees
1,213

 
1,556

 
2,545

 
3,162

Impact of customer payments (1)
(282
)
 
(639
)
 
(803
)
 
(1,345
)
Fair value changes of MSRs, net of economic hedge results (2)
194

 
(873
)
 
388

 
(870
)
Other servicing-related revenue
196

 
151

 
375

 
288

Total net servicing income
1,321

 
195

 
2,505

 
1,235

Total CRES mortgage banking income (loss)
1,811

 
(13,018
)
 
3,642

 
(12,323
)
Eliminations (3)
(152
)
 
(178
)
 
(371
)
 
(243
)
Total consolidated mortgage banking income (loss)
$
1,659

 
$
(13,196
)
 
$
3,271

 
$
(12,566
)
(1) 
Represents the change in the market value of the MSR asset due to the impact of customer payments received during the period.
(2) 
Includes gains and losses on sales of MSRs.
(3) 
Includes the effect of transfers of mortgage loans from CRES to the ALM portfolio in All Other.

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

While CRES new first mortgage loan originations declined $24.0 billion, or 63 percent, primarily due to our exit from the correspondent channel, core production revenue increased $61 million to $885 million, due to higher overall margins on direct retail originations. Retail first mortgage loan originations were $14.2 billion for the three months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $16.4 billion for the same period in 2011 and represented a drop in market share as the overall market for mortgages increased in the second quarter of 2012. Margins on retail originations increased due to decisions to price loan products in order to manage demand as well as a change in the mix of loan products to a larger proportion of Home Affordable Refinance Programs (HARP) originations. During the three months ended June 30, 2012, 81 percent of our first mortgage production volume was for refinance originations and 19 percent was for purchase originations compared to 48 percent and 52 percent in 2011.

The representations and warranties provision decreased $13.6 billion to $395 million as the provision of $14.0 billion in the year-ago quarter included $8.6 billion in provision and other expenses related to the BNY Mellon Settlement to resolve nearly all of the legacy Countrywide-issued first-lien non-GSE repurchase exposures, and $5.4 billion in provision related to other non-GSE, and to a lesser extent, GSE exposures.


40

Table of Contents

Net servicing income increased $1.1 billion to $1.3 billion primarily due to improved MSR results, net of hedges, and to a lesser extent, the reduced impact of customer payments. The improved MSR results were partially offset by lower servicing fees primarily due to a reduction in the size of the servicing portfolio. For additional information, see Mortgage Servicing Rights on page 42.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

Core production revenue increased $322 million to $1.8 billion primarily due to higher margins on direct retail originations, partially offset by the exit from the correspondent channel. New first mortgage loan originations declined $64.4 billion, or 71 percent, primarily due to our exit from the correspondent channel and from a decline in retail market share. Retail originations for the first six months of 2012 were $26.4 billion compared to $41.7 billion for the same period in 2011 reflecting a drop in market share as the overall market for mortgages increased in 2012. The impact of our exit from the correspondent channel and the decline in retail market share were offset by higher retail margins reflecting decisions to price loan products in order to manage demand as well as a change in the mix of loan products to a larger proportion of HARP originations.

The representations and warranties provision decreased $14.4 billion to $677 million as described in the three-month discussion.

Net servicing income increased $1.3 billion to $2.5 billion primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. For additional information, see Mortgage Servicing Rights on page 42.

Key Statistics
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions, except as noted)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Loan production
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Corporation (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First mortgage
$
18,005

 
 
$
40,370

 
 
$
33,243

 
 
$
97,104

 
Home equity
930

 
 
1,054

 
 
1,690

 
 
2,782

 
CRES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First mortgage
$
14,206

 
 
$
38,253

 
 
$
26,391

 
 
$
90,772

 
Home equity
724

 
 
879

 
 
1,321

 
 
2,454

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Mortgage servicing portfolio (in billions) (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,586

 
 
$
1,763

 
Mortgage loans serviced for investors (in billions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,224

 
 
1,379

 
Mortgage servicing rights:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,708

 
 
7,378

 
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights (% of loans serviced for investors)
 
 
 
 
 
 
47

bps
 
54

bps
(1) 
In addition to loan production in CRES, the remaining first mortgage and home equity loan production is primarily in GWIM.
(2) 
Servicing of residential mortgage loans, HELOC, home equity loans and discontinued real estate mortgage loans.

First mortgage production for the total Corporation was $18.0 billion and $33.2 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $40.4 billion and $97.1 billion for the same periods in 2011. The decrease of $22.4 billion and $63.9 billion was primarily due to our exit from the correspondent channel and a $14.8 billion reduction in retail originations primarily in the first three months of 2012 due to a decline in market share.

Home equity production was $930 million and $1.7 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $1.1 billion and $2.8 billion for the same periods in 2011 primarily due to our decision to exit the reverse mortgage origination business.


41

Table of Contents

Mortgage Servicing Rights

At June 30, 2012, the consumer MSR balance was $5.7 billion, which represented 47 bps of the related unpaid principal balance compared to $7.4 billion, or 54 bps of the related unpaid principal balance at December 31, 2011. The decrease in the consumer MSR balance was primarily driven by lower forecasted mortgage rates, which resulted in higher forecasted prepayment speeds. As part of the MSR fair value estimation process, the Corporation increased its estimated cost to service during 2011 due to higher costs expected from foreclosure delays and procedures, the implementation of various loan modification programs and compliance with new banking regulations, which negatively impacted MSR results, net of hedges, by $1.5 billion. During the three months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation continued to refine its estimates of cost to service and ancillary income to be consistent with market participants which resulted in a decrease to the estimated cost to service, and accordingly, an increase in the value of the MSRs of $666 million that was partially offset by prepayment and other model changes, including OAS assumptions. During the three months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation refined the OAS assumptions used in the MSR valuation model to reflect returns commensurate with market participants, considering current and pending capital rules, including the impact of Basel 3 and other factors. For additional information on our servicing activities, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing Matters and Foreclosure Processes on page 65. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


42

Table of Contents

Global Banking
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
% Change
2012

2011
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
2,184

 
$
2,375

 
(8
)%
$
4,583

 
$
4,858

 
(6
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges
815

 
876

 
(7
)
1,622

 
1,789

 
(9
)
Investment banking fees
633

 
948

 
(33
)
1,284

 
1,815

 
(29
)
All other income
653

 
460

 
42

1,246

 
898

 
39

Total noninterest income
2,101

 
2,284

 
(8
)
4,152

 
4,502

 
(8
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
4,285

 
4,659

 
(8
)
8,735

 
9,360

 
(7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
(113
)
 
(557
)
 
(80
)
(351
)
 
(681
)
 
(48
)
Noninterest expense
2,165

 
2,221

 
(3
)
4,342

 
4,531

 
(4
)
Income before income taxes
2,233

 
2,995

 
(25
)
4,744

 
5,510

 
(14
)
Income tax expense (FTE basis)
827

 
1,074

 
(23
)
1,748

 
2,006

 
(13
)
Net income
$
1,406

 
$
1,921

 
(27
)
$
2,996

 
$
3,504

 
(14
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
2.97
%
 
3.33
%
 
 
3.08
%
 
3.50
%
 
 
Return on average allocated equity
12.31

 
16.37

 
 
13.14

 
14.75

 
 
Return on average economic capital
26.83

 
34.06

 
 
28.74

 
30.14

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
50.53

 
47.70

 
 
49.71

 
48.41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
267,812

 
$
260,144

 
3

$
272,443

 
$
258,508

 
5

Total earning assets
295,808

 
285,211

 
4

299,442

 
280,074

 
7

Total assets
341,044

 
331,084

 
3

344,730

 
326,632

 
6

Total deposits
239,054

 
235,662

 
1

238,292

 
230,744

 
3

Allocated equity
45,958

 
47,060

 
(2
)
45,838

 
47,891

 
(4
)
Economic capital
21,102

 
22,632

 
(7
)
20,980

 
23,461

 
(11
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
 
Total loans and leases
 
 
 
 
 
$
265,393

 
$
278,178

 
(5
)
Total earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
293,655

 
301,627

 
(3
)
Total assets
 
 
 
 
 
340,559

 
348,738

 
(2
)
Total deposits
 
 
 
 
 
241,344

 
246,325

 
(2
)

Global Banking, which includes Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking, and Investment Banking, provides a wide range of lending-related products and services, integrated working capital management and treasury solutions to clients through our network of offices and client relationship teams along with various product partners. Our lending products and services include commercial loans, leases, commitment facilities, trade finance, real estate lending, asset-based lending and indirect consumer loans. Our treasury solutions business includes treasury management, foreign exchange and short-term investing options. We also work with our clients to provide investment banking products such as debt and equity underwriting and distribution, merger-related and other advisory services. Underwriting debt and equity issuances, fixed-income and equity research, and certain market-based activities are executed through our global broker/dealer affiliates which are our primary dealers in several countries. Within Global Banking, Global Commercial Banking clients are generally defined as companies with annual sales up to $2 billion, which include middle-market companies, commercial real estate firms, federal and state governments and municipalities. Global Corporate Banking clients include large corporations, generally defined as companies with annual sales greater than $2 billion.


43

Table of Contents

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net income decreased $515 million to $1.4 billion driven by a decrease in revenue of $374 million, or eight percent, primarily due to lower investment banking fees, lower interest rates and the benefit from accretion on certain acquired portfolios in the prior-year period, partially offset by the impact of higher average loan and deposit balances and gains from certain legacy portfolios.

The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $113 million compared to a benefit of $557 million for the same period in 2011. Asset quality continued to improve, with declines in reservable criticized exposure and nonperforming assets.

Noninterest expense decreased $56 million, or three percent, to $2.2 billion primarily due to lower personnel expenses.

Average loans and leases increased $7.7 billion, or three percent, primarily driven by growth in U.S. and non-U.S. commercial and industrial loans and non-U.S. trade finance. Average deposits increased $3.4 billion as balances continued to grow from excess market liquidity and limited alternative investment options.

The return on average economic capital decreased due to lower net income, partially offset by a decrease in average economic capital. Average economic capital decreased seven percent primarily due to a reduction in credit risk.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net income decreased $508 million to $3.0 billion driven by a decrease in revenue of $625 million, or seven percent, primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $351 million compared to a benefit of $681 million for the same period in 2011, with the decrease primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

Noninterest expense decreased $189 million, or four percent, to $4.3 billion primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

Average loans and leases increased $13.9 billion, or five percent, and average deposits increased $7.5 billion, or three percent, primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

The return on average economic capital and average economic capital decreased primarily due to the same factors as discussed in the three-month discussion above. For more information regarding economic capital, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.


44

Table of Contents

Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking

Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking includes Global Treasury Services and Business Lending activities. Global Treasury Services includes deposit, treasury management, credit card, foreign exchange, short-term investment and custody solutions to corporate and commercial banking clients. Business Lending includes various loan-related products and services including commercial loans, leases, commitment facilities, trade financing, real estate lending, asset-based lending and indirect consumer loans. The table below presents total net revenue, total average and ending deposits, and total average and ending loans and leases for Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking.

Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Global Corporate Banking
 
Global Commercial Banking
 
Total
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Treasury Services
$
619

 
$
638

 
$
893

 
$
912

 
$
1,512

 
$
1,550

Business Lending
850

 
786

 
1,129

 
1,370

 
1,979

 
2,156

Total revenue, net of interest expense
$
1,469

 
$
1,424

 
$
2,022

 
$
2,282

 
$
3,491

 
$
3,706

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
108,367

 
$
96,874

 
$
159,295

 
$
162,194

 
$
267,662

 
$
259,068

Total deposits
108,450

 
109,324

 
130,578

 
126,291

 
239,028

 
235,615

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Treasury Services
$
1,264

 
$
1,259

 
$
1,836

 
$
1,766

 
$
3,100

 
$
3,025

Business Lending
1,730

 
1,772

 
2,276

 
2,608

 
4,006

 
4,380

Total revenue, net of interest expense
$
2,994

 
$
3,031

 
$
4,112

 
$
4,374

 
$
7,106

 
$
7,405

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
110,649

 
$
93,939

 
$
161,270

 
$
163,377

 
$
271,919

 
$
257,316

Total deposits
107,071

 
106,662

 
131,193

 
124,036

 
238,264

 
230,698

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
107,146

 
$
100,207

 
$
158,077

 
$
161,845

 
$
265,223

 
$
262,052

Total deposits
111,551

 
114,388

 
129,764

 
129,584

 
241,315

 
243,972


Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking revenue decreased $215 million to $3.5 billion and $299 million to $7.1 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011.

Global Treasury Services revenue decreased $19 million in both Global Corporate Banking and Global Commercial Banking for the three months ended June 30, 2012 due to the low rate environment. Global Treasury Services revenue increased $5 million and $70 million in Global Corporate Banking and Global Commercial Banking for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as growth in U.S. and non-U.S. deposit volumes was partially offset by the low rate environment.

Business Lending revenue in Global Corporate Banking increased $64 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012 as growth in loan volumes and gains from certain legacy portfolios were offset by lower accretion on acquired portfolios due to the impact of prepayments in prior periods. Business Lending revenue in Global Corporate Banking declined $42 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from lower net interest income impacted by the rate environment and lower accretion on acquired portfolios partially offset by the growth in loan volumes and gains from certain legacy portfolios. Business Lending revenue declined $241 million and $332 million in Global Commercial Banking for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 as planned reductions in the commercial real estate and auto portfolios and lower accretion on acquired portfolios were partially offset by increases in the commercial and industrial portfolio.


45

Table of Contents

Average loans and leases in Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking increased three percent and six percent for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 as growth in U.S. and non-U.S. commercial and non-U.S. trade finance portfolios driven by continued international demand and improved domestic momentum was partially offset by planned reductions in the commercial real estate and auto portfolios. Average deposits in Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking increased one and three percent for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 as balances continued to grow due to excess market liquidity and limited alternative investment options.

Investment Banking

Client teams and product specialists underwrite and distribute debt, equity and other loan products, and provide advisory services and tailored risk management solutions. The economics of certain investment banking and underwriting activities are shared primarily between Global Banking and Global Markets based on the contribution by, and involvement of each segment. To provide a complete discussion of our consolidated investment banking income, the table below presents total Corporation investment banking income as well as the portion attributable to Global Banking.

Investment Banking Fees
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
Global Banking
 
Total Corporation
 
Global Banking
 
Total Corporation
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Products
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advisory
$
314

 
$
356

 
$
340

 
$
382

 
$
504

 
$
657

 
$
543

 
$
702

Debt issuance
248

 
420

 
647

 
939

 
594

 
809

 
1,424

 
1,785

Equity issuance
71

 
172

 
192

 
422

 
186

 
349

 
497

 
869

Gross investment banking fees
633

 
948

 
1,179

 
1,743

 
1,284

 
1,815

 
2,464

 
3,356

Self-led
(5
)
 
(32
)
 
(33
)
 
(59
)
 
(26
)
 
(38
)
 
(101
)
 
(94
)
Total investment banking fees
$
628

 
$
916

 
$
1,146

 
$
1,684

 
$
1,258

 
$
1,777

 
$
2,363

 
$
3,262


Total Corporation investment banking fees, excluding self-led deals, decreased $538 million, or 32 percent, and $899 million, or 28 percent, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 primarily driven by lower underwriting fees due to a decrease in our market share and an overall decline in global fee pools. Investment banking fees may be adversely impacted during the remainder of 2012 by lower client activity and challenging market conditions as a result of, among other factors, the European sovereign debt crisis and continued market uncertainty.


46

Table of Contents

Global Markets
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
% Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
650

 
$
874

 
(26
)%
 
$
1,448

 
$
1,894

 
(24
)%
Noninterest income:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment and brokerage services
445

 
557

 
(20
)
 
955

 
1,204

 
(21
)
Investment banking fees
438

 
700

 
(37
)
 
994

 
1,350

 
(26
)
Trading account profits
1,707

 
2,014

 
(15
)
 
3,744

 
4,628

 
(19
)
All other income
125

 
268

 
(53
)
 
417

 
609

 
(32
)
Total noninterest income
2,715

 
3,539

 
(23
)
 
6,110

 
7,791

 
(22
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
3,365

 
4,413

 
(24
)
 
7,558

 
9,685

 
(22
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
(14
)
 
(8
)
 
75

 
(34
)
 
(41
)
 
(17
)
Noninterest expense
2,711

 
3,263

 
(17
)
 
5,787

 
6,376

 
(9
)
Income before income taxes
668

 
1,158

 
(42
)
 
1,805

 
3,350

 
(46
)
Income tax expense (FTE basis)
206

 
247

 
(17
)
 
545

 
1,044

 
(48
)
Net income
$
462

 
$
911

 
(49
)
 
$
1,260

 
$
2,306

 
(45
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated equity
10.84
%
 
15.90
%
 
 
 
14.29
%
 
18.85
%
 
 
Return on average economic capital
14.92

 
19.99

 
 
 
19.42

 
23.23

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
80.59

 
73.94

 
 
 
76.58

 
65.84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total trading-related assets (1)
$
459,869

 
$
499,274

 
(8
)
 
$
454,300

 
$
478,242

 
(5
)
Total earning assets (1)
444,537

 
457,845

 
(3
)
 
434,447

 
461,526

 
(6
)
Total assets
581,952

 
622,915

 
(7
)
 
570,273

 
602,447

 
(5
)
Allocated equity
17,132

 
22,990

 
(25
)
 
17,725

 
24,667

 
(28
)
Economic capital
12,524

 
18,344

 
(32
)
 
13,096

 
20,069

 
(35
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
 
Total trading-related assets (1)
 
 
 
 


 
$
443,948

 
$
397,876

 
12

Total earning assets (1)
 
 
 
 


 
428,940

 
372,851

 
15

Total assets
 
 
 
 


 
561,815

 
501,824

 
12

(1) 
Trading-related assets include assets which are not considered earning assets (i.e., derivative assets).

Global Markets offers sales and trading services, including research, to institutional clients across fixed-income, credit, currency, commodity and equity businesses. Global Markets product coverage includes securities and derivative products in both the primary and secondary markets. Global Markets provides market-making, financing, securities clearing, settlement and custody services globally to our institutional investor clients in support of their investing and trading activities. We also work with our commercial and corporate clients to provide risk management products using interest rate, equity, credit, currency and commodity derivatives, foreign exchange, fixed-income and mortgage-related products. As a result of our market-making activities in these products, we may be required to manage risk in government securities, equity and equity-linked securities, high-grade and high-yield corporate debt securities, commercial paper, MBS, commodities and asset-backed securities (ABS). In addition, the economics of certain investment banking and underwriting activities are shared primarily between Global Markets and Global Banking based on the activities performed by each segment. Global Banking originates certain deal-related transactions with our corporate and commercial clients that are executed and distributed by Global Markets. For additional information on investment banking fees on a consolidated basis, see page 46.

47

Table of Contents

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net income decreased $449 million to $462 million primarily driven by lower sales and trading revenue as discussed below, and a decline in new issuance activity. Investment banking fees decreased $262 million to $438 million primarily driven by lower underwriting fees due to a decline in our market share and an overall decline in the global fee pool. Noninterest expense decreased $552 million, or 17 percent, to $2.7 billion due to lower personnel and related expenses.

The return on average economic capital decreased due to lower net income, partially offset by a 32 percent decrease in average economic capital due to a decline in trading risk primarily due to lower trading-related balances.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net income decreased $1.0 billion to $1.3 billion primarily driven by lower sales and trading revenue as discussed below, including higher net DVA losses. Net DVA losses were $1.6 billion compared to $234 million due to more significant tightening of our credit spreads. Investment banking fees decreased $356 million to $994 million. Noninterest expense decreased $589 million, or nine percent, to $5.8 billion due to a reduction in personnel and related expenses, and lower brokerage, clearing and exchange expenses.

Average earning assets decreased $27.1 billion to $434.4 billion driven by the movement of certain equity securities to non-earning trading-related assets. At June 30, 2012, period-end earning assets were $428.9 billion, an increase of $56.1 billion from December 31, 2011 primarily due to client activity resulting in increases in trading-related assets and securities borrowed transactions.

The return on average economic capital and average economic capital decreased due to the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. For more information regarding economic capital, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.

Sales and Trading Revenue

Sales and trading revenue includes unrealized and realized gains and losses on trading and other assets, net interest income, and fees primarily from commissions on equity securities. The table below and related discussion present total sales and trading revenue, substantially all of which is in Global Markets with the remainder in Global Banking. Sales and trading revenue is segregated into fixed income (investment and non-investment grade corporate debt obligations, commercial mortgage-backed securities, RMBS and collateralized debt obligations (CDOs)), currencies (interest rate and foreign exchange contracts), commodities (primarily futures, forwards, swaps and options) and equity income from equity-linked derivatives and cash equity activity.

Sales and Trading Revenue (1, 2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Sales and trading revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed income, currencies and commodities
$
2,418

 
$
2,642

 
$
5,261

 
$
6,031

Equity income
759

 
1,077

 
1,666

 
2,316

Total sales and trading revenue
$
3,177

 
$
3,719

 
$
6,927

 
$
8,347

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales and trading revenue, excluding DVA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed income, currencies and commodities
$
2,555

 
$
2,550

 
$
6,685

 
$
6,247

Equity income
778

 
1,046

 
1,832

 
2,334

Total sales and trading revenue, excluding DVA
$
3,333

 
$
3,596

 
$
8,517

 
$
8,581

(1) 
Includes a FTE adjustment of $57 million and $105 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $43 million and $99 million for the same periods in 2011. For additional information on sales and trading revenue, see Note 3 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) 
Includes Global Banking sales and trading revenue of $240 million and $445 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $32 million and $136 million for the same periods in 2011.


48

Table of Contents

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

Fixed income, currencies and commodities (FICC) revenue decreased $224 million, or eight percent, to $2.4 billion due to increased investor risk aversion resulting from market uncertainty stemming from the Eurozone crisis and slower economic growth as reflected in lower trading volumes. Equity income decreased $318 million, or 30 percent, to $759 million primarily due to lower commissions and trading revenue as a result of lower market volumes. Sales and trading revenue included total commissions and brokerage fee revenue of $445 million ($435 million from equities and $10 million from FICC) for the three months ended June 30, 2012 and $557 million ($531 million from equities and $26 million from FICC) for the three months ended June 30, 2011. The $112 million decrease in commissions and brokerage fee revenue was primarily due to lower market volumes.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

FICC revenue decreased $770 million, or 13 percent, to $5.3 billion primarily due to net DVA losses. Excluding net DVA losses, FICC revenue increased $438 million, or seven percent, to $6.7 billion, primarily driven by our rates and currencies business as a result of stronger client flows and a gain on the sale of an equity investment in our mortgage business. This was partially offset by our exit from the stand-alone proprietary trading business in the prior year. Equity income decreased $650 million, or 28 percent, to $1.7 billion. Sales and trading revenue included total commissions and brokerage fee revenue of $955 million ($930 million from equities and $25 million from FICC) for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and $1.2 billion ($1.1 billion from equities and $55 million from FICC) for the six months ended June 30, 2011. Commissions and brokerage fee revenue decreased $249 million. These changes were due to the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

Sales and trading revenue may be adversely affected in the remainder of 2012 by lower client activity and challenging market conditions as a result of, among other things, the European sovereign debt crisis, uncertainty regarding the outcome of the evolving domestic regulatory landscape, economic events, our credit ratings and market volatility.

In conjunction with regulatory reform measures and our initiative to optimize our balance sheet, we exited our stand-alone proprietary trading business as of June 30, 2011, which involved trading activities in a variety of products, including stocks, bonds, currencies and commodities. There was no proprietary trading revenue for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $231 million and $434 million for the same periods in 2011. For additional information on restrictions on proprietary trading, see Regulatory Matters – Limitations on Proprietary Trading on page 43 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

49

Table of Contents

Global Wealth & Investment Management
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
% Change
 
2012

2011
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
1,446

 
$
1,573

 
(8
)%
 
$
3,024

 
$
3,143

 
(4
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment and brokerage services
2,334

 
2,378

 
(2
)
 
4,630

 
4,756

 
(3
)
All other income
537

 
544

 
(1
)
 
1,023

 
1,092

 
(6
)
Total noninterest income
2,871

 
2,922

 
(2
)
 
5,653

 
5,848

 
(3
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
4,317

 
4,495

 
(4
)
 
8,677

 
8,991

 
(3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
47

 
72

 
(35
)
 
93

 
118

 
(21
)
Noninterest expense
3,408

 
3,624

 
(6
)
 
6,858

 
7,213

 
(5
)
Income before income taxes
862

 
799

 
8

 
1,726

 
1,660

 
4

Income tax expense (FTE basis)
319

 
286

 
12

 
636

 
605

 
5

Net income
$
543

 
$
513

 
6

 
$
1,090

 
$
1,055

 
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
2.26
%
 
2.34
%
 
 
 
2.33
%
 
2.32
%
 
 
Return on average allocated equity
12.15

 
11.71

 
 
 
12.46

 
11.98

 
 
Return on average economic capital
30.03

 
30.45

 
 
 
31.81

 
30.72

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
78.94

 
80.64

 
 
 
79.03

 
80.24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
104,102

 
$
102,201

 
2

 
$
103,569

 
$
101,530

 
2

Total earning assets
256,958

 
269,208

 
(5
)
 
261,112

 
273,193

 
(4
)
Total assets
276,914

 
289,262

 
(4
)
 
280,920

 
293,369

 
(4
)
Total deposits
251,121

 
255,432

 
(2
)
 
251,913

 
257,066

 
(2
)
Allocated equity
17,974

 
17,560

 
2

 
17,601

 
17,745

 
(1
)
Economic capital
7,353

 
6,854

 
7

 
6,970

 
7,028

 
(1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
 
Total loans and leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
105,395

 
$
103,460

 
2

Total earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
257,884

 
263,501

 
(2
)
Total assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
277,988

 
284,062

 
(2
)
Total deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
249,755

 
253,264

 
(1
)

GWIM consists of two primary businesses: Merrill Lynch Global Wealth Management (MLGWM) and U.S. Trust, Bank of America Private Wealth Management (U.S. Trust).

MLGWM’s advisory business provides a high-touch client experience through a network of financial advisors focused on clients with over $250,000 in total investable assets. MLGWM provides tailored solutions to meet our clients’ needs through a full set of brokerage, banking and retirement products in both domestic and international locations.

U.S. Trust, together with MLGWM’s Private Banking & Investments Group, provides comprehensive wealth management solutions targeted to wealthy and ultra-wealthy clients with investable assets of more than $5 million, as well as customized solutions to meet clients’ wealth structuring, investment management, trust and banking needs, including specialty asset management services.


50

Table of Contents

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net income increased $30 million to $543 million driven by lower noninterest expense and lower provision expense, partially offset by lower revenue. Revenue decreased $178 million, or four percent, to $4.3 billion primarily due to lower net interest income resulting from the continued low rate environment, and lower transactional activity, partially offset by higher asset management fees driven by continued long-term assets under management (AUM) flows and higher market levels. Noninterest expense decreased $216 million, or six percent, to $3.4 billion driven by lower FDIC and other volume-driven expenses, lower litigation expense and other expense reductions, partially offset by continued investment in the business.

The provision for credit losses decreased $25 million to $47 million due to improving portfolio trends within the residential mortgage portfolio.

Revenue from MLGWM was $3.6 billion, down four percent driven by lower transactional activity and net interest income. Revenue from U.S. Trust was $655 million, down seven percent primarily driven by lower net interest income.

The return on average economic capital was relatively unchanged as net income and average economic capital increased modestly.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net income increased $35 million to $1.1 billion driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. Revenue decreased $314 million, or three percent, to $8.7 billion and noninterest expense decreased $355 million, or five percent, to $6.9 billion driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

The provision for credit losses decreased $25 million to $93 million due to the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

Revenue from MLGWM was $7.3 billion, down three percent and revenue from U.S. Trust was $1.3 billion, down six percent driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

The return on average economic capital increased primarily due to higher net income while average economic capital remained relatively unchanged. For more information regarding economic capital, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.

Migration Summary

GWIM results are impacted by the migration of clients and their related deposit and loan balances to or from CBB, CRES and the ALM portfolio, as presented in the table below. Migration in 2011 included the movement of balances to Merrill Edge, which is in CBB. Subsequent to the date of the migration, the associated net interest income, noninterest income and noninterest expense are recorded in the business to which the clients migrated.

Migration Summary
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total deposits — GWIM from / (to) CBB
$
355

 
$
(2,087
)
 
$
133

 
$
(1,704
)
Total loans — GWIM to CRES and the ALM portfolio
(198
)
 
(184
)
 
(146
)
 
(93
)
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total deposits — GWIM from / (to) CBB
$
738

 
$
1,387

 
$
651

 
$
(2,500
)
Total loans — GWIM to CRES and the ALM portfolio
(79
)
 
(189
)
 
(223
)
 
(189
)


51

Table of Contents

Client Balances

The table below presents client balances which consist of AUM, client brokerage assets, assets in custody, client deposits, and loans and leases.

Client Balances by Type
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Assets under management
$
682,227

 
$
647,126

Brokerage assets
1,039,942

 
1,024,193

Assets in custody
111,357

 
107,989

Deposits
249,755

 
253,264

Loans and leases (1)
108,792

 
106,672

Total client balances
$
2,192,073

 
$
2,139,244

(1) 
Includes margin receivables which are classified in other assets on the Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The increase of $52.8 billion, or two percent, in client balances was driven by higher market levels and inflows into long-term AUM and loans, partially offset by deposit outflows.

52

Table of Contents

All Other
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
% Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
84

 
$
543

 
(85
)%
 
$
507

 
$
1,370

 
(63
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Card income
84

 
149

 
(44
)
 
171

 
303

 
(44
)
Equity investment income (loss)
(63
)
 
1,139

 
n/m

 
354

 
2,554

 
(86
)
Gains on sales of debt securities
354

 
831

 
(57
)
 
1,066

 
1,299

 
(18
)
All other loss
(71
)
 
(112
)
 
(37
)
 
(2,324
)
 
(879
)
 
164

Total noninterest income (loss)
304

 
2,007

 
(85
)
 
(733
)
 
3,277

 
n/m

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
388

 
2,550

 
(85
)
 
(226
)
 
4,647

 
n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
536

 
1,841

 
(71
)
 
1,782

 
4,007

 
(56
)
Merger and restructuring charges

 
159

 
n/m

 

 
361

 
n/m

All other noninterest expense
849

 
587

 
45

 
3,135

 
2,318

 
35

Loss before income taxes
(997
)
 
(37
)
 
n/m

 
(5,143
)
 
(2,039
)
 
152

Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
(661
)
 
130

 
n/m

 
(2,215
)
 
(759
)
 
192

Net loss
$
(336
)
 
$
(167
)
 
101

 
$
(2,928
)
 
$
(1,280
)
 
129

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
216,974

 
$
227,307

 
(5
)
 
$
219,501

 
$
226,531

 
(3
)
Non-U.S. credit card
13,641

 
27,259

 
(50
)
 
13,896

 
27,445

 
(49
)
Discontinued real estate
10,243

 
12,450

 
(18
)
 
10,510

 
12,673

 
(17
)
Other
16,483

 
20,824

 
(21
)
 
16,820

 
21,419

 
(21
)
Total loans and leases
257,341

 
287,840

 
(11
)
 
260,727

 
288,068

 
(9
)
Total assets (1)
310,129

 
374,561

 
(17
)
 
311,302

 
393,993

 
(21
)
Total deposits
31,274

 
48,109

 
(35
)
 
35,524

 
49,110

 
(28
)
Allocated equity (2)
86,926

 
77,759

 
12

 
85,245

 
71,568

 
19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
 
Loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 

 
$
213,826

 
$
224,654

 
(5
)
Non-U.S. credit card
 
 
 
 

 
13,431

 
14,418

 
(7
)
Discontinued real estate
 
 
 
 

 
10,059

 
11,095

 
(9
)
Other


 


 

 
16,189

 
17,454

 
(7
)
Total loans and leases
 
 
 
 

 
253,505

 
267,621

 
(5
)
Total assets (1)
 
 
 
 

 
295,207

 
309,613

 
(5
)
Total deposits
 
 
 
 

 
27,157

 
32,869

 
(17
)
(1) 
For presentation purposes, in segments where the total of liabilities and equity exceeds assets, which are generally deposit-taking segments, we allocate assets from All Other to those segments to match liabilities (i.e., deposits) and allocated equity. Such allocated assets were $516.6 billion and $514.2 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $501.4 billion and $493.7 billion for the same periods in 2011, and $526.4 billion and $495.3 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Represents the economic capital assigned to All Other as well as the remaining portion of equity not specifically allocated to the business segments. Allocated equity increased due to the disposition of certain assets, as previously disclosed.
n/m = not meaningful


53

Table of Contents

All Other consists of two broad groupings, Equity Investments and Other. Equity Investments includes Global Principal Investments (GPI) which is comprised of a diversified portfolio of investments in private equity, real estate and other alternative investments. These investments are made either directly in a company or held through a fund with related income recorded in equity investment income. Equity Investments also includes Strategic investments which include our investment in CCB in which we currently hold approximately one percent of the outstanding common shares, and certain other investments. For additional information on our investment in CCB, see Note 4 – Securities to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Other includes liquidating businesses, ALM activities such as the residential mortgage portfolio and investment securities, as well as economic hedges, gains/losses on structured liabilities, the impact of certain allocation methodologies and accounting hedge ineffectiveness. Other also includes certain residential mortgage and discontinued real estate loans that are managed by Legacy Assets & Servicing within CRES.

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

The net loss increased $169 million to $336 million primarily due to lower net interest income as a result of lower securities yields, a decrease in equity investment income, lower gains on the sales of debt securities and negative fair value adjustments on structured liabilities of $62 million compared to positive fair value adjustments of $214 million in the same period in 2011. Partially offsetting these items are a $1.3 billion reduction in the provision for credit losses and $505 million of net gains resulting from the repurchase of certain debt and trust preferred securities. Equity investment income decreased $1.2 billion as the year-ago quarter included an $836 million CCB dividend and a $377 million gain on the sale of an equity investment.

Noninterest expense increased $262 million due to higher litigation expense. There were no merger and restructuring expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $159 million in the same period in 2011.

The provision for credit losses decreased $1.3 billion to $536 million primarily driven by continued improvement in credit quality in the residential mortgage portfolio as well as a lower provision related to the Countrywide PCI discontinued real estate and residential mortgage portfolios.

The income tax benefit was $661 million compared to an expense of $130 million and changed primarily as a result of the larger pre-tax loss in All Other, a valuation allowance recorded in the second quarter of 2011 and recurring tax preference items.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

The net loss increased $1.6 billion to $2.9 billion primarily due to lower net interest income as a result of lower securities yields, negative fair value adjustments on structured liabilities of $3.4 billion related to the tightening of our credit spreads during the 2012 period compared to $372 million of negative fair value adjustments in the same period in 2011 and a $2.2 billion decrease in equity investment income. Partially offsetting these items are a $2.2 billion reduction in the provision for credit losses and $1.7 billion of net gains resulting from repurchases of certain debt and trust preferred securities in 2012. The decrease in equity investment income was a result of the same factors described in the three-month discussion above, as well as a $1.1 billion gain related to an IPO of an equity investment in the six-month period in 2011.

Noninterest expense increased $817 million driven by the same factor as described in the three-month discussion above. There were no merger and restructuring expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $361 million in the same period in 2011.

The provision for credit losses decreased $2.2 billion to $1.8 billion driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

The income tax benefit was $2.2 billion compared to a benefit of $759 million and changed primarily due to the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.


54

Table of Contents

Equity Investment Activity

The tables below present the components of equity investments in All Other at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and also a reconciliation to the total consolidated equity investment income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. The increase in equity investment income in the business segments was primarily driven by the gains on the sale of an equity investment in Global Markets.

Equity Investments
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Global Principal Investments
 
 
 
 
$
4,123

 
$
5,659

Strategic and other investments
 
 
 
 
1,328

 
1,343

Total equity investments included in All Other
 
 
 
 
$
5,451

 
$
7,002

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Investment Income
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Global Principal Investments
$
(137
)
 
$
401

 
$
266

 
$
1,768

Strategic and other investments
74

 
738

 
88

 
786

Total equity investment income (loss) included in All Other
(63
)
 
1,139

 
354

 
2,554

Total equity investment income included in the business segments
431

 
73

 
779

 
133

Total consolidated equity investment income
$
368

 
$
1,212

 
$
1,133

 
$
2,687


Equity investments included in All Other decreased $1.6 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, with substantially all of the decrease due to sales in the GPI portfolio. GPI had unfunded equity commitments of $282 million and $710 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 related to certain investments. In connection with the Corporation's strategy to reduce risk-weighted assets, we sold certain investments, including related commitments.

55

Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

We have contractual obligations to make future payments on debt and lease agreements. Additionally, in the normal course of business, we enter into contractual arrangements whereby we commit to future purchases of products or services from unaffiliated parties. For additional information on our obligations and commitments, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations on page 33 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Note 13 – Long-term Debt and Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Representations and Warranties

We securitize first-lien residential mortgage loans generally in the form of MBS guaranteed by the GSEs or by Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) in the case of the Federal Housing Administration (FHA)-insured, U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA)-guaranteed and Rural Housing Service-guaranteed mortgage loans. In addition, in prior years, legacy companies and certain subsidiaries sold pools of first-lien residential mortgage loans and home equity loans as private-label securitizations (in certain of these securitizations, monolines or financial guarantee providers insured all or some of the securities), or in the form of whole loans. In connection with these transactions, we or our subsidiaries or legacy companies make or have made various representations and warranties. Breaches of these representations and warranties may result in the requirement to repurchase mortgage loans or to otherwise make whole or provide other remedies to the GSEs, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) with respect to FHA-insured loans, VA, whole-loan investors, securitization trusts, monoline insurers or other financial guarantors (collectively, repurchases). In such cases, we would be exposed to any credit loss on the repurchased mortgage loans after accounting for any mortgage insurance or mortgage guaranty payments that we may receive.

Subject to the requirements and limitations of the applicable sales and securitization agreements, these representations and warranties can be enforced by the GSEs, HUD, VA, the whole-loan investor, the securitization trustee or others as governed by the applicable agreement or, in certain first-lien and home equity securitizations where monoline insurers or other financial guarantee providers have insured all or some of the securities issued, by the monoline insurer or other financial guarantor at any time. In the case of loans sold to parties other than the GSEs or GNMA, the contractual liability to repurchase typically arises only if there is a breach of the representations and warranties that materially and adversely affects the interest of the investor, or investors, in the loan, or of the monoline insurer or other financial guarantor (as applicable). Contracts with the GSEs do not contain equivalent language, while GNMA generally limits repurchases to loans that are not insured or guaranteed, as required.

For additional information about accounting for representations and warranties and our representations and warranties claims and exposures, see Complex Accounting Estimates – Representations and Warranties. Additionally, see Note 9 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees and Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K and Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Representations and Warranties Bulk Settlement Actions

We have settled, or entered into agreements to settle, certain bulk representations and warranties claims with a trustee (the Trustee) for certain legacy Countrywide private-label securitization trusts (the BNY Mellon Settlement); two monoline insurers Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the Assured Guaranty Settlement) and Syncora Guarantee Inc. and Syncora Holdings, Ltd. (the Syncora Settlement); and with each of the GSEs (the GSE Agreements). We have vigorously contested any request for repurchase when we conclude that a valid basis for repurchase does not exist and will continue to do so in the future. However, in an effort to resolve these legacy mortgage-related issues, we have reached bulk settlements, or agreements for bulk settlements, including settlement amounts which are material, with the above-referenced counterparties in lieu of a loan-by-loan review process. We may reach other settlements in the future if opportunities arise on terms we believe to be advantageous. However, there can be no assurance that we will reach future settlements or, if we do, that the terms of past settlements, such as the Syncora Settlement, can be relied upon to predict the terms of future settlements. For a summary of the larger bulk settlement actions taken in 2010 and 2011 and the related impact on the representations and warranties provision and liability, see Note 9 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees and Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. These bulk settlements generally did not cover all transactions with the relevant counterparties or all potential claims that may arise, including in some instances securities law, fraud and servicing claims, and our liability in connection with the transactions and claims not covered by these settlements could be material.


56

Table of Contents

Recent Developments Related to the BNY Mellon Settlement

The BNY Mellon Settlement is subject to final court approval and certain other conditions. Under an order entered by the state court in connection with the BNY Mellon Settlement, potentially interested persons had the opportunity to give notice of intent to object to the settlement (including on the basis that more information was needed) until August 30, 2011. Approximately 44 groups or entities appeared prior to the deadline; seven of those groups or entities have subsequently withdrawn from the proceeding and one motion to intervene was denied. Certain of these groups or entities filed notices of intent to object, made motions to intervene, or both filed notices of intent to object and made motions to intervene. The parties filing motions to intervene include the Attorneys General of the states of New York and Delaware; the Attorneys General's motions were granted on June 6, 2012.

Certain of the motions to intervene and/or notices of intent to object allege various purported bases for opposition to the settlement. These include challenges to the nature of the court proceeding and the lack of an opt-out mechanism, alleged conflicts of interest on the part of the institutional investor group and/or the Trustee, the inadequacy of the settlement amount and the method of allocating the settlement amount among the 525 legacy Countrywide first-lien and five second-lien non-GSE residential mortgage-backed securitization trusts (the Covered Trusts), while other motions do not make substantive objections but state that they need more information about the settlement. Parties who filed notices stating that they wished to obtain more information about the settlement include the FDIC and the Federal Housing Finance Agency.

An investor opposed to the settlement removed the proceeding to federal district court, and the federal district court denied the Trustee's motion to remand the proceeding to state court. On February 27, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals issued an opinion reversing the district court denial of the Trustee's motion to remand the proceeding to state court and ordering that the proceeding be remanded to state court. On April 24, 2012, a hearing was held on threshold issues, at which the court denied the objectors' motion to convert the proceeding to a plenary proceeding. Several status hearings on discovery and other case administration matters have taken place. We are not a party to the proceeding.

It is not currently possible to predict how many of the parties who have appeared in the court proceeding will ultimately object to the BNY Mellon Settlement, whether the objections will prevent receipt of final court approval or the ultimate outcome of the court approval process, which can include appeals and could take a substantial period of time. In particular, conduct of discovery and the resolution of the objections to the settlement and any appeals could take a substantial period of time and these factors could materially delay the timing of final court approval. Accordingly, it is not possible to predict when the court approval process will be completed.

If final court approval is not obtained by December 31, 2015, we and legacy Countrywide may withdraw from the BNY Mellon Settlement, if the Trustee consents. The BNY Mellon Settlement also provides that if Covered Trusts representing unpaid principal balance exceeding a specified amount are excluded from the final BNY Mellon Settlement, based on investor objections or otherwise, we and legacy Countrywide have the option to withdraw from the BNY Mellon Settlement pursuant to the terms of the BNY Mellon Settlement agreement.

There can be no assurance that final court approval of the BNY Mellon Settlement will be obtained, that all conditions to the BNY Mellon Settlement will be satisfied or, if certain conditions to the BNY Mellon Settlement permitting withdrawal are met, that we and legacy Countrywide will not determine to withdraw from the settlement. If final court approval is not obtained or if we and legacy Countrywide determine to withdraw from the BNY Mellon Settlement in accordance with its terms, our future representations and warranties losses could be substantially different than existing accruals and the estimated range of possible loss over existing accruals as described under Experience with Investors Other than Government-sponsored Enterprises on page 63. For more information about the risks associated with the BNY Mellon Settlement, see Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Recent Syncora Settlement

On July 17, 2012, we, including certain of our affiliates, entered into an agreement with Syncora Guarantee Inc. and Syncora Holdings, Ltd. (Syncora) to resolve all of the monoline insurer's outstanding and potential claims related to alleged representations and warranties breaches involving eight first- and six second-lien RMBS trusts where Syncora provided financial guarantee insurance. The agreement, among other things, also resolves historical loan servicing issues and other potential liabilities to Syncora with respect to these trusts. The agreement covers the five second-lien RMBS trusts that were the subject of litigation and nine other first- and second-lien RMBS trusts, which had an original principal balance of first-lien mortgages of approximately $9.6 billion and second-lien mortgages of approximately $7.7 billion. As of June 30, 2012, $3.0 billion of loans in these first-lien trusts and $1.4 billion of loans in these second-lien trusts have defaulted or are 180 days or more past due (severely delinquent). The agreement provided for a cash payment of $375 million to Syncora. In addition, the parties entered into securities transfers and purchase transactions in connection with the settlement in order to terminate certain other relationships among the parties. The total cost to the Corporation was approximately $400 million and was fully accrued for by the Corporation at June 30, 2012.


57

Table of Contents

Unresolved Claims Status

Unresolved Repurchase Claims

At June 30, 2012, the total notional amount of our unresolved representations and warranties repurchase claims was approximately $22.7 billion compared to $12.6 billion at December 31, 2011. These repurchase claims do not include any repurchase claims related to the Covered Trusts. Unresolved repurchase claims represent the notional amount of repurchase claims made by counterparties, typically the outstanding principal balance or the unpaid principal balance at the time of default. For a table of unresolved repurchase claims, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In the case of first-lien mortgages, the claim amount is often significantly greater than the expected loss amount due to the benefit of collateral and, in some cases, mortgage insurance or mortgage guarantee payments. Claims received from a counterparty remain as outstanding until the underlying loan is repurchased, the claim is rescinded by the counterparty, or the claim is otherwise resolved. When a claim is denied and we do not receive a response from the counterparty, the claim remains in the unresolved claims balance until resolution. We expect unresolved repurchase claims to continue to increase due to, among other things, our differences with Fannie Mae (FNMA) regarding our interpretation of the governing contracts ongoing litigation with monoline insurers, and a continuing submission of claims by private-label securitization trustees in combination with the lack of an established process to resolve disputes with private-label securitization trustees. For more information see Estimated Range of Possible Loss – Government-sponsored Enterprises on page 60.

The notional amount of unresolved GSE repurchase claims totaled $11.0 billion at June 30, 2012. We continued to experience elevated levels of new claims from FNMA, including claims related to loans on which borrowers have made a significant number of payments (e.g., at least 25 payments) and, to a lesser extent, loans which defaulted more than 18 months prior to the repurchase request. Unresolved claims from FNMA totaled $10.1 billion at June 30, 2012, including $7.3 billion of claims related to loans on which the borrower has made at least 25 payments. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, we received $6.3 billion of claims from FNMA, including $5.5 billion of claims related to loans originated between 2005 and 2007. This amount includes $4.4 billion of loans on which the borrower had made at least 25 payments, including $2.1 billion of loans on which the borrower had made at least 37 payments. Historically, for those claims that have been approved for repurchase from the GSEs, our loss severity rate on loans originated between 2004 and 2008 has averaged approximately 55 percent of the claim amount, which may or may not be predictive of future loss severity rates. We continue to believe that our interpretation of the governing contracts is consistent with past practices between the parties and our contractual obligations. For further discussion of our experience with the GSEs, see Government-sponsored Enterprises Experience on page 61.

The notional amount of unresolved monoline repurchase claims totaled $3.1 billion at June 30, 2012. We have had limited repurchase claims experience with monoline insurers due to ongoing litigation and have not received a significant amount of new repurchase claims from the monolines in recent periods. We have reviewed and declined to repurchase substantially all of the unresolved claims at June 30, 2012 based on an assessment of whether a breach exists that materially and adversely affected the insurer's interest in the mortgage loan. Further, in our experience, the monolines have been generally unwilling to withdraw repurchase claims, regardless of whether and what evidence was offered to refute a claim. Substantially all of the unresolved monoline claims pertain to second-lien loans and, except those that have been resolved in the Syncora Settlement, are currently the subject of litigation. In addition, $674 million of monoline claims outstanding at June 30, 2012 were resolved through the Syncora Settlement on July 17, 2012. For further discussion of our experience with the monoline insurers, see Monoline Insurers on page 63.

The notional amount of unresolved claims from private-label securitization trustees, whole-loan investors and others increased to $8.6 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily due to increases in submission of claims by private-label securitization trustees. We anticipated an increase in aggregate non-GSE claims at the time of the BNY Mellon Settlement a year ago, and such increase in aggregate non-GSE claims was taken into consideration in developing the increase in our reserves at that time. We do expect unresolved repurchase claims from private-label securitization trustees to increase as claims continue to be submitted by private-label securitization trustees and there is not an established process for the ultimate resolution of claims on which there is a disagreement. At least 25 payments have been made on approximately 63 percent of the defaulted and severely delinquent loans sold to non-GSE securitizations or as whole loans between 2004 and 2008. For further discussion of our experience with whole loans and private-label securitizations, see Whole Loans and Private-label Securitizations on page 64.

During the three months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation received $8.2 billion in new repurchase claims, including $4.4 billion submitted by the GSEs for both legacy Countrywide originations not covered by the GSE Agreements and legacy Bank of America originations, $3.7 billion submitted by private-label securitization trustees and $119 million submitted by whole-loan investors. During the three months ended June 30, 2012, $1.6 billion in claims were resolved, primarily with the GSEs. Of the claims resolved, $876 million were resolved through rescissions and $704 million were resolved through mortgage repurchases and make-whole payments.


58

Table of Contents

During the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation received $12.9 billion in new repurchase claims, including $7.4 billion submitted by the GSEs for both legacy Countrywide originations not covered by the GSE Agreements and legacy Bank of America originations, $5.3 billion submitted by private-label securitization trustees and $226 million submitted by whole-loan investors. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, $2.8 billion in claims were resolved, primarily with the GSEs. Of the claims resolved, $1.6 billion were resolved through rescissions and $1.2 billion were resolved through mortgage repurchases and make-whole payments. In both periods new claims from monolines remained low, which the Corporation believes was due in part to the monolines' continued focus on litigation. For more information on repurchase claims received from the GSEs, monoline insurers, and private-label securitization trustees, whole-loan investors and others, and the resolution of such claims, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For additional information concerning FHA-insured loans, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing Matters and Foreclosure Processes on page 65.

In addition and not included in total unresolved repurchase claims of $22.7 billion, we have received repurchase demands from private-label securitization investors and a master servicer where we believe the claimants have not satisfied the contractual thresholds to direct the securitization trustee to take action and/or that these demands are otherwise procedurally or substantively invalid. The total amounts outstanding of such demands were $3.1 billion and $1.7 billion as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. During the three months ended June 30, 2012 no additional such demands were received. We do not believe that the $3.1 billion in demands received are valid repurchase claims, and therefore it is not possible to predict the resolution with respect to such demands. Of the demands outstanding at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $1.7 billion relates to loans underlying securitizations included in the BNY Mellon Settlement. A claimant, Walnut Place (11 entities with the common name Walnut Place, including Walnut Place LLC, and Walnut Place II LLC through Walnut Place XI LLC), had filed two lawsuits against the Corporation relating to $1.4 billion of these demands; following determination by the courts that the governing agreements bar repurchase claims by certificateholders and the consequent dismissal of Walnut Place's first lawsuit, the parties stipulated in July 2012 to the dismissal of Walnut Place's second lawsuit. For more information on the litigation with Walnut Place LLC, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. If the BNY Mellon Settlement is approved by the court, the remaining repurchase demands related to loans underlying securitizations included in the BNY Mellon Settlement will be resolved by the settlement.

Open Mortgage Insurance Rescission Notices

In addition to repurchase claims, we receive notices from mortgage insurance companies of claim denials, cancellations or coverage rescission (collectively, MI rescission notices) and the amount of such notices has remained elevated. At June 30, 2012, we had approximately 106,000 open MI rescission notices compared to 90,000 at December 31, 2011. Through June 30, 2012, 28 percent of the MI rescission notices received have been resolved. Of those resolved, 21 percent were resolved through our acceptance of the MI rescission, 51 percent were resolved through reinstatement of coverage or payment of the claim by the mortgage insurance company, and 28 percent were resolved on an aggregate basis through settlement, policy commutation or similar arrangement. As of June 30, 2012, 72 percent of the MI rescission notices we have received have not yet been resolved. Of those not yet resolved, 44 percent are implicated by ongoing litigation where no loan-level review is currently contemplated (nor required to preserve our legal rights). In this litigation, the litigating mortgage insurance companies are also seeking bulk rescission of certain policies, separate and apart from loan-by-loan denials or rescissions. We are in the process of reviewing 37 percent of the remaining open MI rescission notices, and we have reviewed and are contesting the MI rescission with respect to 63 percent of these MI rescission notices. Of the remaining open MI rescission notices, 23 percent are also the subject of ongoing litigation; although, at present, these MI rescissions are being processed in a manner generally consistent with those not affected by litigation. For additional information, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In 2011, FNMA issued an announcement requiring servicers to report all MI rescission notices with respect to loans sold to FNMA and confirmed FNMA's view of its position that a mortgage insurance company's issuance of a MI rescission notice constitutes a breach of the lender's representations and warranties and permits FNMA to require the lender to repurchase the mortgage loan or promptly remit a make-whole payment covering FNMA's loss even if the lender is contesting the MI rescission notice. According to FNMA's announcement, through June 30, 2012, lenders had 90 days to appeal FNMA's repurchase request and 30 days (or such other time frame specified by FNMA) to appeal after that date. We also expect that in many cases, particularly in the context of individual or bulk rescissions being contested through litigation, we will not be able to resolve MI rescission notices with the mortgage insurance companies before the expiration of the appeal period prescribed by the FNMA announcement. We have informed FNMA that we do not believe that the new policy is valid under our contracts with FNMA, and that we do not intend to repurchase loans under the terms set forth in the new policy. Our pipeline of outstanding repurchase claims from the GSEs based solely on MI rescission notices has increased to $2.0 billion at June 30, 2012 from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2011. Approximately 75 percent of this increase relates to loans for which the borrower has made at least 25 payments. If we are required to abide by the terms of FNMA's stated policy regarding MI rescission notices, the amount of loans we are required to repurchase could increase; and if it does, our representations and warranties liability will increase. For additional information on the FNMA announcement, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Government-sponsored Enterprises Experience on page 37 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

59

Table of Contents

Representations and Warranties Liability

The liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheet and the related provision is included in mortgage banking income. The estimate of the liability for representations and warranties is based on currently available information, significant judgment and a number of other factors that are subject to change. Changes to any one of these factors could significantly impact the estimate of the liability and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations for any particular period. For additional information, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The liability for obligations under representations and warranties with respect to GSE and non-GSE exposures and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss for non-GSE representations and warranties exposures does not consider any losses related to litigation matters disclosed in Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements or Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, nor do they include any separate foreclosure costs and related costs, assessments and compensatory fees or any other possible losses related to potential claims for breaches of performance of servicing obligations, except as such losses are included as potential costs of the BNY Mellon Settlement, potential securities law or fraud claims or potential indemnity or other claims against us, including claims related to loans insured by the FHA. We are not able to reasonably estimate the amount of any possible loss with respect to any such servicing, securities law, fraud or other claims against us, except to the extent reflected in the aggregate range of possible loss for litigation and regulatory matters disclosed in Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements, however, such loss could be material.

At both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the liability was $15.9 billion. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the provision for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees was $395 million and $677 million compared to $14.0 billion and $15.1 billion for the same periods in 2011. The provision in the three months ended June 30, 2012 included provision related to non-GSE exposures where it was determined that the loss was probable based on recent activity with certain counterparties and, to a lesser extent, GSE exposures. The decrease in the provision from the prior-year period was primarily due to a higher provision in the prior-year period attributable to the BNY Mellon Settlement, other non-GSE exposures, and to a lesser extent, GSE exposures. For additional information, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Representations and Warranties Liability on page 35 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Estimated Range of Possible Loss

Government-sponsored Enterprises

Our estimated liability as of June 30, 2012 for obligations under representations and warranties with respect to GSE exposures is necessarily dependent on, and limited by, our historical claims experience with the GSEs. It includes our understanding of our agreements with the GSEs and projections of future defaults as well as certain other assumptions and judgmental factors. Accordingly, future provisions associated with obligations under representations and warranties made to the GSEs may be materially impacted if actual experiences are different from historical experience or our understandings, interpretations or assumptions. Over time FNMA's repurchase requests, standards for rescission of repurchase requests and resolution processes have become inconsistent with its own past conduct and the Corporation's interpretation of the parties' contractual obligations. While we are seeking to resolve our differences with FNMA, whether we will be able to achieve a resolution of these differences on acceptable terms, and the timing and cost thereof, is subject to significant uncertainty.

It is reasonably possible that future representations and warranties losses with respect to GSE exposures may occur in excess of the amounts recorded for the GSE exposures, and the amount of any such additional liability could be material. Due to the significant uncertainty related to our continued differences with FNMA concerning each party's interpretation of the requirements of the governing contracts, it is not possible to reasonably estimate what the outcome or range of such additional possible loss may be. For information related to the sensitivity of the assumptions used to estimate our liability for obligations under representations and warranties, see Complex Accounting Estimates – Representations and Warranties on page 133.


60

Table of Contents

Non-Government-sponsored Enterprises

The population of private-label securitizations included in the BNY Mellon Settlement encompasses almost all legacy Countrywide first-lien private-label securitizations including loans originated between 2004 and 2008. For the remainder of the population of private-label securitizations, other claimants have come forward and we believe it is probable that other claimants in certain types of securitizations may continue to come forward, with claims that meet the requirements of the terms of the securitizations. During the second quarter of 2012, we have seen an increase in repurchase claims from certain private-label securitization trustees. We believe that the provisions recorded in connection with the BNY Mellon Settlement and the additional non-GSE representations and warranties provisions recorded have provided for a substantial portion of our non-GSE representations and warranties exposure. However, it is reasonably possible that future representations and warranties losses may occur in excess of the amounts recorded for these exposures. In addition, we have not recorded any representations and warranties liability for certain potential monoline exposures and certain potential whole-loan and other private-label securitization exposures. We currently estimate that the range of possible loss related to non-GSE representations and warranties exposure as of June 30, 2012 could be up to $5 billion over existing accruals. The estimated range of possible loss for non-GSE representations and warranties does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment and a number of assumptions that are subject to change. For additional information about the methodology used to estimate the non-GSE representations and warranties liability and the corresponding range of possible loss, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Future provisions and/or ranges of possible loss for non-GSE representations and warranties may be significantly impacted if actual experiences are different from our assumptions in our predictive models, including, without limitation, those regarding ultimate resolution of the BNY Mellon Settlement, estimated repurchase rates, economic conditions, estimated home prices, consumer and counterparty behavior, and a variety of other judgmental factors. Adverse developments with respect to one or more of the assumptions underlying the liability for representations and warranties and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss could result in significant increases to future provisions and this estimated range of possible loss. For example, if courts, in the context of claims brought by private-label securitization trustees, were to disagree with our interpretation that the underlying agreements require a claimant to prove that the representations and warranties breach was the cause of the loss, it could significantly impact this estimated range of possible loss. Additionally, if court rulings related to monoline litigation, including one related to us, that have allowed sampling of loan files instead of requiring a loan-by-loan review to determine if a representations and warranties breach has occurred are followed generally by the courts, private-label securitization investors may view litigation as a more attractive alternative compared to a loan-by-loan review. For additional information regarding these issues, see MBIA litigation in Litigation and Regulatory Matters in Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Finally, although we believe that the representations and warranties typically given in non-GSE transactions are less rigorous and actionable than those given in GSE transactions, we do not have significant experience resolving loan-level claims in non-GSE transactions to measure the impact of these differences on the probability that a loan will be required to be repurchased.

Government-sponsored Enterprises Experience

Our current repurchase claims experience with the GSEs is concentrated in the 2004 through 2008 vintages where we believe that our exposure to representations and warranties liability is most significant. Our repurchase claims experience related to loans originated prior to 2004 has not been significant and we believe that the changes made to our operations and underwriting policies have reduced our exposure related to loans originated after 2008.

Bank of America and legacy Countrywide sold approximately $1.1 trillion of loans originated from 2004 through 2008 to the GSEs. As of June 30, 2012, 12 percent of the original funded balance of loans in these vintages have defaulted or are 180 days or more past due (severely delinquent). At least 25 payments have been made on approximately 66 percent of severely delinquent or defaulted loans. Through June 30, 2012, we have received $39.1 billion in repurchase claims associated with these vintages, representing approximately three percent of the original funded balance of loans sold to the GSEs in these vintages. We have resolved $27.8 billion of these claims with a net loss experience of approximately 31 percent, after considering the effect of collateral. Our collateral loss severity rate on approved repurchases has averaged approximately 55 percent. In addition, $839 million of claims were extinguished as a result of the agreement with Freddie Mac (FHLMC) in 2010.


61

Table of Contents

Table 15 highlights our experience with the GSEs related to loans originated from 2004 through 2008.

Table 15
Overview of GSE Balances - 2004-2008 Originations
 
Legacy Originator
(Dollars in billions)
Countrywide
 
Other
 
Total
 
Percent of
Total
Original funded balance
$
846

 
$
272

 
$
1,118

 
 
Principal payments
(478
)
 
(164
)
 
(642
)
 
 
Defaults
(66
)
 
(11
)
 
(77
)
 
 
Total outstanding balance at June 30, 2012
$
302

 
$
97

 
$
399

 
 
Outstanding principal balance 180 days or more past due (severely delinquent)
$
44

 
$
11

 
$
55

 
 
Defaults plus severely delinquent
110

 
22

 
132

 
 
Payments made by borrower:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 13
 
 
 
 
$
15

 
12
%
13-24
 
 
 
 
30

 
22

25-36
 
 
 
 
33

 
25

More than 36
 
 
 
 
54

 
41

Total payments made by borrower
 
 
 
 
$
132

 
100
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unresolved GSE representations and warranties claims (all vintages)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
$
6.3

 
 
As of June 30, 2012
 
 
 
 
11.0

 
 
Cumulative GSE representations and warranties losses (2004-2008 vintages)
 
 
 
 
$
9.8

 
 

We continued to experience elevated levels of new claims from FNMA, including claims on loans on which borrowers have made a significant number of payments (e.g., at least 25 payments) and, to a lesser extent, loans which defaulted more than 18 months prior to the repurchase request. Over time the criteria and the processes by which FNMA is ultimately willing to resolve claims have changed in ways that are unfavorable to us. In light of our disagreements with FNMA, we have adopted repurchase guidelines in order to be more consistent with past practices between the parties and with our understanding of our contractual obligations. These developments have resulted in an increase in claims outstanding from the GSEs to $11.0 billion at June 30, 2012 from $6.3 billion at December 31, 2011. Outstanding claims related to loans on which the borrower had made at least 25 payments totaled $7.9 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to $3.7 billion at December 31, 2011. We expect outstanding claims to continue to increase until we have resolved our differences with FNMA. While we are seeking to resolve our differences with FNMA, whether we will be able to achieve a resolution of these differences on acceptable terms, and the timing and cost thereof, continues to be subject to significant uncertainty. We have repurchased and continue to repurchase loans to the extent required under the contracts that govern our relationships with the GSEs. For additional information, see Open Mortgage Insurance Rescission Notices on page 59.

Beginning in February 2012, we are no longer delivering purchase money and non-Making Home Affordable (MHA) refinance first-lien residential mortgage products into FNMA MBS pools because of the expiration and mutual non-renewal of certain contractual delivery commitments and variances that permit efficient delivery of such loans to FNMA. While we continue to have a valid agreement with FNMA permitting the delivery of purchase money and non-MHA refinance first-lien residential mortgage products without such contractual variances, the delivery of such products without contractual delivery commitments and variances would involve time and expense to implement the necessary operational and systems changes and otherwise presents practical operational issues. The non-renewal of these variances was influenced, in part, by our ongoing differences with FNMA in other contexts, including repurchase claims, as discussed above. We do not expect this change to have a material impact on our CRES business, as we expect to rely on other sources of liquidity to actively extend mortgage credit to our customers including continuing to deliver such products into FHLMC MBS pools. Additionally, we continue to deliver MHA refinancing products into FNMA MBS pools and continue to engage in dialogue to attempt to address our ongoing differences with FNMA.


62

Table of Contents

Experience with Investors Other than Government-sponsored Enterprises

As detailed in Table 16, legacy companies and certain subsidiaries sold pools of first-lien mortgage loans and home equity loans as private-label securitizations or in the form of whole loans originated from 2004 through 2008 with an original principal balance of $963 billion to investors other than GSEs (although the GSEs are investors in certain private-label securitizations), of which approximately $517 billion in principal has been paid and $243 billion has defaulted or is severely delinquent at June 30, 2012. For additional information, see Experience with Investors Other than Government-sponsored Enterprises on page 38 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table 16 details the population of loans originated between 2004 and 2008 and the population of loans sold as whole loans or in non-agency securitizations by entity and product together with the defaulted and severely delinquent loans stratified by the number of payments the borrower made prior to default or becoming severely delinquent as of June 30, 2012. As shown in Table 16, at least 25 payments have been made on approximately 63 percent of the defaulted and severely delinquent loans. We believe many of the defaults observed in these securitizations have been, and continue to be, driven by external factors like the substantial depreciation in home prices, persistently high unemployment and other negative economic trends, diminishing the likelihood that any loan defect (assuming one exists at all) was the cause of a loan’s default. As of June 30, 2012, approximately 25 percent of the loans sold to non-GSEs that were originated between 2004 and 2008 have defaulted or are severely delinquent. Of the original principal balance for Countrywide, $409 billion is included in the BNY Mellon Settlement and of this amount $113 billion is defaulted or severely delinquent at June 30, 2012.

Table 16
Overview of Non-Agency Securitization and Whole Loan Balances
(Dollars in billions)
Principal Balance
 
Defaulted or Severely Delinquent

Original
Principal Balance
 
Outstanding Principal Balance June 30, 2012
 
Outstanding
Principal
Balance 180 Days
or More Past Due
 
Defaulted
Principal Balance
 
Defaulted
or Severely
Delinquent
 
Borrower Made
Less than 13
Payments
 
Borrower Made
13 to 24
Payments
 
Borrower Made
25 to 36
Payments
 
Borrower Made
More than 36
Payments
By Entity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank of America
$
100

 
$
25

 
$
4

 
$
5

 
$
9

 
$
1

 
$
2

 
$
2

 
$
4

Countrywide
716

 
227

 
71

 
118

 
189

 
24

 
44

 
46

 
75

Merrill Lynch
65

 
18

 
5

 
12

 
17

 
3

 
4

 
3

 
7

First Franklin
82

 
19

 
6

 
22

 
28

 
5

 
6

 
4

 
13

Total (1, 2)
$
963

 
$
289

 
$
86

 
$
157

 
$
243

 
$
33

 
$
56

 
$
55

 
$
99

By Product
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime
$
302

 
$
93

 
$
14

 
$
20

 
$
34

 
$
2

 
$
6

 
$
7

 
$
19

Alt-A
172

 
64

 
18

 
32

 
50

 
7

 
12

 
12

 
19

Pay option
150

 
49

 
24

 
33

 
57

 
5

 
14

 
16

 
22

Subprime
245

 
68

 
29

 
54

 
83

 
16

 
19

 
16

 
32

Home equity
88

 
13

 

 
17

 
17

 
2

 
5

 
4

 
6

Other
6

 
2

 
1

 
1

 
2

 
1

 

 

 
1

Total
$
963

 
$
289

 
$
86

 
$
157

 
$
243

 
$
33

 
$
56

 
$
55

 
$
99

(1) 
Excludes transactions sponsored by Bank of America and Merrill Lynch where no representations or warranties were made.
(2) 
Includes exposures on third-party sponsored transactions related to legacy entity originations.

Monoline Insurers

Legacy companies sold $184.5 billion of loans originated between 2004 and 2008 into monoline-insured securitizations, which are included in Table 16, including $103.9 billion of first-lien mortgages and $80.6 billion of second-lien mortgages. Of these balances, $46.9 billion of the first-lien mortgages and $51.0 billion of the second-lien mortgages have been paid in full and $34.4 billion of the first-lien mortgages and $17.3 billion of the second-lien mortgages have defaulted or are severely delinquent at June 30, 2012. At least 25 payments have been made on approximately 58 percent of the defaulted and severely delinquent loans. Of the first-lien mortgages sold, $39.1 billion, or 38 percent, were sold as whole loans to other institutions which subsequently included these loans with those of other originators in private-label securitization transactions in which the monolines typically insured one or more securities. Through June 30, 2012, we have received $5.6 billion of representations and warranties claims from the monoline insurers related to the monoline-insured transactions, predominately second-lien transactions. Of these repurchase claims, $1.6 billion were resolved through the Assured Guaranty Settlement, $760 million were resolved through repurchase or indemnification with losses of $677 million, and $122 million were rescinded by the

63

Table of Contents

monoline insurers or paid in full. In addition, $674 million of monoline claims outstanding at June 30, 2012 were resolved through the Syncora Settlement on July 17, 2012. The majority of resolved claims with monolines related to second-lien mortgages. Our limited experience with most of the monoline insurers has varied in terms of process, and experience with these counterparties has not been predictable. Our limited claims experience with the monoline insurers, other than Assured Guaranty and Syncora, in the repurchase process is a result of these monoline insurers having instituted litigation against legacy Countrywide and/or Bank of America, which limits our ability to enter into constructive dialogue with these monolines to resolve the open claims. For additional information, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

At June 30, 2012, for loans originated between 2004 and 2008, the unpaid principal balance of loans related to unresolved monoline repurchase claims was $3.1 billion, substantially all of which we have reviewed and declined to repurchase based on an assessment of whether a material breach exists. This amount includes $674 million of claims that were resolved through the Syncora Settlement on July 17, 2012. At June 30, 2012, the unpaid principal balance of loans in these vintages for which the monolines had requested loan files for review but for which no repurchase claim had been received was $7.1 billion, excluding loans that had been paid in full and including $1.8 billion of file requests for loans included in trusts settled with Syncora subsequent to June 30, 2012. There will likely be additional requests for loan files in the future leading to repurchase claims. In addition, we have received claims from private-label securitization trustees related to first-lien third-party sponsored securitizations that include monoline insurance. For additional information, see Whole Loans and Private-label Securitizations below.

It is not possible at this time to reasonably estimate probable future repurchase obligations with respect to those monolines with whom we have limited repurchase experience and, therefore, no representations and warranties liability has been recorded in connection with these monolines, other than a liability for repurchase claims where we have determined that there are valid loan defects and determined that there is a breach of a representation and warranty and that any other requirements for repurchase have been met. Outside of the standard quality control process that is an integral part of our loan origination process, we do not generally review loan files until we receive a repurchase claim, including with respect to monoline exposures. Our estimated range of possible loss related to non-GSE representations and warranties exposure as of June 30, 2012 included possible losses related to these monoline insurers.

Whole Loans and Private-label Securitizations

Legacy entities, and to a lesser extent Bank of America, sold loans to investors as whole loans or via private-label securitizations. The majority of the loans sold were included in private-label securitizations, including third-party sponsored transactions. The loans sold with total principal balance of $778.2 billion, included in Table 16, were originated between 2004 and 2008, of which $418.8 billion have been paid in full and $191.3 billion are defaulted or severely delinquent at June 30, 2012. We provided representations and warranties to the whole-loan investors and these investors may retain those rights even when the whole loans were aggregated with other collateral into private-label securitizations sponsored by the whole-loan investors. At least 25 payments have been made on approximately 65 percent of the defaulted and severely delinquent loans. We have received approximately $14.4 billion of representations and warranties claims from whole-loan investors and private-label securitization investors and trustees related to these vintages, including $6.1 billion from whole-loan investors, $7.5 billion from private-label securitization trustees and $818 million from one private-label securitization counterparty. In private-label securitizations, certain presentation thresholds need to be met in order for investors to direct a trustee to assert repurchase claims. Recent increases in new private-label claims are primarily related to repurchase requests received from trustees for private-label securitization transactions not included in the BNY Mellon Settlement, including claims related to first-lien third-party sponsored securitizations that include monoline insurance. Over time, there has been an increase in requests for loan files from certain private-label securitization trustees, as well as requests for tolling agreements to toll the applicable statutes of limitation relating to representations and warranties claims, and we believe it is likely that these requests will lead to an increase in repurchase claims from private-label securitization trustees with standing to bring such claims.

We have resolved $6.1 billion of the claims received from whole-loan investors and private-label securitization investors and trustees with losses of $1.5 billion. The majority of these resolved claims were from third-party whole-loan investors. Approximately $2.8 billion of these claims were resolved through repurchase or indemnification and $3.3 billion were rescinded by the investor. At June 30, 2012, for loans originated between 2004 and 2008, the notional amount of unresolved repurchase requests was $8.3 billion. We have performed an initial review with respect to $5.7 billion of these claims and do not believe a valid basis for repurchase has been established by the claimant and are still in the process of reviewing the remaining $2.6 billion of these claims.


64

Table of Contents

Certain whole-loan investors have engaged with us in a consistent repurchase process and we have used that and other experience to record the liability related to existing and future claims from such counterparties. The BNY Mellon Settlement led to the determination that we had sufficient experience to record a liability related to our exposure on certain other private-label securitizations but did not provide sufficient experience related to certain private-label securitizations sponsored by third-party whole-loan investors. As it relates to the other private-label securitizations sponsored by third-party whole-loan investors and certain other whole loan sales, it is not possible to determine whether a loss has occurred or is probable and, therefore, no representations and warranties liability has been recorded in connection with these transactions. We have not reviewed loan files related to private-label securitizations sponsored by third-party whole-loan investors (and are not required by the governing documents to do so). Our estimated range of possible loss related to non-GSE representations and warranties exposure as of June 30, 2012 included possible losses related to these whole loan sales and private-label securitizations sponsored by third-party whole-loan investors.

Private-label securitization investors generally do not have the contractual right to demand repurchase of loans directly or the right to access loan files. We have received repurchase demands totaling $3.1 billion from private-label securitization investors and a master servicer where in each case we believe the claimant has not satisfied the contractual thresholds to direct the securitization trustee to take action and/or that the demands are otherwise procedurally or substantively invalid. For additional information, see Unresolved Claim Status on page 58.

Servicing Matters and Foreclosure Processes

We service a large portion of the loans we or our subsidiaries have securitized and also service loans on behalf of third-party securitization vehicles and other investors. Servicing agreements with the GSEs generally provide the GSEs with broader rights relative to the servicer than are found in servicing agreements with private investors. For example, each GSE typically claims the right to demand that the servicer repurchase loans that breach the seller's representations and warranties made in connection with the initial sale of the loans even if the servicer was not the seller. The GSEs also claim that they have the contractual right to demand indemnification or loan repurchase for certain servicing breaches. In addition, the GSEs' first mortgage seller/servicer guides provide for timelines to resolve delinquent loans through workout efforts or liquidation, if necessary, and purport to require the imposition of compensatory fees if those deadlines are not satisfied except for reasons beyond the control of the servicer, although we believe that the governing contracts and legal principles should inform resolution of these matters. Under our servicing agreements for loans serviced on behalf of third parties, we are also required to provide certain advances for foreclosure costs which are not reimbursable. Foreclosure delays resulting in high delinquencies have resulted and are likely to continue to result in elevated advances and reserves. In addition, we service VA loans that are partially guaranteed. In the event that a loss on a VA loan exceeds the guarantee, we may be responsible for the loss in excess of the guarantee.

Many non-agency RMBS and whole-loan servicing agreements require the servicer to indemnify the trustee or other investor for or against failures by the servicer to perform its servicing obligations or acts or omissions that involve willful malfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of, or reckless disregard of, the servicer’s duties.

It is not possible to reasonably estimate our liability with respect to certain potential servicing-related claims. While we have recorded certain accruals for servicing-related claims, the amount of potential liability in excess of existing accruals could be material. For additional information, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing Matters and Foreclosure Processes on page 40 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We continue to be subject to additional borrower and non-borrower litigation and governmental and regulatory scrutiny related to our past and current servicing and foreclosure activities, including those claims not covered by the global settlement agreement reached on March 12, 2012 between the Corporation, 49 state Attorneys General and certain federal agencies. This scrutiny may extend beyond our pending foreclosure matters to issues arising out of alleged irregularities with respect to previously completed foreclosure activities. The current environment of heightened regulatory scrutiny may subject us to inquiries or investigations that could significantly adversely affect our reputation and result in material costs to us.

Servicing Resolution Agreements

The global settlement agreement among the Corporation and certain of its affiliates and subsidiaries, together with the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and other federal agencies and 49 state Attorneys General concerning the terms of a settlement resolving investigations into certain residential mortgage origination, servicing and foreclosure practices (Global Settlement Agreement), was entered by the court as a consent judgment (Consent Judgment) on April 5, 2012. The Global Settlement Agreement provides for the establishment of certain uniform servicing standards, upfront cash payments of approximately $1.9 billion to the state and federal governments and for borrower restitution, approximately $7.6 billion in borrower assistance in the form of, among other things, credits earned for principal reduction, short sales, deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure, and approximately $1.0 billion of credits earned for interest rate reduction modifications. In addition, the settlement with the FHA provides for an upfront cash payment of $500

65

Table of Contents

million to settle certain claims related to FHA-insured loans. We will also be obligated to provide additional cash payments of up to $850 million if we fail to earn an additional $850 million of credits stemming from incremental first-lien principal reductions over a three-year period. The liability for upfront payments totaling approximately $2.4 billion was included in our litigation reserves at March 31, 2012 and these payments were made in April 2012.

The borrower assistance program is not expected to result in any incremental credit provision, as we believe that the existing allowance for credit losses is adequate to absorb any costs that have not already been recorded as charge-offs. The interest rate modification program will consist of interest rate reductions on first-lien loans originated prior to January 1, 2009 that have a current loan-to-value (LTV) ratio greater than 100 percent and that meet certain eligibility criteria, including the requirement that all payments due for the last twelve months have been made in a timely manner. This program commits us to forego future interest payments that we may not otherwise have agreed to forego, and no loss has been recognized in the financial statements related to such forgone interest. Due to the time required to underwrite the modified loans, a significant number of modifications have not yet been completed. The interest rate modification program is expected to include approximately 20,000 to 25,000 loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $5.4 billion to $6.8 billion. Assuming an average interest rate reduction of approximately two percent, the modifications are expected to result in a reduction of annual interest income of approximately $100 million to $130 million when the program is complete. Assuming a weighted-average loan life of approximately eight years, the fair value of loans in the program is expected to decrease by approximately $700 million to $900 million as a result of the interest rate reductions. The financial impact will vary depending on final terms of modifications offered and the rate of borrower acceptance. We do not expect loans modified under the program to be accounted for as troubled debt restructurings (TDRs). If the program is expanded to include loans that do not meet specified underwriting criteria, such as maximum debt-to-income ratios or minimum FICO scores, the modifications of such loans will be accounted for as TDRs.

We could be required to make additional payments if we fail to meet our borrower assistance and rate reduction modification commitments over a three-year period, in an amount equal to 125 percent to 140 percent of the shortfall, dependent on the two- and three-year commitment target. We also entered into agreements with several states under which we committed to perform certain minimum levels of principal reduction and related activities within those states as part of the Global Settlement Agreement, and under which we could be required to make additional payments if we fail to meet such minimum levels.

We believe that it is likely that we will meet all borrower assistance, rate reduction modification and principal reduction commitments required under the Global Settlement Agreement and, therefore, do not expect to be required to make additional cash payments. Although it is reasonably possible that the cost of fulfilling the commitments could increase, leading to an incremental credit provision, the amount of any such incremental provision is not reasonably estimable. Although we may incur additional operating costs such as servicing costs to implement parts of the Global Settlement Agreement in future periods, we do not expect that those costs will be material.

Under the terms of the Global Settlement Agreement, the federal and participating state governments agreed to release us from further liability for certain alleged residential mortgage origination, servicing and foreclosure deficiencies. In settling origination issues related to FHA-guaranteed loans originated on or before April 30, 2009, the FHA provides us and our affiliates with a release from further liability for all origination claims with respect to such loans if an insurance claim had been submitted to the FHA prior to January 1, 2012 and a release of multiple damages and penalties, but not single damages, if no such claim had been submitted.

The Global Settlement Agreement does not cover certain claims arising out of securitization (including representations made to investors with respect to MBS), criminal claims, private claims by borrowers, claims by certain states for injunctive relief or actual economic damages to borrowers related to the Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc. (MERS), and claims by the GSEs (including repurchase demands), among other items. For additional information on MERS, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc. on page 42 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Impact of Foreclosure Delays

In the six months ended June 30, 2012, we recorded $399 million of mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to delayed foreclosures. We continue to disagree with the GSEs' attempt to make retroactive changes to the criteria for calculating and assessing compensatory fees for foreclosure delays. The GSEs have claimed compensatory fees significantly in excess of the amounts that we believe can be claimed under the governing contracts and legal principles. We expect higher costs will continue related to resources necessary to implement new servicing standards mandated for the industry, to implement other operational changes and delayed foreclosures. This will likely result in continued higher noninterest expense, including higher default servicing costs and legal expenses in CRES. It is also possible that the delays in foreclosure sales may result in additional costs and expenses, including costs associated with the maintenance of properties or possible home price declines while foreclosures are delayed. In addition, required process changes, including those required under the consent orders with federal bank regulators and the Consent Judgment with the federal agencies, are likely to result in further increases in our default servicing costs over the longer term. Finally, the time to complete foreclosure sales may continue to be protracted, which may result in a greater number of nonperforming loans and increased servicing advances and may impact the collectability of such advances and the value of our MSR asset, MBS and real estate owned properties. Accordingly, delays in

66

Table of Contents

foreclosure sales, including any delays beyond those currently anticipated, our continued process enhancements, including those required under the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) and Federal Reserve consent orders and the Consent Judgment, and any issues that may arise out of alleged irregularities in our foreclosure process could significantly increase the costs associated with our mortgage operations.

Mortgage-related Settlements – Servicing Matters

In connection with the BNY Mellon Settlement, BANA has agreed to implement certain servicing changes. The Trustee and BANA have agreed to clarify and conform certain servicing standards related to loss mitigation. In particular, the BNY Mellon Settlement clarifies that it is permissible to apply the same loss mitigation strategies to the Covered Trusts as are applied to BANA affiliates' held-for-investment (HFI) portfolios. This portion of the agreement was effective in the second quarter of 2011 and is not conditioned on final court approval. In connection with the Global Settlement Agreement, BANA has agreed to implement certain additional servicing changes. The uniform servicing standards established under the Global Settlement Agreement are broadly consistent with the residential mortgage servicing practices imposed by the OCC consent order; however, they are more prescriptive and cover a broader range of our residential mortgage servicing activities. Implementation of these uniform servicing standards is expected to incrementally increase costs associated with the servicing process, but is not expected to result in material delays or dislocation in the performance of our mortgage servicing obligations, including the completion of foreclosures. For additional information, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Mortgage-related Settlements – Servicing Matters on page 42 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Regulatory Matters

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Financial Reform Act) requires that all bank holding companies (BHCs) with assets greater than $50 billion submit a resolution plan to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC and file an updated plan annually. The resolution plan is a detailed roadmap for the orderly liquidation of the BHC and material entities under a hypothetical scenario. We submitted our resolution plan to the Federal Reserve and FDIC on June 29, 2012.

For information regarding other significant regulatory matters, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements herein, Regulatory Matters on page 43 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Managing Risk
 
Overview

Risk is inherent in every material business activity that we undertake. Our business exposes us to strategic, credit, market, liquidity, compliance, operational and reputational risk. We must manage these risks to maximize our long-term results by ensuring the integrity of our assets and the quality of our earnings.

We take a comprehensive approach to risk management. We have a defined risk framework and clearly articulated risk appetite which is approved annually by the Corporation's Board of Directors (the Board). Risk management planning is integrated with strategic, financial and customer/client planning so that goals and responsibilities are aligned across the organization. Risk is managed in a systematic manner by focusing on the Corporation as a whole as well as managing risk across the enterprise and within individual business units, products, services and transactions, and across all geographic locations. We maintain a governance structure that delineates the responsibilities for risk management activities, as well as governance and oversight of those activities. For a more detailed discussion of our risk management activities, see pages 45 through 97 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


67

Table of Contents

Strategic Risk Management

Strategic risk is embedded in every business and is one of the major risk categories along with credit, market, liquidity, compliance, operational and reputational risks. It is the risk that results from adverse business decisions, ineffective or inappropriate business plans, or failure to respond to changes in the competitive environment, business cycles, customer preferences, product obsolescence, regulatory environment, business strategy execution and/or other inherent risks of the business including reputational and operational risk. In the financial services industry, strategic risk is elevated due to changing customer, competitive and regulatory environments. Our appetite for strategic risk is assessed within the context of the strategic plan, with strategic risks selectively and carefully considered in the context of the evolving marketplace. Strategic risk is managed in the context of our overall financial condition and assessed, managed and acted on by the Chief Executive Officer and executive management team. Significant strategic actions, such as material acquisitions or capital actions, require review and approval of the Board.

For more information on our Strategic Risk Management activities, see page 48 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Capital Management

Bank of America manages its capital position to ensure capital is sufficient to support our business activities and that capital, risk and risk appetite are commensurate with one another, ensure safety and soundness under adverse scenarios, take advantage of growth and strategic opportunities, maintain ready access to financial markets, remain a source of strength for its subsidiaries, and satisfy current and future regulatory capital requirements.

To determine the appropriate level of capital, we assess the results of our Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), the current economic and market environment, and feedback from investors, rating agencies and regulators. Based upon this analysis, we set capital guidelines for Tier 1 common capital and Tier 1 capital to ensure we can maintain an adequate capital position, including in a severe adverse economic scenario. We also target to maintain capital in excess of the capital required per our economic capital measurement process. For additional information, see Economic Capital on page 73. Management and the Board annually approve a comprehensive capital plan which documents the ICAAP and related results, analysis and support for the capital guidelines, and planned capital actions.

Capital management is integrated into the risk and governance processes, as capital is a key consideration in the development of the strategic plan, risk appetite and risk limits. Economic capital is allocated to each business unit and used to perform risk-adjusted return analysis at the business unit, client relationship and transaction levels.

Regulatory Capital

As a financial services holding company, we are subject to the risk-based capital guidelines (Basel 1) issued by federal banking regulators. At June 30, 2012, we operated banking activities primarily under two charters: BANA and FIA Card Services, N.A. (FIA). Under these guidelines, the Corporation and its affiliated banking entities measure capital adequacy based on Tier 1 common capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (Tier 1 plus Tier 2 capital). Capital ratios are calculated by dividing each capital amount by risk-weighted assets. Additionally, Tier 1 capital is divided by adjusted quarterly average total assets to derive the Tier 1 leverage ratio.

The Corporation has issued notes to certain unconsolidated corporate-sponsored trust companies which issued qualifying trust preferred securities (Trust Securities) and hybrid securities. In accordance with Federal Reserve guidance, Trust Securities continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital with revised quantitative limits. As a result, at June 30, 2012, the Corporation included qualifying Trust Securities in the aggregate amount of $14.4 billion (approximately 121 bps of Tier 1 capital) in Tier 1 capital. Under a notice of proposed rulemaking on Basel 3 issued by U.S. banking regulatory agencies (Basel 3 NPR), outstanding Trust Securities will be excluded from Tier 1 capital, with the exclusion to be phased in incrementally over a four-year period, beginning January 1, 2013. The treatment of Trust Securities during the phase-in period is subject to future rulemaking. For additional information on trust preferred exchanges, see Recent Events – Capital and Liquidity Related Matters on page 6.

For additional information on these and other regulatory requirements, see Capital Management – Regulatory Capital on page 49 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K and Note 18 – Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


68

Table of Contents

On January 6, 2012, we submitted a capital plan to the Federal Reserve consistent with the rules governing Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) and received results on March 13, 2012. The CCAR is the central element to the Federal Reserve's approach to ensuring large BHC have thorough and robust processes for managing their capital. The submitted capital plan included the ICAAP and related results, analysis and support for the capital guidelines and planned capital actions. The Federal Reserve's stress scenario projections for the Corporation estimated a minimum Tier 1 common capital ratio of 5.9 percent under severe adverse economic conditions with all proposed capital actions through the end of 2013, exceeding the five percent reference rate for all institutions involved in the CCAR. The capital plan submitted by the Corporation to the Federal Reserve did not include a request to return capital to stockholders in 2012 above the current dividend rate. The Federal Reserve did not object to our capital plan.

Capital Composition and Ratios

Tier 1 common capital was $134.1 billion at June 30, 2012, an increase of $7.4 billion from December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily driven by earnings eligible to be included in capital, which positively impacted the Tier 1 common capital ratio by approximately 25 bps, including the impact of repurchases of senior and subordinated debt and trust preferred securities. The Tier 1 common capital ratio also benefited seven bps from the issuance of common stock in lieu of cash for a portion of employee incentive compensation. Total capital decreased $6.2 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to a reduction in subordinated debt from repurchases, partially offset by earnings.

Risk-weighted assets decreased $91.0 billion to $1,193 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily driven by lower loan levels and a decline in off-balance sheet assets, which in the aggregate increased the Tier 1 common, Tier 1 and Total capital ratios 65 bps, 81 bps and 106 bps, respectively. The Tier 1 leverage ratio increased 31 bps at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 primarily driven by the increase in Tier 1 capital.

Table 17 presents Bank of America Corporation’s capital ratios and related information at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 17
Bank of America Corporation Regulatory Capital
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
Actual
 
 
 
Actual
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Minimum
Required (1)
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Minimum
Required (1)
Tier 1 common capital ratio
11.24
%
 
$
134,082

 
n/a

 
9.86
%
 
$
126,690

 
n/a

Tier 1 capital ratio
13.80

 
164,665

 
$
47,737

 
12.40

 
159,232

 
$
51,379

Total capital ratio
17.51

 
208,936

 
95,474

 
16.75

 
215,101

 
102,757

Tier 1 leverage ratio
7.84

 
164,665

 
84,036

 
7.53

 
159,232

 
84,557

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Risk-weighted assets (in billions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,193

 
$
1,284

Adjusted quarterly average total assets (in billions) (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,101

 
2,114

(1) 
Dollar amount required to meet guidelines for adequately capitalized institutions.
(2) 
Reflects adjusted average total assets for the three months ended June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
n/a = not applicable


69

Table of Contents

Table 18 presents the capital composition at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 18
Capital Composition
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Total common shareholders’ equity
$
217,213

 
$
211,704

Goodwill
(69,976
)
 
(69,967
)
Nonqualifying intangible assets (includes core deposit intangibles, affinity relationships, customer relationships and other intangibles)
(5,433
)
 
(5,848
)
Net unrealized gains on AFS debt and marketable equity securities and net losses on derivatives recorded in accumulated OCI, net-of-tax
(225
)
 
682

Unamortized net periodic benefit costs recorded in accumulated OCI, net-of-tax
3,360

 
4,391

Fair value adjustment related to structured liabilities (1)
3,071

 
944

Disallowed deferred tax asset
(15,598
)
 
(16,799
)
Other
1,670

 
1,583

Total Tier 1 common capital
134,082

 
126,690

Qualifying preferred stock
15,844

 
15,479

Trust preferred securities
14,400

 
16,737

Noncontrolling interests
339

 
326

Total Tier 1 capital
164,665

 
159,232

Long-term debt qualifying as Tier 2 capital
27,734

 
38,165

Allowance for loan and lease losses
30,288

 
33,783

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments
574

 
714

Allowance for loan and lease losses exceeding 1.25 percent of risk-weighted assets
(15,701
)
 
(18,159
)
Other
1,376

 
1,366

Total capital
$
208,936

 
$
215,101

(1) 
Represents loss on structured liabilities, net-of-tax, that is excluded from Tier 1 common capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital for regulatory capital purposes.

Regulatory Capital Changes

We manage regulatory capital to adhere to internal capital guidelines and regulatory standards of capital adequacy based on our current understanding of the rules and the application of such rules to our business as currently conducted. The regulatory capital rules continue to evolve.

We currently measure and report our capital ratios and related information in accordance with Basel 1. See Capital Management on page 68 for additional information. In December 2007, U.S. banking regulators published final Basel 2 rules (Basel 2). We measure and report our capital ratios and related information under Basel 2 on a confidential basis to U.S. banking regulators during the required parallel period. In June 2012, U.S. banking regulators issued final rules that amend the Basel 1 Market Risk rules (Market Risk Amendment) effective January 1, 2013. U.S. banking regulators also issued the Basel 3 NPR in June 2012 to implement the Basel 3 regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee) and changes required by the Financial Reform Act. The Basel 3 NPR also requires approval by the U.S. regulatory agencies of analytical models used as part of capital measurement. If these models are not approved, it would likely lead to an increase in our risk-weighted assets, which in some cases could be significant.

Portions of the Basel 3 NPR are proposed to be effective on specific dates from January 1, 2013 through January 1, 2018, based on specific transition provisions in the rules. The Market Risk Amendment and Basel 3 NPR are expected to substantially increase our capital requirements. We continue to evaluate the capital impact of these rules and currently anticipate that we will be in compliance with the rules by the current effective adoption date on January 1, 2013.


70

Table of Contents

Under the Basel 3 NPR, Trust Securities will not be included in Tier 1 capital on a transition basis from a 25 percent exclusion starting on January 1, 2013, to full exclusion on January 1, 2016 and thereafter. The Basel 3 NPR also proposes material changes to the deduction of certain assets from capital, new minimum capital ratios and buffer requirements, a Standardized Approach in lieu of Basel 1 that provides a floor to the calculation of risk-weighted assets and significant changes to the calculation of credit and counterparty credit risk. Many of the changes to capital deductions are subject to a transition period where the impact is recognized in 20 percent increments beginning on January 1, 2014 through January 1, 2018. The majority of the other aspects of the Basel 3 NPR are proposed to become effective on January 1, 2013. The phase-in period for the new minimum capital requirements and related buffers is proposed to occur between 2013 and 2019.

Based on Basel 2, our interpretation of the Market Risk Amendment and the international Basel 3 rules issued by the Basel Committee, we estimated our Basel 3 Tier 1 common capital ratio, on a fully-phased in basis, to be 8.10 percent at June 30, 2012. As of June 30, 2012, we estimated that our Tier 1 common capital would be $127 billion and total risk-weighted assets would be $1,566 billion, also on a fully phased-in basis. This assumes the approval by U.S. banking regulators of our internal analytical models. Additionally, if we had utilized the Basel 3 NPR recently issued by U.S. regulatory agencies and the final Market Risk Amendment, the estimated Basel 3 Tier 1 common capital ratio of 8.10 percent would be approximately 15 bps lower. Important differences between Basel 1 and Basel 3 include capital deductions related to our MSRs, deferred tax assets and defined benefit pension assets, and the inclusion of unrealized gains and losses on debt and equity securities recognized in accumulated OCI, each of which will be impacted by future changes in both interest rates as well as overall earnings performance. Our estimates under the Basel 3 NPR will be refined over time as our businesses change, as we continue to refine our models, as our and the industry's understanding and interpretation of the rules evolve and as a result of further rulemaking or clarification by U.S. regulating agencies. Preparing for the implementation of the new capital rules is a top strategic priority, and we expect to comply with the final rules when issued and effective. We intend to continue to build capital through retaining earnings, actively managing our portfolios and implementing other capital related initiatives, including focusing on reducing both higher risk-weighted assets and assets proposed to be deducted from capital under the Basel 3 NPR.

Additionally, capital requirements for global, systemically important financial institutions including the methodology for measuring systemic importance, the additional capital required (the SIFI buffer), and the arrangements by which they will be phased in were proposed by the Basel Committee in 2011. As proposed, the SIFI buffer would increase minimum capital requirements for Tier 1 common capital from one percent to 2.5 percent, and in certain circumstances, 3.5 percent. This is proposed to be phased in from 2016 through 2018. U.S. banking regulators have not yet provided similar rules for the U.S. implementation of a SIFI buffer.

On December 20, 2011, the Federal Reserve issued proposed rules to implement enhanced supervisory and prudential requirements and the early remediation requirements established under the Financial Reform Act. The enhanced standards include risk-based capital and leverage requirements, liquidity standards, requirements for overall risk management, single-counterparty credit limits, stress test requirements and a debt-to-equity limit for certain companies determined to pose a threat to financial stability. The final rules are likely to influence our regulatory capital and liquidity planning process, and may impose additional operational and compliance costs on us.

For additional information regarding Basel 2, the Market Risk Amendment, Basel 3 and other proposed regulatory capital changes, see Note 18 – Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


71

Table of Contents

Bank of America, N.A. and FIA Card Services, N.A. Regulatory Capital

Table 19 presents regulatory capital information for BANA and FIA at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 19
Bank of America, N.A. and FIA Card Services, N.A. Regulatory Capital
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
Actual
 
 
 
Actual
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Minimum
Required (1)
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Minimum
Required (1)
Tier 1 capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank of America, N.A.
12.88
%
 
$
120,372

 
$
37,371

 
11.74
%
 
$
119,881

 
$
40,830

FIA Card Services, N.A.
16.02

 
20,769

 
5,187

 
17.63

 
24,660

 
5,596

Total capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank of America, N.A.
15.64

 
146,111

 
74,742

 
15.17

 
154,885

 
81,661

FIA Card Services, N.A.
17.39

 
22,558

 
10,375

 
19.01

 
26,594

 
11,191

Tier 1 leverage ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank of America, N.A.
8.76

 
120,372

 
54,955

 
8.65

 
119,881

 
55,454

FIA Card Services, N.A.
13.19

 
20,769

 
6,298

 
14.22

 
24,660

 
6,935

(1) 
Dollar amount required to meet guidelines for adequately capitalized institutions.

BANA's Tier 1 capital ratio increased 114 bps to 12.88 percent and the Total capital ratio increased 47 bps to 15.64 percent at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. The increase in the ratios was driven by a decrease in risk-weighted assets of $86.5 billion compared to December 31, 2011 and earnings eligible to be included in capital of $3.7 billion and $6.9 billion during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, partially offset by dividends paid to Bank of America Corporation of $2.3 billion and $6.7 billion during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.

FIA's Tier 1 capital ratio decreased 161 bps to 16.02 percent and the Total capital ratio decreased 162 bps to 17.39 percent at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. The Tier 1 leverage ratio decreased 103 bps to 13.19 percent at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. The decrease in the Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios was driven by returns of capital of $3.0 billion and $6.0 billion to Bank of America Corporation during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, partially offset by earnings eligible to be included in capital of $953 million and $2.0 billion. The decrease in the Tier 1 leverage ratio was driven by the decrease in Tier 1 capital, partially offset by a decrease in adjusted quarterly average total assets of $15.9 billion.

Broker/Dealer Regulatory Capital

The Corporation’s principal U.S. broker/dealer subsidiaries are Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith (MLPF&S) and Merrill Lynch Professional Clearing Corp (MLPCC). MLPCC is a fully-guaranteed subsidiary of MLPF&S that provides clearing and settlement services. Both entities are subject to the net capital requirements of Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 15c3-1. Both entities are also registered as futures commission merchants and are subject to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission Regulation 1.17.

MLPF&S has elected to compute the minimum capital requirement in accordance with the Alternative Net Capital Requirement as permitted by SEC Rule 15c3-1. At June 30, 2012, MLPF&S’s regulatory net capital as defined by Rule 15c3-1 was $10.8 billion and exceeded the minimum requirement of $684 million by $10.1 billion. MLPCC’s net capital of $1.7 billion exceeded the minimum requirement of $219 million by $1.5 billion.

In accordance with the Alternative Net Capital Requirements, MLPF&S is required to maintain tentative net capital in excess of $1.0 billion, net capital in excess of $500 million and notify the SEC in the event its tentative net capital is less than $5.0 billion. At June 30, 2012, MLPF&S had tentative net capital and net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.


72

Table of Contents

Economic Capital

Our economic capital measurement process provides a risk-based measurement of the capital required for unexpected credit, market and operational losses over a one-year time horizon at a 99.97 percent confidence level. Economic capital is allocated to each business unit, and is used for capital adequacy, performance measurement and risk management purposes. The strategic planning process utilizes economic capital with the goal of allocating risk appropriately and measuring returns consistently across all businesses and activities. Economic capital allocation plans are incorporated into the Corporation’s financial plan which is approved by the Board on an annual basis. For additional information regarding economic capital, credit risk capital, market risk capital and operational risk capital, see page 52 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Common Stock Dividends

Table 20 is a summary of our declared quarterly cash dividends on common stock during 2012 and through August 2, 2012.

Table 20
 
 
Common Stock Cash Dividend Summary
 
 
Declaration Date
Record Date
Payment Date
Dividend Per Share
July 11, 2012
September 7, 2012
September 28, 2012
 
$
0.01

 
April 11, 2012
June 1, 2012
June 22, 2012
 
0.01

 
January 11, 2012
March 2, 2012
March 23, 2012
 
0.01

 


73

Table of Contents

Preferred Stock Dividends

Table 21 is a summary of our cash dividend declarations on preferred stock during the second quarter of 2012 and through August 2, 2012. For additional information on preferred stock, see Note 15 – Shareholders' Equity to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table 21
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred Stock Cash Dividend Summary
Preferred Stock
Outstanding
Notional
Amount
(in millions)
 
Declaration Date
 
Record Date
 
Payment Date
 
Per Annum
Dividend Rate
 
Dividend Per
Share
Series B (1)
$
1

 
April 11, 2012
 
July 11, 2012
 
July 25, 2012
 
7.00
%
 
$
1.75


 
 
July 11, 2012
 
October 11, 2012
 
October 25, 2012
 
7.00

 
1.75

Series D (2)
$
654

 
April 3, 2012
 
May 31, 2012
 
June 14, 2012
 
6.204
%
 
$
0.38775

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
August 31, 2012
 
September 14, 2012
 
6.204

 
0.38775

Series E (2)
$
317

 
April 3, 2012
 
April 30, 2012
 
May 15, 2012
 
Floating

 
$
0.25000

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
July 31, 2012
 
August 15, 2012
 
Floating

 
0.25556

Series F
$
141

 
April 3, 2012
 
May 31, 2012
 
June 15, 2012
 
Floating

 
$
1,022.22

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
August 31, 2012
 
September 17, 2012
 
Floating

 
1,022.22

Series G
$
493

 
April 3, 2012
 
May 31, 2012
 
June 15, 2012
 
Adjustable

 
$
1,022.22

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
August 31, 2012
 
September 17, 2012
 
Adjustable

 
1,022.22

Series H (2)
$
2,862

 
April 3, 2012
 
April 15, 2012
 
May 1, 2012
 
8.20
%
 
$
0.51250

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
July 15, 2012
 
August 1, 2012
 
8.20

 
0.51250

Series I (2)
$
365

 
April 3, 2012
 
June 15, 2012
 
July 2, 2012
 
6.625
%
 
$
0.41406

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
September 15, 2012
 
October 1, 2012
 
6.625

 
0.41406

Series J (2)
$
951

 
April 3, 2012
 
April 15, 2012
 
May 1, 2012
 
7.25
%
 
$
0.45312

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
July 15, 2012
 
August 1, 2012
 
7.25

 
0.45312

Series K (3, 4)
$
1,544

 
July 3, 2012
 
July 15, 2012
 
July 30, 2012
 
Fixed-to-Floating

 
$
40.00

Series L
$
3,080

 
June 15, 2012
 
July 1, 2012
 
July 30, 2012
 
7.25
%
 
$
18.125

Series M (3, 4)
$
1,310

 
April 3, 2012
 
April 30, 2012
 
May 15, 2012
 
Fixed-to-Floating

 
$
40.625

Series T (1)
$
5,000

 
June 15, 2012
 
June 25, 2012
 
July 10, 2012
 
6.00
%
 
$
1,500.00

Series 1 (5)
$
98

 
April 3, 2012
 
May 15, 2012
 
May 29, 2012
 
Floating

 
$
0.18750

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
August 15, 2012
 
August 28, 2012
 
Floating

 
0.18750

Series 2 (5)
$
299

 
April 3, 2012
 
May 15, 2012
 
May 29, 2012
 
Floating

 
$
0.18750

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
August 15, 2012
 
August 28, 2012
 
Floating

 
0.19167

Series 3 (5)
$
653

 
April 3, 2012
 
May 15, 2012
 
May 29, 2012
 
6.375
%
 
$
0.39843

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
August 15, 2012
 
August 28, 2012
 
6.375

 
0.39843

Series 4 (5)
$
210

 
April 3, 2012
 
May 15, 2012
 
May 29, 2012
 
Floating

 
$
0.25000

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
August 15, 2012
 
August 28, 2012
 
Floating

 
0.25556

Series 5 (5)
$
422

 
April 3, 2012
 
May 1, 2012
 
May 21, 2012
 
Floating

 
$
0.25000

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
August 1, 2012
 
August 21, 2012
 
Floating

 
0.25556

Series 6 (6)
$
59

 
April 3, 2012
 
June 15, 2012
 
June 29, 2012
 
6.70
%
 
$
0.41875

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
September 14, 2012
 
September 28, 2012
 
6.70

 
0.41875

Series 7 (6)
$
17

 
April 3, 2012
 
June 15, 2012
 
June 29, 2012
 
6.25
%
 
$
0.39062

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
September 14, 2012
 
September 28, 2012
 
6.25

 
0.39062

Series 8 (5)
$
2,673

 
April 3, 2012
 
May 15, 2012
 
May 29, 2012
 
8.625
%
 
$
0.53906

 
 
 
July 3, 2012
 
August 15, 2012
 
August 28, 2012
 
8.625

 
0.53906

(1) 
Dividends are cumulative.
(2) 
Dividends per depositary share, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock.
(3) 
Initially pays dividends semi-annually.
(4) 
Dividends per depositary share, each representing a 1/25th interest in a share of preferred stock.
(5) 
Dividends per depositary share, each representing a 1/1,200th interest in a share of preferred stock.
(6) 
Dividends per depositary share, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of preferred stock.

74

Table of Contents

Enterprise-wide Stress Testing

As a part of our core risk management practices, we conduct enterprise-wide stress tests on a periodic basis to better understand balance sheet, earnings, capital and liquidity sensitivities to certain economic and business scenarios, including economic and market conditions that are more severe than anticipated. These enterprise-wide stress tests provide an understanding of the potential impacts from our risk profile on our balance sheet, earnings, capital and liquidity and serve as a key component of our capital, liquidity and risk management practices. Scenarios are selected by a group comprised of senior business, risk and finance executives. Impacts to each business from each scenario are then determined and analyzed, primarily by leveraging the models and processes utilized in everyday management routines. Impacts are assessed along with potential mitigating actions that may be taken. Analysis from such stress scenarios is compiled for and reviewed through our Chief Financial Officer Risk Committee (CFORC), Asset Liability and Market Risk Committee (ALMRC) and the Board’s Enterprise Risk Committee (ERC) and serves to inform decision making by management and the Board. We have made substantial investments to establish stress testing capabilities as a core business process.

Liquidity Risk
 
Funding and Liquidity Risk Management

We define liquidity risk as the potential inability to meet our contractual and contingent financial obligations, on- or off-balance sheet, as they come due. Our primary liquidity objective is to ensure adequate funding for our businesses throughout market cycles, including periods of financial stress. To achieve that objective, we analyze and monitor our liquidity risk, maintain excess liquidity and access diverse funding sources including our stable deposit base. We define excess liquidity as readily available assets, limited to cash and high-quality, liquid, unencumbered securities that we can use to meet our funding requirements as those obligations arise.

Global funding and liquidity risk management activities are centralized within Corporate Treasury. We believe that a centralized approach to funding and liquidity risk management enhances our ability to monitor liquidity requirements, maximizes access to funding sources, minimizes borrowing costs and facilitates timely responses to liquidity events. For additional information regarding global funding and liquidity risk management, see Funding and Liquidity Risk Management on page 53 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Global Excess Liquidity Sources and Other Unencumbered Assets

We maintain excess liquidity available to Bank of America Corporation, or the parent company, and selected subsidiaries in the form of cash and high-quality, liquid, unencumbered securities. These assets, which we call our Global Excess Liquidity Sources, serve as our primary means of liquidity risk mitigation. Our cash is primarily on deposit with central banks, such as the Federal Reserve. We limit the composition of high-quality, liquid, unencumbered securities to U.S. government securities, U.S. agency securities, U.S. agency MBS and a select group of non-U.S. government and supranational securities. We believe we can quickly obtain cash for these securities, even in stressed market conditions, through repurchase agreements or outright sales. We hold our Global Excess Liquidity Sources in entities that allow us to meet the liquidity requirements of our global businesses, and we consider the impact of potential regulatory, tax, legal and other restrictions that could limit the transferability of funds among entities.

Our Global Excess Liquidity Sources were $378 billion at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and were maintained as presented in Table 22.

Table 22
Global Excess Liquidity Sources
(Dollars in billions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
Average for Three Months Ended
June 30, 2012
Parent company
$
111

 
$
125

 
$
120

Bank subsidiaries
240

 
222

 
243

Broker/dealers
27

 
31

 
29

Total global excess liquidity sources
$
378

 
$
378

 
$
392


As shown in Table 22, parent company Global Excess Liquidity Sources totaled $111 billion and $125 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The decrease in parent company liquidity was primarily due to long-term debt maturities. Typically, parent company cash is deposited overnight with BANA.


75

Table of Contents

Global Excess Liquidity Sources available to our bank subsidiaries totaled $240 billion and $222 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The increase in liquidity available to our bank subsidiaries was primarily due to a reduction in loan balances. These amounts are distinct from the cash deposited by the parent company presented in Table 22. In addition to their Global Excess Liquidity Sources, our bank subsidiaries hold other unencumbered investment-grade securities that we believe could also be used to generate liquidity. Our bank subsidiaries can also generate incremental liquidity by pledging a range of other unencumbered loans and securities to certain Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs) and the Federal Reserve Discount Window. The cash we could have obtained by borrowing against this pool of specifically-identified eligible assets was approximately $198 billion and $189 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. We have established operational procedures to enable us to borrow against these assets, including regularly monitoring our total pool of eligible loans and securities collateral. Due to regulatory restrictions, liquidity generated by the bank subsidiaries can only be used to fund obligations within the bank subsidiaries and can only be transferred to the parent company or nonbank subsidiaries with prior regulatory approval.

Global Excess Liquidity Sources available to our broker/dealer subsidiaries totaled $27 billion and $31 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Our broker/dealers also held other unencumbered investment-grade securities and equities that we believe could also be used to generate additional liquidity. Liquidity held in a broker/dealer subsidiary is available to meet the obligations of that entity and can only be transferred to the parent company or to any other subsidiary with prior regulatory approval due to regulatory restrictions and minimum requirements.

Table 23 presents the composition of Global Excess Liquidity Sources at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 23
Global Excess Liquidity Sources Composition
(Dollars in billions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Cash on deposit
$
85

 
$
79

U.S. treasuries
28

 
48

U.S. agency securities and mortgage-backed securities
246

 
228

Non-U.S. government and supranational securities
19

 
23

Total global excess liquidity sources
$
378

 
$
378


Time to Required Funding and Stress Modeling

We use a variety of metrics to determine the appropriate amounts of excess liquidity to maintain at the parent company and our bank and broker/dealer subsidiaries. One metric we use to evaluate the appropriate level of excess liquidity at the parent company is “Time to Required Funding.” This debt coverage measure indicates the number of months that the parent company can continue to meet its unsecured contractual obligations as they come due using only its Global Excess Liquidity Sources without issuing any new debt or accessing any additional liquidity sources. We define unsecured contractual obligations for purposes of this metric as maturities of senior or subordinated debt issued or guaranteed by Bank of America Corporation or Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (Merrill Lynch). These include certain unsecured debt instruments, primarily structured liabilities, which we may be required to settle for cash prior to maturity. The Corporation has established a target minimum for Time to Required Funding of 21 months. Our Time to Required Funding was 37 months at June 30, 2012. For purposes of calculating Time to Required Funding at June 30, 2012, we have also included in the amount of unsecured contractual obligations the $8.6 billion liability related to the BNY Mellon Settlement and the previously announced subordinated debt and trust preferred securities calls that settled in the third quarter of 2012. The BNY Mellon Settlement is subject to final court approval and certain other conditions, and the timing of payment is not certain.

We utilize liquidity stress models to assist us in determining the appropriate amounts of excess liquidity to maintain at the parent company and our bank and broker/dealer subsidiaries. These models are risk sensitive and have become increasingly important in analyzing our potential contractual and contingent cash outflows beyond those outflows considered in the Time to Required Funding analysis. We evaluate the liquidity requirements under a range of scenarios with varying levels of severity and time horizons. The scenarios we consider and utilize incorporate market-wide and Corporation-specific events, including potential credit ratings downgrades for the parent company and our subsidiaries, and are based on historical experience, regulatory guidance, and both expected and unexpected future events.


76

Table of Contents

The types of potential contractual and contingent cash outflows we consider in our scenarios may include, but are not limited to, upcoming contractual maturities of unsecured debt and reductions in new debt issuance; diminished access to secured financing markets; potential deposit withdrawals and reduced rollover of maturing term deposits by customers; increased draws on loan commitments, liquidity facilities and letters of credit, including Variable Rate Demand Notes; additional collateral that counterparties could call if our credit ratings were further downgraded; collateral, margin and subsidiary capital requirements arising from losses; and potential liquidity required to maintain businesses and finance customer activities. Changes in certain market factors, including but not limited to credit rating downgrades, could negatively impact potential contractual and contingent outflows and the related financial instruments, and in some cases these impacts could be material to our financial results.

For additional information on Time to Required Funding and liquidity stress modeling, see page 54 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Basel 3 Liquidity Standards

In December 2010, the Basel Committee proposed two measures of liquidity risk which are considered part of Basel 3. The first proposed liquidity measure is the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), which is calculated as the amount of a financial institution’s unencumbered, high-quality, liquid assets relative to the net cash outflows the institution could encounter under an acute 30-day stress scenario. The second proposed liquidity measure is the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR), which measures the amount of longer-term, stable sources of funding employed by a financial institution relative to the liquidity profiles of the assets funded and the potential for contingent calls on funding liquidity arising from off-balance sheet commitments and obligations over a one-year period. The Basel Committee expects the LCR requirement to be implemented in January 2015 and the NSFR requirement to be implemented in January 2018, following an observation period that began in 2011. We continue to monitor the development and the potential impact of these proposals, and assuming adoption by U.S. banking regulators, we expect to meet the final standards within the regulatory timelines.

Diversified Funding Sources

We fund our assets primarily with a mix of deposits and secured and unsecured liabilities through a globally coordinated funding strategy. We diversify our funding globally across products, programs, markets, currencies and investor groups.

We fund a substantial portion of our lending activities through our deposits, which were $1.04 trillion and $1.03 trillion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Deposits are primarily generated by our CBB, GWIM and Global Banking segments. These deposits are diversified by clients, product type and geography, and the majority of our U.S. deposits are insured by the FDIC. We consider a substantial portion of our deposits to be a stable, low-cost and consistent source of funding. We believe this deposit funding is generally less sensitive to interest rate changes, market volatility or changes in our credit ratings than wholesale funding sources. Our lending activities may also be financed through secured borrowings, including securitizations with GSEs, the FHA and private-label investors, as well as FHLB loans.

Our trading activities in broker/dealer subsidiaries are primarily funded on a secured basis through securities lending and repurchase agreements and these amounts will vary based on customer activity and market conditions. We believe funding these activities in the secured financing markets is more cost efficient and less sensitive to changes in our credit ratings than unsecured financing. Repurchase agreements are generally short-term and often overnight. Disruptions in secured financing markets for financial institutions have occurred in prior market cycles which resulted in adverse changes in terms or significant reductions in the availability of such financing. We manage the liquidity risks arising from secured funding by sourcing funding globally from a diverse group of counterparties, providing a range of securities collateral and pursuing longer durations, when appropriate.

We reduced unsecured short-term borrowings at the parent company and broker/dealer subsidiaries, including commercial paper and master notes, to relatively insignificant amounts during the third quarter of 2011. For average and period-end balance discussions, see Balance Sheet Overview on page 13. For more information, see Note 12 – Federal Funds Sold, Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Short-term Borrowings to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


77

Table of Contents

Table 24 presents information on short-term borrowings.

Table 24
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term Borrowings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Average during period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased
$
213

 
$
1,798

 
0.05
%
 
0.06
%
 
$
237

 
$
2,365

 
0.05
%
 
0.09
%
Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
279,283

 
274,875

 
1.07

 
1.52

 
267,713

 
289,096

 
1.08

 
1.34

Commercial paper
6

 
14,166

 
2.37

 
0.76

 
9

 
16,305

 
2.20

 
0.74

Other short-term borrowings
39,407

 
47,853

 
2.05

 
2.30

 
38,023

 
47,276

 
2.02

 
2.34

Total
$
318,909

 
$
338,692

 
1.19

 
1.59

 
$
305,982

 
$
355,042

 
1.20

 
1.43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum month-end balance during period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased
$
206

 
$
1,622

 
 
 
 
 
$
331

 
$
4,133

 
 
 
 
Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
287,310

 
284,944

 
 
 
 
 
287,310

 
293,519

 
 
 
 
Commercial paper
11

 
17,423

 
 
 
 
 
172

 
21,212

 
 
 
 
Other short-term borrowings
39,019

 
47,087

 
 
 
 
 
39,327

 
47,087

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
 
 
 
Period-end balance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased
$
206

 
0.05
%
 
 
 
 
 
$
243

 
0.06
%
 
 
 
 
Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
285,708

 
0.96

 
 
 
 
 
214,621

 
1.08

 
 
 
 
Commercial paper

 

 
 
 
 
 
23

 
1.70

 
 
 
 
Other short-term borrowings
39,019

 
2.01

 
 
 
 
 
35,675

 
2.35

 
 
 
 
Total
$
324,933

 
1.11

 
 
 
 
 
$
250,562

 
1.36

 
 
 
 

We issue the majority of our long-term unsecured debt at the parent company. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the parent company issued $2.6 billion and $10.9 billion of long-term unsecured debt, including structured liabilities of $2.6 billion and $5.0 billion. We may also issue long-term unsecured debt at BANA, although there were no new issuances during the six months ended June 30, 2012. We issue long-term unsecured debt in a variety of maturities and currencies to achieve cost-efficient funding and to maintain an appropriate maturity profile. While the cost and availability of unsecured funding may be negatively impacted by general market conditions or by matters specific to the financial services industry or the Corporation, we seek to mitigate refinancing risk by actively managing the amount of our borrowings that we anticipate will mature within any month or quarter.

The primary benefits of our centralized funding strategy include greater control, reduced funding costs, wider name recognition by investors and greater flexibility to meet the variable funding requirements of subsidiaries. Where regulations, time zone differences or other business considerations make parent company funding impractical, certain other subsidiaries may issue their own debt.

We use derivative transactions to manage the duration, interest rate and currency risks of our borrowings, considering the characteristics of the assets they are funding. For further details on our ALM activities, see Interest Rate Risk Management for Nontrading Activities on page 126.


78

Table of Contents

We also diversify our unsecured funding sources by issuing various types of debt instruments including structured liabilities, which are debt obligations that pay investors returns linked to other debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities. We typically hedge the returns we are obligated to pay on these liabilities with derivative positions and/or investments in the underlying instruments, so that from a funding perspective, the cost is similar to our other unsecured long-term debt. We could be required to settle certain structured liability obligations for cash or other securities prior to maturity under certain circumstances, which we consider for liquidity planning purposes. We believe, however, that a portion of such borrowings will remain outstanding beyond the earliest put or redemption date. We had outstanding structured liabilities with a carrying value of $52.5 billion and $50.9 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Substantially all of our senior and subordinated debt obligations contain no provisions that could trigger a requirement for an early repayment, require additional collateral support, result in changes to terms, accelerate maturity or create additional financial obligations upon an adverse change in our credit ratings, financial ratios, earnings, cash flows or stock price.

Prior to 2010, we participated in the FDIC's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, which allowed us to issue senior unsecured debt guaranteed by the FDIC in return for a fee based on the amount and maturity of the debt. At June 30, 2012, there were no outstanding borrowings under the program.

Table 25 represents the carrying value of aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt at June 30, 2012.

Table 25
Long-term Debt By Maturity
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
Thereafter
 
Total
Bank of America Corporation
$
8,318

 
$
11,045

 
$
19,747

 
$
14,799

 
$
20,219

 
$
73,692

 
$
147,820

Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. and subsidiaries
12,251

 
16,748

 
17,888

 
4,751

 
3,488

 
37,835

 
92,961

Bank of America, N.A. and subsidiaries
757

 
72

 
22

 

 
1,178

 
8,120

 
10,149

Other debt
4,134

 
4,927

 
1,637

 
353

 
15

 
1,396

 
12,462

Total long-term debt excluding consolidated VIEs
25,460

 
32,792

 
39,294

 
19,903

 
24,900

 
121,043

 
263,392

Long-term debt of consolidated VIEs
3,660

 
13,674

 
8,738

 
1,408

 
2,636

 
8,340

 
38,456

Total long-term debt
$
29,120

 
$
46,466

 
$
48,032

 
$
21,311

 
$
27,536

 
$
129,383

 
$
301,848


Table 26 presents our long-term debt in the following currencies at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 26
Long-term Debt By Major Currency
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
U.S. Dollar
$
202,373

 
$
255,262

Euro
59,648

 
68,799

Japanese Yen
16,803

 
19,568

British Pound
10,717

 
12,554

Canadian Dollar
3,458

 
4,621

Australian Dollar
2,866

 
4,900

Swiss Franc
1,850

 
2,268

Other
4,133

 
4,293

Total long-term debt
$
301,848

 
$
372,265


Total long-term debt decreased $70.4 billion or 19 percent at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, primarily driven by maturities and liability management. This reflects our ongoing initiative to reduce our debt balances over time and we anticipate that debt levels will continue to decline, from both maturities and liability management, as appropriate through 2013. We may, from time to time, purchase outstanding debt securities in various transactions, depending on prevailing market conditions, liquidity and other factors. In addition, our broker/dealer subsidiaries may make markets in our debt instruments to provide liquidity for investors. For additional information regarding debt repurchases, see Recent Events – Capital and Liquidity Related Matters on page 6. For additional information on long-term debt funding, see Note 13 – Long-term Debt to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K and for additional information regarding funding and liquidity risk management, see pages 53 through 57 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

79

Table of Contents

Contingency Planning

We maintain contingency funding plans that outline our potential responses to liquidity stress events at various levels of severity. These policies and plans are based on stress scenarios and include potential funding strategies and communication and notification procedures that we would implement in the event we experienced stressed liquidity conditions. We periodically review and test the contingency funding plans to validate efficacy and assess readiness.

Our U.S. bank subsidiaries can access contingency funding through the Federal Reserve Discount Window. Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries have access to central bank facilities in the jurisdictions in which they operate. While we do not rely on these sources in our liquidity modeling, we maintain the policies, procedures and governance processes that would enable us to access these sources if necessary.

Credit Ratings

Our borrowing costs and ability to raise funds are impacted by our credit ratings. In addition, credit ratings may be important to customers or counterparties when we compete in certain markets and when we seek to engage in certain transactions, including over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives. Thus, it is our objective to maintain high-quality credit ratings.

Credit ratings and outlooks are opinions on our creditworthiness and that of our obligations or securities, including long-term debt, short-term borrowings, preferred stock and other securities, including asset securitizations. Our credit ratings are subject to ongoing review by the rating agencies which consider a number of factors, including our own financial strength, performance, prospects and operations as well as factors not under our control. The rating agencies could make adjustments to our ratings at any time and they provide no assurances that they will maintain our ratings at current levels.

Other factors that influence our credit ratings include changes to the rating agencies’ methodologies for our industry or certain security types, the rating agencies’ assessment of the general operating environment for financial services companies, our mortgage exposures, our relative positions in the markets in which we compete, reputation, liquidity position, diversity of funding sources, funding costs, the level and volatility of earnings, corporate governance and risk management policies, capital position, capital management practices, and current or future regulatory and legislative initiatives.

Each of the three major rating agencies, Moody's, S&P and Fitch, downgraded the ratings for the Corporation and its rated subsidiaries in late 2011. On June 21, 2012, Moody's completed its previously-announced review for possible downgrade of financial institutions with global capital markets operations, downgrading the ratings of 15 banks and securities firms, including our ratings. The Corporation's long-term debt rating and BANA's long-term and short-term debt ratings were downgraded one notch as part of this action. The Moody's downgrade did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity during the second quarter of 2012.

Currently, the Corporation’s long-term/short-term senior debt ratings and outlooks expressed by the rating agencies are as follows: Baa2/P-2 (negative) by Moody’s; A-/A-2 (negative) by S&P; and A/F1 (stable) by Fitch. BANA’s long-term/short-term senior debt ratings and outlooks currently are as follows: A3/P-2 (stable) by Moody’s; A/A-1 (negative) by S&P; and A/F1 (stable) by Fitch. The credit ratings of Merrill Lynch from the three major credit rating agencies are the same as those of Bank of America Corporation. The major credit rating agencies have indicated that the primary drivers of Merrill Lynch’s credit ratings are Bank of America Corporation’s credit ratings. MLPF&S’s long-term/short-term senior debt ratings and outlooks are A/A-1 (negative) by S&P and A/F1 (stable) by Fitch. Merrill Lynch International’s long-term/short-term senior debt ratings are A/A-1 (negative) by S&P.

The major rating agencies have each indicated that, as a systemically important financial institution, our credit ratings currently reflect their expectation that, if necessary, we would receive significant support from the U.S. government, and that they will continue to assess such support in the context of sovereign financial strength and regulatory and legislative developments. For additional information, see Liquidity Risk – Credit Ratings on page 56 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

A further reduction in certain of our credit ratings or the ratings of certain asset-backed securitizations may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, potential loss of access to credit markets, the related cost of funds, our businesses and on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where counterparty creditworthiness is critical. In addition, under the terms of certain OTC derivative contracts and other trading agreements, in the event of further downgrades of our or our rated subsidiaries' credit ratings, the counterparties to those agreements may require us to provide additional collateral, or to terminate these contracts or agreements, which could cause us to sustain losses and/or adversely impact our liquidity. If the short-term credit ratings of our parent company, bank or broker/dealer subsidiaries were downgraded by one or more levels, the potential loss of access to short-term funding sources such as repo financing, and the effect on our incremental cost of funds could be material.


80

Table of Contents

At June 30, 2012, if the rating agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation or certain subsidiaries by one incremental notch, the amount of additional collateral contractually required by derivative contracts and other trading agreements would have been approximately $2.3 billion comprised of $1.3 billion for BANA and $939 million for Merrill Lynch and certain of its subsidiaries. If the agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for these entities by a second incremental notch, an incremental $4.2 billion in additional collateral comprised of $338 million for BANA and $3.8 billion for Merrill Lynch and certain of its subsidiaries, would have been required.

Also, if the rating agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation or certain subsidiaries by one incremental notch, the derivative liability that would be subject to unilateral termination by counterparties as of June 30, 2012 was $6.1 billion, against which $5.3 billion of collateral had been posted. If the rating agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation or certain subsidiaries a second incremental notch, the derivative liability that would be subject to unilateral termination by counterparties as of June 30, 2012 was an incremental $1.9 billion, against which $1.4 billion of collateral had been posted.

While certain potential impacts are contractual and quantifiable, the full scope of consequences of a credit ratings downgrade to a financial institution is inherently uncertain, as it depends upon numerous dynamic, complex and inter-related factors and assumptions, including whether any downgrade of a firm’s long-term credit ratings precipitates downgrades to its short-term credit ratings, and assumptions about the potential behaviors of various customers, investors and counterparties. For additional information on potential impacts of credit ratings downgrades, see Time to Required Funding and Stress Modeling on page 76.

For information regarding the additional collateral and termination payments that could be required in connection with certain OTC derivative contracts and other trading agreements as a result of such a credit ratings downgrade, see Note 3 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

On June 8, 2012, S&P affirmed its 'AA+' long-term and 'A-1+' short-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. The outlook remains negative. On July 10, 2012, Fitch affirmed its 'AAA' long-term and 'F1+' short-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. The outlook remains negative. All three rating agencies have indicated that they will continue to assess fiscal projections and consolidation measures, as well as the medium-term economic outlook for the U.S. For additional information, see Liquidity Risk – Credit Ratings on page 56 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


81

Table of Contents

Credit Risk Management

Credit quality continued to show improvement during the second quarter of 2012. Our proactive credit risk management initiatives positively impacted the credit portfolio as charge-offs and delinquencies continued to improve across most portfolios and risk ratings improved in the commercial portfolios. However, global and national economic uncertainty, home price declines and regulatory reform continued to weigh on the credit portfolios through June 30, 2012. For more information, see Executive Summary – Second Quarter 2012 Economic and Business Environment on page 6.

We proactively refine our underwriting and credit management practices as well as credit standards to meet the changing economic environment. To actively mitigate losses and enhance customer support in our consumer businesses, we have in place collection programs and loan modification and customer assistance infrastructures. We utilize a number of actions to mitigate losses in the commercial businesses including increasing the frequency and intensity of portfolio monitoring, hedging activity and our practice of transferring management of deteriorating commercial exposures to independent special asset officers as credits enter criticized categories.

Since January 2008, and through the second quarter of 2012, Bank of America and Countrywide have completed approximately 1.1 million loan modifications with customers. During the second quarter of 2012, we completed more than 20,000 customer loan modifications with a total unpaid principal balance of approximately $5 billion, including approximately 6,500 permanent modifications under the government’s Making Home Affordable Program. Of the loan modifications completed in the three months ended June 30, 2012, in terms of both the volume of modifications and the unpaid principal balance associated with the underlying loans, most were in the portfolio serviced for investors and were not on our balance sheet. The most common types of modifications include a combination of rate reduction and capitalization of past due amounts which represented 57 percent of the volume of modifications completed during the three months ended June 30, 2012, while principal forbearance represented 19 percent, capitalization of past due amounts represented eight percent and principal reductions and forgiveness represented five percent. For modified loans on our balance sheet, these modification types are generally considered TDRs. For more information on TDRs and portfolio impacts, see Nonperforming Consumer Loans and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 99 and Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Certain European countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain, have experienced varying degrees of financial stress. Risks from the ongoing debt crisis in these countries could continue to disrupt the financial markets which could have a detrimental impact on global economic conditions and sovereign and non-sovereign debt in these countries. Market sentiment continued to evolve during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 driven most recently by concerns over Greece's ability to meet conditions precedent to continued funding under various support programs, and the viability of Spain's banking sector and its impact on the solvency of the Spanish government. The lack of a clear resolution to the crisis and fears of contagion continue to contribute to market uncertainty. For additional information on our exposures and related risks in non-U.S. countries, see Non-U.S. Portfolio on page 114 and Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


82

Table of Contents

Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management

Credit risk management for the consumer portfolio begins with initial underwriting and continues throughout a borrower’s credit cycle. Statistical techniques in conjunction with experiential judgment are used in all aspects of portfolio management including underwriting, product pricing, risk appetite, setting credit limits, and establishing operating processes and metrics to quantify and balance risks and returns. Statistical models are built using detailed behavioral information from external sources such as credit bureaus and/or internal historical experience. These models are a component of our consumer credit risk management process and are used in part to help make both new and existing credit decisions, as well as portfolio management strategies, including authorizations and line management, collection practices and strategies, determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses, and economic capital allocations for credit risk.

During the first quarter of 2012, the bank regulatory agencies jointly issued interagency supervisory guidance on nonaccrual status for junior-lien consumer real estate loans. In accordance with this regulatory interagency guidance, we classify junior-lien home equity loans as nonperforming when the first-lien loan becomes 90 days past due even if the junior-lien loan is performing, and as a result, we reclassified $1.9 billion of performing home equity loans to nonperforming as of March 31, 2012, and $1.8 billion was included in nonperforming loans at June 30, 2012. The regulatory interagency guidance had no impact on our allowance for loan and lease losses or provision expense as the delinquency status of the underlying first-lien was already considered in our reserving process. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Home Equity on page 90.

For further information on our accounting policies regarding delinquencies, nonperforming status, charge-offs and TDRs for the consumer portfolio, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


83

Table of Contents

Consumer Credit Portfolio

Improvement in the U.S. economy and labor markets throughout most of 2011 and into the six months ended June 30, 2012 resulted in lower credit losses in most consumer portfolios compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. However, continued stress in the housing market, including declines in home prices, continued to adversely impact the home loans portfolio.

Table 27 presents our outstanding consumer loans and the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio. Loans that were acquired from Countrywide and considered credit-impaired were recorded at fair value upon acquisition. In addition to being included in the “Outstandings” columns in Table 27, these loans are also shown separately, net of purchase accounting adjustments, in the “Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio” column. For additional information, see Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The impact of the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio on certain credit statistics is reported where appropriate. See Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio on page 94 for more information. Under certain circumstances, loans that were originally classified as discontinued real estate loans upon acquisition have been subsequently modified from pay option or subprime loans into loans with more conventional terms and are now included in the residential mortgage portfolio, but continue to be classified as PCI loans as shown in Table 27.

Table 27
Consumer Loans
 
Outstandings
 
Countrywide Purchased
Credit-impaired Loan
Portfolio
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Residential mortgage (1)
$
252,635

 
$
262,290

 
$
9,603

 
$
9,966

Home equity
118,011

 
124,699

 
11,639

 
11,978

Discontinued real estate (2)
10,059

 
11,095

 
8,949

 
9,857

U.S. credit card
94,291

 
102,291

 
n/a

 
n/a

Non-U.S. credit card
13,431

 
14,418

 
n/a

 
n/a

Direct/Indirect consumer (3)
83,164

 
89,713

 
n/a

 
n/a

Other consumer (4)
2,568

 
2,688

 
n/a

 
n/a

Consumer loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option
574,159

 
607,194

 
30,191

 
31,801

Loans accounted for under the fair value option (5)
1,172

 
2,190

 
n/a

 
n/a

Total consumer loans
$
575,331

 
$
609,384

 
$
30,191

 
$
31,801

(1) 
Outstandings includes non-U.S. residential mortgages of $92 million and $85 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Outstandings includes $9.0 billion and $9.9 billion of pay option loans and $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion of subprime loans at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. We no longer originate these products.
(3) 
Outstandings includes dealer financial services loans of $36.7 billion and $43.0 billion, consumer lending loans of $6.3 billion and $8.0 billion, U.S. securities-based lending margin loans of $25.7 billion and $23.6 billion, student loans of $5.4 billion and $6.0 billion, non-U.S. consumer loans of $7.8 billion and $7.6 billion and other consumer loans of $1.3 billion and $1.5 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(4) 
Outstandings includes consumer finance loans of $1.5 billion and $1.7 billion, other non-U.S. consumer loans of $908 million and $929 million and consumer overdrafts of $127 million and $103 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(5) 
Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option include residential mortgage loans of $172 million and $906 million and discontinued real estate loans of $1.0 billion and $1.3 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. See Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 98 and Note 16 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the fair value option.
n/a = not applicable


84

Table of Contents

Table 28 presents accruing consumer loans past due 90 days or more and consumer nonperforming loans. Nonperforming loans do not include past due consumer credit card loans, consumer non-real estate-secured loans or unsecured consumer loans as these loans are generally charged off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due. Real estate-secured past due consumer loans that are insured by the FHA or individually insured under long-term stand-by agreements with FNMA and FHLMC (fully-insured loan portfolio) are reported as accruing as opposed to nonperforming since the principal repayment is insured. Fully-insured loans included in accruing past due 90 days or more are primarily related to our purchases of delinquent FHA loans pursuant to our servicing agreements. Additionally, nonperforming loans and accruing balances past due 90 days or more do not include the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio or loans accounted for under the fair value option even though the customer may be contractually past due. For additional information on FHA loans, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing Matters and Foreclosure Processes on page 65.

Table 28
Consumer Credit Quality
 
Accruing Past Due 90 Days or More
 
Nonperforming
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012 (1)
 
December 31
2011
Residential mortgage (2)
$
22,287

 
$
21,164

 
$
14,621

 
$
15,970

Home equity

 

 
4,207

 
2,453

Discontinued real estate

 

 
257

 
290

U.S. credit card
1,594

 
2,070

 
n/a

 
n/a

Non-U.S. credit card
253

 
342

 
n/a

 
n/a

Direct/Indirect consumer
627

 
746

 
35

 
40

Other consumer
2

 
2

 
1

 
15

Total (3)
$
24,763

 
$
24,324

 
$
19,121

 
$
18,768

Consumer loans as a percentage of outstanding consumer loans (3)
4.31
%
 
4.01
%
 
3.33
%
 
3.09
%
Consumer loans as a percentage of outstanding loans excluding Countrywide PCI and fully-insured loan portfolios (3)
0.55

 
0.66

 
4.25

 
3.90

(1) 
Nonperforming home equity loans include $1.8 billion of junior-lien loans less than 90 days past due that have a senior-lien loan that is 90 days or more past due in accordance with regulatory interagency guidance. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 83.
(2) 
Balances accruing past due 90 days or more are fully-insured loans. These balances include $18.1 billion and $17.0 billion of loans on which interest has been curtailed by the FHA, and therefore are no longer accruing interest, although principal is still insured and $4.2 billion and $4.2 billion of loans on which interest was still accruing at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(3) 
Balances exclude consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $433 million and $713 million of loans accounted for under the fair value option were past due 90 days or more and not accruing interest.
n/a = not applicable

Table 29 presents net charge-offs and related ratios for consumer loans and leases for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

Table 29
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Net Charge-offs and Related Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Charge-offs
 
Net Charge-off Ratios (1)
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Residential mortgage
$
734

 
$
1,104

 
$
1,632

 
$
2,009

 
1.16
%
 
1.67
%
 
1.28
%
 
1.54
%
Home equity
892

 
1,263

 
1,849

 
2,442

 
3.00

 
3.84

 
3.06

 
3.68

Discontinued real estate
16

 
26

 
32

 
46

 
0.65

 
0.84

 
0.62

 
0.73

U.S. credit card
1,244

 
1,931

 
2,575

 
4,205

 
5.27

 
7.29

 
5.36

 
7.85

Non-U.S. credit card
135

 
429

 
338

 
831

 
3.97

 
6.31

 
4.89

 
6.11

Direct/Indirect consumer
181

 
366

 
407

 
891

 
0.86

 
1.64

 
0.95

 
2.00

Other consumer
49

 
43

 
105

 
83

 
7.71

 
6.44

 
8.15

 
6.19

Total
$
3,251

 
$
5,162

 
$
6,938

 
$
10,507

 
2.25

 
3.27

 
2.37

 
3.32

(1) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option.

85

Table of Contents

Net charge-off ratios excluding the Countrywide PCI and fully-insured loan portfolios were 1.94 percent and 2.13 percent for residential mortgage, 3.32 percent and 3.39 percent for home equity, 5.85 percent and 5.54 percent for discontinued real estate and 2.86 percent and 3.00 percent for the total consumer portfolio for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Net charge-off ratios excluding the Countrywide PCI and fully-insured loan portfolios were 2.58 percent and 2.33 percent for residential mortgage, 4.24 percent and 4.05 percent for home equity, 8.09 percent and 6.78 percent for discontinued real estate and 4.00 percent and 4.04 percent for the total consumer portfolio for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively. These are the only product classifications impacted by the Countrywide PCI and fully-insured loan portfolios for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

Table 30 presents outstandings, nonperforming balances and net charge-offs for the Core portfolio and the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio within the home loans portfolio. For more information on Legacy Assets & Servicing within CRES, see page 36 and Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 58 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table 30
 
 
 
 
Home Loans Portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings
 
Nonperforming
 
Net Charge-offs
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012 (1)
 
December 31
2011
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Core portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
173,716

 
$
178,337

 
$
2,767

 
$
2,414

 
$
142

 
$
34

 
$
285

 
$
57

Home equity
64,106

 
67,055

 
1,063

 
439

 
171

 
100

 
355

 
148

Total Core portfolio
237,822

 
245,392

 
3,830

 
2,853

 
313

 
134

 
640

 
205

Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (2)
78,919

 
83,953

 
11,854

 
13,556

 
592

 
1,070

 
1,347

 
1,952

Home equity
53,905

 
57,644

 
3,144

 
2,014

 
721

 
1,163

 
1,494

 
2,294

Discontinued real estate (2)
10,059

 
11,095

 
257

 
290

 
16

 
26

 
32

 
46

Total Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
142,883

 
152,692

 
15,255

 
15,860

 
1,329

 
2,259

 
2,873

 
4,292

Home loans portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
252,635

 
262,290

 
14,621

 
15,970

 
734

 
1,104

 
1,632

 
2,009

Home equity
118,011

 
124,699

 
4,207

 
2,453

 
892

 
1,263

 
1,849

 
2,442

Discontinued real estate
10,059

 
11,095

 
257

 
290

 
16

 
26

 
32

 
46

Total home loans portfolio
$
380,705

 
$
398,084

 
$
19,085

 
$
18,713

 
$
1,642

 
$
2,393

 
$
3,513

 
$
4,497

(1) 
Nonperforming home equity loans in the Core portfolio and the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio include $517 million and $1.2 billion of junior-lien loans less than 90 days past due that have a senior-lien loan that is 90 days or more past due in accordance with regulatory interagency guidance. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 83.
(2) 
Balances exclude consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option of $172 million and $906 million of residential mortgage loans and $1.0 billion and $1.3 billion of discontinued real estate loans at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. See Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 98 and Note 16 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the fair value option.

We believe that the presentation of information adjusted to exclude the impact of the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio, the fully-insured loan portfolio and loans accounted for under the fair value option is more representative of the ongoing operations and credit quality of the business. As a result, in the following discussions of the residential mortgage, home equity and discontinued real estate portfolios, we provide information that excludes the impact of the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio, the fully-insured loan portfolio and loans accounted for under the fair value option in certain credit quality statistics. We separately disclose information on the Countrywide PCI loan portfolios on page 94.


86

Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage

The residential mortgage portfolio, which for purposes of the consumer credit portfolio discussion and related tables excludes the discontinued real estate portfolio acquired from Countrywide, makes up the largest percentage of our consumer loan portfolio at 44 percent of consumer loans at June 30, 2012. Approximately 15 percent of the residential mortgage portfolio is in GWIM and represents residential mortgages that are originated for the home purchase and refinancing needs of our wealth management clients. The remaining portion of the portfolio is primarily in All Other and is comprised of originated loans, purchased loans used in our overall ALM activities, delinquent FHA loans repurchased pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA as well as repurchases related to our representations and warranties.

Outstanding balances in the residential mortgage portfolio, excluding $172 million of loans accounted for under the fair value option, decreased $9.7 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 as paydowns, charge-offs and transfers to foreclosed properties more than offset new origination volume retained on our balance sheet.

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the residential mortgage portfolio included $93.7 billion and $93.9 billion of outstanding fully-insured loans. On this portion of the residential mortgage portfolio, we are protected against principal loss as a result of either FHA insurance or long-term stand-by agreements with FNMA and FHLMC. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $67.3 billion and $69.5 billion had FHA insurance and $26.4 billion and $24.4 billion were protected by long-term stand-by agreements. All of these loans are individually insured and therefore the Corporation does not record an allowance for credit losses.

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $24.3 billion and $24.0 billion of the FHA-insured loan population were repurchases of delinquent FHA loans pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA.

In addition to the abovementioned purchased long-term stand-by agreements with FNMA and FHLMC, we have mitigated a portion of our credit risk on the residential mortgage portfolio through the use of synthetic securitization vehicles as described in Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the synthetic securitization vehicles referenced principal balances of $20.6 billion and $23.9 billion of residential mortgage loans and provided loss protection up to $633 million and $783 million. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation had a receivable of $344 million and $359 million from these vehicles for reimbursement of losses. The Corporation records an allowance for credit losses on loans referenced by the synthetic securitization vehicles. The reported net charge-offs for the residential mortgage portfolio do not include the benefit of amounts reimbursable from these vehicles. Adjusting for the benefit of the credit protection from the synthetic securitizations, the residential mortgage net charge-off ratio, excluding the Countrywide PCI and fully-insured loan portfolios, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 would have been reduced by nine bps and eight bps compared to 16 bps for both periods in 2011.

Synthetic securitizations and the long-term stand-by agreements with FNMA and FHLMC together reduce our regulatory risk-weighted assets due to the transfer of a portion of our credit risk to unaffiliated parties. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, these programs had the cumulative effect of reducing our risk-weighted assets by $8.3 billion and $7.9 billion, and increasing our Tier 1 capital ratio by nine bps and eight bps, and our Tier 1 common capital ratio by eight bps and six bps.


87

Table of Contents

Table 31 presents certain residential mortgage key credit statistics on both a reported basis excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option, and excluding the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio, fully-insured loan portfolio and loans accounted for under the fair value option. We believe the presentation of information adjusted to exclude these loan portfolios is more representative of the credit risk in the residential mortgage loan portfolio. As such, the following discussion presents the residential mortgage portfolio excluding the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio, the fully-insured loan portfolio and loans accounted for under the fair value option. For more information on the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio, see page 94.

Table 31
Residential Mortgage – Key Credit Statistics
 
 
 
Reported Basis (1)
 
Excluding Countrywide
Purchased Credit-impaired and Fully-insured Loans
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Outstandings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
252,635

 
$
262,290

 
$
149,322

 
$
158,470

Accruing past due 30 days or more
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28,702

 
28,688

 
3,396

 
3,950

Accruing past due 90 days or more
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22,287

 
21,164

 
n/a

 
n/a

Nonperforming loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14,621

 
15,970

 
14,621

 
15,970

Percent of portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refreshed LTV greater than 90 but less than 100
 
 
 
 
 
14
%
 
15
%
 
11
%
 
11
%
Refreshed LTV greater than 100
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34

 
33

 
25

 
26

Refreshed FICO below 620
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21

 
21

 
15

 
15

2006 and 2007 vintages (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25

 
27

 
36

 
37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported Basis
 
Excluding Countrywide Purchased
Credit-impaired and Fully-insured Loans
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net charge-off ratio (3)
1.16
%
 
1.67
%
 
1.28
%
 
1.54
%
 
1.94
%
 
2.58
%
 
2.13
%
 
2.33
%
(1) 
Outstandings, accruing past due, nonperforming loans and percent of portfolio exclude loans accounted for under the fair value option. There were $172 million and $906 million of residential mortgage loans accounted for under the fair value option at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. See Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 98 and Note 16 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the fair value option.
(2) 
These vintages of loans account for 61 percent and 63 percent of nonperforming residential mortgage loans at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and 72 percent of residential mortgage net charge-offs for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 73 percent and 74 percent for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011.
(3) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option.
n/a = not applicable

Nonperforming residential mortgage loans decreased $1.3 billion compared to December 31, 2011 as outflows outpaced new inflows, which continued to improve due to favorable delinquency trends in the six months ended June 30, 2012. Accruing loans past due 30 days or more decreased $554 million compared to December 31, 2011. At June 30, 2012, $10.0 billion, or 68 percent, of the nonperforming residential mortgage loans were 180 days or more past due and had been written down to the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell.

Net charge-offs decreased $370 million to $734 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012, or 1.94 percent of total average residential mortgage loans compared to 2.58 percent for the same period in 2011. Net charge-offs decreased $377 million to $1.6 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2012, or 2.13 percent of total average residential mortgage loans compared to 2.33 percent for the same period in 2011. These decreases in net charge-offs for the three- and six-month periods were driven by lower write-downs on loans greater than 180 days past due which were written down to the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell, and favorable delinquency trends partially offset by lower recoveries. Net charge-off ratios were further impacted by lower loan balances primarily due to paydowns and charge-offs outpacing new originations.


88

Table of Contents

Loans in the residential mortgage portfolio with certain characteristics have greater risk of loss than others. These characteristics include loans with a high refreshed LTV, loans originated at the peak of home prices in 2006 and 2007, interest-only loans and loans to borrowers located in California and Florida where we have concentrations and where significant declines in home prices have been experienced. Although the following disclosures address each of these risk characteristics separately, there is significant overlap in loans with these characteristics, which contributed to a disproportionate share of the losses in the portfolio. The residential mortgage loans with all of these higher risk characteristics comprised six percent of the residential mortgage portfolio at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and accounted for 20 percent and 21 percent of the residential mortgage net charge-offs during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to 22 percent and 23 percent for the same periods in 2011.

Residential mortgage loans with a greater than 90 percent but less than 100 percent refreshed LTV represented 11 percent of the residential mortgage portfolio at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Loans with a refreshed LTV greater than 100 percent represented 25 percent and 26 percent of the residential mortgage loan portfolio at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Of the loans with a refreshed LTV greater than 100 percent, 93 percent and 92 percent were performing at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Loans with a refreshed LTV greater than 100 percent reflect loans where the outstanding carrying value of the loan is greater than the most recent valuation of the property securing the loan. The majority of these loans have a refreshed LTV greater than 100 percent primarily due to home price deterioration over the past several years. Loans to borrowers with refreshed FICO scores below 620 represented 15 percent of the residential mortgage portfolio at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Of the $149.3 billion and $158.5 billion in total residential mortgage loans outstanding at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, as shown in Table 31, 40 percent were originated as interest-only loans for both periods. The outstanding balance of interest-only residential mortgage loans that have entered the amortization period was $13.8 billion, or 23 percent, at June 30, 2012. Residential mortgage loans that have entered the amortization period have experienced a higher rate of early stage delinquencies and nonperforming status compared to the residential mortgage portfolio as a whole. As of June 30, 2012, $400 million, or three percent, of outstanding interest-only residential mortgages that had entered the amortization period were accruing past due 30 days or more compared to $3.4 billion, or two percent, of accruing past due 30 days or more for the entire residential mortgage portfolio. In addition, at June 30, 2012, $2.1 billion, or 16 percent, of outstanding interest-only residential mortgages that had entered the amortization period were nonperforming compared to $14.6 billion, or 10 percent, of nonperforming loans for the entire residential mortgage portfolio. Loans in our interest-only residential mortgage portfolio have an interest-only period of three to 10 years and more than 80 percent of these loans will not be required to make a fully-amortizing payment until 2015 or later.


89

Table of Contents

Table 32 presents outstandings, nonperforming loans and net charge-offs by certain state concentrations for the residential mortgage portfolio. The Los Angeles-Long Beach-Santa Ana Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA) within California represented 12 percent of outstandings at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Loans within this MSA comprised only eight percent of net charge-offs for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and seven percent and six percent of net charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011.

Table 32
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage State Concentrations
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings (1)
 
Nonperforming (1)
 
Net Charge-offs
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
California
$
50,591

 
$
54,203

 
$
4,962

 
$
5,606

 
$
248

 
$
365

 
$
580

 
$
673

Florida
11,548

 
12,338

 
1,680

 
1,900

 
113

 
186

 
199

 
342

New York
11,218

 
11,539

 
822

 
838

 
20

 
37

 
40

 
56

Texas
7,113

 
7,525

 
407

 
425

 
10

 
14

 
28

 
26

Virginia
5,335

 
5,709

 
382

 
399

 
12

 
23

 
28

 
37

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
63,517

 
67,156

 
6,368

 
6,802

 
331

 
479

 
757

 
875

Residential mortgage loans (2)
$
149,322

 
$
158,470

 
$
14,621

 
$
15,970

 
$
734

 
$
1,104

 
$
1,632

 
$
2,009

Fully-insured loan portfolio
93,710

 
93,854

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Countrywide purchased credit-impaired residential mortgage loan portfolio
9,603

 
9,966

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total residential mortgage loan portfolio
$
252,635

 
$
262,290

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Outstandings and nonperforming amounts exclude loans accounted for under the fair value option. There were $172 million and $906 million of residential mortgage loans accounted for under the fair value option at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. See Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 98 and Note 16 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the fair value option.
(2) 
Amount excludes the Countrywide PCI residential mortgage and fully-insured loan portfolios.

The Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) encourages banks to meet the credit needs of their communities for housing and other purposes, particularly in neighborhoods with low or moderate incomes. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, our CRA portfolio was $11.9 billion and $12.5 billion, or eight percent, of the residential mortgage loan balances for both periods. The CRA portfolio included $2.3 billion and $2.5 billion of nonperforming loans at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 representing 16 percent and 15 percent of total nonperforming residential mortgage loans at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Net charge-offs related to the CRA portfolio were $134 million and $204 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, or 18 percent and 19 percent of total net charge-offs for the residential mortgage portfolio. Net charge-offs related to the CRA portfolio were $320 million and $412 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, or 20 percent and 21 percent of total net charge-offs for the residential mortgage portfolio.

For information on representations and warranties related to our residential mortgage portfolio, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Representations and Warranties on page 56 and Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Home Equity

The home equity portfolio makes up 21 percent of the consumer portfolio and is comprised of HELOCs, home equity loans and reverse mortgages. As of June 30, 2012, our HELOC portfolio had an outstanding balance of $98.1 billion, or 83 percent of the home equity portfolio. HELOCs generally have an initial draw period of 10 years with approximately 13 percent of the portfolio having a draw period of five years with a five-year renewal option. During the initial draw period, the borrowers are only required to pay the interest due on the loans on a monthly basis. After the initial draw period ends, the loans generally convert to 15-year amortizing loans.

As of June 30, 2012, our home equity loan portfolio had an outstanding balance of $18.6 billion, or 16 percent of the total home equity portfolio. Home equity loans are almost all fixed-rate loans with amortizing payment terms of 10 to 30 years and approximately 50 percent of these loans have 25- to 30-year terms.

As of June 30, 2012, our reverse mortgage portfolio had an outstanding balance of $1.3 billion, or one percent of the total home equity portfolio. In 2011, we exited the reverse mortgage origination business.

90

Table of Contents

At June 30, 2012, approximately 88 percent of the home equity portfolio was included in CRES while the remainder of the portfolio was primarily in GWIM. Outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio decreased $6.7 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to paydowns and charge-offs outpacing new originations and draws on existing lines. Of the total home equity portfolio at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $22.9 billion, or 19 percent, and $24.5 billion, or 20 percent, were in first-lien positions (21 percent and 22 percent excluding the Countrywide PCI home equity portfolio at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011). As of June 30, 2012, outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio that were in a second-lien or more junior-lien position and where we also held the first-lien loan totaled $33.9 billion, or 32 percent of our total home equity portfolio excluding the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio.

Unused HELOCs totaled $64.9 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to $67.5 billion at December 31, 2011. This decrease was primarily due to customers choosing to close accounts as well as line management initiatives on deteriorating accounts, which more than offset new production. The HELOC utilization rate was 60 percent at June 30, 2012 compared to 61 percent at December 31, 2011.

Table 33 presents certain home equity portfolio key credit statistics on both a reported basis as well as excluding the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio. We believe the presentation of information adjusted to exclude the impact of the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio is more representative of the credit risk in this portfolio.

Table 33
Home Equity – Key Credit Statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported Basis
 
Excluding Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired
Loans
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Outstandings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
118,011

 
$
124,699

 
$
106,372

 
$
112,721

Accruing past due 30 days or more (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,217

 
1,658

 
1,217

 
1,658

Nonperforming loans (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,207

 
2,453

 
4,207

 
2,453

Percent of portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Refreshed combined LTV greater than 90 but less than 100
 
11
%
 
10
%
 
11
%
 
11
%
Refreshed combined LTV greater than 100
 
 
 
39

 
36

 
35

 
32

Refreshed FICO below 620 (2)
 
 
 
 
 
9

 
10

 
9

 
9

2006 and 2007 vintages (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
49

 
50

 
46

 
46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported Basis
 
Excluding Countrywide Purchased
Credit-impaired Loans
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net charge-off ratio (4)
3.00
%
 
3.84
%
 
3.06
%
 
3.68
%
 
3.32
%
 
4.24
%
 
3.39
%
 
4.05
%
(1) 
Accruing past due 30 days or more includes $399 million and $609 million and nonperforming loans includes $1.2 billion and $703 million of loans where we serviced the underlying first-lien at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Beginning in the first quarter of 2012, home equity FICO metrics reflected an updated scoring model. Prior period amounts were adjusted to reflect these updates.
(3) 
These vintages of loans have higher refreshed combined LTV ratios and accounted for 54 percent of nonperforming home equity loans at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and accounted for 64 percent of net charge-offs for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 65 percent and 66 percent for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011.
(4) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans.

The following discussion presents the home equity portfolio excluding the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio.

Nonperforming outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio increased $1.8 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 driven primarily by the reclassification to nonperforming of junior-lien loans less than 90 days past due that have a senior-lien loan that is 90 days or more past due in accordance with regulatory interagency guidance. Excluding the impact of this change, nonperforming loans were relatively flat compared to December 31, 2011. Outstanding balances accruing past due 30 days or more decreased $441 million at June 30, 2012 primarily driven by the reclassification of junior-lien home equity loans to nonperforming in accordance with regulatory interagency guidance. Excluding the impact of the reclassification, accruing outstanding balances past due 30 days or more decreased $177 million. At June 30, 2012, $1.2 billion, or 28 percent, of the nonperforming home equity portfolio was 180 days or more past due and had been written down to the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell. For more information on the change as a result of the regulatory interagency guidance, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 83.

91

Table of Contents

In some cases, the junior-lien home equity outstanding balance that we hold is performing, but the underlying first-lien is not. For outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio in which we service the first-lien loan, we are able to track whether the first-lien loan is in default. For loans in which the first-lien is serviced by a third party, we utilize credit bureau data to estimate the delinquency status of the first-lien. Given that the credit bureau database we use does not include a property address for the mortgages, we are unable to identify with certainty whether a reported delinquent first-lien mortgage pertains to the same property for which we hold a junior-lien loan. At June 30, 2012, we estimate that $2.8 billion of current and $632 million of 30 to 89 days past due junior-lien loans were behind a delinquent first-lien loan. We service the first-lien loans on $1.4 billion of these combined amounts, with the remaining $2.1 billion serviced by third parties. Of the $3.5 billion current to 89 days past due junior-lien loans, based on available credit bureau data and our own internal servicing data, we estimate that approximately $1.8 billion had first-lien loans that were 90 days or more past due.

Net charge-offs decreased $371 million to $892 million, or 3.32 percent of the total average home equity portfolio, for the three months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $1.3 billion, or 4.24 percent, for the same period in the prior year. Net charge-offs decreased $593 million to $1.8 billion, or 3.39 percent of the total average home equity portfolio, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $2.4 billion, or 4.05 percent, for the same period in the prior year. These decreases in net charge-offs for the three- and six-month periods were primarily driven by favorable portfolio trends due in part to improvement in the U.S. economy. Net charge-off ratios were further impacted by lower outstanding balances primarily as a result of paydowns and charge-offs outpacing new originations and draws on existing lines.

There are certain characteristics of the outstanding loan balances in the home equity portfolio that have contributed to higher losses including those loans with a high refreshed combined loan-to-value (CLTV), loans that were originated at the peak of home prices in 2006 and 2007 and loans in geographic areas that have experienced the most significant declines in home prices. Home price declines coupled with the fact that most home equity outstandings are secured by second-lien positions have significantly reduced and, in some cases, eliminated all collateral value after consideration of the first-lien position. Although the disclosures in this section address each of these risk characteristics separately, there is significant overlap in outstanding balances with these characteristics, which has contributed to a disproportionate share of losses in the portfolio. Outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio with all of these higher risk characteristics comprised 10 percent of the total home equity portfolio at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and accounted for 22 percent and 24 percent of the home equity net charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to 29 percent and 28 percent for the same periods in 2011.

Outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio with greater than 90 percent but less than 100 percent refreshed CLTVs comprised 11 percent of the home equity portfolio at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Outstanding balances with refreshed CLTVs greater than 100 percent comprised 35 percent and 32 percent of the home equity portfolio at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio with a refreshed CLTV greater than 100 percent reflect loans where the carrying value and available line of credit of the combined loans are equal to or greater than the most recent valuation of the property securing the loan. Depending on the value of the property, there may be collateral in excess of the first-lien that is available to reduce the severity of loss on the second-lien. Home price deterioration over the past several years has contributed to an increase in CLTV ratios. Of those outstanding balances with a refreshed CLTV greater than 100 percent, 95 percent of the customers were current at June 30, 2012. For second-lien loans with a refreshed CLTV greater than 100 percent that are current, 92 percent were also current on the underlying first-lien loans at June 30, 2012. Outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio to borrowers with a refreshed FICO score below 620 represented nine percent of the home equity portfolio at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Of the $106.4 billion and $112.7 billion in total home equity portfolio outstandings at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 79 percent and 78 percent were interest-only loans, almost all of which were HELOCs. The outstanding balance of HELOCs that have entered the amortization period was $2.1 billion, or two percent of total HELOCs, at June 30, 2012. The HELOCs that have entered the amortization period have experienced a higher percentage of early stage delinquencies and nonperforming status when compared to the HELOC portfolio as a whole. As of June 30, 2012, $70 million, or three percent of outstanding HELOCs that had entered the amortization period were accruing past due 30 days or more compared to $1.1 billion, or one percent of outstanding accruing past due 30 days or more for the entire HELOC portfolio. In addition, at June 30, 2012, $126 million, or six percent of outstanding HELOCs that had entered the amortization period were nonperforming compared to $3.7 billion, or four percent of outstandings that were nonperforming for the entire HELOC portfolio. Loans in our HELOC portfolio generally have an initial draw period of 10 years and more than 85 percent of these loans will not be required to make a fully-amortizing payment until 2015 or later.

Although we do not actively track how many of our home equity customers pay only the minimum amount due on their home equity loans and lines, we can infer some of this information through a review of our HELOC portfolio that we service and that is still in its revolving period (i.e., customers may draw on and repay their line of credit, but are generally only required to pay interest on a monthly basis). During the three months ended June 30, 2012, approximately 63 percent of these customers did not pay any principal on their HELOCs.


92

Table of Contents

Table 34 presents outstandings, nonperforming balances and net charge-offs by certain state concentrations for the home equity portfolio. In the New York area, the New York-Northern New Jersey-Long Island MSA made up 11 percent of the outstanding home equity portfolio at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. This MSA comprised seven percent and eight percent of net charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and seven percent of net charge-offs for both the same periods in 2011. The Los Angeles-Long Beach-Santa Ana MSA within California made up 11 percent and 12 percent of the outstanding home equity portfolio at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. This MSA comprised nine percent and 11 percent of net charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 11 percent and 10 percent for the same periods in 2011.

For information on representations and warranties related to our home equity portfolio, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Representations and Warranties on page 56 and Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 34
 
 
 
 
Home Equity State Concentrations
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings
 
Nonperforming
 
Net Charge-offs
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012 (1)
 
December 31
2011
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
California
$
30,669

 
$
32,398

 
$
1,147

 
$
627

 
$
263

 
$
409

 
$
579

 
$
777

Florida
12,705

 
13,450

 
746

 
411

 
123

 
247

 
287

 
486

New Jersey
7,152

 
7,483

 
300

 
175

 
34

 
48

 
77

 
90

New York
7,082

 
7,423

 
393

 
242

 
47

 
57

 
95

 
110

Massachusetts
4,664

 
4,919

 
122

 
67

 
21

 
22

 
35

 
42

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
44,100

 
47,048

 
1,499

 
931

 
404

 
480

 
776

 
937

Home equity loans (2)
$
106,372

 
$
112,721

 
$
4,207

 
$
2,453

 
$
892

 
$
1,263

 
$
1,849

 
$
2,442

Countrywide purchased credit-impaired home equity portfolio
11,639

 
11,978

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total home equity loan portfolio
$
118,011

 
$
124,699

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Nonperforming home equity loans include $1.8 billion of junior-lien loans less than 90 days past due that have a senior-lien loan that is 90 days or more past due in accordance with regulatory interagency guidance. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 83.
(2) 
Amount excludes the Countrywide PCI home equity portfolio.

Discontinued Real Estate

The discontinued real estate portfolio, excluding $1.0 billion of loans accounted for under the fair value option, totaled $10.1 billion at June 30, 2012 and consists of pay option and subprime loans acquired in the Countrywide acquisition. Upon acquisition, the majority of the discontinued real estate portfolio was considered credit-impaired and written down to fair value. At June 30, 2012, the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio was $8.9 billion, or 89 percent of the total discontinued real estate portfolio. This portfolio is included in All Other and is managed as part of our overall ALM activities. See Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio on page 94 for more information on the discontinued real estate portfolio.

At June 30, 2012, the purchased discontinued real estate portfolio that was not credit-impaired upon acquisition was $1.1 billion. Loans with greater than 90 percent refreshed LTVs and CLTVs comprised 28 percent of the portfolio and those with refreshed FICO scores below 620 represented 43 percent of the portfolio. The Los Angeles-Long Beach-Santa Ana MSA within California made up 16 percent of outstanding discontinued real estate loans at June 30, 2012.

Pay option adjustable-rate mortgages (ARMs), which are included in the discontinued real estate portfolio, have interest rates that adjust monthly and minimum required payments that adjust annually, subject to resetting if minimum payments are made and deferred interest limits are reached. Annual payment adjustments are subject to a 7.5 percent maximum change. To ensure that contractual loan payments are adequate to repay a loan, the fully-amortizing loan payment amount is re-established after the initial five- or 10-year period and again every five years thereafter. These payment adjustments are not subject to the 7.5 percent limit and may be substantial due to changes in interest rates and the addition of unpaid interest to the loan balance. Payment advantage ARMs have interest rates that are fixed for an initial period of five years. Payments are subject to reset if the minimum payments are made and deferred interest limits are reached. If interest deferrals cause a loan’s principal balance to reach a certain level within the first 10 years of the life of the loan, the payment is reset to the interest-only payment; then at the 10-year point, the fully-amortizing payment is required.


93

Table of Contents

The difference between the frequency of changes in a loan’s interest rates and payments along with a limitation on changes in the minimum monthly payments of 7.5 percent per year can result in payments that are not sufficient to pay all of the monthly interest charges (i.e., negative amortization). Unpaid interest is added to the loan balance until the loan balance increases to a specified limit, which can be no more than 115 percent of the original loan amount, at which time a new monthly payment amount adequate to repay the loan over its remaining contractual life is established.

At June 30, 2012, the unpaid principal balance of pay option loans was $10.3 billion, with a carrying amount of $9.0 billion, including $8.2 billion of loans that were credit-impaired upon acquisition, and accordingly, the reserve is based on a life-of-loan loss estimate. The total unpaid principal balance of pay option loans with accumulated negative amortization was $7.8 billion including $575 million of negative amortization. For those borrowers who are making payments in accordance with their contractual terms, 18 percent and 22 percent at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 elected to make only the minimum payment on option ARMs. We believe the majority of borrowers are now making scheduled payments primarily because the low interest rate environment has caused the fully indexed rates to be affordable to more borrowers. We continue to evaluate our exposure to payment resets on the acquired negative-amortizing loans including the Countrywide PCI pay option loan portfolio and have taken into consideration several assumptions regarding this evaluation including prepayment and default rates. Of the loans in the pay option portfolio at June 30, 2012 that have not already experienced a payment reset, three percent are expected to reset during the remainder of 2012 and approximately 21 percent thereafter. In addition, approximately seven percent are expected to prepay and approximately 69 percent are expected to default prior to being reset, most of which were severely delinquent as of June 30, 2012.

Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio

Loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and for which it is probable at purchase that we will be unable to collect all contractually required payments are accounted for under the accounting guidance for PCI loans, which addresses accounting for differences between contractual and expected cash flows to be collected from the purchaser’s initial investment in loans if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the acquisition date may include statistics such as past due status, refreshed FICO scores and refreshed LTVs. PCI loans are recorded at fair value upon acquisition and the applicable accounting guidance prohibits carrying over or recording a valuation allowance in the initial accounting.

Table 35 presents the unpaid principal balance, carrying value, related valuation allowance and the net carrying value as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance for the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 35
Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio
 
June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Valuation
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value Net of
Valuation
Allowance
 
Percent of Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Residential mortgage
$
9,691

 
$
9,603

 
$
1,593

 
$
8,010

 
82.65
%
Home equity
11,515

 
11,639

 
5,335

 
6,304

 
54.75

Discontinued real estate
10,494

 
8,949

 
2,024

 
6,925

 
65.99

Total Countrywide purchased credit-impaired loan portfolio
$
31,700

 
$
30,191

 
$
8,952

 
$
21,239

 
67.00

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
Residential mortgage
$
10,426

 
$
9,966

 
$
1,331

 
$
8,635

 
82.82
%
Home equity
12,516

 
11,978

 
5,129

 
6,849

 
54.72

Discontinued real estate
11,891

 
9,857

 
1,999

 
7,858

 
66.08

Total Countrywide purchased credit-impaired loan portfolio
$
34,833

 
$
31,801

 
$
8,459

 
$
23,342

 
67.01


Of the unpaid principal balance of $31.7 billion at June 30, 2012, $11.2 billion was 180 days or more past due, including $7.8 billion of first-lien and $3.4 billion of home equity loans. Of the $20.5 billion that was less than 180 days past due, $18.0 billion, or 88 percent, of the total unpaid principal balance was current based on the contractual terms while $1.4 billion, or seven percent, was in early stage delinquency. During the three months ended June 30, 2012, we recorded $6 million of provision for credit losses for the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio including $100 million for home equity loans partially offset by a $47 million net recovery for residential mortgage and a $47 million net recovery for discontinued real estate. This compared to a total provision of $394 million during the three months ended June 30, 2011. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, we recorded $493 million of provision for credit losses for the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio including $86 million for residential mortgage, $184 million for home equity loans and $223 million for discontinued real estate. This compared to a total provision of $1.9 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2011. Provision expense

94

Table of Contents

for the six months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily driven by a downward refinement of our home price outlook during the first quarter of 2012. For further information on the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio, see Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Additional information on the Countrywide PCI residential mortgage, home equity and discontinued real estate loan portfolios is provided in the following sections.

Purchased Credit-impaired Residential Mortgage Loan Portfolio

The Countrywide PCI residential mortgage loan portfolio comprised 32 percent of the total Countrywide PCI loan portfolio at June 30, 2012. Those loans to borrowers with a refreshed FICO score below 620 represented 35 percent of the Countrywide PCI residential mortgage loan portfolio at June 30, 2012. Loans with a refreshed LTV greater than 90 percent represented 63 percent of the Countrywide PCI residential mortgage loan portfolio after consideration of purchase accounting adjustments and the related valuation allowance, and 85 percent based on the unpaid principal balance at June 30, 2012. Those loans that were originally classified as Countrywide PCI discontinued real estate loans upon acquisition and have been subsequently modified are now included in Countrywide PCI residential mortgage outstandings. Table 36 presents outstandings net of purchase accounting adjustments and before the related valuation allowance, by certain state concentrations.

Table 36
Outstanding Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio – Residential Mortgage State Concentrations
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
California
$
5,317

 
$
5,535

Florida
724

 
757

Virginia
517

 
532

Maryland
252

 
258

Texas
123

 
130

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
2,670

 
2,754

Total Countrywide purchased credit-impaired residential mortgage loan portfolio
$
9,603

 
$
9,966


Purchased Credit-impaired Home Equity Portfolio

The Countrywide PCI home equity portfolio comprised 38 percent of the total Countrywide PCI loan portfolio at June 30, 2012. Those loans with a refreshed FICO score below 620 represented 14 percent of the Countrywide PCI home equity portfolio at June 30, 2012. Loans with a refreshed CLTV greater than 90 percent represented 78 percent of the Countrywide PCI home equity portfolio after consideration of purchase accounting adjustments and the related valuation allowance, and 83 percent based on the unpaid principal balance at June 30, 2012. Table 37 presents outstandings net of purchase accounting adjustments and before the related valuation allowance, by certain state concentrations.

Table 37
Outstanding Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio – Home Equity State Concentrations
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
California
$
3,868

 
$
3,999

Florida
706

 
734

Virginia
485

 
496

Arizona
484

 
501

Colorado
327

 
337

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
5,769

 
5,911

Total Countrywide purchased credit-impaired home equity portfolio
$
11,639

 
$
11,978



95

Table of Contents

Purchased Credit-impaired Discontinued Real Estate Loan Portfolio

The Countrywide PCI discontinued real estate loan portfolio comprised 30 percent of the total Countrywide PCI loan portfolio at June 30, 2012. Those loans to borrowers with a refreshed FICO score below 620 represented 58 percent of the Countrywide PCI discontinued real estate loan portfolio at June 30, 2012. Loans with a refreshed LTV, or CLTV in the case of second-liens, greater than 90 percent represented 41 percent of the Countrywide PCI discontinued real estate loan portfolio after consideration of purchase accounting adjustments and the related valuation allowance, and 87 percent based on the unpaid principal balance at June 30, 2012. Those loans that were originally classified as discontinued real estate loans upon acquisition and have been subsequently modified are now excluded from this portfolio and included in the Countrywide PCI residential mortgage loan portfolio, but remain in the PCI loan pool. Table 38 presents outstandings net of purchase accounting adjustments and before the related valuation adjustment, by certain state concentrations.

Table 38
Outstanding Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio – Discontinued Real Estate State Concentrations
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
California
$
4,678

 
$
5,262

Florida
875

 
958

Washington
321

 
331

Virginia
251

 
277

Arizona
214

 
251

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
2,610

 
2,778

Total Countrywide purchased credit-impaired discontinued real estate loan portfolio
$
8,949

 
$
9,857


U.S. Credit Card

The U.S. credit card portfolio is managed in CBB. Outstandings in the U.S. credit card portfolio decreased $8.0 billion compared to December 31, 2011 due to a seasonal decline in retail transaction volume and portfolio sales. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, net charge-offs decreased $687 million to $1.2 billion and $1.6 billion to $2.6 billion compared to the same periods in the prior year due to improvements in delinquencies and bankruptcies as a result of an improved economic environment, account management on higher risk accounts and the impact of higher credit quality originations. U.S. credit card loans 30 days or more past due and still accruing interest decreased $875 million while loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest decreased $476 million compared to December 31, 2011 due to improvement in the U.S. economy. Table 39 presents certain key credit statistics for the consumer U.S. credit card portfolio.

Table 39
U.S. Credit Card – Key Credit Statistics
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Outstandings
 
 
 
 
$
94,291

 
$
102,291

Accruing past due 30 days or more
 
 
 
 
2,948

 
3,823

Accruing past due 90 days or more
 
 
 
 
1,594

 
2,070

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net charge-offs
$
1,244

 
$
1,931

 
$
2,575

 
$
4,205

Net charge-off ratios (1)
5.27
%
 
7.29
%
 
5.36
%
 
7.85
%
(1) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans and leases.

Unused lines of credit for U.S. credit card totaled $354.8 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to $368.1 billion at December 31, 2011. The $13.3 billion decrease was driven by closure of inactive accounts and account management initiatives on higher risk accounts.


96

Table of Contents

Table 40 presents certain state concentrations for the U.S. credit card portfolio.

Table 40
 
 
 
 
U.S. Credit Card State Concentrations
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings
 
Accruing Past Due
90 Days or More
 
Net Charge-offs
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
California
$
14,121

 
$
15,246

 
$
273

 
$
352

 
$
226

 
$
372

 
$
470

 
$
822

Florida
7,382

 
7,999

 
161

 
221

 
138

 
225

 
290

 
496

Texas
6,405

 
6,885

 
103

 
131

 
78

 
113

 
160

 
249

New York
5,680

 
6,156

 
99

 
126

 
72

 
107

 
149

 
231

New Jersey
3,875

 
4,183

 
67

 
86

 
49

 
72

 
102

 
157

Other U.S.
56,828

 
61,822

 
891

 
1,154

 
681

 
1,042

 
1,404

 
2,250

Total U.S. credit card portfolio
$
94,291

 
$
102,291

 
$
1,594

 
$
2,070

 
$
1,244

 
$
1,931

 
$
2,575

 
$
4,205


Non-U.S. Credit Card

Outstandings in the non-U.S. credit card portfolio, which are recorded in All Other, decreased $987 million compared to December 31, 2011 due to lower origination volume and charge-offs. Compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, net charge-offs decreased $294 million to $135 million, and $493 million to $338 million primarily due to the sale of the Canadian consumer credit card portfolio and improvement in delinquencies.

Unused lines of credit for non-U.S. credit card totaled $36.1 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to $36.8 billion at December 31, 2011. The $754 million decrease was primarily driven by a decline in the number of outstanding accounts.

Table 41 presents certain key credit statistics for the non-U.S. credit card portfolio.

Table 41
Non-U.S. Credit Card – Key Credit Statistics
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Outstandings
 
 
 
 
$
13,431

 
$
14,418

Accruing past due 30 days or more
 
 
 
 
465

 
610

Accruing past due 90 days or more
 
 
 
 
253

 
342

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net charge-offs
$
135

 
$
429

 
$
338

 
$
831

Net charge-off ratios (1)
3.97
%
 
6.31
%
 
4.89
%
 
6.11
%
(1) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans and leases.


97

Table of Contents

Direct/Indirect Consumer

At June 30, 2012, approximately 44 percent of the direct/indirect portfolio was included in Global Banking (dealer financial services - automotive, marine, aircraft and recreational vehicle loans), 42 percent was included in GWIM (principally other non-real estate-secured, unsecured personal loans and securities-based lending margin loans), eight percent was included in CBB (consumer personal loans) and the remainder was in All Other (student loans).

Outstanding loans and leases decreased $6.5 billion compared to December 31, 2011 due to an auto loan sale and securitization within the dealer financial services portfolio and lower outstandings in the unsecured consumer lending portfolio partially offset by growth in securities-based lending. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, net charge-offs decreased $185 million to $181 million, and $484 million to $407 million, or 0.86 percent and 0.95 percent of total average direct/indirect loans compared to 1.64 percent and 2.00 percent for the same periods in the prior year. These decreases were primarily driven by improvements in delinquencies, collections and bankruptcies in the unsecured consumer lending portfolio as a result of an improved economic environment as well as reduced outstandings.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, net charge-offs in the unsecured consumer lending portfolio decreased $160 million to $134 million, and $401 million to $291 million, or 8.03 percent and 8.18 percent of total average unsecured consumer lending loans compared to 11.27 percent and 12.55 percent for the same periods in the prior year. Direct/indirect loans that were past due 30 days or more and still accruing interest declined $439 million to $1.4 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to $1.9 billion at December 31, 2011 due to improvements in both the unsecured consumer lending and dealer financial services portfolios.

Table 42 presents certain state concentrations for the direct/indirect consumer loan portfolio.

Table 42
 
 
 
 
Direct/Indirect State Concentrations
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings
 
Accruing Past Due
90 Days or More
 
Net Charge-offs
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
California
$
10,390

 
$
11,152

 
$
66

 
$
81

 
$
25

 
$
54

 
$
56

 
$
136

Texas
7,119

 
7,882

 
45

 
54

 
15

 
25

 
33

 
70

Florida
6,877

 
7,456

 
40

 
55

 
19

 
30

 
44

 
84

New York
4,898

 
5,160

 
33

 
40

 
13

 
22

 
26

 
49

Georgia
2,533

 
2,828

 
32

 
38

 
9

 
14

 
18

 
35

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
51,347

 
55,235

 
411

 
478

 
100

 
221

 
230

 
517

Total direct/indirect loan portfolio
$
83,164

 
$
89,713

 
$
627

 
$
746

 
$
181

 
$
366

 
$
407

 
$
891


Other Consumer

At June 30, 2012, approximately 95 percent of the $2.6 billion other consumer portfolio was associated with certain consumer finance businesses that we previously exited and non-U.S. consumer loan portfolios that are included in All Other. The remainder is primarily deposit overdrafts included in CBB.

Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option

Outstanding consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option were $1.2 billion at June 30, 2012 and include $1.0 billion of discontinued real estate loans and $172 million of residential mortgage loans in consolidated variable interest entities (VIEs). During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, we recorded losses of $3 million and gains of $11 million resulting from changes in the fair value of the loan portfolio. These were offset by gains and losses recorded on the related long-term debt during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.


98

Table of Contents

Nonperforming Consumer Loans and Foreclosed Properties Activity

Table 43 presents nonperforming consumer loans and foreclosed properties activity for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. Nonperforming LHFS are excluded from nonperforming loans as they are recorded at either fair value or the lower of cost or fair value. Nonperforming loans do not include past due consumer credit card loans and in general, past due consumer loans not secured by real estate as these loans are generally charged off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due. The fully-insured loan portfolio is not reported as nonperforming as principal repayment is insured. Additionally, nonperforming loans do not include the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio or loans accounted for under the fair value option. For further information on nonperforming loans, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Nonperforming loans decreased $603 million during the three months ended June 30, 2012 as delinquency inflows to nonperforming loans slowed due to favorable portfolio trends, and were more than offset by charge-offs, returns to performing status, and paydowns and payoffs. Nonperforming loans increased $353 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as the $1.9 billion first quarter impact of the regulatory interagency guidance was partially offset as charge-offs, returns to performing status, paydowns and payoffs, and transfers to foreclosed properties out-paced new nonperforming loans. For more information on the regulatory interagency guidance, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 83.

The outstanding balance of a real estate-secured loan that is in excess of the estimated property value, after reducing the estimated property value for estimated costs to sell, is charged off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due unless repayment of the loan is fully insured. At June 30, 2012, $12.5 billion, or 62 percent, of nonperforming consumer real estate loans and foreclosed properties had been written down to their estimated property value less estimated costs to sell, including $11.4 billion of nonperforming loans 180 days or more past due and $1.1 billion of foreclosed properties.

Foreclosed properties decreased $697 million and $883 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 as liquidations outpaced additions. PCI loans are excluded from nonperforming loans as these loans were written down to fair value at the acquisition date; however, once the underlying real estate is acquired by the Corporation upon foreclosure of the delinquent PCI loan, it is included in foreclosed properties. PCI related foreclosed properties decreased $187 million and $224 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. Not included in foreclosed properties at June 30, 2012 was $1.2 billion of real estate that was acquired upon foreclosure of delinquent FHA-insured loans. We hold this real estate on our balance sheet until we convey these properties to the FHA. We exclude these amounts from our nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties activity as we will be reimbursed once the property is conveyed to the FHA for principal and, up to certain limits, costs incurred during the foreclosure process and interest incurred during the holding period. For additional information on the review of our foreclosure processes, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing Matters and Foreclosure Processes on page 65.


99

Table of Contents

Restructured Loans

Nonperforming loans also include certain loans that have been modified in TDRs where economic concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. These concessions typically result from the Corporation’s loss mitigation activities and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of restructuring and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally six months. Nonperforming TDRs, excluding those modified loans in the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio, are included in Table 43.

Table 43
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming Consumer Loans and Foreclosed Properties Activity (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Nonperforming loans, beginning of period
$
19,724

 
$
20,456

 
$
18,768

 
$
20,854

Additions to nonperforming loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New nonperforming loans
3,259

 
3,803

 
6,567

 
7,930

Impact of regulatory interagency guidance (2)
n/a

 
n/a

 
1,853

 
n/a

Reductions to nonperforming loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Paydowns and payoffs
(858
)
 
(792
)
 
(2,011
)
 
(1,571
)
Returns to performing status (3)
(1,271
)
 
(1,311
)
 
(2,184
)
 
(2,651
)
Charge-offs (4)
(1,541
)
 
(2,270
)
 
(3,278
)
 
(4,290
)
Transfers to foreclosed properties
(192
)
 
(408
)
 
(594
)
 
(794
)
Total net additions (reductions) to nonperforming loans
(603
)
 
(978
)
 
353

 
(1,376
)
Total nonperforming loans, June 30 (5)
19,121

 
19,478

 
19,121

 
19,478

Foreclosed properties, beginning of period
1,805

 
1,331

 
1,991

 
1,249

Additions to foreclosed properties:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New foreclosed properties
190

 
930

 
737

 
1,536

Reductions to foreclosed properties:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
(835
)
 
(416
)
 
(1,484
)
 
(875
)
Write-downs
(52
)
 
(48
)
 
(136
)
 
(113
)
Total net additions (reductions) to foreclosed properties
(697
)
 
466

 
(883
)
 
548

Total foreclosed properties, June 30
1,108

 
1,797

 
1,108

 
1,797

Nonperforming consumer loans and foreclosed properties, June 30
$
20,229

 
$
21,275

 
$
20,229

 
$
21,275

Nonperforming consumer loans as a percentage of outstanding consumer loans (6)
3.33
%
 
3.08
%
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming consumer loans and foreclosed properties as a percentage of outstanding consumer loans and foreclosed properties (6)
3.52

 
3.35

 
 
 
 
(1) 
Balances do not include nonperforming LHFS of $606 million and $835 million and nonaccruing TDRs removed from the PCI portfolio prior to January 1, 2010 of $461 million and $465 million at June 30, 2012 and 2011 as well as loans accruing past due 90 days or more as presented in Table 28 and Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) 
As a result of the regulatory interagency guidance, we reclassified $1.9 billion of performing home equity loans to nonperforming during the first quarter of 2012.
(3) 
Consumer loans may be returned to performing status when all principal and interest is current and full repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest is expected, or when the loan otherwise becomes well-secured and is in the process of collection.
(4) 
Our policy is not to classify consumer credit card and consumer loans not secured by real estate as nonperforming; therefore, the charge-offs on these loans have no impact on nonperforming activity and accordingly are excluded from this table.
(5) 
At June 30, 2012, 60 percent of nonperforming loans were 180 days or more past due and were written down through charge-offs to 62 percent of their unpaid principal balance.
(6) 
Outstanding consumer loans exclude loans accounted for under the fair value option.
n/a = not applicable

Our policy is to record any losses in the value of foreclosed properties as a reduction in the allowance for loan and lease losses during the first 90 days after transfer of a loan to foreclosed properties. Thereafter, all gains and losses in value are recorded in noninterest expense. New foreclosed properties included in Table 43 are net of $60 million and $201 million of charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $99 million and $160 million for the same periods in 2011, recorded during the first 90 days after transfer.

100

Table of Contents

We work with customers that are experiencing financial difficulty by modifying credit card and other consumer loans, while complying with Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) guidelines. Substantially all of our credit card and other consumer loan modifications involve a reduction in the cardholder’s interest rate on the account and placing the customer on a fixed payment plan not exceeding 60 months, both of which are considered to be TDRs (the renegotiated TDR portfolio). We make modifications primarily through internal renegotiation programs utilizing direct customer contact, but may also utilize external renegotiation programs. The renegotiated TDR portfolio is excluded from Table 43 as substantially all of these loans remain on accrual status until either charged off or paid in full. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, our renegotiated TDR portfolio was $5.3 billion and $7.1 billion, of which $4.2 billion and $5.5 billion were current or less than 30 days past due under the modified terms. The decline in the renegotiated TDR portfolio was primarily driven by paydowns and charge-offs in the second quarter of 2012 as well as lower new program enrollments. For more information on the renegotiated TDR portfolio, see Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 44 presents TDRs for the home loans portfolio. Performing TDR balances are excluded from nonperforming loans in Table 43.

Table 44
Home Loans Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Total
 
Nonperforming
 
Performing
 
Total
 
Nonperforming
 
Performing
Residential mortgage (1, 2)
$
20,316

 
$
5,506

 
$
14,810

 
$
19,287

 
$
5,034

 
$
14,253

Home equity (3)
1,654

 
663

 
991

 
1,776

 
543

 
1,233

Discontinued real estate (4)
367

 
203

 
164

 
399

 
214

 
185

Total home loans troubled debt restructurings
$
22,337

 
$
6,372

 
$
15,965

 
$
21,462

 
$
5,791

 
$
15,671

(1) 
Residential mortgage TDRs deemed collateral dependent totaled $6.1 billion and $5.3 billion, and included $2.8 billion and $2.2 billion of loans classified as nonperforming and $3.3 billion and $3.1 billion of loans classified as performing at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Residential mortgage performing TDRs included $7.5 billion and $7.0 billion of loans that were fully-insured at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(3) 
Home equity TDRs deemed collateral dependent totaled $801 million and $824 million, and included $373 million and $282 million of loans classified as nonperforming and $428 million and $542 million of loans classified as performing at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(4) 
Discontinued real estate TDRs deemed collateral dependent totaled $220 million and $230 million, and included $120 million and $118 million of loans classified as nonperforming and $100 million and $112 million as performing at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.


101

Table of Contents

Commercial Portfolio Credit Risk Management

Commercial credit risk is evaluated and managed with the goal that concentrations of credit exposure do not result in undesirable levels of risk. We review, measure and manage concentrations of credit exposure by industry, product, geography, customer relationship and loan size. We also review, measure and manage commercial real estate loans by geographic location and property type. In addition, within our international portfolio, we evaluate exposures by region and by country. Tables 49, 54, 61 and 62 summarize our concentrations. We also utilize syndications of exposure to third parties, loan sales, hedging and other risk mitigation techniques to manage the size and risk profile of the commercial credit portfolio.

For information on our accounting policies regarding delinquencies, nonperforming status and net charge-offs for the commercial portfolio, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Commercial Credit Portfolio

Table 45 presents our commercial loans and leases, and related credit quality information at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 45
Commercial Loans and Leases
 
Outstandings
 
Nonperforming
 
Accruing Past Due 90
Days or More
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
U.S. commercial
$
184,924

 
$
179,948

 
$
1,841

 
$
2,174

 
$
33

 
$
75

Commercial real estate (1)
36,535

 
39,596

 
2,498

 
3,880

 
20

 
7

Commercial lease financing
21,692

 
21,989

 
39

 
26

 
16

 
14

Non-U.S. commercial
53,850

 
55,418

 
194

 
143

 

 

 
297,001

 
296,951

 
4,572

 
6,223

 
69

 
96

U.S. small business commercial (2)
12,794

 
13,251

 
143

 
114

 
167

 
216

Commercial loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option
309,795

 
310,202

 
4,715

 
6,337

 
236

 
312

Loans accounted for under the fair value option (3)
7,189

 
6,614

 
21

 
73

 

 

Total commercial loans and leases
$
316,984

 
$
316,816

 
$
4,736

 
$
6,410

 
$
236

 
$
312

(1) 
Includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $35.0 billion and $37.8 billion and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $1.5 billion and $1.8 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Includes card-related products.
(3) 
Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option include U.S. commercial loans of $1.9 billion and $2.2 billion and non-U.S. commercial loans of $5.3 billion and $4.4 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. See Note 16 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the fair value option.

The commercial loan and lease portfolio was relatively unchanged at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, with an increase in U.S. commercial offset by decreases in commercial real estate and non-U.S. commercial. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, credit quality in the commercial loan portfolio continued to show improvement relative to prior periods. Reservable criticized balances and nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed property balances in the commercial credit portfolio declined during the six months ended June 30, 2012. The reductions in reservable criticized and nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed property were primarily in the commercial real estate and U.S. commercial portfolios. Commercial real estate continued to show improvement in both the residential and non-residential portfolios, however, levels of stressed commercial real estate loans remained elevated. The reduction in reservable criticized U.S. commercial loans was driven by broad-based improvements in terms of clients, industries and businesses. Most other credit indicators across the remaining commercial portfolios also improved.

Nonperforming commercial loans and leases as a percentage of outstanding commercial loans and leases were 1.49 percent and 2.02 percent (1.52 percent and 2.04 percent excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option) at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Accruing commercial loans and leases past due 90 days or more as a percentage of outstanding commercial loans and leases were 0.07 percent and 0.10 percent at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.


102

Table of Contents

Table 46 presents net charge-offs and related ratios for our commercial loans and leases for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. Improving portfolio trends drove lower charge-offs across most of the portfolio. Commercial real estate net charge-offs declined during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 in both the residential and non-residential portfolios. U.S. small business commercial net charge-offs declined primarily due to improvements in delinquencies, collections and bankruptcies. U.S. commercial net charge-offs increased due to lower recoveries during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011.

Table 46
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial Net Charge-offs and Related Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Charge-offs
 
Net Charge-off Ratios (1)
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
U.S. commercial
$
94

 
$
60

 
$
160

 
$
39

 
0.20
%
 
0.14
 %
 
0.18
%
 
0.05
 %
Commercial real estate
77

 
163

 
209

 
451

 
0.83

 
1.43

 
1.10

 
1.93

Commercial lease financing
14

 
(8
)
 
5

 
(7
)
 
0.25

 
(0.15
)
 
0.04

 
(0.06
)
Non-U.S. commercial
7

 
13

 
2

 
116

 
0.06

 
0.13

 
0.01

 
0.64

 
192

 
228

 
376

 
599

 
0.26

 
0.32

 
0.26

 
0.43

U.S. small business commercial
183

 
275

 
368

 
587

 
5.74

 
7.78

 
5.68

 
8.24

Total commercial
$
375

 
$
503

 
$
744

 
$
1,186

 
0.49

 
0.68

 
0.48

 
0.81

(1) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans and leases excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option.

Table 47 presents commercial credit exposure by type for utilized, unfunded and total binding committed credit exposure. Commercial utilized credit exposure includes standby letters of credit (SBLCs), financial guarantees, bankers’ acceptances and commercial letters of credit for which we are legally bound to advance funds under prescribed conditions, during a specified period. Although funds have not yet been advanced, these exposure types are considered utilized for credit risk management purposes. Total commercial committed credit exposure decreased $26.1 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 driven primarily by decreases in derivative assets, loans and leases, and SBLCs.

Total commercial utilized credit exposure decreased $21.1 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 driven primarily by decreases in derivatives, SBLCs and debt securities. The decrease in derivatives relates primarily to a lower valuation of existing trades due to interest rate decreases. The utilization rate for loans and leases, SBLCs and financial guarantees, and bankers’ acceptances was 57 percent at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 47
Commercial Credit Exposure by Type
 
Commercial Utilized (1)
 
Commercial Unfunded (2, 3)
 
Total Commercial Committed
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Loans and leases
$
316,984

 
$
316,816

 
$
270,126

 
$
276,195

 
$
587,110

 
$
593,011

Derivative assets (4)
59,939

 
73,023

 

 

 
59,939

 
73,023

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees
50,027

 
55,384

 
1,708

 
1,592

 
51,735

 
56,976

Debt securities and other investments
9,301

 
11,108

 
6,251

 
5,147

 
15,552

 
16,255

Loans held-for-sale
4,385

 
5,006

 
102

 
229

 
4,487

 
5,235

Commercial letters of credit
2,813

 
2,411

 
793

 
832

 
3,606

 
3,243

Bankers’ acceptances
275

 
797

 
3

 
28

 
278

 
825

Foreclosed properties and other (5)
1,715

 
1,964

 

 

 
1,715

 
1,964

Total
$
445,439

 
$
466,509

 
$
278,983

 
$
284,023

 
$
724,422

 
$
750,532

(1) 
Total commercial utilized exposure at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 includes loans outstanding of $7.2 billion and $6.6 billion and letters of credit with a notional value of $748 million and $1.3 billion accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
Total commercial unfunded exposure at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 includes loan commitments with a notional value of $21.1 billion and $24.4 billion accounted for under the fair value option.
(3) 
Excludes unused business card lines which are not legally binding.
(4) 
Derivative assets are carried at fair value, reflect the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and have been reduced by cash collateral of $59.3 billion and $58.9 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Not reflected in utilized and committed exposure is additional derivative collateral held of $17.1 billion and $16.1 billion which consists primarily of other marketable securities.
(5) 
Includes $1.3 billion of net monoline exposure at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, as discussed in Monoline and Related Exposure on page 110.

103

Table of Contents

Table 48 presents commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure by product type. Criticized exposure corresponds to the Special Mention, Substandard and Doubtful asset categories as defined by regulatory authorities. Total commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure decreased $6.8 billion, or 25 percent, at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, primarily in commercial real estate and U.S. commercial property types driven largely by continued paydowns, sales and rating upgrades outpacing downgrades. Despite the improvements, utilized reservable criticized levels remain elevated, particularly in the U.S. commercial, commercial real estate and U.S. small business commercial portfolios. At June 30, 2012, approximately 86 percent of commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure was secured compared to 85 percent at December 31, 2011.

Table 48
Commercial Utilized Reservable Criticized Exposure
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Amount (1)
 
Percent (2)
 
Amount (1)
 
Percent (2)
U.S. commercial
$
10,065

 
4.40
%
 
$
11,731

 
5.16
%
Commercial real estate
6,704

 
17.17

 
11,525

 
27.13

Commercial lease financing
1,140

 
5.26

 
1,140

 
5.18

Non-U.S. commercial
1,500

 
2.50

 
1,524

 
2.44

 
19,409

 
5.56

 
25,920

 
7.32

U.S. small business commercial
1,033

 
8.07

 
1,327

 
10.01

Total commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure
$
20,442

 
5.64

 
$
27,247

 
7.41

(1) 
Total commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 includes loans and leases of $18.8 billion and $25.3 billion and commercial letters of credit of $1.7 billion and $1.9 billion.
(2) 
Percentages are calculated as commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure divided by total commercial utilized reservable exposure for each exposure category.

U.S. Commercial

At June 30, 2012, 66 percent of the U.S. commercial loan portfolio, excluding small business, was managed in Global Banking, 10 percent in both CBB and Global Markets, and the remainder primarily in GWIM (business-purpose loans for wealthy clients). U.S. commercial loans, excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option, increased $5.0 billion as growth in Global Commercial Banking and Global Markets, and a margin loan refinancing, was partially offset by declines in corporate loans, and payoffs outpacing new originations in most other lines of business. Reservable criticized balances and nonperforming loans and leases declined $1.7 billion and $333 million at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. The declines were broad-based in terms of clients and industries and were driven by improved client credit profiles and liquidity. Net charge-offs increased $34 million and $121 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 due to lower recoveries in the current period.

Commercial Real Estate

The commercial real estate portfolio is predominantly managed in Global Banking and consists of loans made primarily to public and private developers, homebuilders and commercial real estate firms. Outstanding loans decreased $3.1 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 due to paydowns outpacing new originations and renewals.

The portfolio remained diversified across property types and geographic regions. California represented the largest state concentration at 21 percent and 20 percent of commercial real estate loans and leases at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. For more information on geographic and property concentrations, see Table 49.

Credit quality for commercial real estate continued to show signs of improvement; however, the recovery is generally slow across commercial real estate markets, with the recovery varying by property type. Nonperforming commercial real estate loans and foreclosed properties decreased 35 percent compared to December 31, 2011, primarily in the non-residential portfolio. Reservable criticized balances decreased $4.8 billion primarily due to declines in the non-residential portfolio. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, net charge-offs decreased $86 million and $242 million compared to the same periods in 2011 due to improvement in both the residential and non-residential portfolios.


104

Table of Contents

Table 49 presents outstanding commercial real estate loans by geographic region, based on the geographic location of the collateral, and by property type. Commercial real estate primarily includes commercial loans and leases secured by non-owner-occupied real estate which is dependent on the sale or lease of the real estate as the primary source of repayment.

Table 49
Outstanding Commercial Real Estate Loans
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
By Geographic Region
 
 
 
California
$
7,834

 
$
7,957

Northeast
6,256

 
6,554

Southwest
4,631

 
5,243

Southeast
4,462

 
4,844

Midwest
3,464

 
4,051

Florida
2,220

 
2,502

Midsouth
1,744

 
1,751

Northwest
1,657

 
1,574

Illinois
1,630

 
1,871

Non-U.S.
1,547

 
1,824

Other (1)
1,090

 
1,425

Total outstanding commercial real estate loans
$
36,535

 
$
39,596

By Property Type
 
 
 
Non-residential
 
 
 
Office
$
7,066

 
$
7,571

Multi-family rental
5,589

 
6,105

Shopping centers/retail
5,387

 
5,985

Industrial/warehouse
3,669

 
3,988

Hotels/motels
2,915

 
2,653

Multi-use
2,819

 
3,218

Land and land development
1,252

 
1,599

Other
5,943

 
6,050

Total non-residential
34,640

 
37,169

Residential
1,895

 
2,427

Total outstanding commercial real estate loans
$
36,535

 
$
39,596

(1) 
Includes unsecured outstandings to real estate investment trusts and national home builders whose portfolios of properties span multiple geographic regions and properties in the states of Colorado, Utah, Hawaii, Wyoming and Montana.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, we continued to see improvements in both the residential and non-residential portfolios, however, certain portions of the non-residential portfolio remain at risk as occupancy rates, rental rates and commercial property prices remain under pressure. We use a number of proactive risk mitigation initiatives to reduce utilized and potential exposure in the commercial real estate portfolios including refinement of our credit standards, additional transfers of deteriorating exposures to management by independent special asset officers and the pursuit of loan restructurings or asset sales to achieve the best results for our customers and the Corporation.


105

Table of Contents

Tables 50 and 51 present commercial real estate credit quality data by non-residential and residential property types. The residential portfolio presented in Tables 49, 50 and 51 includes condominiums and other residential real estate. Other property types in Tables 49, 50 and 51 primarily include special purpose, nursing/retirement homes, medical facilities and restaurants, as well as unsecured loans to borrowers whose primary business is commercial real estate.

Table 50
Commercial Real Estate Credit Quality Data
 
Nonperforming Loans and
Foreclosed Properties (1)
 
Utilized Reservable
Criticized Exposure (2)
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Non-residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Office
$
486

 
$
807

 
$
1,232

 
$
2,375

Multi-family rental
229

 
339

 
753

 
1,604

Shopping centers/retail
344

 
561

 
861

 
1,378

Industrial/warehouse
335

 
521

 
733

 
1,317

Hotels/motels
161

 
173

 
589

 
716

Multi-use
229

 
345

 
661

 
971

Land and land development
378

 
530

 
464

 
749

Other
145

 
223

 
505

 
997

Total non-residential
2,307

 
3,499

 
5,798

 
10,107

Residential
624

 
993

 
906

 
1,418

Total commercial real estate
$
2,931

 
$
4,492

 
$
6,704

 
$
11,525

(1) 
Includes commercial foreclosed properties of $433 million and $612 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Includes loans, SBLCs and bankers’ acceptances and excludes loans accounted for under the fair value option.

Table 51
 
 
 
 
Commercial Real Estate Net Charge-offs and Related Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
Net Charge-offs
 
Net Charge-off Ratios (1)
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Non-residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Office
$
40

 
$
(10
)
 
$
99

 
$
24

 
2.21
 %
 
(0.46
)%
 
2.72
 %
 
0.54
 %
Multi-family rental
8

 
20

 
12

 
29

 
0.58

 
1.14

 
0.43

 
0.80

Shopping centers/retail
21

 
22

 
29

 
110

 
1.50

 
1.25

 
1.01

 
3.09

Industrial/warehouse
9

 
6

 
24

 
26

 
0.93

 
0.49

 
1.25

 
1.10

Hotels/motels
2

 
3

 
3

 
11

 
0.33

 
0.48

 
0.24

 
0.86

Multi-use
28

 
13

 
39

 
22

 
4.00

 
1.29

 
2.64

 
1.10

Land and land development
(79
)
 
42

 
(73
)
 
92

 
(23.51
)
 
7.85

 
(10.28
)
 
8.35

Other

 
(4
)
 
8

 
(2
)
 
0.04

 
(0.23
)
 
0.26

 
(0.11
)
Total non-residential
29

 
92

 
141

 
312

 
0.34

 
0.87

 
0.79

 
1.45

Residential
48

 
71

 
68

 
139

 
9.49

 
8.30

 
6.31

 
7.57

Total commercial real estate
$
77

 
$
163

 
$
209

 
$
451

 
0.83

 
1.43

 
1.10

 
1.93

(1) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option.


106

Table of Contents

At June 30, 2012, total committed non-residential exposure was $51.9 billion compared to $53.1 billion at December 31, 2011, of which $34.6 billion and $37.2 billion were funded secured loans. Non-residential nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties were $2.3 billion and $3.5 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, which represented 6.60 percent and 9.29 percent of total non-residential loans and foreclosed properties. The decline in nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties in the non-residential portfolio was driven by decreases in the office, shopping centers/retail, industrial/warehouse, and land and land development property types. Non-residential utilized reservable criticized exposure decreased to $5.8 billion, or 15.65 percent of non-residential utilized reservable exposure, at June 30, 2012 compared to $10.1 billion, or 25.34 percent, at December 31, 2011. The decrease in reservable criticized exposure was driven primarily by office, multi-family rental, and industrial/warehouse property types. For the non-residential portfolio, net charge-offs decreased $63 million and $171 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011, primarily due to improving appraisal values, improved borrower credit profiles and higher recoveries.

At June 30, 2012, we had committed residential exposure of $3.2 billion compared to $3.9 billion at December 31, 2011, of which $1.9 billion and $2.4 billion were funded secured loans. The decline in residential committed exposure was due to repayments, net charge-offs, and continued risk reduction and mitigation initiatives in line with our portfolio strategy. Residential nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties decreased $369 million compared to December 31, 2011 due to repayments, a decline in the volume of loans being downgraded to nonaccrual status and net charge-offs. Residential utilized reservable criticized exposure decreased $512 million to $906 million at June 30, 2012 due to repayments and net charge-offs. The nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties and the utilized reservable criticized ratios for the residential portfolio were 31.27 percent and 45.83 percent at June 30, 2012 compared to 38.89 percent and 54.65 percent at December 31, 2011. Net charge-offs for the residential portfolio decreased $23 million and $71 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011.

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the commercial real estate loan portfolio included $8.5 billion and $10.9 billion of funded construction and land development loans that were originated to fund the construction and/or rehabilitation of commercial properties. The decline in construction and land development loans was driven by repayments, net charge-offs and continued risk mitigation initiatives which outpaced new originations. This portfolio is mostly secured and diversified across property types and geographic regions but faces continuing challenges in the housing and rental markets. Weak rental demand and cash flows, along with depressed property valuations of land, have contributed to elevated levels of reservable criticized exposure, nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties, and net charge-offs. Reservable criticized construction and land development loans totaled $3.0 billion and $4.9 billion, and nonperforming construction and land development loans and foreclosed properties totaled $1.2 billion and $2.1 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. During a property’s construction phase, interest income is typically paid from interest reserves that are established at the inception of the loan. As construction is completed and the property is put into service, these interest reserves are depleted and interest payments from operating cash flows begin. Loans generally continue to be classified as construction loans until operating cash flows reach appropriate levels or the loans are refinanced. We do not recognize interest income on nonperforming loans regardless of the existence of an interest reserve.

Non-U.S. Commercial

The non-U.S. commercial loan portfolio is managed primarily in Global Banking. Outstanding loans, excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option, decreased $1.6 billion from December 31, 2011 primarily due to a reduction in corporate loans. Net charge-offs decreased $6 million and $114 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. For additional information on the non-U.S. commercial portfolio, see Non-U.S. Portfolio on page 114.

U.S. Small Business Commercial

The U.S. small business commercial loan portfolio is comprised of small business card and small business loans managed in CBB. U.S. small business commercial net charge-offs decreased $92 million and $219 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 driven by improvements in delinquencies, collections and bankruptcies resulting from an improved economic environment as well as the reduction of higher risk vintages and the impact of higher credit quality originations. Of the U.S. small business commercial net charge-offs, 62 percent and 64 percent were credit card-related products for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to 73 percent and 74 percent for the same periods in 2011.

Commercial Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option

The portfolio of commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option is managed primarily in Global Banking. Outstanding commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option increased $575 million to an aggregate fair value of $7.2 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to increased corporate borrowings under bank credit facilities. We recorded net gains (losses) of $(53) million and $75 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, compared to $(37) million and $69 million for the same periods in 2011 resulting from changes in the fair value of the loan portfolio. These amounts were primarily attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk, were recorded in other income and do not reflect the results of hedging activities.


107

Table of Contents

In addition, unfunded lending commitments and letters of credit accounted for under the fair value option had an aggregate fair value of $948 million and $1.2 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 which was recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities. The associated aggregate notional amount of unfunded lending commitments and letters of credit accounted for under the fair value option was $21.8 billion and $25.7 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. We recorded net gains (losses) of $(112) million and $292 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $(76) million and $56 million for the same periods in 2011 resulting from changes in the fair value of commitments and letters of credit. These amounts were primarily attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk, were recorded in other income and do not reflect the results of hedging activities.

Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity

Table 52 presents the nonperforming commercial loans, leases and foreclosed properties activity during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. Nonperforming commercial loans and leases decreased $1.0 billion and $1.6 billion during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 to $4.7 billion compared to $6.3 billion at December 31, 2011 driven by paydowns, sales and charge-offs outpacing new nonperforming loans. Approximately 92 percent of commercial nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties are secured and approximately 49 percent are contractually current. Commercial nonperforming loans are carried at approximately 65 percent of their unpaid principal balance before consideration of the allowance for loan and lease losses as the carrying value of these loans has been reduced to the estimated property value less estimated costs to sell.

Table 52
Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity (1, 2)
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Nonperforming loans and leases, beginning of period
$
5,751

 
$
9,131

 
$
6,337

 
$
9,836

Additions to nonperforming loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New nonperforming loans and leases
788

 
1,042

 
1,387

 
2,341

Advances
14

 
52

 
38

 
119

Reductions in nonperforming loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Paydowns
(806
)
 
(1,023
)
 
(1,379
)
 
(1,787
)
Sales
(392
)
 
(141
)
 
(529
)
 
(388
)
Returns to performing status (3)
(152
)
 
(362
)
 
(297
)
 
(682
)
Charge-offs (4)
(379
)
 
(290
)
 
(670
)
 
(778
)
Transfers to foreclosed properties
(109
)
 
(241
)
 
(172
)
 
(441
)
Transfers to loans held-for-sale

 
(63
)
 

 
(115
)
Total net reductions to nonperforming loans and leases
(1,036
)
 
(1,026
)
 
(1,622
)
 
(1,731
)
Total nonperforming loans and leases, June 30
4,715

 
8,105

 
4,715

 
8,105

Foreclosed properties, beginning of period
510

 
725

 
612

 
725

Additions to foreclosed properties:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New foreclosed properties
83

 
130

 
127

 
261

Reductions in foreclosed properties:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
(137
)
 
(151
)
 
(260
)
 
(271
)
Write-downs
(23
)
 
(26
)
 
(46
)
 
(37
)
Total net reductions to foreclosed properties
(77
)
 
(47
)
 
(179
)
 
(47
)
Total foreclosed properties, June 30
433

 
678

 
433

 
678

Nonperforming commercial loans, leases and foreclosed properties, June 30
$
5,148

 
$
8,783

 
$
5,148

 
$
8,783

Nonperforming commercial loans and leases as a percentage of outstanding commercial loans and leases (5)
1.52
%
 
2.71
%
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming commercial loans, leases and foreclosed properties as a percentage of outstanding commercial loans, leases and foreclosed properties (5)
1.66

 
2.93

 
 
 
 
(1) 
Balances do not include nonperforming LHFS of $756 million and $1.3 billion at June 30, 2012 and 2011.
(2) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial activity.
(3) 
Commercial loans and leases may be returned to performing status when all principal and interest is current and full repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest is expected or when the loan otherwise becomes well-secured and is in the process of collection. TDRs are generally classified as performing after a sustained period of demonstrated payment performance.
(4) 
Small business card loans are not classified as nonperforming; therefore, the charge-offs on these loans have no impact on nonperforming activity and accordingly are excluded from this table.
(5) 
Excludes loans accounted for under the fair value option.

108

Table of Contents

Table 53 presents our commercial TDRs by product type and performing status. U.S. small business commercial TDRs are comprised of renegotiated small business card loans and are not classified as nonperforming as they are charged off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due. For additional information on TDRs, see Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 53
Commercial Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Total
 
Non-performing
 
Performing
 
Total
 
Non-performing
 
Performing
U.S. commercial
$
1,461

 
$
577

 
$
884

 
$
1,329

 
$
531

 
$
798

Commercial real estate
1,387

 
797

 
590

 
1,675

 
1,076

 
599

Non-U.S. commercial
108

 
93

 
15

 
54

 
38

 
16

U.S. small business commercial
284

 

 
284

 
389

 

 
389

Total commercial troubled debt restructurings
$
3,240

 
$
1,467

 
$
1,773

 
$
3,447

 
$
1,645

 
$
1,802


Industry Concentrations

Table 54 presents commercial committed and utilized credit exposure by industry and the total net credit default protection purchased to cover the funded and unfunded portions of certain credit exposures. Our commercial credit exposure is diversified across a broad range of industries. The decrease in commercial committed exposure of $26.1 billion from December 31, 2011 to June 30, 2012 was driven by decreases primarily in government and public education, healthcare equipment and services, and consumer services.

Industry limits are used internally to manage industry concentrations and are based on committed exposures and capital usage that are allocated on an industry-by-industry basis. A risk management framework is in place to set and approve industry limits as well as to provide ongoing monitoring. Management’s Credit Risk Committee (CRC) oversees industry limit governance.

Diversified financials, our largest industry concentration, experienced a decline in committed exposure of $1.7 billion, or two percent, at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. This decrease was primarily driven by decreases in derivative exposure partially offset by an increase in margin loans.

Real estate, our second largest industry concentration, experienced a decline in committed exposure of $2.7 billion, or four percent, at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to paydowns and sales which outpaced new originations and renewals as we continue to focus on exiting higher risk assets. Real estate construction and land development exposure represented 18 percent of the total real estate industry committed exposure at June 30, 2012, down from 20 percent at December 31, 2011. For more information on commercial real estate and related portfolios, see Commercial Real Estate on page 104.

Committed exposure in government and public education decreased $3.0 billion, or five percent, at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 primarily driven by decreases in loans and SBLCs partially offset by an increase in derivatives. Healthcare equipment and services committed exposure decreased by $2.8 billion, or six percent, at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 with the decrease concentrated in the managed health care and hospitals not-for-profit sectors. Consumer services committed exposure decreased $2.7 billion, or seven percent, at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 reflecting lower exposure to education, restaurants and gaming. Capital goods committed exposure decreased $2.0 billion, or four percent, at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to lower exposure to one large relationship.

Our committed state and municipal exposure of $41.3 billion at June 30, 2012 consisted of $31.6 billion of commercial utilized exposure (including $16.6 billion of funded loans, $10.7 billion of SBLCs and $4.0 billion of derivative assets) and unfunded commercial exposure of $9.7 billion (primarily unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit) and is reported in the government and public education industry in Table 54. Economic conditions continue to impact debt issued by state and local municipalities and certain exposures to these municipalities. While historical default rates have been low, as part of our overall and ongoing risk management processes, we continually monitor these exposures through a rigorous review process. Additionally, internal communications surrounding certain at-risk counterparties and/or sectors are regularly circulated ensuring exposure levels are in compliance with established concentration guidelines.


109

Table of Contents

Table 54
Commercial Credit Exposure by Industry (1)
 
Commercial
Utilized
 
Total Commercial
Committed
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Diversified financials
$
60,797

 
$
64,957

 
$
93,272

 
$
94,969

Real estate (2)
44,420

 
48,138

 
59,886

 
62,566

Government and public education
41,816

 
43,090

 
53,991

 
57,021

Capital goods
22,850

 
24,025

 
45,987

 
48,013

Healthcare equipment and services
30,171

 
31,298

 
45,385

 
48,141

Retailing
26,861

 
25,478

 
45,159

 
46,290

Banks
34,209

 
35,231

 
38,310

 
38,735

Materials
19,236

 
19,384

 
36,710

 
38,070

Consumer services
22,672

 
24,445

 
35,795

 
38,498

Energy
14,030

 
15,151

 
31,487

 
32,074

Food, beverage and tobacco
14,441

 
15,904

 
31,019

 
30,501

Commercial services and supplies
18,388

 
20,089

 
29,564

 
30,831

Utilities
8,675

 
8,102

 
23,444

 
24,552

Media
11,099

 
11,447

 
20,215

 
21,158

Transportation
12,784

 
12,683

 
19,505

 
19,036

Individuals and trusts
13,937

 
14,993

 
17,298

 
19,001

Insurance, including monolines
8,832

 
10,090

 
15,312

 
16,157

Pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
4,457

 
4,141

 
11,555

 
11,328

Technology hardware and equipment
4,643

 
5,247

 
10,694

 
12,173

Religious and social organizations
7,842

 
8,536

 
10,361

 
11,160

Software and services
4,464

 
4,304

 
10,134

 
9,579

Telecommunication services
3,792

 
4,297

 
9,756

 
10,424

Consumer durables and apparel
3,997

 
4,505

 
8,192

 
8,965

Automobiles and components
3,277

 
2,813

 
7,583

 
7,178

Food and staples retailing
3,191

 
3,273

 
6,470

 
6,476

Other
4,558

 
4,888

 
7,338

 
7,636

Total commercial credit exposure by industry
$
445,439

 
$
466,509

 
$
724,422

 
$
750,532

Net credit default protection purchased on total commitments (3)
 
 
 
 
$
(18,697
)
 
$
(19,356
)
(1) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial exposure.
(2) 
Industries are viewed from a variety of perspectives to best isolate the perceived risks. For purposes of this table, the real estate industry is defined based on the borrowers’ or counterparties’ primary business activity using operating cash flows and primary source of repayment as key factors.
(3) 
Represents net notional credit protection purchased. See Risk Mitigation on page 111 for additional information.

Monoline and Related Exposure

Monoline exposure is reported in the insurance industry and managed under insurance portfolio industry limits. We have indirect exposure to monolines primarily in the form of guarantees supporting our loans, investment portfolios, securitizations and credit-enhanced securities as part of our public finance business and other selected products. Such indirect exposure exists when we purchase credit protection from monolines to hedge all or a portion of the credit risk on certain credit exposures including loans and CDOs. We underwrite our public finance exposure by evaluating the underlying securities.

We also have indirect exposure to monolines in the form of guarantees supporting our mortgage and other loan sales. Indirect exposure may exist when credit protection was purchased from monolines to hedge all or a portion of the credit risk on certain mortgage and other loan exposures. A loss may occur when we are required to repurchase a loan and the market value of the loan has declined, or we are required to indemnify or provide recourse for a guarantor’s loss. For additional information regarding our exposure to representations and warranties, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Representations and Warranties on page 56 and Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


110

Table of Contents

Table 55 presents the notional amount of our monoline derivative credit exposure, mark-to-market adjustment and the counterparty credit valuation adjustment.

Table 55
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative Credit Exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Notional amount of monoline exposure
 
 
 
 
$
14,314

 
$
21,070

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mark-to-market
 
 
 
 
$
1,428

 
$
1,766

Counterparty credit valuation adjustment (1)
 
 
 
 
(255
)
 
(417
)
Net mark-to-market
 
 
 
 
$
1,173

 
$
1,349

 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Gains (losses) from credit valuation changes
$
27

 
$
(261
)
 
$
131

 
$
(668
)
(1) 
Covered 18 percent and 24 percent of mark-to-market exposure at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

The notional amount of monoline exposure at June 30, 2012 decreased $6.8 billion from December 31, 2011 due to terminations, paydowns and maturities of monoline contracts.

We also have indirect exposure to monolines as we invest in securities where the issuers have purchased wraps. For example, municipalities and corporations purchase insurance in order to reduce their cost of borrowing. If the rating agencies downgrade the monolines, the credit rating of the bond may fall and this may have an adverse impact on the market value of the security. In the case of default, we first look to the underlying securities and then to the purchased insurance for recovery. Investments in securities with purchased wraps issued by municipalities and corporations had a notional value of $47 million at June 30, 2012 compared to $150 million at December 31, 2011. The market value of the investment exposure was $9 million at June 30, 2012 compared to $89 million at December 31, 2011.

Risk Mitigation

We purchase credit protection to cover the funded portion as well as the unfunded portion of certain credit exposures. To lower the cost of obtaining our desired credit protection levels, credit exposure may be added within an industry, borrower or counterparty group by selling protection.

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, net notional credit default protection purchased in our credit derivatives portfolio to hedge our funded and unfunded exposures for which we elected the fair value option, as well as certain other credit exposures, was $18.7 billion and $19.4 billion. The mark-to-market effects resulted in net gains (losses) of $124 million and $(369) million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, compared to $(12) million and $(209) million for the same periods in 2011. Table 56 presents the average Value-at-Risk (VaR) for these derivatives. See Trading Risk Management on page 123 for a description of our VaR calculation for the market-based trading portfolio.

Table 56
Credit Derivative Value-at-Risk
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Average
$
58

 
$
47

 
$
63

 
$
52

Credit exposure average
80

 
57

 
86

 
55

Combined average (1)
20

 
31

 
23

 
35

(1) 
Reflects the diversification effect between net credit default protection hedging our credit exposure and the related credit exposure.


111

Table of Contents

Tables 57 and 58 present the maturity profiles and the credit exposure debt ratings of the net credit default protection portfolio at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 57
Net Credit Default Protection by Maturity Profile
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Less than or equal to one year
14
%
 
16
%
Greater than one year and less than or equal to five years
80

 
78

Greater than five years
6

 
6

Total net credit default protection
100
%
 
100
%

Table 58
Net Credit Default Protection by Credit Exposure Debt Rating
(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Ratings (2, 3)
Net
Notional (1)
 
Percent of
Total
 
Net
Notional (1)
 
Percent of
Total
AAA
$
(209
)
 
1.1
 %
 
$
(32
)
 
0.2
%
AA
(707
)
 
3.8

 
(779
)
 
4.0

A
(8,051
)
 
43.1

 
(7,184
)
 
37.1

BBB
(6,972
)
 
37.3

 
(7,436
)
 
38.4

BB
(1,106
)
 
5.9

 
(1,527
)
 
7.9

B
(1,211
)
 
6.5

 
(1,534
)
 
7.9

CCC and below
(494
)
 
2.6

 
(661
)
 
3.4

NR (4)
53

 
(0.3
)
 
(203
)
 
1.1

Total net credit default protection
$
(18,697
)
 
100.0
 %
 
$
(19,356
)
 
100.0
%
(1) 
Represents net credit default protection (purchased) sold.
(2) 
Ratings are refreshed on a quarterly basis.
(3) 
Ratings of BBB- or higher are considered to meet the definition of investment-grade.
(4) 
In addition to names that have not been rated, “NR” includes $9 million in net credit default swap index positions at December 31, 2011 (none at June 30, 2012). While index positions are principally investment grade, credit default swap indices include names in and across each of the ratings categories.

In addition to our net notional credit default protection purchased to cover the funded and unfunded portion of certain credit exposures, credit derivatives are used for market-making activities for clients and establishing positions intended to profit from directional or relative value changes. We execute the majority of our credit derivative trades in the OTC market with large, multinational financial institutions, including broker/dealers and, to a lesser degree, with a variety of other investors. Because these transactions are executed in the OTC market, we are subject to settlement risk. We are also subject to credit risk in the event that these counterparties fail to perform under the terms of these contracts. In most cases, credit derivative transactions are executed on a daily margin basis. Therefore, events such as a credit downgrade, depending on the ultimate rating level, or a breach of credit covenants would typically require an increase in the amount of collateral required of the counterparty, where applicable, and/or allow us to take additional protective measures such as early termination of all trades.


112

Table of Contents

Table 59 presents the total contract/notional amount of credit derivatives outstanding and includes both purchased and written credit derivatives. The credit risk amounts are measured as net asset exposure by counterparty, taking into consideration all contracts and collateral with that counterparty. For information on our written credit derivatives, see Note 3 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The credit risk amounts discussed above and presented in Table 59 take into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements while amounts disclosed in Note 3 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements are shown on a gross basis. Credit risk reflects the potential benefit from offsetting exposure to non-credit derivative products with the same counterparties that may be netted upon the occurrence of certain events, thereby reducing our overall exposure.

Table 59
Credit Derivatives
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Contract/
Notional
 
Credit Risk
 
Contract/
Notional
 
Credit Risk
Purchased credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
$
1,647,119

 
$
12,708

 
$
1,944,764

 
$
14,163

Total return swaps/other
36,366

 
859

 
17,519

 
776

Total purchased credit derivatives
1,683,485

 
13,567

 
1,962,283

 
14,939

Written credit derivatives:
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
1,591,226

 
n/a

 
1,885,944

 
n/a

Total return swaps/other
55,208

 
n/a

 
17,838

 
n/a

Total written credit derivatives
1,646,434

 
n/a

 
1,903,782

 
n/a

Total credit derivatives
$
3,329,919

 
$
13,567

 
$
3,866,065

 
$
14,939

n/a = not applicable

Counterparty Credit Risk Valuation Adjustments

We record a counterparty credit risk valuation adjustment on certain derivative assets, including our credit default protection purchased, in order to properly reflect the credit quality of the counterparty. These adjustments are necessary as the market quotes on derivatives do not fully reflect the credit risk of the counterparties to the derivative assets. We consider collateral and legally enforceable master netting agreements that mitigate our credit exposure to each counterparty in determining the counterparty credit risk valuation adjustment. All or a portion of these counterparty credit risk valuation adjustments are subsequently adjusted due to changes in the value of the derivative contract, collateral and creditworthiness of the counterparty. Table 60 presents credit valuation gains/losses, net of hedges, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. Credit valuation losses for the three months ended June 30, 2012 were due to decreased counterparty creditworthiness offset by hedge results. Credit valuation gains for the six months ended June 30, 2012 were due to improved counterparty creditworthiness partially offset by hedge results. For information on our monoline counterparty credit risk, see Monoline and Related Exposure on page 110.

Table 60
Credit Valuation Activity
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in millions)
Gross
 
Hedge
 
Net
 
Gross

 
Hedge

 
Net
 
Gross
 
Hedge
 
Net
 
Gross

 
Hedge

 
Net
Credit valuation gains (losses)
$
(313
)
 
$
326

 
$
13

 
$
(592
)
 
$
441

 
$
(151
)
 
$
200

 
$
(38
)
 
$
162

 
$
(444
)
 
$
(173
)
 
$
(617
)



113

Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Portfolio

Our non-U.S. credit and trading portfolios are subject to country risk. We define country risk as the risk of loss from unfavorable economic and political conditions, currency fluctuations, social instability and changes in government policies. A risk management framework is in place to measure, monitor and manage non-U.S. risk and exposures. Management oversight of country risk, including cross-border risk, is provided by the Country Credit Risk Committee, formally known as the Regional Risk Committee, a subcommittee of the CRC. In addition to the direct risk of doing business in a country, we also are exposed to indirect country risks (for example, related to the collateral received on secured financing transactions or related to client clearing activities). These indirect exposures are managed in the normal course of business through credit, market and operational risk governance, rather than through the country risk governance.

Non-U.S. exposure includes credit exposure, securities and other investments issued by or domiciled in countries other than the U.S. Total non-U.S. exposure can be adjusted for externally guaranteed loans outstanding and certain collateral types. Exposures which are subject to external guarantees are reported under the country of the guarantor. Exposures with tangible collateral are reflected in the country where the collateral is held. For securities received, other than cross-border resale agreements, outstandings are assigned to the domicile of the issuer of the securities. Resale agreements are generally presented based on the domicile of the counterparty.


114

Table of Contents

As presented in Table 61, non-U.S. exposure to borrowers or counterparties in emerging markets increased $1.6 billion to $61.1 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to $59.5 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to increases in Central and Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Asia, partially offset by a decrease in Latin America. Non-U.S. exposure to borrowers or counterparties in emerging markets represented 33 percent and 31 percent of total non-U.S. exposure at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 61
Selected Emerging Markets (1)
(Dollars in millions)
Loans and
Leases, and
Loan
Commitments
 
Other
Financing (2)
 
Net Counterparty Exposure (3)
 
Securities/
Other
Investments (4)
 
Total Cross-
border
Exposure (5)
 
Local Country
Exposure Net
of Local
Liabilities (6)
 
Total Selected
Emerging
Market
Exposure at
June 30,
 2012
 
Increase
(Decrease)
from
December 31,
2011
Region/Country
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asia Pacific
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
India
$
4,615

 
$
1,156

 
$
651

 
$
2,756

 
$
9,178

 
$
328

 
$
9,506

 
$
(976
)
China
4,213

 
206

 
913

 
2,063

 
7,395

 
314

 
7,709

 
555

South Korea
1,182

 
1,028

 
437

 
2,824

 
5,471

 
1,800

 
7,271

 
(52
)
Hong Kong
533

 
545

 
346

 
857

 
2,281

 
1,806

 
4,087

 
926

Singapore
597

 
134

 
463

 
1,598

 
2,792

 

 
2,792

 
(155
)
Taiwan
523

 
21

 
142

 
940

 
1,626

 
780

 
2,406

 
19

Thailand
81

 
10

 
48

 
858

 
997

 

 
997

 
302

Other Asia Pacific (7)
764

 
42

 
175

 
700

 
1,681

 

 
1,681

 
(116
)
Total Asia Pacific
$
12,508

 
$
3,142

 
$
3,175

 
$
12,596

 
$
31,421

 
$
5,028

 
$
36,449

 
$
503

Latin America
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brazil
$
2,073

 
$
138

 
$
380

 
$
2,496

 
$
5,087

 
$
2,363

 
$
7,450

 
$
(714
)
Mexico
2,063

 
383

 
332

 
723

 
3,501

 

 
3,501

 
(489
)
Chile
1,078

 
54

 
258

 
16

 
1,406

 
22

 
1,428

 
(179
)
Other Latin America (7)
575

 
411

 
31

 
301

 
1,318

 
156

 
1,474

 
(30
)
Total Latin America
$
5,789

 
$
986

 
$
1,001

 
$
3,536

 
$
11,312

 
$
2,541

 
$
13,853

 
$
(1,412
)
Middle East and Africa
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United Arab Emirates
$
2,195

 
$
46

 
$
170

 
$
66

 
$
2,477

 
$

 
$
2,477

 
$
770

South Africa
505

 
48

 
158

 
9

 
720

 

 
720

 
57

Saudi Arabia
167

 
72

 
445

 
4

 
688

 
22

 
710

 
2

Other Middle East and Africa (7)
677

 
109

 
104

 
206

 
1,096

 
8

 
1,104

 
(89
)
Total Middle East and Africa
$
3,544

 
$
275

 
$
877

 
$
285

 
$
4,981

 
$
30

 
$
5,011

 
$
740

Central and Eastern Europe
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Russian Federation
$
1,999

 
$
326

 
$
30

 
$
160

 
$
2,515

 
$
11

 
$
2,526

 
$
602

Turkey
1,190

 
553

 
34

 
449

 
2,226

 
89

 
2,315

 
1,146

Other Central and Eastern Europe (7)
103

 
229

 
163

 
404

 
899

 

 
899

 
3

Total Central and Eastern Europe
$
3,292

 
$
1,108

 
$
227

 
$
1,013

 
$
5,640

 
$
100

 
$
5,740

 
$
1,751

Total emerging market exposure
$
25,133

 
$
5,511

 
$
5,280

 
$
17,430

 
$
53,354

 
$
7,699

 
$
61,053

 
$
1,582

(1) 
There is no generally accepted definition of emerging markets. The definition that we use includes all countries in Asia Pacific excluding Japan, Australia and New Zealand; all countries in Latin America excluding Cayman Islands and Bermuda; all countries in Middle East and Africa; and all countries in Central and Eastern Europe. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, there was $2.9 billion and $1.7 billion in emerging market exposure accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
Includes acceptances, due froms, SBLCs, commercial letters of credit and formal guarantees.
(3) 
Net counterparty exposure includes the fair value of derivatives and secured financing transactions. Derivatives have been reduced by $1.4 billion in collateral, predominantly in cash, pledged under legally enforceable netting agreements. Secured financing transactions have been reduced by eligible cash or securities pledged. The notional amount of repurchase transactions was $5.0 billion at June 30, 2012.
(4) 
Securities exposures are reduced by hedges and short positions on a single-name basis to but not below zero.
(5) 
Cross-border exposure includes amounts payable to the Corporation by borrowers or counterparties with a country of residence other than the one in which the credit is booked, regardless of the currency in which the claim is denominated, consistent with FFIEC reporting requirements.
(6) 
Local country exposure includes amounts payable to the Corporation by borrowers with a country of residence in which the credit is booked regardless of the currency in which the claim is denominated. Local funding or liabilities are subtracted from local exposures consistent with FFIEC reporting requirements. Total amount of available local liabilities funding local country exposure was $17.3 billion and $18.7 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Local liabilities at June 30, 2012 in Asia Pacific, Latin America, and Middle East and Africa were $15.0 billion, $1.9 billion and $318 million, respectively, of which $6.3 billion was in Singapore, $2.6 billion in China, $1.6 billion in Hong Kong, $1.4 billion in both India and Mexico, $854 million in Korea, $653 million in Thailand, $593 million in Malaysia, $586 million in Taiwan and $545 million in Brazil. There were no other countries with available local liabilities funding local country exposure greater than $500 million.
(7) 
No country included in Other Asia Pacific, Other Latin America, Other Middle East and Africa, and Other Central and Eastern Europe had total non-U.S. exposure of more than $500 million.


115

Table of Contents

At both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 60 percent of the emerging markets exposure was in Asia Pacific. Emerging markets exposure in Asia Pacific increased by $503 million with growth in Hong Kong, China and Thailand partially offset by a decrease in other financing and net counterparty exposure in India. Our investment in CCB was $716 million at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. For more information on our investment in CCB, see Note 4 – Securities to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 23 percent and 26 percent of the emerging markets exposure was in Latin America. Latin America emerging markets exposure decreased $1.4 billion driven by a decrease in local country exposure in Brazil and a decrease in loans and securities in Mexico.

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, eight percent and seven percent of the emerging markets exposure was in the Middle East and Africa. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, nine percent and seven percent of the emerging markets exposure was in Central and Eastern Europe.

Certain European countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain, have experienced varying degrees of financial stress. Risks from the ongoing debt crisis in these countries could continue to disrupt the financial markets which could have a detrimental impact on global economic conditions and sovereign and non-sovereign debt in these countries. Market sentiment continued to evolve during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 driven most recently by concerns over Greece's ability to meet conditions precedent to continued funding under various support programs and the viability of Spain's banking sector and its impact on the solvency of the Spanish government. The lack of a clear resolution to the crisis and fears of contagion continue to contribute to market uncertainty.

Table 62 shows our direct sovereign and non-sovereign exposures, excluding consumer credit card exposure, in these countries at June 30, 2012. Our total sovereign and non-sovereign exposure to these countries was $14.5 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to $15.2 billion at December 31, 2011. The total exposure to these countries, net of previously unapplied hedges, was $9.6 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to $10.3 billion at December 31, 2011, of which $252 million and $362 million was total sovereign exposure. At both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the fair value of unapplied hedges and net credit default protection purchased was $4.9 billion.

We hedge certain of our selected European country exposure with credit default protection in the form of credit default swaps (CDS). The majority of our CDS contracts are with highly-rated financial institutions primarily outside of the Eurozone and we work to limit or eliminate correlated CDS. Due to our engagement in market-making activities, our CDS portfolio contains contracts with various maturities to a diverse set of counterparties. We work to limit mismatches in maturities between our exposures and the CDS we use to hedge them. However, there may be instances where the protection purchased has a different maturity from the exposure for which the protection was purchased, in which case, those exposures and hedges are subject to more active monitoring and management.

The gross notional amount of single-name CDS protection purchased and sold on reference assets in Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain at June 30, 2012 was $74.0 billion and $68.6 billion, of which $32.9 billion and $30.0 billion were sovereign. After the consideration of legally-enforceable counterparty master netting agreements, the gross notional CDS protection purchased and sold on those same reference assets at June 30, 2012 was $19.8 billion and $14.3 billion, of which $9.9 billion and $7.2 billion were sovereign.

Losses could still result even if there is credit default protection purchased because the purchased credit protection contracts only pay out under certain scenarios and thus not all losses may be covered by the credit protection contracts. The effectiveness of our CDS protection as a hedge of these risks is influenced by a number of factors, including the contractual terms of the CDS. Generally, only the occurrence of a credit event as defined by the CDS terms (which may include, among other events, the failure to pay by, or restructuring of, the reference entity) results in a payment under the purchased credit protection contracts. The determination as to whether a credit event has occurred is made by the relevant International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) Determination Committee (comprised of various ISDA member firms) based on the terms of the CDS and facts and circumstances for the event. Accordingly, uncertainties exist as to whether any particular strategy or policy action for addressing the European debt crisis would constitute a credit event under the CDS. A voluntary restructuring may not trigger a credit event under CDS terms and consequently may not trigger a payment under the CDS contract.

In addition to our direct sovereign and non-sovereign exposures, a significant deterioration in the European debt crisis could result in material reductions in the value of sovereign debt and other asset classes, disruptions in capital markets, widening of credit spreads of U.S. and other financial institutions, loss of investor confidence in the financial services industry, a slowdown in global economic activity and other adverse developments. For additional information on the debt crisis in Europe, see Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

116

Table of Contents

Table 62
Selected European Countries
(Dollars in millions)
Funded Loans and Loan Equivalents (1)
 
Unfunded Loan Commitments
 
Net Counter-party Exposure (2)
 
Securities/ Other Investments (3)
 
Country Exposure at June 30, 2012
 
Hedges and Credit Default Protection (4)
 
Net Country Exposure at June 30, 2012 (5)
 
Increase(Decrease) from December 31, 2011
Greece
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
6

 
$
6

 
$

 
$
6

 
$
(23
)
Financial Institutions

 

 
10

 
12

 
22

 
(4
)
 
18

 
21

Corporates
311

 
106

 
21

 
30

 
468

 
(1
)
 
467

 
33

Total Greece
$
311

 
$
106

 
$
31

 
$
48

 
$
496

 
$
(5
)
 
$
491

 
$
31

Ireland
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$
17

 
$

 
$
17

 
$
8

 
$
42

 
$

 
$
42

 
$
(79
)
Financial Institutions
121

 
328

 
157

 
395

 
1,001

 
(14
)
 
987

 
189

Corporates
1,054

 
291

 
74

 
31

 
1,450

 
(19
)
 
1,431

 
(64
)
Total Ireland
$
1,192

 
$
619

 
$
248

 
$
434

 
$
2,493

 
$
(33
)
 
$
2,460

 
$
46

Italy
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$

 
$

 
$
1,656

 
$
526

 
$
2,182

 
$
(1,701
)
 
$
481

 
$
267

Financial Institutions
1,826

 
211

 
111

 
201

 
2,349

 
(559
)
 
1,790

 
59

Corporates
1,844

 
1,512

 
173

 
175

 
3,704

 
(1,221
)
 
2,483

 
(427
)
Total Italy
$
3,670

 
$
1,723

 
$
1,940

 
$
902

 
$
8,235

 
$
(3,481
)
 
$
4,754

 
$
(101
)
Portugal
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$

 
$

 
$
44

 
$

 
$
44

 
$
(65
)
 
$
(21
)
 
$
(12
)
Financial Institutions
15

 

 
13

 
60

 
88

 
(13
)
 
75

 
71

Corporates
148

 
71

 
15

 
46

 
280

 
(172
)
 
108

 
47

Total Portugal
$
163

 
$
71

 
$
72

 
$
106

 
$
412

 
$
(250
)
 
$
162

 
$
106

Spain
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$
36

 
$
6

 
$
28

 
$
1

 
$
71

 
$
(327
)
 
$
(256
)
 
$
(263
)
Financial Institutions
49

 
13

 
138

 
148

 
348

 
(73
)
 
275

 
(387
)
Corporates
1,609

 
632

 
153

 
63

 
2,457

 
(746
)
 
1,711

 
(158
)
Total Spain
$
1,694

 
$
651

 
$
319

 
$
212

 
$
2,876

 
$
(1,146
)
 
$
1,730

 
$
(808
)
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$
53

 
$
6

 
$
1,745

 
$
541

 
$
2,345

 
$
(2,093
)
 
$
252

 
$
(110
)
Financial Institutions
2,011

 
552

 
429

 
816

 
3,808

 
(663
)
 
3,145

 
(47
)
Corporates
4,966

 
2,612

 
436

 
345

 
8,359

 
(2,159
)
 
6,200

 
(569
)
Total Selected European exposure
$
7,030

 
$
3,170

 
$
2,610

 
$
1,702

 
$
14,512

 
$
(4,915
)
 
$
9,597

 
$
(726
)
(1) 
Includes loans, leases, overdrafts, acceptances, due froms, SBLCs, commercial letters of credit and formal guarantees, which have not been reduced by collateral, hedges or credit default protection. Funded loans are reported net of charge-offs, prior to any impairment provision.
(2) 
Net counterparty exposure includes the fair value of derivatives and secured financing transactions. Derivatives have been reduced by $3.7 billion in collateral, predominantly in cash, pledged under legally enforceable netting agreements. Secured financing transactions have been reduced by eligible cash or securities pledged. The notional amount of the repurchase transactions was $732 million at June 30, 2012. Counterparty exposure has not been reduced by hedges or credit default protection.
(3) 
Securities exposures are reduced by hedges and short positions on a single-name basis to but not below zero.
(4) 
Represents unapplied net credit default protection purchased, including $(2.8) billion in net credit default protection purchased to hedge loans and securities, $(2.1) billion in additional credit default protection to hedge derivative assets and $(49) million in other short positions. Based on the credit default protection notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable.
(5) 
Represents country exposure less the fair value of hedges and credit default protection.



117

Table of Contents

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses decreased $1.5 billion to $1.8 billion, and decreased $2.9 billion to $4.2 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The provision for credit losses was $1.9 billion and $3.5 billion lower than net charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 resulting in reductions in the allowance for credit losses. This compared to reductions of $2.4 billion and $4.6 billion in the allowance for credit losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011. Absent unexpected deterioration in the economy, we expect reductions in the allowance for loan and lease losses, excluding the valuation allowance for PCI loans, to continue in the near term, though at a slower pace than in 2011.

The provision for credit losses for the consumer portfolio decreased $2.0 billion to $1.7 billion, and decreased $3.3 billion to $4.4 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 driven by lower credit costs in the home equity and residential mortgage loan portfolios due to improved portfolio trends, including lower reserve additions in our PCI portfolios, partially offset by stabilizing portfolio trends in the U.S. credit card and unsecured lending portfolio within CBB. The provision for credit losses related to the consumer PCI loan portfolios was $6 million and $493 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $412 million and $2.0 billion for the same periods in 2011.

The provision for credit losses for the commercial portfolio, net of the provision benefit for unfunded lending commitments, increased $563 million to $40 million, and $450 million to a benefit of $186 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 due to stabilization in the credit quality of the core commercial portfolio.

Allowance for Credit Losses
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses is comprised of two components as described below. We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses based on the total of these two components. The allowance for loan and lease losses excludes LHFS and loans accounted for under the fair value option as the fair value reflects a credit risk component.

The first component of the allowance for loan and lease losses covers nonperforming commercial loans and performing commercial loans that have been modified in a TDR, consumer real estate loans that have been modified in a TDR, renegotiated credit card, and renegotiated unsecured consumer and small business loans. These loans are subject to impairment measurement based on the present value of projected future cash flows discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate, or in certain circumstances, impairment may also be based upon the collateral value or the loan's observable market price if available. Impairment measurement for the renegotiated credit card, unsecured consumer and small business TDR portfolios is based on the present value of projected cash flows discounted using the average portfolio contractual interest rate, excluding promotionally priced loans, in effect prior to restructuring. For purposes of computing this specific loss component of the allowance, larger impaired loans are evaluated individually and smaller impaired loans are evaluated as a pool using historical loss experience for the respective product types and risk ratings of the loans.

The second component of the allowance for loan and lease losses covers the remaining consumer and commercial loans and leases that have incurred losses but they are not yet individually identifiable. The allowance for consumer and certain homogeneous commercial loan and lease products is based on aggregated portfolio evaluations, generally by product type. Loss forecast models are utilized that consider a variety of factors including, but not limited to, historical loss experience, estimated defaults or foreclosures based on portfolio trends, delinquencies, economic trends and credit scores. Our consumer real estate loss forecast model estimates the portion of loans that will default based on individual loan attributes, the most significant of which are refreshed LTV or CLTV, and borrower credit score as well as vintage and geography, all of which are further broken down into current delinquency status. Additionally, we incorporate the delinquency status of underlying first-lien loans on our junior-lien home equity portfolio in our allowance process. Incorporating refreshed LTV and CLTV into our probability of default allows us to factor the impact of changes in home prices into our allowance for loan and lease losses. These loss forecast models are updated on a quarterly basis to incorporate information reflecting the current economic environment. As of June 30, 2012, the loss forecast process resulted in reductions in the allowance for all major consumer portfolios.


118

Table of Contents

The allowance for commercial loan and lease losses is established by product type after analyzing historical loss experience by internal risk rating, current economic conditions, industry performance trends, geographic and obligor concentrations within each portfolio and any other pertinent information. The statistical models for commercial loans are generally updated annually and utilize our historical database of actual defaults and other data. The loan risk ratings and composition of the commercial portfolios are updated at least quarterly to incorporate the most recent data reflecting the current economic environment. For risk-rated commercial loans, we estimate the probability of default and the loss given default (LGD) based on our historical experience of defaults and credit losses. Factors considered when assessing the internal risk rating include the value of the underlying collateral, if applicable, the industry in which the obligor operates, the obligor's liquidity and other financial indicators, and other quantitative and qualitative factors relevant to the obligor's credit risk. When estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses, management relies not only on models derived from historical experience but also on its judgment in considering the effect on probable losses inherent in the portfolios due to the current macroeconomic environment and trends, inherent uncertainty in models and other qualitative factors. As of June 30, 2012, updates to the loan risk ratings and portfolio composition resulted in reductions in the allowance for all commercial portfolios.

Also included within this second component of the allowance for loan and lease losses and determined separately from the procedures outlined above are reserves that are maintained to cover uncertainties that affect our estimate of probable losses including domestic and global economic uncertainty, large single name defaults, significant events which could disrupt financial markets and model imprecision.

We monitor differences between estimated and actual incurred loan and lease losses. This monitoring process includes periodic assessments by senior management of loan and lease portfolios and the models used to estimate incurred losses in those portfolios.

Additions to, or reductions of, the allowance for loan and lease losses generally are recorded through charges or credits to the provision for credit losses. Credit exposures deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. Recoveries of previously charged off amounts are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses.

The allowance for loan and lease losses for the consumer portfolio as presented in Table 64 was $27.0 billion at June 30, 2012, a decrease of $2.7 billion from December 31, 2011. This decrease was primarily due to improving economic conditions and improvement in delinquencies and bankruptcies in the U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios in CBB as well as lower levels of projected losses in the non-PCI home equity portfolio. With respect to the consumer PCI loan portfolios, updates to our projected cash flows resulted in a provision of $6 million and $493 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to our updated home price outlook. Reserve increases related to the consumer PCI loan portfolios in the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 were $412 million and $2.0 billion.

The allowance for loan and lease losses for the commercial portfolio as presented in Table 64 was $3.3 billion at June 30, 2012, an $835 million decrease from December 31, 2011. The decrease was driven by improvement in economic conditions impacting the core commercial portfolio.

The allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding was 3.43 percent at June 30, 2012 compared to 3.68 percent at December 31, 2011. The decrease in the ratio was primarily due to improved credit quality and economic conditions which led to the reduction in the allowance for credit losses discussed above. The June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 ratios above include the PCI loan portfolio. Excluding the PCI loan portfolio, the allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding was 2.50 percent at June 30, 2012 compared to 2.86 percent at December 31, 2011.


119

Table of Contents

Table 63 presents a rollforward of the allowance for credit losses, which includes the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

Table 63
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Allowance for loan and lease losses, beginning of period
$
32,211

 
$
39,843

 
$
33,783

 
$
41,885

Loans and leases charged off
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
(777
)
 
(1,244
)
 
(1,734
)
 
(2,226
)
Home equity
(973
)
 
(1,332
)
 
(2,004
)
 
(2,614
)
Discontinued real estate
(19
)
 
(27
)
 
(38
)
 
(52
)
U.S. credit card
(1,428
)
 
(2,139
)
 
(2,963
)
 
(4,624
)
Non-U.S. credit card
(223
)
 
(498
)
 
(484
)
 
(949
)
Direct/Indirect consumer
(308
)
 
(552
)
 
(686
)
 
(1,292
)
Other consumer
(61
)
 
(56
)
 
(129
)
 
(111
)
Total consumer charge-offs
(3,789
)
 
(5,848
)
 
(8,038
)
 
(11,868
)
U.S. commercial (1)
(360
)
 
(440
)
 
(685
)
 
(893
)
Commercial real estate
(230
)
 
(299
)
 
(434
)
 
(641
)
Commercial lease financing
(20
)
 
(6
)
 
(21
)
 
(17
)
Non-U.S. commercial
(12
)
 
(14
)
 
(13
)
 
(114
)
Total commercial charge-offs
(622
)
 
(759
)
 
(1,153
)
 
(1,665
)
Total loans and leases charged off
(4,411
)
 
(6,607
)
 
(9,191
)
 
(13,533
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
43

 
140

 
102

 
217

Home equity
81

 
69

 
155

 
172

Discontinued real estate
3

 
1

 
6

 
6

U.S. credit card
184

 
208

 
388

 
419

Non-U.S. credit card
88

 
69

 
146

 
118

Direct/Indirect consumer
127

 
186

 
279

 
401

Other consumer
12

 
13

 
24

 
28

Total consumer recoveries
538

 
686

 
1,100

 
1,361

U.S. commercial (2)
83

 
105

 
157

 
267

Commercial real estate
153

 
136

 
225

 
190

Commercial lease financing
6

 
14

 
16

 
24

Non-U.S. commercial
5

 
1

 
11

 
(2
)
Total commercial recoveries
247

 
256

 
409

 
479

Total recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
785

 
942

 
1,509

 
1,840

Net charge-offs
(3,626
)
 
(5,665
)
 
(7,682
)
 
(11,693
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
1,840

 
3,260

 
4,297

 
7,176

Other (3)
(137
)
 
(126
)
 
(110
)
 
(56
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, June 30
30,288

 
37,312

 
30,288

 
37,312

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period
651

 
961

 
714

 
1,188

Provision for unfunded lending commitments
(67
)
 
(5
)
 
(106
)
 
(107
)
Other (4)
(10
)
 
(59
)
 
(34
)
 
(184
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, June 30
574

 
897

 
574

 
897

Allowance for credit losses, June 30
$
30,862

 
$
38,209

 
$
30,862

 
$
38,209

(1) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial charge-offs of $206 million and $414 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $304 million and $640 million for the same periods in 2011.
(2) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial recoveries of $23 million and $46 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $29 million and $53 million for the same periods in 2011.
(3) 
Represents primarily the impacts of portfolio sales, deconsolidations and foreign currency translation adjustments.
(4) 
Represents primarily accretion of the Merrill Lynch purchase accounting adjustment and the impact of funding previously unfunded positions.

120

Table of Contents

Table 63
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Loan and allowance ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and leases outstanding at June 30 (5)
$
883,954

 
$
931,660

 
$
883,954

 
$
931,660

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding at June 30 (5)
3.43
%
 
4.00
%
 
3.43
%
 
4.00
%
Consumer allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total consumer loans outstanding at June 30 (6)
4.70

 
5.04

 
4.70

 
5.04

Commercial allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total commercial loans and leases outstanding at June 30 (7)
1.07

 
1.82

 
1.07

 
1.82

Average loans and leases outstanding (5)
$
891,185

 
$
929,408

 
$
897,899

 
$
932,352

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (5)
1.64
%
 
2.44
%
 
1.72
%
 
2.53
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases at June 30 (5, 8)
127

 
135

 
127

 
135

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at June 30 to annualized net charge-offs
2.08

 
1.64

 
1.96

 
1.58

Amounts included in allowance for loan and lease losses that are excluded from nonperforming loans and leases at June 30 (9)
$
16,327

 
$
19,935

 
$
16,327

 
$
19,935

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases excluding amounts included in the allowance for loan and lease losses that are excluded from nonperforming loans and leases at June 30 (9)
59
%
 
63
%
 
59
%
 
63
%
Loan and allowance ratios excluding purchased credit-impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding at June 30 (5)
2.50
%
 
3.24
%
 
2.50
%
 
3.24
%
Consumer allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total consumer loans outstanding at June 30 (6)
3.32

 
3.95

 
3.32

 
3.95

Commercial allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total commercial loans and leases outstanding at June 30 (7)
1.07

 
1.82

 
1.07

 
1.82

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (5)
1.69

 
2.54

 
1.78

 
2.63

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases at June 30 (5, 8)
90

 
105

 
90

 
105

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at June 30 to annualized net charge-offs
1.46

 
1.28

 
1.38

 
1.23

(5) 
Outstanding loan and lease balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option. Loans accounted for under the fair value option were $8.4 billion and $9.6 billion at June 30, 2012 and 2011. Average loans accounted for under the fair value option were $8.3 billion and $8.7 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $9.1 billion and $6.4 billion for the same periods in 2011.
(6) 
Excludes consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option of $1.2 billion and $5.2 billion at June 30, 2012 and 2011.
(7) 
Excludes commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option of $7.2 billion and $4.4 billion at June 30, 2012 and 2011.
(8) 
For more information on our definition of nonperforming loans, see pages 99 and 108.
(9) 
Primarily includes amounts allocated to the U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios in CBB, PCI loans and the non-U.S. credit card portfolio in All Other.


121

Table of Contents

For reporting purposes, we allocate the allowance for credit losses across products. However, the allowance is available to absorb any credit losses within the loan portfolio, without restriction. Table 64 presents our allocation by product type.

Table 64
Allocation of the Allowance for Credit Losses by Product Type
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Amount
 
Percent of
Total
 
Percent of
Loans and
Leases
Outstanding 
(1)
 
Amount
 
Percent of
Total
 
Percent of
Loans and
Leases
Outstanding
(1)
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
5,899

 
19.48
%
 
2.33
%
 
$
5,935

 
17.57
%
 
2.26
%
Home equity
11,994

 
39.60

 
10.16

 
13,094

 
38.76

 
10.50

Discontinued real estate
2,071

 
6.84

 
20.59

 
2,050

 
6.07

 
18.48

U.S. credit card
5,228

 
17.26

 
5.54

 
6,322

 
18.71

 
6.18

Non-U.S. credit card
777

 
2.57

 
5.79

 
946

 
2.80

 
6.56

Direct/Indirect consumer
875

 
2.89

 
1.05

 
1,153

 
3.41

 
1.29

Other consumer
144

 
0.47

 
5.59

 
148

 
0.44

 
5.50

Total consumer
26,988

 
89.11

 
4.70

 
29,648

 
87.76

 
4.88

U.S. commercial (2)
2,016

 
6.66

 
1.02

 
2,441

 
7.23

 
1.26

Commercial real estate
967

 
3.19

 
2.65

 
1,349

 
3.99

 
3.41

Commercial lease financing
80

 
0.26

 
0.37

 
92

 
0.27

 
0.42

Non-U.S. commercial
237

 
0.78

 
0.44

 
253

 
0.75

 
0.46

Total commercial (3)
3,300

 
10.89

 
1.07

 
4,135

 
12.24

 
1.33

Allowance for loan and lease losses
30,288

 
100.00
%
 
3.43

 
33,783

 
100.00
%
 
3.68

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments
574

 
 
 
 
 
714

 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses (4)
$
30,862

 
 
 
 
 
$
34,497

 
 
 
 
(1) 
Ratios are calculated as allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of loans and leases outstanding excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option. Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option include residential mortgage loans of $172 million and $906 million and discontinued real estate loans of $1.0 billion and $1.3 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option include U.S. commercial loans of $1.9 billion and $2.2 billion and non-U.S. commercial loans of $5.3 billion and $4.4 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) Includes allowance for U.S. small business commercial loans of $812 million and $893 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(3) Includes allowance for loan and lease losses for impaired commercial loans of $422 million and $545 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(4) Includes $9.0 billion and $8.5 billion of valuation allowance presented with the allowance for credit losses related to PCI loans at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

In addition to the allowance for loan and lease losses, we also estimate probable losses related to unfunded lending commitments such as letters of credit, financial guarantees, unfunded bankers' acceptances and binding loan commitments, excluding commitments accounted for under the fair value option. Unfunded lending commitments are subject to the same assessment as funded loans, including estimates of probability of default and LGD. Due to the nature of unfunded commitments, the estimate of probable losses must also consider utilization. To estimate the portion of these undrawn commitments that is likely to be drawn by a borrower at the time of estimated default, analyses of the Corporation's historical experience are applied to the unfunded commitments to estimate the funded exposure at default (EAD). The expected loss for unfunded lending commitments is the product of the probability of default, the LGD and the EAD, adjusted for any qualitative factors including economic uncertainty and inherent imprecision in models.

The reserve for unfunded lending commitments at June 30, 2012 was $574 million, $140 million lower than December 31, 2011 driven by improved credit quality in the unfunded portfolio and accretion of purchase accounting adjustments on acquired Merrill Lynch unfunded positions.


122

Table of Contents

Market Risk Management

Market risk is the risk that values of assets and liabilities or revenues will be adversely affected by changes in market conditions. This risk is inherent in the financial instruments associated with our operations and/or activities including loans, deposits, securities, short-term borrowings, long-term debt, trading account assets and liabilities, and derivatives. Market-sensitive assets and liabilities are generated through loans and deposits associated with our traditional banking business, customer and other trading operations, the ALM process, credit risk mitigation activities and mortgage banking activities. In the event of market volatility, factors such as underlying market movements and liquidity have an impact on the results of the Corporation. For additional information on our market risk management process, see pages 89 through 96 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Trading Risk Management

Trading-related revenues represent the amount earned from trading positions, including trading-related net interest income, which are taken in a diverse range of financial instruments and markets. Trading account assets and liabilities and derivative positions are reported at fair value. For more information on fair value, see Note 15 – Fair Value Measurements to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Trading-related revenues can be volatile and are largely driven by general market conditions and customer demand. Also, trading-related revenues are dependent on the volume and type of transactions, the level of risk assumed, and the volatility of price and rate movements at any given time within the ever-changing market environment.

The Global Markets Risk Committee (GMRC), chaired by the Global Markets Risk Executive, has been designated by ALMRC as the primary governance authority for global markets risk management including trading risk management. The GMRC’s focus is to take a forward-looking view of the primary credit and market risks impacting Global Markets and prioritize those that need a proactive risk mitigation strategy. Market risks that impact businesses outside of Global Markets are monitored and governed by their respective governance authorities.

The GMRC monitors significant daily revenues and losses by business and the primary drivers of the revenues or losses. Thresholds are in place for each of our businesses in order to determine if the revenue or loss is considered to be significant for that business. If any of the thresholds are exceeded, an explanation of the variance is provided to the GMRC. The thresholds are developed in coordination with the respective risk managers to highlight those revenues or losses that exceed what is considered to be normal daily income statement volatility.


123

Table of Contents

The histogram below is a graphic depiction of trading volatility and illustrates the daily level of trading-related revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. During the three months ended June 30, 2012, positive trading-related revenue was recorded for 95 percent, or 60 of the 63 trading days of which 75 percent (47 days) were daily trading gains of over $25 million and the largest loss was $11 million. These results can be compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, where positive trading-related revenue was recorded for 100 percent (62 days) of the trading days of which 95 percent (59 days) were daily trading gains of over $25 million. There were no daily trading losses recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

To evaluate risk in our trading activities, we focus on the actual and potential volatility of individual positions as well as portfolios. VaR is a key statistic used to measure market risk. In order to manage day-to-day risks, VaR is subject to trading limits both for our overall trading portfolio and within individual businesses. All limit excesses are communicated to management for review.

A VaR model simulates the value of a portfolio under a range of hypothetical scenarios in order to generate a distribution of potential gains and losses. VaR represents the worst loss the portfolio is expected to experience based on historical trends with a given level of confidence and depends on the volatility of the positions in the portfolio and on how strongly their risks are correlated. Within any VaR model, there are significant and numerous assumptions that will differ from company to company. In addition, the accuracy of a VaR model depends on the availability and quality of historical data for each of the positions in the portfolio. A VaR model may require additional modeling assumptions for new products that do not have extensive historical price data or for illiquid positions for which accurate daily prices are not consistently available.

A VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of potential gains and losses on our trading portfolios. There are, however, many limitations inherent in a VaR model as it utilizes historical results over a defined time period to estimate future performance. Historical results may not always be indicative of future results and changes in market conditions or in the composition of the underlying portfolio could have a material impact on the accuracy of the VaR model. In order for the VaR model to reflect current market conditions, we update the historical data underlying our VaR model on a weekly basis and regularly review the assumptions underlying the model. Our VaR model utilizes three years of historical data. This time period was chosen to ensure that the VaR reflects both a broad range of market movements as well as being sensitive to recent changes in market volatility.

We continually review, evaluate and enhance our VaR model so that it reflects the material risks in our trading portfolio. Nevertheless, due to the limitations previously discussed, we have historically used the VaR model as only one of the components in managing our trading risk and also use other techniques such as stress testing and desk level limits. Periods of extreme market stress influence the reliability of these techniques to varying degrees.


124

Table of Contents

The accuracy of the VaR methodology is reviewed by backtesting which compares the VaR results from historical data against the actual daily profit and loss. Graphic representation of the backtesting results with additional explanation of backtesting excesses are reported to the GMRC. Backtesting excesses occur when trading losses exceed VaR. Senior management reviews and evaluates the results of these tests. In periods of market stress, the GMRC members communicate daily to discuss losses and VaR limit excesses. As a result of this process, the businesses may selectively reduce risk. Where economically feasible, positions are sold or macroeconomic hedges are executed to reduce the exposure.

Our VaR model uses a historical simulation approach based on three years of historical data and an expected shortfall methodology equivalent to a 99 percent confidence level. Statistically, this means that losses will exceed VaR, on average, one out of 100 trading days, or two to three times each year. The number of actual backtesting excesses observed is dependent on current market performance relative to historic market volatility. Actual losses did not exceed daily trading VaR in the twelve months ended June 30, 2012 or the twelve months ended June 30, 2011. The graph below shows daily trading-related revenue and VaR for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012.
Table 65 presents average, high and low daily trading VaR for the three months ended June 30, 2012, March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2011, as well as average daily trading VaR for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

Table 65
 
 
 
Trading Activities Market Risk VaR
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
 
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2012
 
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2011
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
2011
(Dollars in millions)
Average
High (1)
Low (1)
 
Average
High (1)
Low (1)
 
Average
High (1)
Low (1)
 
Average
Average
Foreign exchange
$
19.8

$
27.1

$
15.1

 
$
19.0

$
24.4

$
11.5

 
$
14.3

$
34.6

$
6.0

 
$
19.4

$
21.4

Interest rate
49.2

67.1

31.2

 
49.5

75.3

32.5

 
63.6

76.6

49.5

 
49.4

56.2

Credit
37.4

53.9

31.1

 
50.3

66.7

35.9

 
133.6

155.3

97.3

 
43.8

135.9

Real estate/mortgage
32.3

40.4

28.3

 
36.9

45.0

31.2

 
100.2

138.9

72.5

 
34.6

97.0

Equities
23.9

35.5

16.1

 
40.7

54.8

28.6

 
55.2

79.5

32.1

 
32.2

52.7

Commodities
11.9

15.2

7.2

 
13.1

16.6

8.4

 
23.7

33.8

15.9

 
12.5

23.8

Portfolio diversification
(112.0
)


 
(125.4
)


 
(161.4
)


 
(118.7
)
(180.3
)
Total trading-related portfolio
$
62.5

$
85.5

$
48.5

 
$
84.1

$
114.5

$
50.1

 
$
229.2

$
318.6

$
140.9

 
$
73.2

$
206.7

(1) 
The high and low for the total portfolio may not equal the sum of the individual components as the highs or lows of the individual portfolios may have occurred on different trading days.

The $22 million decrease in average VaR during the three months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily due to lower client activity during the period and is reflected primarily in the decreases in equities and credit where average VaR decreased $17 million and $13 million. These decreases were partially offset by a reduction in portfolio diversification VaR of $13 million.

125

Table of Contents

Counterparty credit risk is an adjustment to the mark-to-market value of our derivative exposures to reflect the impact of the credit quality of counterparties on our derivative assets. Since counterparty credit exposure is not included in the VaR component of the regulatory capital allocation, we do not include it in our trading VaR, and it is therefore not included in the daily trading-related revenue illustrated in our histogram or used for backtesting.

Trading Portfolio Stress Testing

Because the very nature of a VaR model suggests results can exceed our estimates, and is dependent on a limited lookback window, we also "stress test" our portfolio. Stress testing estimates the value change in our trading portfolio that may result from abnormal market movements. Various scenarios, categorized as either historical or hypothetical, are regularly run and reported for the overall trading portfolio and individual businesses. Historical scenarios simulate the impact of price changes that occurred during a set of extended historical market events. Generally, a 10-business-day window or longer, representing the most severe point during a crisis, is selected for each historical scenario. Hypothetical scenarios provide simulations of anticipated shocks from pre-defined market stress events. These stress events include shocks to underlying market risk variables which may be well beyond the shocks found in the historical data used to calculate VaR. As with the historical scenarios, the hypothetical scenarios are designed to represent a short-term market disruption. Scenarios are reviewed and updated as necessary in light of changing positions and new economic or political information. In addition to the value afforded by the results themselves, this information provides senior management with a clear picture of the trend of risk being taken given the relatively static nature of the shocks applied. Stress testing for the trading portfolio is also integrated with enterprise-wide stress testing and incorporated into the limits framework. A process has been in place to promote consistency between the scenarios used for the trading portfolio and those used for enterprise-wide stress testing. The scenarios used for enterprise-wide stress testing purposes differ from the typical trading portfolio scenarios in that they have a longer time horizon and the results are forecasted over multiple periods for use in consolidated capital and liquidity planning. For additional information on enterprise-wide stress testing, see page 75.

Interest Rate Risk Management for Nontrading Activities

The following discussion presents net interest income excluding the impact of trading-related activities on net interest income.

Interest rate risk represents the most significant market risk exposure to our nontrading balance sheet. Interest rate risk is measured as the potential volatility in net interest income caused by changes in market interest rates. Client-facing activities, primarily lending and deposit-taking, create interest rate sensitive positions on our balance sheet.

We prepare forward-looking forecasts of net interest income. The baseline forecast takes into consideration expected future business growth, ALM positioning and the direction of interest rate movements as implied by the market-based forward curve. We then measure and evaluate the impact that alternative interest rate scenarios have on the baseline forecast in order to assess interest rate sensitivity under varied conditions. The net interest income forecast is frequently updated for changing assumptions and differing outlooks based on economic trends, market conditions and business strategies. Thus, we continually monitor our balance sheet position in an effort to maintain an acceptable level of exposure to interest rate changes.

The interest rate scenarios that we analyze incorporate balance sheet assumptions such as loan and deposit growth and pricing, changes in funding mix, product repricing and maturity characteristics, but do not include the impact of hedge ineffectiveness. Our overall goal is to manage interest rate risk so that movements in interest rates do not adversely affect net interest income and capital.

The spot and 12-month forward monthly rates used in our baseline forecasts at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are presented in Table 66.

Table 66
Forward Rates
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
Federal Funds
 
Three-month
LIBOR
 
10-Year Swap
 
Federal Funds
 
Three-month
LIBOR
 
10-Year Swap
Spot rates
0.25
%
 
0.46
%
 
1.78
%
 
0.25
%
 
0.58
%
 
2.03
%
12-month forward rates
0.25

 
0.55

 
2.04

 
0.25

 
0.75

 
2.29


126

Table of Contents

Table 67 shows the pre-tax dollar impact to forecasted net interest income over the next twelve months from June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, resulting from instantaneous parallel and non-parallel shocks to the market-based forward curve. Periodically we evaluate the scenarios presented to ensure that they provide a comprehensive view of our interest rate risk exposure and are meaningful in the context of the current rate environment. Given the potential volatility in long end rates and our sensitivity to those rates, we have replaced gradual shocks previously reported with instantaneous shocks. For further discussion of net interest income excluding the impact of trading-related activities, see page 23.

Table 67
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated Net Interest Income Excluding Trading-related Net Interest Income
(Dollars in millions)
Curve Change
Short Rate (bps)
 
Long Rate (bps)
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Parallel shifts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 +100 bps instantaneous parallel shift
+100

 
+100

 
$
2,977

 
$
2,883

 -50 bps instantaneous parallel shift
-50

 
-50

 
(1,695
)
 
(1,795
)
Flatteners
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short end instantaneous change
+100

 

 
1,268

 
979

Long end instantaneous change

 
-50

 
(1,473
)
 
(1,319
)
Steepeners
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short end instantaneous change
-50

 

 
(219
)
 
(464
)
Long end instantaneous change

 
+100

 
1,729

 
1,935


The sensitivity analysis in Table 67 assumes that we take no action in response to these rate shocks. Our net interest income was asset sensitive to a parallel move in interest rates at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. As part of our ALM activities, we use securities, residential mortgages, and interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives in managing interest rate sensitivity.

Securities

The securities portfolio is an integral part of our ALM positioning and is primarily comprised of debt securities including MBS and to a lesser extent U.S. Treasury, corporate, municipal and other debt securities. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we held AFS debt securities with a fair value of $300.0 billion and $276.2 billion. During the three months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, we purchased AFS debt securities of $32.8 billion and $36.4 billion, sold $20.0 billion and $29.1 billion, and had maturities and received paydowns of $16.0 billion and $11.0 billion. We realized $400 million and $899 million in net gains on sales of debt securities during the three months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we held $35.2 billion and $35.3 billion of held-to-maturity securities.

During the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, we purchased AFS debt securities of $99.7 billion and $59.8 billion, sold $45.8 billion and $40.0 billion, and had maturities and received paydowns of $31.8 billion and $28.7 billion. We realized $1.2 billion and $1.4 billion in net gains on sales of debt securities during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

Accumulated OCI included after-tax net unrealized gains of $3.7 billion and $1.6 billion on AFS debt securities and $16 million and $6.5 billion on AFS marketable equity securities at June 30, 2012 and 2011. For additional information on accumulated OCI, see Note 12 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The amount of pre-tax net unrealized gains on AFS debt securities increased $2.3 billion and $888 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 to $5.9 billion primarily due to the impact of lower interest rates. For additional information on our securities portfolio, see Note 4 – Securities to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We recognized $6 million and $46 million of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses in earnings on AFS debt securities in the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $45 million and $133 million for the same periods in the prior year. The recognition of OTTI losses is based on a variety of factors, including the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than amortized cost, the financial condition of the issuer of the security including credit ratings and any specific events affecting the operations of the issuer, underlying assets that collateralize the debt security, other industry and macroeconomic conditions, and our intent and ability to hold the security to recovery.


127

Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage Portfolio

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, our residential mortgage portfolio was $252.6 billion and $262.3 billion which excludes $10.1 billion and $11.1 billion in the discontinued real estate loan portfolio and $1.2 billion and $2.2 billion of consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option. For more information on consumer fair value option loans, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 98. The $9.7 billion decrease in the six months ended June 30, 2012 was due to new origination volume which was more than offset by paydowns, charge-offs and transfers to foreclosed properties.

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

There were $7.9 billion in first-lien mortgages originated by CRES and GWIM, which we retained, compared to $13.0 billion in the prior-year period. Additionally, we repurchased $2.2 billion of delinquent FHA loans pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA and received paydowns of $11.9 billion compared to repurchases of $1.7 billion and paydowns of $8.5 billion in the prior-year period. We securitized and retained $21 million in loans during the current period compared to none in the prior-year period. There were no purchases of residential mortgages related to ALM activities during either period. We sold $18 million and $50 million of residential mortgages, all of which were originated residential mortgages. Gains recognized on securitizations completed during the current period and net gains on the sales of residential mortgages in both periods were minimal.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

There were $16.2 billion in first-lien mortgages originated by CRES and GWIM, which we retained, compared to $23.8 billion in the prior-year period. Additionally, we repurchased $2.3 billion of delinquent FHA loans pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA and received paydowns of $24.4 billion compared to repurchases of $7.5 billion and paydowns of $20.3 billion in the prior-year period. We securitized and retained $21 million in loans during the current period compared to none in the prior-year period. Additionally, there were no purchases of residential mortgages related to ALM activities compared to $72 million in the prior-year period. We sold $37 million and $73 million of residential mortgages, all of which were originated residential mortgages. Gains recognized on securitizations completed during the current period and net gains on the sales of residential mortgages in both periods were minimal.

Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Derivative Contracts

Interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts are utilized in our ALM activities and serve as an efficient tool to manage our interest rate and foreign exchange risk. We use derivatives to hedge the variability in cash flows or changes in fair value on our balance sheet due to interest rate and foreign exchange components. For additional information on our hedging activities, see Note 3 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our interest rate contracts are generally non-leveraged generic interest rate and foreign exchange basis swaps, options, futures and forwards. In addition, we use foreign exchange contracts, including cross-currency interest rate swaps, foreign currency forward contracts and options to mitigate the foreign exchange risk associated with foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities.

Changes to the composition of our derivatives portfolio during the six months ended June 30, 2012 reflect actions taken for interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk management. The decisions to reposition our derivatives portfolio are based upon the current assessment of economic and financial conditions including the interest rate and foreign currency environments, balance sheet composition and trends, and the relative mix of our cash and derivative positions.


128

Table of Contents

Table 68 presents derivatives utilized in our ALM activities including those designated as accounting and economic hedging instruments and shows the notional amount, fair value, weighted-average receive-fixed and pay-fixed rates, expected maturity and estimated duration of our open ALM derivatives at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. These amounts do not include derivative hedges on our MSRs.

Table 68
Asset and Liability Management Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Contracts
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expected Maturity
 
 
(Dollars in millions, average estimated duration in years)
Fair
Value
 
Total
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
Thereafter
 
Average
Estimated
Duration
Receive-fixed interest rate swaps (1, 2)
$
12,542

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
6.14

Notional amount
 

 
$
85,504

 
$
4,972

 
$
7,175

 
$
7,604

 
$
10,263

 
$
11,362

 
$
44,128

 
 

Weighted-average fixed-rate
 

 
4.30
%
 
2.16
%
 
4.06
%
 
3.79
%
 
4.07
%
 
3.98
%
 
4.81
%
 
 

Pay-fixed interest rate swaps (1, 2)
(8,529
)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
13.51

Notional amount
 

 
$
42,392

 
$

 
$
466

 
$
1,230

 
$
3,520

 
$
1,025

 
$
36,151

 
 

Weighted-average fixed-rate
 

 
3.32
%
 
%
 
3.78
%
 
1.65
%
 
2.23
%
 
1.65
%
 
3.53
%
 
 

Same-currency basis swaps (3)
67

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount
 

 
$
247,556

 
$
20,547

 
$
75,415

 
$
61,550

 
$
23,676

 
$
23,017

 
$
43,351

 
 

Foreign exchange basis swaps (2, 4, 5)
702

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount
 

 
216,712

 
27,716

 
40,015

 
47,978

 
25,586

 
15,494

 
59,923

 
 

Option products (6)
(1,356
)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount (7)
 

 
7,198

 

 
2,950

 
600

 
300

 

 
3,348

 
 

Foreign exchange contracts (2, 5, 8)
3,979

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount (7)
 

 
54,433

 
19,832

 
6,728

 
9,762

 
2,034

 
2,327

 
13,750

 
 

Futures and forward rate contracts

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount (7)
 

 
1,760

 
1,760

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

Net ALM contracts
$
7,405

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expected Maturity
 
 
(Dollars in millions, average estimated duration in years)
Fair
Value
 
Total
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
Thereafter
 
Average
Estimated
Duration
Receive-fixed interest rate swaps (1, 2)
$
13,989

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.99

Notional amount
 
 
$
105,938

 
$
22,422

 
$
8,144

 
$
7,604

 
$
10,774

 
$
11,660

 
$
45,334

 
 
Weighted-average fixed-rate
 
 
4.09
%
 
2.65
%
 
3.70
%
 
3.79
%
 
4.01
%
 
3.96
%
 
4.98
%
 
 
Pay-fixed interest rate swaps (1, 2)
(13,561
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.17

Notional amount
 
 
$
77,985

 
$
2,150

 
$
1,496

 
$
1,750

 
$
15,026

 
$
8,951

 
$
48,612

 
 
Weighted-average fixed-rate
 
 
3.29
%
 
1.45
%
 
2.68
%
 
1.80
%
 
2.35
%
 
3.13
%
 
3.76
%
 
 
Same-currency basis swaps (3)
61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount
 
 
$
222,641

 
$
44,898

 
$
83,248

 
$
35,678

 
$
14,134

 
$
17,113

 
$
27,570

 
 
Foreign exchange basis swaps (2, 4, 5)
3,409

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount
 
 
262,428

 
60,359

 
49,161

 
55,111

 
20,401

 
43,360

 
34,036

 
 
Option products (6)
(1,875
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount (7)
 
 
10,413

 
1,500

 
2,950

 
600

 
300

 
458

 
4,605

 
 
Foreign exchange contracts (2, 5, 8)
2,522

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount (7)
 
 
52,328

 
20,470

 
3,556

 
10,165

 
2,071

 
2,603

 
13,463

 
 
Futures and forward rate contracts
153

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount (7)
 
 
12,160

 
12,160

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Net ALM contracts
$
4,698

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the receive-fixed interest rate swap notional amounts that represented forward starting swaps and which will not be effective until their respective contractual start dates totaled $263 million and $1.7 billion. The forward starting pay-fixed swap positions at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were $520 million and $8.8 billion.
(2) 
Does not include basis adjustments on either fixed-rate debt issued by the Corporation or AFS debt securities which are hedged using derivatives designated as fair value hedging instruments that substantially offset the fair values of these derivatives.
(3) 
At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the notional amount of same-currency basis swaps consisted of $247.6 billion and $222.6 billion in both foreign currency and U.S. dollar-denominated basis swaps in which both sides of the swap are in the same currency.
(4) 
Foreign exchange basis swaps consisted of cross-currency variable interest rate swaps used separately or in conjunction with receive-fixed interest rate swaps.
(5) 
Does not include foreign currency translation adjustments on certain non-U.S. debt issued by the Corporation that substantially offset the fair values of these derivatives.
(6) 
The notional amount of option products of $7.2 billion at June 30, 2012 were comprised of $17 million in purchased caps/floors and $7.2 billion in swaptions. Option products of $10.4 billion at December 31, 2011 were comprised of $30 million in purchased caps/floors and $10.4 billion in swaptions.
(7) 
Reflects the net of long and short positions.
(8) 
The notional amount of foreign exchange contracts of $54.4 billion at June 30, 2012 was comprised of $35.9 billion in foreign currency-denominated and cross-currency receive-fixed swaps, $432 million in foreign currency-denominated pay-fixed swaps, and $18.9 billion in net foreign currency forward rate contracts. Foreign exchange contracts of $52.3 billion at December 31, 2011 were comprised of $40.6 billion in foreign currency-denominated and cross-currency receive-fixed swaps, $647 million in foreign currency-denominated pay-fixed swaps and $12.4 billion in net foreign currency forward rate contracts.


129

Table of Contents

We use interest rate derivative instruments to hedge the variability in the cash flows of our assets and liabilities and other forecasted transactions (collectively referred to as cash flow hedges). The net losses on both open and terminated derivative instruments recorded in accumulated OCI, net-of-tax, were $3.5 billion and $3.8 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. These net losses are expected to be reclassified into earnings in the same period as the hedged cash flows affect earnings and will decrease income or increase expense on the respective hedged cash flows. Assuming no change in open cash flow derivative hedge positions and no changes in prices or interest rates beyond what is implied in forward yield curves at June 30, 2012, the pre-tax net losses are expected to be reclassified into earnings as follows: $1.3 billion, or 24 percent, within the next year, 57 percent in years two through five, and 12 percent in years six through ten, with the remaining seven percent thereafter. For more information on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, see Note 3 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We hedge our net investment in non-U.S. operations determined to have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar using forward foreign exchange contracts that typically settle in less than 180 days, cross-currency basis swaps, foreign exchange options and foreign currency-denominated debt. We recorded after-tax gains on derivatives and foreign currency-denominated debt in accumulated OCI associated with net investment hedges which were offset by losses on our net investments in consolidated non-U.S. entities at June 30, 2012.

Mortgage Banking Risk Management

We originate, fund and service mortgage loans, which subject us to credit, liquidity and interest rate risks, among others. We determine whether loans will be HFI or held-for-sale at the time of commitment and manage credit and liquidity risks by selling or securitizing a portion of the loans we originate.

Interest rate risk and market risk can be substantial in the mortgage business. Fluctuations in interest rates drive consumer demand for new mortgages and the level of refinancing activity, which in turn, affects total origination and service fee income. Typically, a decline in mortgage interest rates will lead to an increase in mortgage originations and fees and a decrease in the value of the MSRs driven by higher prepayment expectations. Hedging the various sources of interest rate risk in mortgage banking is a complex process that requires complex modeling and ongoing monitoring. IRLCs and the related residential first mortgage LHFS are subject to interest rate risk between the date of the IRLC and the date the loans are sold to the secondary market. To hedge interest rate risk, we utilize forward loan sale commitments and other derivative instruments including purchased options. These instruments are used as economic hedges of IRLCs and residential first mortgage LHFS. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the notional amounts of derivatives economically hedging the IRLCs and residential first mortgage LHFS were $40.0 billion and $14.7 billion.

MSRs are nonfinancial assets created when the underlying mortgage loan is sold to investors and we retain the right to service the loan. We use certain derivatives such as interest rate options, interest rate swaps, forward settlement contracts and Eurodollar futures, as well as MBS and U.S. Treasuries as economic hedges of MSRs. The notional amounts of the derivative contracts and other securities designated as economic hedges of MSRs were $2.7 trillion and $41.3 billion at June 30, 2012 and $2.6 trillion and $46.3 billion at December 31, 2011. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, we recorded gains in mortgage banking income of $1.8 billion and $1.3 billion related to the change in fair value of these economic hedges compared to gains of $1.5 billion and $1.3 billion for the same periods in the prior year. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights to the Consolidated Financial Statements and for more information on mortgage banking income, see CRES on page 36.

Compliance Risk Management

Compliance risk arises from the failure to adhere to laws, rules, regulations, and internal policies and procedures. Compliance risk can expose the Corporation to reputational risks as well as fines, civil money penalties or payment of damages and can lead to diminished business opportunities and diminished ability to expand key operations. Compliance is at the core of the Corporation’s culture and is a key component of risk management discipline.

The Global Compliance organization is responsible for driving a culture of compliance; establishing compliance program standards and policies; executing, monitoring and testing of business controls; performing risk assessments on the businesses’ adherence to laws, rules and standards as well as effectiveness of business controls; delivering compliance risk reporting; and supporting the identification, escalation and reporting of emerging and existing compliance risks and for overseeing remediation of compliance risks and issues executed by the businesses. Global Compliance is also responsible for facilitating processes to effectively manage regulatory changes and build constructive relationships with regulators.

The Board provides oversight of compliance risks through its Audit Committee.


130

Table of Contents

Operational Risk Management

The Corporation defines operational risk as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk may occur anywhere in the Corporation, not solely in operations functions, and its effects may extend beyond financial losses. Operational risk includes legal risk. Successful operational risk management is particularly important to diversified financial services companies because of the nature, volume and complexity of the financial services business. Global banking guidelines and country-specific requirements for managing operational risk were established in Basel 2 which requires that the Corporation has internal operational risk management processes to assess and measure operational risk exposure and to set aside appropriate capital to address those exposures.

We approach operational risk management from two perspectives to best manage operational risk within the structure of the Corporation: (1) at the enterprise level to provide independent, integrated management of operational risk across the organization, and (2) at the business and enterprise control function levels to address operational risk in revenue producing and non-revenue producing units. A sound internal governance structure enhances the effectiveness of the Corporation's Operational Risk Management Program and is accomplished at the enterprise level through formal oversight by the Board, the Chief Risk Officer and a variety of management committees and risk oversight groups aligned to the Corporation's overall risk governance framework and practices. Of these, the Compliance and Operational Risk Committee (CORC) oversees the Corporation's policies and processes for sound operational management. The CORC also serves as an escalation point for critical operational risk matters within the Corporation. The CORC reports operational risk activities to the Enterprise Risk Committee of the Board.

Within the Global Risk Management organization, the Corporate Operational Risk team develops and guides the strategies, policies, practices, controls and monitoring tools for assessing and managing operational risks across the organization and reports results to the businesses, enterprise control functions, senior management, governance committees and the Board.

The business and enterprise control functions are responsible for all the risks within their units, including operational risks. In addition to enterprise risk management tools such as loss reporting, scenario analysis, and risk and control self assessments, operational risk executives, working in conjunction with senior business executives, have developed key tools to help identify, measure, mitigate and monitor risk in each business and enterprise control function.

Independent review and challenge to the Corporation's overall operational risk management framework is performed by the Corporate Operational Risk Validation Team.

For more information on our operational risk management activities, see page 96 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Complex Accounting Estimates

Our significant accounting principles, as described in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, are essential in understanding the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Many of our significant accounting principles require complex judgments to estimate the values of assets and liabilities. We have procedures and processes in place to facilitate making these judgments.

The more judgmental estimates impacting results for the six months ended June 30, 2012 are summarized in the following discussion. We have identified and described the development of the variables most important in the estimation processes that involve mathematical models to derive the estimates. In many cases, there are numerous alternative judgments that could be used in the process of determining the inputs to the models. Where alternatives exist, we have used the factors that we believe represent the most reasonable value in developing the inputs. Actual performance that differs from our estimates of the key variables could impact our results of operations. Separate from the possible future impact to our results of operations from input and model variables, the value of our lending portfolio and market-sensitive assets and liabilities may change subsequent to the balance sheet date, often significantly, due to the nature and magnitude of future credit and market conditions. Such credit and market conditions may change quickly and in unforeseen ways and the resulting volatility could have a significant, negative effect on future operating results. These fluctuations would not be indicative of deficiencies in our models or inputs.

For additional information, see Complex Accounting Estimates on page 97 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


131

Table of Contents

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and are significant to the overall fair value measurement are classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy established in applicable accounting guidance. The Level 3 financial assets and liabilities include certain loans, MBS, ABS, CDOs and structured liabilities, as well as highly structured, complex or long-dated derivative contracts, private equity investments and consumer MSRs. The fair value of these Level 3 financial assets and liabilities is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

Table 69
Level 3 Asset and Liability Summary
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Level 3
Fair Value
 
As a %
of Total
Level 3
Assets
 
As a %
of Total
Assets
 
Level 3
Fair Value
 
As a %
of Total
Level 3
Assets
 
As a %
of Total
Assets
Trading account assets
$
10,263

 
25.22
%
 
0.47
%
 
$
11,455

 
22.21
%
 
0.54
%
Derivative assets
11,397

 
28.01

 
0.53

 
14,366

 
27.85

 
0.67

AFS debt securities
5,816

 
14.29

 
0.27

 
8,012

 
15.53

 
0.38

All other Level 3 assets at fair value
13,220

 
32.48

 
0.61

 
17,744

 
34.41

 
0.83

Total Level 3 assets at fair value (1)
$
40,696

 
100.00
%
 
1.88
%
 
$
51,577

 
100.00
%
 
2.42
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 3
Fair Value
 
As a %
of Total
Level 3
Liabilities
 
As a %
of Total
Liabilities
 
Level 3
Fair Value
 
As a %
of Total
Level 3
Liabilities
 
As a %
of Total
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities
$
6,796

 
72.85
%
 
0.35
%
 
$
8,500

 
73.46
%
 
0.45
%
Long-term debt
2,388

 
25.60

 
0.12

 
2,943

 
25.43

 
0.15

All other Level 3 liabilities at fair value
145

 
1.55

 
0.01

 
128

 
1.11

 
0.01

Total Level 3 liabilities at fair value (1)
$
9,329

 
100.00
%
 
0.48
%
 
$
11,571

 
100.00
%
 
0.61
%
(1) 
Level 3 total assets and liabilities are shown before the impact of counterparty netting related to our derivative positions.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, we recognized net losses of $419 million and $345 million on Level 3 assets and liabilities. The net losses during the three months ended June 30, 2012 were primarily losses on MSRs partially offset by gains on net derivative assets. Unrealized losses on MSRs were primarily due to the impact of the decline in interest rates on forecasted prepayments. Unrealized gains on net derivative assets were primarily due to the impact of recording IRLCs. The net losses during the six months ended June 30, 2012 were primarily losses on MSRs, as described above, combined with trading losses on net derivative assets as a result of the tightening of counterparty spreads, partially offset by gains on net derivative assets within mortgage banking income as a result of the same factors described above in the three-month discussion. There were net unrealized gains of $67 million in accumulated OCI on Level 3 assets and liabilities at June 30, 2012. For additional information on the components of net realized and unrealized gains and losses during three and six months ended June 30, 2012, see Note 15 – Fair Value Measurements to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Level 3 financial instruments, such as our consumer MSRs, may be economically hedged with derivatives classified as Level 1 or 2; therefore, gains or losses associated with Level 3 financial instruments may be offset by gains or losses associated with financial instruments classified in other levels of the fair value hierarchy. The Level 3 gains and losses recorded in earnings did not have a significant impact on our liquidity or capital resources.

We conduct a review of our fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Transfers into or out of Level 3 are made if the significant inputs used in the financial models measuring the fair values of the assets and liabilities became unobservable or observable, respectively, in the current marketplace. These transfers are considered to be effective as of the beginning of the quarter in which they occur. For additional information on the significant transfers into and out of Level 3 during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, see Note 15 – Fair Value Measurements to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

132

Table of Contents

Representations and Warranties

The methodology used to estimate the liability for obligations under representations and warranties related to transfers of residential mortgage loans is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a variety of factors. Depending upon the counterparty, these factors include actual defaults, estimated future defaults, historical loss experience, estimated home prices, other economic conditions, estimated probability that we will receive a repurchase request, including consideration of whether presentation thresholds will be met, number of payments made by the borrower prior to default and estimated probability that we will be required to repurchase a loan. It also considers other relevant facts and circumstances, such as bulk settlements and identity of the counterparty or type of counterparty, as appropriate. The estimate of the liability for obligations under representations and warranties is based upon currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of factors, including those set forth above, that are subject to change. Changes to any one of these factors could significantly impact the estimate of our liability.

The provision for representations and warranties may vary significantly each period as the methodology used to estimate the expense continues to be refined based on the level and type of repurchase requests presented, defects identified, the latest experience gained on repurchase requests and other relevant facts and circumstances. The estimated range of possible loss related to non-GSE representations and warranties exposure has been disclosed. For the GSE claims where we have established a representations and warranties liability as discussed in Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements, an assumed simultaneous increase or decrease of 10 percent in estimated future defaults, loss severity and the net repurchase rate would result in an increase of approximately $800 million or decrease of approximately $700 million in the representations and warranties liability as of June 30, 2012. These sensitivities are hypothetical and are intended to provide an indication of the impact of a significant change in these key assumptions on the representations and warranties liability. In reality, changes in one assumption may result in changes in other assumptions, which may or may not counteract the sensitivity.

For additional information on representations and warranties, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Representations and Warranties on page 56, as well as Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements herein and Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


133

Table of Contents

Glossary
Alt-A Mortgage – A type of U.S. mortgage that, for various reasons, is considered riskier than A-paper, or “prime,” and less risky than “subprime,” the riskiest category. Alt-A interest rates, which are determined by credit risk, therefore tend to be between those of prime and subprime home loans. Typically, Alt-A mortgages are characterized by borrowers with less than full documentation, lower credit scores and higher LTVs.
Assets in Custody – Consist largely of custodial and non-discretionary trust assets excluding brokerage assets administered for clients. Trust assets encompass a broad range of asset types including real estate, private company ownership interest, personal property and investments.
Assets Under Management (AUM) – The total market value of assets under the investment advisory and discretion of GWIM which generate asset management fees based on a percentage of the assets’ market values. AUM reflects assets that are generally managed for institutional, high net-worth and retail clients, and are distributed through various investment products including mutual funds, other commingled vehicles and separate accounts.
Carrying Value (with respect to loans) – The amount at which a loan is recorded on the balance sheet. For loans recorded at amortized cost, carrying value is the unpaid principal balance net of unamortized deferred loan origination fees and costs, and unamortized purchase premium or discount. For loans that are or have been on nonaccrual status, the carrying value is also reduced by any net charge-offs that have been recorded and the amount of interest payments applied as a reduction of principal under the cost recovery method. For PCI loans, the carrying value equals fair value upon acquisition adjusted for subsequent cash collections and yield accreted to date. For credit card loans, the carrying value also includes interest that has been billed to the customer. For loans classified as held-for-sale, carrying value is the lower of carrying value as described in the sentences above, or fair value. For loans for which we have elected the fair value option, the carrying value is fair value.
Client Brokerage Assets – Include client assets which are held in brokerage accounts. This includes non-discretionary brokerage and fee-based assets which generate brokerage income and asset management fee revenue.
Committed Credit Exposure – Includes any funded portion of a facility plus the unfunded portion of a facility on which the lender is legally bound to advance funds during a specified period under prescribed conditions.
Credit Derivatives – Contractual agreements that provide protection against a credit event on one or more referenced obligations. The nature of a credit event is established by the protection purchaser and protection seller at the inception of the transaction, and such events generally include bankruptcy or insolvency of the referenced credit entity, failure to meet payment obligations when due, as well as acceleration of indebtedness and payment repudiation or moratorium. The purchaser of the credit derivative pays a periodic fee in return for a payment by the protection seller upon the occurrence, if any, of such a credit event. A credit default swap is a type of a credit derivative.
Interest Rate Lock Commitment (IRLC) – Commitment with a loan applicant in which the loan terms, including interest rate and price, are guaranteed for a designated period of time subject to credit approval.
Letter of Credit – A document issued on behalf of a customer to a third party promising to pay the third party upon presentation of specified documents. A letter of credit effectively substitutes the issuer’s credit for that of the customer.
Loan-to-value (LTV) – A commonly used credit quality metric that is reported in terms of ending and average LTV. Ending LTV is calculated as the outstanding carrying value of the loan at the end of the period divided by the estimated value of the property securing the loan. Estimated property values are primarily determined by utilizing the Case-Schiller Home Index, a widely used index based on data from repeat sales of single family homes. Case-Schiller indices are updated quarterly and are reported on a three-month or one-quarter lag. An additional metric related to LTV is combined loan-to-value (CLTV) which is similar to the LTV metric, yet combines the outstanding balance on the residential mortgage loan and the outstanding carrying value on the home equity loan or available line of credit, both of which are secured by the same property, divided by the estimated value of the property. A LTV of 100 percent reflects a loan that is currently secured by a property valued at an amount exactly equal to the carrying value or available line of the loan. Under certain circumstances, estimated values can also be determined by utilizing an automated valuation method (AVM) or Mortgage Risk Assessment Corporation (MRAC) index. An AVM is a tool that estimates the value of a property by reference to large volumes of market data including sales of comparable properties and price trends specific to the MSA in which the property being valued is located. The MRAC index is similar to the Case-Schiller Home Index in that it is an index that is based on data from repeat sales of single family homes and is reported on a lag.

134

Table of Contents

Margin Receivables An extension of credit secured by eligible securities in certain brokerage accounts.
Mortgage Servicing Right (MSR) – The right to service a mortgage loan when the underlying loan is sold or securitized. Servicing includes collections for principal, interest and escrow payments from borrowers and accounting for and remitting principal and interest payments to investors.
Net Interest Yield – Net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
Nonperforming Loans and Leases – Includes loans and leases that have been placed on nonaccrual status, including nonaccruing loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties (TDRs). Loans accounted for under the fair value option, PCI loans and LHFS are not reported as nonperforming loans and leases. Consumer credit card loans, business card loans, consumer loans not secured by real estate, and consumer loans secured by real estate, which include loans insured by the FHA and individually insured long-term credit protection agreements with FNMA and FHLMC (fully-insured loan portfolio), are not placed on nonaccrual status and are, therefore, not reported as nonperforming loans and leases.
Purchased Credit-impaired (PCI) Loan – A loan purchased as an individual loan, in a portfolio of loans or in a business combination with evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination for which it is probable, upon acquisition, that the investor will be unable to collect all contractually required payments. These loans are recorded at fair value upon acquisition.
Subprime Loans – Although a standard industry definition for subprime loans (including subprime mortgage loans) does not exist, the Corporation defines subprime loans as specific product offerings for higher risk borrowers, including individuals with one or a combination of high credit risk factors, such as low FICO scores, high debt to income ratios and inferior payment history.
Super Senior CDO Exposure – Represents the most senior class of commercial paper or notes that are issued by CDO vehicles. These financial instruments benefit from the subordination of all other securities, including AAA-rated securities, issued by CDO vehicles.
Tier 1 Common Capital – Tier 1 capital less preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities, hybrid securities and qualifying noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries.
Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs) – Loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. Certain consumer loans for which a binding offer to restructure has been extended are also classified as TDRs. Concessions could include a reduction in the interest rate to a rate that is below market on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions intended to maximize collection. TDRs are generally reported as nonperforming loans and leases while on nonaccrual status. Nonperforming TDRs may be returned to accrual status when, among other criteria, payment in full of all amounts due under the restructured terms is expected and the borrower has demonstrated a sustained period of repayment performance, typically six months. TDRs that are on accrual status are reported as performing TDRs through the end of the calendar year in which the restructuring occurred or the year in which they are returned to accrual status. In addition, if accruing TDRs bear less than a market rate of interest at the time of modification, they are reported as performing TDRs throughout their remaining lives unless and until they cease to perform in accordance with their modified contractual terms, at which time they would be placed on nonaccrual status and reported as nonperforming TDRs.
Value-at-Risk (VaR) – VaR represents the worst loss a portfolio is expected to experience based on historical trends with a given level of confidence, and depends on the volatility of the positions in the portfolio and on how strongly their risks are correlated. A VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of potential gains and losses on our trading portfolios and is a key statistic used to measure and manage market risk.

135

Table of Contents

Acronyms
 
 
 
ABS
 
Asset-backed securities
AFS
 
Available-for-sale
ALM
 
Asset and liability management
ALMRC
 
Asset Liability Market Risk Committee
ARM
 
Adjustable-rate mortgage
CDO
 
Collateralized debt obligation
CLO
 
Collateralized loan obligation
CMBS
 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
CORC
 
Compliance and Operational Risk Committee
CRA
 
Community Reinvestment Act
CRC
 
Credit Risk Committee
DVA
 
Debit valuation adjustment
EAD
 
Exposure at default
EU
 
European Union
FDIC
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FFIEC
 
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
FHA
 
Federal Housing Administration
FHLMC
 
Freddie Mac
FICC
 
Fixed income, currencies and commodities
FICO
 
Fair Isaac Corporation (credit score)
FNMA
 
Fannie Mae
FTE
 
Fully taxable-equivalent
GAAP
 
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
GNMA
 
Government National Mortgage Association
GMRC
 
Global Markets Risk Committee
GSE
 
Government-sponsored enterprise
HFI
 
Held-for-investment
HPI
 
Home Price Index
HUD
 
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
IPO
 
Initial public offering
LCR
 
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
LGD
 
Loss given default
LHFS
 
Loans held-for-sale
LIBOR
 
London InterBank Offered Rate
MBS
 
Mortgage-backed securities
MD&A
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
MI
 
Mortgage insurance
MSA
 
Metropolitan statistical area
NSFR
 
Net Stable Funding Ratio
OCC
 
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
OCI
 
Other comprehensive income
OTC
 
Over-the-counter
OTTI
 
Other-than-temporary impairment
PPI
 
Payment protection insurance
RMBS
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
ROTE
 
Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity
SBLCs
 
Standby letters of credit
SEC
 
Securities and Exchange Commission
TLGP
 
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program
VA
 
U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs

136

Table of Contents

Item 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

See Market Risk Management on page 123 in the MD&A and the sections referenced therein for Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Item 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report and pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), the Corporation’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness and design of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of the end of the period covered by this report, in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms.

Changes in Internal Controls

There have been no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the three months ended June 30, 2012 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.


137

Table of Contents

Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions, except per share information)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and leases
$
9,744

 
$
11,320

 
$
19,917

 
$
23,249

Debt securities
1,902

 
2,675

 
4,627

 
5,557

Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
360

 
597

 
820

 
1,114

Trading account assets
1,246

 
1,538

 
2,598

 
3,164

Other interest income
740

 
918

 
1,491

 
1,886

Total interest income
13,992

 
17,048

 
29,453

 
34,970

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
519

 
843

 
1,068

 
1,682

Short-term borrowings
943

 
1,341

 
1,824

 
2,525

Trading account liabilities
448

 
627

 
925

 
1,254

Long-term debt
2,534

 
2,991

 
5,242

 
6,084

Total interest expense
4,444

 
5,802

 
9,059

 
11,545

Net interest income
9,548

 
11,246

 
20,394

 
23,425

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Card income
1,578

 
1,967

 
3,035

 
3,795

Service charges
1,934

 
2,012

 
3,846

 
4,044

Investment and brokerage services
2,847

 
3,009

 
5,723

 
6,110

Investment banking income
1,146

 
1,684

 
2,363

 
3,262

Equity investment income
368

 
1,212

 
1,133

 
2,687

Trading account profits
1,764

 
2,091

 
3,839

 
4,813

Mortgage banking income (loss)
1,659

 
(13,196
)
 
3,271

 
(12,566
)
Insurance income
127

 
400

 
67

 
1,013

Gains on sales of debt securities
400

 
899

 
1,152

 
1,445

Other income (loss)
603

 
1,957

 
(531
)
 
2,218

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on available-for-sale debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses
(13
)
 
(63
)
 
(62
)
 
(157
)
Less: Portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income
7

 
18

 
16

 
24

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings on available-for-sale debt securities
(6
)
 
(45
)
 
(46
)
 
(133
)
Total noninterest income
12,420

 
1,990

 
23,852

 
16,688

Total revenue, net of interest expense
21,968

 
13,236

 
44,246

 
40,113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
1,773

 
3,255

 
4,191

 
7,069

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personnel
8,729

 
9,171

 
18,917

 
19,339

Occupancy
1,117

 
1,245

 
2,259

 
2,434

Equipment
546

 
593

 
1,157

 
1,199

Marketing
449

 
560

 
914

 
1,124

Professional fees
922

 
766

 
1,705

 
1,412

Amortization of intangibles
321

 
382

 
640

 
767

Data processing
692

 
643

 
1,548

 
1,338

Telecommunications
417

 
391

 
817

 
762

Other general operating
3,855

 
6,343

 
8,232

 
11,800

Goodwill impairment

 
2,603

 

 
2,603

Merger and restructuring charges

 
159

 

 
361

Total noninterest expense
17,048

 
22,856

 
36,189

 
43,139

Income (loss) before income taxes
3,147

 
(12,875
)
 
3,866

 
(10,095
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
684

 
(4,049
)
 
750

 
(3,318
)
Net income (loss)
$
2,463

 
$
(8,826
)
 
$
3,116

 
$
(6,777
)
Preferred stock dividends
365

 
301

 
690

 
611

Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
$
2,098

 
$
(9,127
)
 
$
2,426

 
$
(7,388
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per common share information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss)
$
0.19

 
$
(0.90
)
 
$
0.23

 
$
(0.73
)
Diluted earnings (loss)
0.19

 
(0.90
)
 
0.22

 
(0.73
)
Dividends paid
0.01

 
0.01

 
0.02

 
0.02

Average common shares issued and outstanding (in thousands)
10,775,695

 
10,094,928

 
10,714,881

 
10,085,479

Average diluted common shares issued and outstanding (in thousands)
11,556,011

 
10,094,928

 
11,509,945

 
10,085,479

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

138

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net income (loss)
$
2,463

 
$
(8,826
)
 
$
3,116

 
$
(6,777
)
Other comprehensive income, net-of-tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in available-for-sale debt and marketable equity securities
1,530

 
593

 
606

 
754

Net change in derivatives
(81
)
 
(332
)
 
301

 
(66
)
Employee benefit plan adjustments
79

 
63

 
1,031

 
138

Net change in foreign currency translation adjustments
(32
)
 
6

 
(1
)
 
33

Other comprehensive income
1,496

 
330

 
1,937

 
859

Comprehensive income (loss)
$
3,959

 
$
(8,496
)
 
$
5,053

 
$
(5,918
)
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



139

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheet
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
123,717

 
$
120,102

Time deposits placed and other short-term investments
22,350

 
26,004

Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell (includes $94,687 and $87,453 measured at fair value)
226,116

 
211,183

Trading account assets (includes $102,458 and $80,130 pledged as collateral)
204,725

 
169,319

Derivative assets
59,939

 
73,023

Debt securities:
 
 
 
Available-for-sale (includes $63,117 and $69,021 pledged as collateral)
300,049

 
276,151

Held-to-maturity, at cost (fair value - $35,994 and $35,442; $13,432 and $24,009 pledged as collateral)
35,168

 
35,265

Total debt securities
335,217

 
311,416

Loans and leases (includes $8,361 and $8,804 measured at fair value and $59,206 and $73,463 pledged as collateral)
892,315

 
926,200

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(30,288
)
 
(33,783
)
Loans and leases, net of allowance
862,027

 
892,417

Premises and equipment, net
12,653

 
13,637

Mortgage servicing rights (includes $5,708 and $7,378 measured at fair value)
5,880

 
7,510

Goodwill
69,976

 
69,967

Intangible assets
7,335

 
8,021

Loans held-for-sale (includes $10,187 and $7,630 measured at fair value)
13,289

 
13,762

Customer and other receivables
71,458

 
66,999

Other assets (includes $32,625 and $37,084 measured at fair value)
146,172

 
145,686

Total assets
$
2,160,854

 
$
2,129,046

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets of consolidated VIEs included in total assets above (isolated to settle the liabilities of the VIEs)
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
8,499

 
$
8,595

Derivative assets
1,007

 
1,634

Loans and leases
128,386

 
140,194

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(4,074
)
 
(5,066
)
Loans and leases, net of allowance
124,312

 
135,128

Loans held-for-sale
2,163

 
1,635

All other assets
4,113

 
4,769

Total assets of consolidated VIEs
$
140,094

 
$
151,761

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


140

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheet (continued)
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Liabilities
 
 
 
Deposits in U.S. offices:
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing
$
343,308

 
$
332,228

Interest-bearing (includes $2,874 and $3,297 measured at fair value)
621,076

 
624,814

Deposits in non-U.S. offices:
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing
6,871

 
6,839

Interest-bearing
63,970

 
69,160

Total deposits
1,035,225

 
1,033,041

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $48,663 and $34,235 measured at fair value)
285,914

 
214,864

Trading account liabilities
77,458

 
60,508

Derivative liabilities
51,515

 
59,520

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $4,468 and $6,558 measured at fair value)
39,019

 
35,698

Accrued expenses and other liabilities (includes $17,509 and $15,743 measured at fair value and $574 and $714 of reserve for unfunded lending commitments)
133,900

 
123,049

Long-term debt (includes $48,345 and $46,239 measured at fair value)
301,848

 
372,265

Total liabilities
1,924,879

 
1,898,945

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7 – Securitizations and Other Variable Interest Entities, Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees and Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; authorized — 100,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding — 3,685,410 and 3,689,084 shares
18,762

 
18,397

Common stock and additional paid-in capital, $0.01 par value; authorized — 12,800,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding — 10,776,869,270 and 10,535,937,957 shares
158,001

 
156,621

Retained earnings
62,712

 
60,520

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(3,500
)
 
(5,437
)
Total shareholders’ equity
235,975

 
230,101

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
2,160,854

 
$
2,129,046

 
 
 
 
Liabilities of consolidated VIEs included in total liabilities above
 
 
 
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $1,408 and $650 of non-recourse liabilities)
$
4,449

 
$
5,777

Long-term debt (includes $34,401 and $44,976 of non-recourse debt)
38,456

 
49,054

All other liabilities (includes $240 and $225 of non-recourse liabilities)
1,161

 
1,116

Total liabilities of consolidated VIEs
$
44,066

 
$
55,947

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



141

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
 
 
Preferred
Stock
Common Stock and Additional Paid-in Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Other
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
(Dollars in millions, shares in thousands)
Shares
Amount
Balance, December 31, 2010
$
16,562

10,085,155

$
150,905

$
60,849

$
(66
)
$
(2
)
$
228,248

Net loss
 
 
 
(6,777
)
 
 
(6,777
)
Net change in available-for-sale debt and marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
754

 
754

Net change in derivatives
 
 
 
 
(66
)
 
(66
)
Employee benefit plan adjustments
 
 
 
 
138

 
138

Net change in foreign currency translation adjustments
 
 
 
 
33

 
33

Dividends paid:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common
 
 
 
(207
)

 
(207
)
Preferred
 
 
 
(611
)

 
(611
)
Common stock issued under employee plans and related tax effects

48,035

662



1

663

Other

 

 


 
1

1

Balance, June 30, 2011
$
16,562

10,133,190

$
151,567

$
53,254

$
793

$

$
222,176

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2011
$
18,397

10,535,938

$
156,621

$
60,520

$
(5,437
)
$

$
230,101

Net income



3,116



3,116

Net change in available-for-sale debt and marketable equity securities




606


606

Net change in derivatives




301


301

Employee benefit plan adjustments




1,031


1,031

Net change in foreign currency translation adjustments




(1
)

(1
)
Dividends paid:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common



(232
)


(232
)
Preferred



(734
)


(734
)
Net issuance of preferred stock
661





(2
)



659

Common stock issued in connection with exchanges of preferred stock and trust preferred securities
(296
)
49,867

412

44




160

Common stock issued under employee plans and related tax effects

191,064

968





968

Balance, June 30, 2012
$
18,762

10,776,869

$
158,001

$
62,712

$
(3,500
)
$

$
235,975

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



142

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
Operating activities
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
3,116

 
$
(6,777
)
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
4,191

 
7,069

Goodwill impairment

 
2,603

Gains on sales of debt securities
(1,152
)
 
(1,445
)
Depreciation and premises improvements amortization
910

 
1,002

Amortization of intangibles
640

 
767

Deferred income taxes
159

 
(3,418
)
Net (increase) decrease in trading and derivative instruments
(12,749
)
 
4,716

Net (increase) decrease in other assets
(5,461
)
 
19,340

Net increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities
9,835

 
9,556

Other operating activities, net
3,264

 
17,790

Net cash provided by operating activities
2,753

 
51,203

Investing activities
 
 
 
Net decrease in time deposits placed and other short-term investments
3,654

 
6,142

Net increase in federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
(14,933
)
 
(25,565
)
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale debt securities
46,974

 
41,422

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities of available-for-sale debt securities
31,757

 
28,729

Purchases of available-for-sale debt securities
(99,693
)
 
(59,846
)
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities of held-to-maturity debt securities
2,451

 

Purchases of held-to-maturity debt securities
(2,608
)
 

Proceeds from sales of loans and leases
686

 
1,517

Other changes in loans and leases, net
26,493

 
(8,147
)
Net sales (purchases) of premises and equipment
74

 
(489
)
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed properties
1,744

 
1,146

Other investing activities, net
(238
)
 
(313
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(3,639
)
 
(15,404
)
Financing activities
 
 
 
Net increase in deposits
2,184

 
27,978

Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
71,050

 
(5,838
)
Net increase (decrease) in commercial paper and other short-term borrowings
2,718

 
(9,330
)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
14,181

 
16,959

Retirement of long-term debt
(85,134
)
 
(53,929
)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
661

 

Cash dividends paid
(966
)
 
(818
)
Excess tax benefits on share-based payments
13

 
39

Other financing activities, net
59

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
4,766

 
(24,939
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(265
)
 
240

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
3,615

 
11,100

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1
120,102

 
108,427

Cash and cash equivalents at June 30
$
123,717

 
$
119,527

During the six months ended June 30, 2011, the Corporation entered into an agreement with Assured Guaranty Ltd. and subsidiaries which resulted in non-cash increases to loans of $5.3 billion, other assets of $504 million and long-term debt of $5.8 billion.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


143

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles

Bank of America Corporation (collectively with its subsidiaries, the Corporation), a financial holding company, provides a diverse range of financial services and products throughout the U.S. and in certain international markets. The term “the Corporation” as used herein may refer to the Corporation individually, the Corporation and its subsidiaries, or certain of the Corporation’s subsidiaries or affiliates.

The Corporation conducts its activities through banking and nonbanking subsidiaries. The Corporation operates its banking activities primarily under two charters: Bank of America, National Association (Bank of America, N.A. or BANA) and FIA Card Services, National Association (FIA Card Services, N.A.).

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its majority-owned subsidiaries, and those variable interest entities (VIEs) where the Corporation is the primary beneficiary. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Results of operations of acquired companies are included from the dates of acquisition and for VIEs, from the dates that the Corporation became the primary beneficiary. Assets held in an agency or fiduciary capacity are not included in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Corporation accounts for investments in companies for which it owns a voting interest and for which it has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financing decisions using the equity method of accounting or at fair value under the fair value option. These investments are included in other assets. Equity method investments are subject to impairment testing and the Corporation’s proportionate share of income or loss is included in equity investment income.

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and disclosures. Realized results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

The Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 as supplemented by a Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2012 to reflect reclassified business segment information is referred to herein as the 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. These unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The nature of the Corporation’s business is such that the results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, which consist of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the interim period results have been made. The Corporation evaluates subsequent events through the date of filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Effective January 1, 2012, the Corporation adopted amendments to the fair value accounting guidance. The amendments clarify the application of the highest and best use, and valuation premise concepts, preclude the application of "blockage factors" in the valuation of all financial instruments and include criteria for applying the fair value measurement principles to portfolios of financial instruments. The amendments also prescribe additional disclosures for Level 3 fair value measurements and financial instruments not carried at fair value. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. For the new disclosures, see Note 15 – Fair Value Measurements and Note 17 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

Effective January 1, 2012, the Corporation adopted new accounting guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income in financial statements. The Corporation adopted the new guidance by reporting the components of comprehensive income in two separate but consecutive statements. For the new statement and related information, see the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Note 12 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Effective January 1, 2013, the Corporation will be required to retrospectively adopt new accounting guidance requiring additional disclosures on the effect of netting arrangements on an entity's financial position. The disclosures primarily relate to derivatives and securities financing agreements that are either offset on the balance sheet under existing accounting guidance or are subject to a legally enforceable master netting or similar agreement. This new guidance addresses only disclosures, and accordingly will have no impact on the Corporation's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

144

Table of Contents

All significant accounting policies are discussed either in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K or included in the Notes herein listed below.

Note 3 – Derivatives
Note 7 – Securitizations and Other Variable Interest Entities
Note 9 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies
Note 11 – Shareholders' Equity
Note 13 – Earnings Per Common Share
Note 14 – Pension, Postretirement and Certain Compensation Plans
Note 15 – Fair Value Measurements
Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights
Note 19 – Business Segment Information

NOTE 2 – Trading Account Assets and Liabilities

The table below presents the components of trading account assets and liabilities at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Trading account assets
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities (1)
$
76,234

 
$
52,613

Corporate securities, trading loans and other
32,089

 
36,571

Equity securities
29,518

 
23,674

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
51,279

 
42,946

Mortgage trading loans and asset-backed securities
15,605

 
13,515

Total trading account assets
$
204,725

 
$
169,319

Trading account liabilities
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities
$
23,959

 
$
20,710

Equity securities
25,016

 
14,594

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
19,137

 
17,440

Corporate securities and other
9,346

 
7,764

Total trading account liabilities
$
77,458

 
$
60,508

(1) 
Includes $26.5 billion and $27.3 billion of government-sponsored enterprise obligations at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.


145

Table of Contents

NOTE 3 – Derivatives
 
Derivative Balances

Derivatives are entered into on behalf of customers, for trading, as economic hedges or as qualifying accounting hedges. For additional information on the Corporation’s derivatives and hedging activities, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following tables identify derivative instruments included on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet in derivative assets and liabilities at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Balances are presented on a gross basis, prior to the application of counterparty and cash collateral netting. Total derivative assets and liabilities are adjusted on an aggregate basis to take into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and have been reduced by the cash collateral received or paid.

 
June 30, 2012
 
 
 
Gross Derivative Assets
 
Gross Derivative Liabilities
(Dollars in billions)
Contract/
Notional (1)
 
Trading
Derivatives
and
Economic
Hedges
 
Qualifying
Accounting
Hedges
 
Total
 
Trading
Derivatives
and
Economic
Hedges
 
Qualifying
Accounting
Hedges
 
Total
Interest rate contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
$
37,046.1

 
$
1,233.9

 
$
14.4

 
$
1,248.3

 
$
1,219.4

 
$
8.0

 
$
1,227.4

Futures and forwards
12,434.5

 
2.9

 

 
2.9

 
3.0

 

 
3.0

Written options
2,334.1

 

 

 

 
115.0

 

 
115.0

Purchased options
2,255.8

 
115.8

 

 
115.8

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
2,476.6

 
44.0

 
1.9

 
45.9

 
54.1

 
2.3

 
56.4

Spot, futures and forwards
2,828.9

 
30.1

 
0.8

 
30.9

 
31.2

 
0.3

 
31.5

Written options
461.5

 

 

 

 
7.4

 

 
7.4

Purchased options
376.8

 
7.2

 

 
7.2

 

 

 

Equity contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
109.4

 
2.0

 

 
2.0

 
2.1

 

 
2.1

Futures and forwards
56.0

 
1.4

 

 
1.4

 
1.4

 

 
1.4

Written options
306.4

 

 

 

 
19.9

 

 
19.9

Purchased options
295.3

 
19.9

 

 
19.9

 

 

 

Commodity contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
85.4

 
4.7

 
0.1

 
4.8

 
6.3

 

 
6.3

Futures and forwards
643.4

 
6.2

 

 
6.2

 
3.8

 

 
3.8

Written options
177.4

 

 

 

 
9.3

 

 
9.3

Purchased options
175.6

 
8.8

 

 
8.8

 

 

 

Credit derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchased credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
1,647.1

 
63.0

 

 
63.0

 
15.2

 

 
15.2

Total return swaps/other
36.4

 
2.5

 

 
2.5

 
2.7

 

 
2.7

Written credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
1,591.2

 
15.9

 

 
15.9

 
58.2

 

 
58.2

Total return swaps/other
55.2

 
0.6

 

 
0.6

 
0.6

 

 
0.6

Gross derivative assets/liabilities
 
 
$
1,558.9

 
$
17.2

 
$
1,576.1

 
$
1,549.6

 
$
10.6

 
$
1,560.2

Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements
 
 
 
 
 
(1,456.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
(1,456.9
)
Less: Cash collateral received/paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
(59.3
)
 
 
 
 
 
(51.8
)
Total derivative assets/liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
59.9

 
 
 
 
 
$
51.5

(1) 
Represents the total contract/notional amount of derivative assets and liabilities outstanding.


146

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
Gross Derivative Assets
 
Gross Derivative Liabilities
(Dollars in billions)
Contract/
Notional (1)
 
Trading
Derivatives
and
Economic
Hedges
 
Qualifying
Accounting
Hedges
 
Total
 
Trading
Derivatives
and
Economic
Hedges
 
Qualifying
Accounting
Hedges
 
Total
Interest rate contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
$
40,473.7

 
$
1,490.7

 
$
15.9

 
$
1,506.6

 
$
1,473.0

 
$
12.3

 
$
1,485.3

Futures and forwards
12,105.8

 
2.9

 
0.2

 
3.1

 
3.4

 

 
3.4

Written options
2,534.0

 

 

 

 
117.8

 

 
117.8

Purchased options
2,467.2

 
120.0

 

 
120.0

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
2,381.6

 
48.3

 
2.6

 
50.9

 
58.9

 
2.2

 
61.1

Spot, futures and forwards
2,548.8

 
37.2

 
1.3

 
38.5

 
39.2

 
0.3

 
39.5

Written options
368.5

 

 

 

 
9.4

 

 
9.4

Purchased options
341.0

 
9.0

 

 
9.0

 

 

 

Equity contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
75.5

 
1.5

 

 
1.5

 
1.7

 

 
1.7

Futures and forwards
52.1

 
1.8

 

 
1.8

 
1.5

 

 
1.5

Written options
367.1

 

 

 

 
17.7

 

 
17.7

Purchased options
360.2

 
19.6

 

 
19.6

 

 

 

Commodity contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
73.8

 
4.9

 
0.1

 
5.0

 
5.9

 

 
5.9

Futures and forwards
470.5

 
5.3

 

 
5.3

 
3.2

 

 
3.2

Written options
142.3

 

 

 

 
9.5

 

 
9.5

Purchased options
141.3

 
9.5

 

 
9.5

 

 

 

Credit derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchased credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
1,944.8

 
95.8

 

 
95.8

 
13.8

 

 
13.8

Total return swaps/other
17.5

 
0.6

 

 
0.6

 
0.3

 

 
0.3

Written credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
1,885.9

 
14.1

 

 
14.1

 
90.5

 

 
90.5

Total return swaps/other
17.8

 
0.5

 

 
0.5

 
0.7

 

 
0.7

Gross derivative assets/liabilities
 
 
$
1,861.7

 
$
20.1

 
$
1,881.8

 
$
1,846.5

 
$
14.8

 
$
1,861.3

Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements
 
 
 
 
 
(1,749.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
(1,749.9
)
Less: Cash collateral received/paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
(58.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
(51.9
)
Total derivative assets/liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
73.0

 
 
 
 
 
$
59.5

(1) 
Represents the total contract/notional amount of derivative assets and liabilities outstanding.


147

Table of Contents

ALM and Risk Management Derivatives

The Corporation’s asset and liability management (ALM) and risk management activities include the use of derivatives to mitigate risk to the Corporation including derivatives designated as qualifying accounting hedges and economic hedges. Interest rate, foreign exchange, equity, commodity and credit contracts are utilized in the Corporation’s ALM and risk management activities.

The Corporation maintains an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of interest rate contracts, which are generally non-leveraged generic interest rate and basis swaps, options, futures and forwards, to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. The Corporation’s goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity and volatility so that movements in interest rates do not significantly adversely affect earnings or capital. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged fixed-rate assets and liabilities appreciate or depreciate in fair value. Gains or losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to the hedged fixed-rate assets and liabilities are expected to substantially offset this unrealized appreciation or depreciation.

Interest rate and market risk can be substantial in the mortgage business. Market risk is the risk that values of mortgage assets or revenues will be adversely affected by changes in market conditions such as interest rate movements. To hedge interest rate risk in mortgage banking production income, the Corporation utilizes forward loan sale commitments and other derivative instruments including purchased options and certain debt securities. The Corporation also utilizes derivatives such as interest rate options, interest rate swaps, forward settlement contracts and Eurodollar futures as economic hedges of the fair value of mortgage servicing rights (MSRs). For additional information on MSRs, see Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.

The Corporation uses foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities, as well as the Corporation’s investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. Foreign exchange contracts, which include spot and forward contracts, represent agreements to exchange the currency of one country for the currency of another country at an agreed-upon price on an agreed-upon settlement date. Exposure to loss on these contracts will increase or decrease over their respective lives as currency exchange and interest rates fluctuate.

The Corporation enters into derivative commodity contracts such as futures, swaps, options and forwards as well as non-derivative commodity contracts to provide price risk management services to customers or to manage price risk associated with its physical and financial commodity positions. The non-derivative commodity contracts and physical inventories of commodities expose the Corporation to earnings volatility. Cash flow and fair value accounting hedges provide a method to mitigate a portion of this earnings volatility.

The Corporation purchases credit derivatives to manage credit risk related to certain funded and unfunded credit exposures. Credit derivatives include credit default swaps (CDS), total return swaps and swaptions. These derivatives are accounted for as economic hedges and changes in fair value are recorded in other income (loss).


148

Table of Contents

Derivatives Designated as Accounting Hedges

The Corporation uses various types of interest rate, commodity and foreign exchange derivative contracts to protect against changes in the fair value of its assets and liabilities due to fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates and commodity prices (fair value hedges). The Corporation also uses these types of contracts and equity derivatives to protect against changes in the cash flows of its assets and liabilities, and other forecasted transactions (cash flow hedges). The Corporation hedges its net investment in consolidated non-U.S. operations determined to have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar using forward exchange contracts, cross-currency basis swaps, and by issuing foreign currency-denominated debt (net investment hedges).

Fair Value Hedges

The table below summarizes certain information related to fair value hedges for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
Gains (losses)
2012
 
2012
(Dollars in millions)
Derivative
 
Hedged
Item
 
Hedge
Ineffectiveness
 
Derivative
 
Hedged
Item
 
Hedge
Ineffectiveness
Interest rate risk on long-term debt (1)
$
1,410

 
$
(1,644
)
 
$
(234
)
 
$
409

 
$
(880
)
 
$
(471
)
Interest rate and foreign currency risk on long-term debt (1)
(894
)
 
785

 
(109
)
 
(739
)
 
612

 
(127
)
Interest rate risk on AFS securities (2)
(3,890
)
 
3,769

 
(121
)
 
(942
)
 
968

 
26

Commodity price risk on commodity inventory (3)
(9
)
 
9

 

 
14

 
(14
)
 

Total
$
(3,383
)
 
$
2,919

 
$
(464
)
 
$
(1,258
)
 
$
686

 
$
(572
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011
 
2011
Interest rate risk on long-term debt (1)
$
1,373

 
$
(1,494
)
 
$
(121
)
 
$
439

 
$
(705
)
 
$
(266
)
Interest rate and foreign currency risk on long-term debt (1)
1,438

 
(1,487
)
 
(49
)
 
2,188

 
(2,293
)
 
(105
)
Interest rate risk on AFS securities (2)
(1,873
)
 
1,630

 
(243
)
 
(721
)
 
546

 
(175
)
Commodity price risk on commodity inventory (3)
20

 
(20
)
 

 
16

 
(16
)
 

Total
$
958

 
$
(1,371
)
 
$
(413
)
 
$
1,922

 
$
(2,468
)
 
$
(546
)
(1) 
Amounts are recorded in interest expense on long-term debt and in other income.
(2) 
Amounts are recorded in interest income on AFS securities.
(3) 
Amounts relating to commodity inventory are recorded in trading account profits.


149

Table of Contents

Cash Flow and Net Investment Hedges

The table below summarizes certain information related to cash flow hedges and net investment hedges for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. During the next 12 months, net losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (OCI) of approximately $1.3 billion ($836 million after-tax) on derivative instruments that qualify as cash flow hedges are expected to be reclassified into earnings. These net losses reclassified into earnings are expected to primarily reduce net interest income related to the respective hedged items. Amounts related to commodity price risk reclassified from accumulated OCI are recorded in trading account profits with the underlying hedged item. Amounts related to price risk on restricted stock awards reclassified from accumulated OCI are recorded in personnel expense.

Amounts related to foreign exchange risk recognized in accumulated OCI on derivatives exclude losses of $7 million related to long-term debt designated as a net investment hedge for the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $17 million and $179 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011. There were no losses related to these hedges for the three months ended June 30, 2012.

Derivatives Designated as Cash Flow and Net Investment Hedges
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2012
 
2012
(Dollars in millions, amounts pre-tax)
Gains (losses) Recognized in Accumulated OCI on Derivatives
 
Gains (losses) in Income Reclassified from Accumulated OCI
 
Hedge Ineffectiveness and Amounts Excluded from Effectiveness Testing (1)
 
Gains (losses) Recognized in Accumulated OCI on Derivatives
 
Gains (losses) in Income Reclassified from Accumulated OCI
 
Hedge Ineffectiveness and Amounts Excluded from Effectiveness Testing (1)
Cash flow hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate risk on variable rate portfolios
$
(160
)
 
$
(224
)
 
$

 
$
(53
)
 
$
(376
)
 
$

Commodity price risk on forecasted purchases and sales

 
2

 

 

 
(3
)
 

Price risk on restricted stock awards
(214
)
 
(24
)
 

 
91

 
(61
)
 

Total
$
(374
)
 
$
(246
)
 
$

 
$
38

 
$
(440
)
 
$

Net investment hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange risk
$
1,157

 
$
4

 
$
(160
)
 
$
128

 
$
(37
)
 
$
(167
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011
 
2011
Cash flow hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate risk on variable rate portfolios
$
(878
)
 
$
(444
)
 
$
(30
)
 
$
(722
)
 
$
(748
)
 
$
(34
)
Commodity price risk on forecasted purchases and sales
(1
)
 
1

 

 
(9
)
 
3

 
(2
)
Price risk on restricted stock awards
(136
)
 
(44
)
 

 
(191
)
 
(70
)
 

Total
$
(1,015
)
 
$
(487
)
 
$
(30
)
 
$
(922
)
 
$
(815
)
 
$
(36
)
Net investment hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange risk
$
(653
)
 
$

 
$
(139
)
 
$
(1,615
)
 
$
423

 
$
(250
)
(1) 
Amounts related to derivatives designated as cash flow hedges represent hedge ineffectiveness and amounts related to net investment hedges represent amounts excluded from effectiveness testing.

The Corporation enters into equity total return swaps to hedge a portion of restricted stock units (RSUs) granted to certain employees as part of their compensation. Certain awards contain clawback provisions which permit the Corporation to cancel all or a portion of the award under specified circumstances, and certain awards may be settled in cash. These RSUs are accrued as liabilities over the vesting period and adjusted to fair value based on changes in the share price of the Corporation’s common stock. From time to time, the Corporation may enter into equity derivatives to minimize the change in the expense to the Corporation driven by fluctuations in the share price of the Corporation’s common stock during the vesting period of any RSUs that may be granted, if any, subject to similar or other terms and conditions. Certain of these derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges of unrecognized unvested awards with changes in fair value of the hedge recorded in accumulated OCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period as the RSUs affect earnings. The remaining derivatives are accounted for as economic hedges and changes in fair value are recorded in personnel expense. For more information on RSUs and related hedges, see Note 14 – Pension, Postretirement and Certain Compensation Plans.

150

Table of Contents

Derivatives Accounted for as Economic Hedges

Derivatives accounted for as economic hedges, because either they did not qualify for or were not designated as accounting hedges, are used by the Corporation to reduce certain risk exposures. The table below presents gains (losses) on these derivatives for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. These gains (losses) are largely offset by the income or expense that is recorded on the economically hedged item.

Derivatives Accounted for as Economic Hedges
Gains (losses)
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Price risk on mortgage banking production income (1, 2)
$
801

 
$
1,221

 
$
1,390

 
$
1,166

Interest rate risk on mortgage banking servicing income (1)
1,351

 
530

 
1,148

 
385

Credit risk on loans (3)
18

 
1

 
(39
)
 
(28
)
Interest rate and foreign currency risk on long-term debt and other foreign exchange transactions (4)
(1,054
)
 
1,826

 
(678
)
 
5,220

Price risk on restricted stock awards (5)
(223
)
 
(157
)
 
250

 
(164
)
Other
(4
)
 
(12
)
 
89

 
(12
)
Total
$
889

 
$
3,409

 
$
2,160

 
$
6,567

(1) 
Net gains on these derivatives are recorded in mortgage banking income.
(2) 
Includes net gains on interest rate lock commitments related to the origination of mortgage loans that are held-for-sale, which are considered derivative instruments, of $886 million and $1.4 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $1.2 billion and $2.2 billion for the same periods in 2011.
(3) 
Net gains (losses) on these derivatives are recorded in other income (loss).
(4) 
The majority of the balance is related to the revaluation of economic hedges of foreign currency-denominated debt which is recorded in other income (loss). The offsetting revaluation of the foreign currency-denominated debt, while not included in the table above, is also recorded in other income (loss).
(5) 
Gains (losses) on these derivatives are recorded in personnel expense.

Sales and Trading Revenue

The Corporation enters into trading derivatives to facilitate client transactions, for principal trading purposes, and to manage risk exposures arising from trading account assets and liabilities. It is the Corporation’s policy to include these derivative instruments in its trading activities which include derivatives and non-derivative cash instruments. The resulting risk from these derivatives is managed on a portfolio basis as part of the Corporation’s Global Markets business segment. The related sales and trading revenue generated within Global Markets is recorded in various income statement line items including trading account profits and net interest income as well as other revenue categories. However, the majority of income related to derivative instruments is recorded in trading account profits.

Sales and trading revenue includes changes in the fair value and realized gains and losses on the sales of trading and other assets, net interest income, and fees primarily from commissions on equity securities. Revenue is generated by the difference in the client price for an instrument and the price at which the trading desk can execute the trade in the dealer market. For equity securities, commissions related to purchases and sales are recorded in other income (loss) in the Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Income. Changes in the fair value of these securities are included in trading account profits. For debt securities, revenue, with the exception of interest associated with the debt securities, is typically included in trading account profits. Unlike commissions for equity securities, the initial revenue related to broker/dealer services for debt securities is typically included in the pricing of the instrument rather than being charged through separate fee arrangements. Therefore, this revenue is recorded in trading account profits as part of the initial mark to fair value. For derivatives, all revenue is included in trading account profits. In transactions where the Corporation acts as agent, which includes exchange-traded futures and options, fees are recorded in other income (loss).

Gains (losses) on certain instruments, primarily loans, that the Global Markets business segment shares with Global Banking are not considered trading instruments and are excluded from sales and trading revenue in their entirety.

151

Table of Contents

The table below, which includes both derivatives and non-derivative cash instruments, identifies the amounts in the respective income statement line items attributable to the Corporation’s sales and trading revenue in Global Markets, categorized by primary risk, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. The difference between total trading account profits in the table below and in the Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Income represents trading activities in business segments other than Global Markets.

Sales and Trading Revenue
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2012
 
2012
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Account
Profits
 
Other (1)
 
Net Interest Income
 
Total
 
Trading
Account
Profits
 
Other (1)
 
Net Interest Income
 
Total
Interest rate risk
$
395

 
$
16

 
$
215

 
$
626

 
$
455

 
$
21

 
$
485

 
$
961

Foreign exchange risk
234

 
(25
)
 
2

 
211

 
466

 
(37
)
 
4

 
433

Equity risk
418

 
453

 
(112
)
 
759

 
793

 
979

 
(105
)
 
1,667

Credit risk
557

 
362

 
537

 
1,456

 
1,698

 
732

 
1,080

 
3,510

Other risk
103

 
15

 
(50
)
 
68

 
333

 
42

 
(124
)
 
251

Total sales and trading revenue
$
1,707

 
$
821

 
$
592

 
$
3,120

 
$
3,745

 
$
1,737

 
$
1,340

 
$
6,822

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011
 
2011
Interest rate risk
$
489

 
$
18

 
$
199

 
$
706

 
$
792

 
$
(3
)
 
$
416

 
$
1,205

Foreign exchange risk
261

 
(16
)
 
4

 
249

 
493

 
(32
)
 
6

 
467

Equity risk
541

 
559

 
(23
)
 
1,077

 
1,061

 
1,226

 
29

 
2,316

Credit risk
562

 
271

 
682

 
1,515

 
1,995

 
642

 
1,408

 
4,045

Other risk
161

 
(1
)
 
(31
)
 
129

 
287

 
(8
)
 
(64
)
 
215

Total sales and trading revenue
$
2,014

 
$
831

 
$
831

 
$
3,676

 
$
4,628

 
$
1,825

 
$
1,795

 
$
8,248

(1) 
Represents amounts in the investment and brokerage services and other income (loss) line items in the Consolidated Statement of Income that are recorded in Global Markets and included in the definition of sales and trading revenue. Includes investment and brokerage services revenue of $445 million and $995 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and $557 million and $1.2 billion for the same periods in 2011.

Credit Derivatives

The Corporation enters into credit derivatives primarily to facilitate client transactions and to manage credit risk exposures. Credit derivatives derive value based on an underlying third-party referenced obligation or a portfolio of referenced obligations and generally require the Corporation, as the seller of credit protection, to make payments to a buyer upon the occurrence of a pre-defined credit event. Such credit events generally include bankruptcy of the referenced credit entity and failure to pay under the obligation, as well as acceleration of indebtedness and payment repudiation or moratorium. For credit derivatives based on a portfolio of referenced credits or credit indices, the Corporation may not be required to make payment until a specified amount of loss has occurred and/or may only be required to make payment up to a specified amount.

152

Table of Contents

Credit derivative instruments where the Corporation is the seller of credit protection and their expiration are summarized at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 in the table below. These instruments are classified as investment and non-investment grade based on the credit quality of the underlying reference obligation. The Corporation considers ratings of BBB- or higher as investment grade. Non-investment grade includes non-rated credit derivative instruments.

Credit Derivative Instruments
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
Carrying Value
(Dollars in millions)
Less than
One Year
 
One to
Three Years
 
Three to
Five Years
 
Over Five
Years
 
Total
Credit default swaps:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
310

 
$
3,388

 
$
12,990

 
$
5,547

 
$
22,235

Non-investment grade
2,000

 
6,692

 
10,955

 
16,312

 
35,959

Total
2,310

 
10,080

 
23,945

 
21,859

 
58,194

Total return swaps/other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
86

 

 

 

 
86

Non-investment grade
88

 
122

 
181

 
82

 
473

Total
174

 
122

 
181

 
82

 
559

Total credit derivatives
$
2,484

 
$
10,202

 
$
24,126

 
$
21,941

 
$
58,753

Credit-related notes: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
3

 
$
174

 
$
831

 
$
2,580

 
$
3,588

Non-investment grade
227

 
101

 
159

 
1,537

 
2,024

Total credit-related notes
$
230

 
$
275

 
$
990

 
$
4,117

 
$
5,612

 
Maximum Payout/Notional
Credit default swaps:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
246,780

 
$
391,375

 
$
443,829

 
$
120,099

 
$
1,202,083

Non-investment grade
94,744

 
117,728

 
117,576

 
59,095

 
389,143

Total
341,524

 
509,103

 
561,405

 
179,194

 
1,591,226

Total return swaps/other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
21,358

 
60

 

 

 
21,418

Non-investment grade
24,552

 
4,194

 
4,088

 
956

 
33,790

Total
45,910

 
4,254

 
4,088

 
956

 
55,208

Total credit derivatives
$
387,434

 
$
513,357

 
$
565,493

 
$
180,150

 
$
1,646,434

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
Carrying Value
Credit default swaps:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
795

 
$
5,011

 
$
17,271

 
$
7,325

 
$
30,402

Non-investment grade
4,236

 
11,438

 
18,072

 
26,339

 
60,085

Total
5,031

 
16,449

 
35,343

 
33,664

 
90,487

Total return swaps/other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade

 

 
30

 
1

 
31

Non-investment grade
522

 
2

 
33

 
128

 
685

Total
522

 
2

 
63

 
129

 
716

Total credit derivatives
$
5,553

 
$
16,451

 
$
35,406

 
$
33,793

 
$
91,203

Credit-related notes: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$

 
$
7

 
$
208

 
$
2,947

 
$
3,162

Non-investment grade
127

 
85

 
132

 
1,732

 
2,076

Total credit-related notes
$
127

 
$
92

 
$
340

 
$
4,679

 
$
5,238

 
Maximum Payout/Notional
Credit default swaps:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
182,137

 
$
401,914

 
$
477,924

 
$
127,570

 
$
1,189,545

Non-investment grade
133,624

 
228,327

 
186,522

 
147,926

 
696,399

Total
315,761

 
630,241

 
664,446

 
275,496

 
1,885,944

Total return swaps/other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade

 

 
9,116

 

 
9,116

Non-investment grade
305

 
2,023

 
4,918

 
1,476

 
8,722

Total
305

 
2,023

 
14,034

 
1,476

 
17,838

Total credit derivatives
$
316,066

 
$
632,264

 
$
678,480

 
$
276,972

 
$
1,903,782

(1) 
For credit-related notes, maximum payout/notional is the same as carrying value.

153

Table of Contents

The notional amount represents the maximum amount payable by the Corporation for most credit derivatives. However, the Corporation does not monitor its exposure to credit derivatives based solely on the notional amount because this measure does not take into consideration the probability of occurrence. As such, the notional amount is not a reliable indicator of the Corporation’s exposure to these contracts. Instead, a risk framework is used to define risk tolerances and establish limits to help ensure that certain credit risk-related losses occur within acceptable, predefined limits.

The Corporation economically hedges its market risk exposure to credit derivatives by entering into a variety of offsetting derivative contracts and security positions. For example, in certain instances, the Corporation may purchase credit protection with identical underlying referenced names to offset its exposure. The carrying value and notional amount of written credit derivatives for which the Corporation held purchased credit derivatives with identical underlying referenced names and terms at June 30, 2012 was $37.9 billion and $1.1 trillion compared to $48.0 billion and $1.0 trillion at December 31, 2011.

Credit-related notes in the table on page 153 include investments in securities issued by collateralized debt obligation (CDO), collateralized loan obligation (CLO) and credit-linked note vehicles. These instruments are primarily classified as trading securities. The carrying value of these instruments equals the Corporation’s maximum exposure to loss. The Corporation is not obligated to make any payments to the entities under the terms of the securities owned. The Corporation discloses internal categorizations of investment grade and non-investment grade consistent with how risk is managed for these instruments.

Credit-related Contingent Features and Collateral

The Corporation executes the majority of its derivative contracts in the over-the-counter (OTC) market with large, international financial institutions, including broker/dealers and, to a lesser degree, with a variety of non-financial companies. Substantially all of the derivative transactions are executed on a daily margin basis. Therefore, events such as a credit rating downgrade (depending on the ultimate rating level) or a breach of credit covenants would typically require an increase in the amount of collateral required of the counterparty, where applicable, and/or allow the Corporation to take additional protective measures such as early termination of all trades. Further, as previously discussed on page 146, the Corporation enters into legally enforceable master netting agreements which reduce risk by permitting the closeout and netting of transactions with the same counterparty upon the occurrence of certain events.

A majority of the Corporation’s derivative contracts contain credit risk related contingent features, primarily in the form of International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) master netting agreements and credit support documentation that enhance the creditworthiness of these instruments compared to other obligations of the respective counterparty with whom the Corporation has transacted. These contingent features may be for the benefit of the Corporation as well as its counterparties with respect to changes in the Corporation’s creditworthiness and the mark-to-market exposure under the derivative transactions. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation held cash and securities collateral of $87.0 billion and $87.7 billion, and posted cash and securities collateral of $82.8 billion and $86.5 billion in the normal course of business under derivative agreements.

In connection with certain OTC derivative contracts and other trading agreements, the Corporation can be required to provide additional collateral or to terminate transactions with certain counterparties in the event of a downgrade of the senior debt ratings of the Corporation or certain subsidiaries. The amount of additional collateral required depends on the contract and is usually a fixed incremental amount and/or the market value of the exposure.

At June 30, 2012, the amount of collateral, calculated based on the terms of the contracts, that the Corporation and certain subsidiaries could be required to post to counterparties but had not yet posted to counterparties was approximately $2.9 billion, comprised of $1.6 billion for BANA and $1.3 billion for Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (Merrill Lynch) and certain of its subsidiaries.

Some counterparties are currently able to unilaterally terminate certain contracts, or the Corporation or certain subsidiaries may be required to take other action such as find a suitable replacement or obtain a guarantee. At June 30, 2012, the current liability recorded for these derivative contracts was $2.2 billion, against which the Corporation and certain subsidiaries had posted approximately $2.2 billion of collateral.

At June 30, 2012, if the rating agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation or certain subsidiaries by one incremental notch, the amount of additional collateral contractually required by derivative contracts and other trading agreements would have been approximately $2.3 billion comprised of $1.3 billion for BANA and $939 million for Merrill Lynch and certain of its subsidiaries. If the agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for these entities by a second incremental notch, an incremental $4.2 billion in additional collateral comprised of $338 million for BANA and $3.8 billion for Merrill Lynch and certain subsidiaries, would have been required.


154

Table of Contents

Also, if the rating agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation or certain subsidiaries by one incremental notch, the derivative liability that would be subject to unilateral termination by counterparties as of June 30, 2012 was $6.1 billion, against which $5.3 billion of collateral has been posted. If the rating agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation and certain subsidiaries by a second incremental notch, the derivative liability that would be subject to unilateral termination by counterparties as of June 30, 2012 was an incremental $1.9 billion, against which $1.4 billion of collateral has been posted.

Derivative Valuation Adjustments

The Corporation records counterparty credit risk valuation adjustments on derivative assets in order to properly reflect the credit quality of the counterparties. These adjustments are necessary as the valuation models for derivatives do not fully reflect the credit risk of the counterparties to the derivative assets. The Corporation considers collateral and legally enforceable master netting agreements that mitigate its credit exposure to each counterparty in determining the counterparty credit risk valuation adjustment. All or a portion of these counterparty credit valuation adjustments are subsequently adjusted due to changes in the value of the derivative contract, collateral and creditworthiness of the counterparties. The Corporation’s or its subsidiaries’ derivative liabilities are adjusted to reflect the impact of the Corporation’s credit quality. The Derivative Valuation Adjustments table presents credit valuation gains (losses) and DVA gains (losses) for the Corporation, which are recorded in trading account profits.

Derivative Valuation Adjustments
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in millions)
Gross
Net
 
Gross
Net
 
Gross
Net
 
Gross
Net
Derivative assets (1)
$
(313
)
$
13

 
$
(592
)
$
(151
)
 
$
200

$
162

 
$
(444
)
$
(617
)
Derivative liabilities (2)
67

(158
)
 
205

121

 
(1,293
)
(1,617
)
 
(103
)
(236
)
(1) 
At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the cumulative counterparty credit risk valuation adjustment reduced the derivative assets balance by $2.9 billion and $2.8 billion.
(2) 
At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s cumulative DVA reduced the derivative liabilities balance by $1.4 billion and $2.4 billion.



155

Table of Contents

NOTE 4 – Securities

The table below presents the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of debt and marketable equity securities at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

 
June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
Available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
30,034

 
$
237

 
$
(440
)
 
$
29,831

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
189,167

 
5,075

 
(51
)
 
194,191

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
38,553

 
752

 
(156
)
 
39,149

Non-agency residential (1)
10,514

 
256

 
(255
)
 
10,515

Non-agency commercial
3,751

 
376

 

 
4,127

Non-U.S. securities
5,736

 
37

 
(8
)
 
5,765

Corporate bonds
2,073

 
75

 
(26
)
 
2,122

Other taxable securities, substantially all asset-backed securities
11,494

 
68

 
(40
)
 
11,522

Total taxable securities
291,322

 
6,876

 
(976
)
 
297,222

Tax-exempt securities
2,862

 
17

 
(52
)
 
2,827

Total available-for-sale debt securities
$
294,184

 
$
6,893

 
$
(1,028
)
 
$
300,049

Held-to-maturity debt securities (2)
35,168

 
826

 

 
35,994

Total debt securities
$
329,352

 
$
7,719

 
$
(1,028
)
 
$
336,043

Available-for-sale marketable equity securities (3)
$
62

 
$
27

 
$
(6
)
 
$
83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
Available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
43,433

 
$
242

 
$
(811
)
 
$
42,864

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
138,073

 
4,511

 
(21
)
 
142,563

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
44,392

 
774

 
(167
)
 
44,999

Non-agency residential (1)
14,948

 
301

 
(482
)
 
14,767

Non-agency commercial
4,894

 
629

 
(1
)
 
5,522

Non-U.S. securities
4,872

 
62

 
(14
)
 
4,920

Corporate bonds
2,993

 
79

 
(37
)
 
3,035

Other taxable securities, substantially all asset-backed securities
12,889

 
49

 
(60
)
 
12,878

Total taxable securities
266,494

 
6,647

 
(1,593
)
 
271,548

Tax-exempt securities
4,678

 
15

 
(90
)
 
4,603

Total available-for-sale debt securities
$
271,172

 
$
6,662

 
$
(1,683
)
 
$
276,151

Held-to-maturity debt securities (2)
35,265

 
181

 
(4
)
 
35,442

Total debt securities
$
306,437

 
$
6,843

 
$
(1,687
)
 
$
311,593

Available-for-sale marketable equity securities (3)
$
65

 
$
10

 
$
(7
)
 
$
68

(1) 
At June 30, 2012, includes approximately 92 percent prime bonds, six percent Alt-A bonds and two percent subprime bonds. At December 31, 2011, includes approximately 89 percent prime bonds, nine percent Alt-A bonds and two percent subprime bonds.
(2) 
Substantially all U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities.
(3) 
Classified in other assets on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

At June 30, 2012, the accumulated net unrealized gains on available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities included in accumulated OCI were $3.7 billion, net of the related income tax expense of $2.2 billion. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation had nonperforming AFS debt securities of $109 million and $140 million.


156

Table of Contents

The Corporation recorded other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses on AFS debt securities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 as presented in the table below. A debt security is impaired when its fair value is less than its amortized cost. If the Corporation intends or will more-likely-than-not be required to sell the debt securities prior to recovery, the entire impairment is recorded in the Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Income. For debt securities the Corporation does not intend or will not more-likely-than-not be required to sell, an analysis is performed to determine if any of the impairment is due to credit or whether it is due to other factors (e.g., interest rate). Credit losses are considered unrecoverable and are recorded in the Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Income with the remaining unrealized losses recorded in accumulated OCI. In certain instances, the credit loss on a debt security may exceed the total impairment, in which case, the portion of the credit loss that exceeds the total impairment is recorded as an unrealized gain in accumulated OCI. Balances in the table below exclude $3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 of unrealized gains recorded in accumulated OCI related to these securities and $3 million and $10 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011.

Net Impairment Losses Recognized in Earnings
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Non-agency
Residential
MBS
 
Non-agency
Commercial
MBS
 
Non-U.S. Securities
 
Other
Taxable
Securities
 
Total
Total OTTI losses (unrealized and realized)
$
(9
)
 
$
(4
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(13
)
Unrealized OTTI losses recognized in accumulated OCI
7

 

 

 

 
7

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
$
(2
)
 
$
(4
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
Total OTTI losses (unrealized and realized)
$
(48
)
 
$

 
$
(12
)
 
$
(3
)
 
$
(63
)
Unrealized OTTI losses recognized in accumulated OCI
17

 

 

 
1

 
18

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
$
(31
)
 
$

 
$
(12
)
 
$
(2
)
 
$
(45
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
Total OTTI losses (unrealized and realized)
$
(56
)
 
$
(6
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(62
)
Unrealized OTTI losses recognized in accumulated OCI
16

 

 

 

 
16

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
$
(40
)
 
$
(6
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(46
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
Total OTTI losses (unrealized and realized)
$
(142
)
 
$

 
$
(12
)
 
$
(3
)
 
$
(157
)
Unrealized OTTI losses recognized in accumulated OCI
23

 

 

 
1

 
24

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
$
(119
)
 
$

 
$
(12
)
 
$
(2
)
 
$
(133
)

The Corporation's net impairment losses recognized in earnings consist of write-downs to fair value on AFS securities the Corporation has the intent to sell or will more-likely-than-not be required to sell and credit losses recognized on AFS securities the Corporation does not have the intent to sell or will not more-likely-than-not be required to sell. The table below presents a rollforward of the credit losses recognized in earnings on AFS debt securities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 on securities that the Corporation does not have the intent to sell or will not more-likely-than-not be required to sell.

Rollforward of Credit Losses Recognized
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Balance, beginning of period
$
266

 
$
884

 
$
310

 
$
2,135

Additions for credit losses recognized on debt securities that had no previous impairment losses
4

 
16

 
6

 
49

Additions for credit losses recognized on debt securities that had previously incurred impairment losses
2

 
29

 
40

 
84

Reductions for debt securities sold or intended to be sold
(26
)
 
(11
)
 
(110
)
 
(1,350
)
Balance, June 30
$
246

 
$
918

 
$
246

 
$
918



157

Table of Contents

The Corporation estimates the portion of a security's loss attributable to credit using a discounted cash flow model and estimates the expected cash flows of the underlying collateral using internal credit, interest rate and prepayment risk models that incorporate management’s best estimate of current key assumptions such as default rates, loss severity and prepayment rates. Assumptions used for the underlying loans that support the mortgage-backed securities (MBS) can vary widely from loan to loan and are influenced by such factors as loan interest rate, geographical location of the borrower, borrower characteristics and collateral type. Based on these assumptions, the Corporation then determines how the underlying collateral cash flows will be distributed to each MBS issued from the applicable special purpose entity. Expected principal and interest cash flows on an impaired AFS debt security are discounted using the effective yield of each individual impaired AFS debt security.

Significant assumptions used in estimating the expected cash flows for measuring credit losses on non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) were as follows at June 30, 2012.

Significant Assumptions
 
 
 
Range (1)
 
Weighted-average
 
10th Percentile (2)
 
90th Percentile (2)
Annual prepayment speed
9.4%
 
3.0%
 
22.1%
Loss severity
51.7
 
25.0
 
65.3
Life default rate
59.2
 
3.8
 
99.1
(1) 
Represents the range of inputs/assumptions based upon the underlying collateral.
(2) 
The value of a variable below which the indicated percentile of observations will fall.

Annual constant prepayment speed and loss severity rates are projected considering collateral characteristics such as loan-to-value (LTV), creditworthiness of borrowers as measured using FICO scores and geographic concentrations. The weighted-average severity by collateral type was 46 percent for prime, 53 percent for Alt-A and 62 percent for subprime at June 30, 2012. Additionally, default rates are projected by considering collateral characteristics including, but not limited to LTV, FICO and geographic concentration. Weighted-average life default rates by collateral type were 46 percent for prime, 70 percent for Alt-A and 65 percent for subprime at June 30, 2012.


158

Table of Contents

The table below presents the fair value and the associated gross unrealized losses on AFS securities with gross unrealized losses at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and whether these securities have had gross unrealized losses for less than twelve months or for twelve months or longer.

Temporarily Impaired and Other-than-temporarily Impaired Securities
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
Less than Twelve Months
 
Twelve Months or Longer
 
Total
(Dollars in millions)
Fair Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Temporarily impaired available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
254

 
$
(1
)
 
$
26,163

 
$
(439
)
 
$
26,417

 
$
(440
)
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
11,060

 
(45
)
 
442

 
(6
)
 
11,502

 
(51
)
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
7,748

 
(112
)
 
1,861

 
(44
)
 
9,609

 
(156
)
Non-agency residential
1,581

 
(39
)
 
2,148

 
(186
)
 
3,729

 
(225
)
Non-U.S. securities
469

 
(3
)
 
657

 
(5
)
 
1,126

 
(8
)
Corporate bonds
222

 
(17
)
 
103

 
(9
)
 
325

 
(26
)
Other taxable securities
4,449

 
(14
)
 
1,813

 
(26
)
 
6,262

 
(40
)
Total taxable securities
25,783

 
(231
)
 
33,187

 
(715
)
 
58,970

 
(946
)
Tax-exempt securities
833

 
(8
)
 
1,160

 
(44
)
 
1,993

 
(52
)
Total temporarily impaired available-for-sale debt securities
26,616

 
(239
)
 
34,347

 
(759
)
 
60,963

 
(998
)
Temporarily impaired available-for-sale marketable equity securities
3

 
(1
)
 
7

 
(5
)
 
10

 
(6
)
Total temporarily impaired available-for-sale securities
26,619

 
(240
)
 
34,354

 
(764
)
 
60,973

 
(1,004
)
Other-than-temporarily impaired available-for-sale debt securities (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
43

 
(7
)
 
201

 
(23
)
 
244

 
(30
)
Total temporarily impaired and other-than-temporarily impaired available-for-sale securities (2)
$
26,662

 
$
(247
)
 
$
34,555

 
$
(787
)
 
$
61,217

 
$
(1,034
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
Temporarily impaired available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$

 
$

 
$
38,269

 
$
(811
)
 
$
38,269

 
$
(811
)
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
4,679

 
(13
)
 
474

 
(8
)
 
5,153

 
(21
)
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
11,448

 
(134
)
 
976

 
(33
)
 
12,424

 
(167
)
Non-agency residential
2,112

 
(59
)
 
3,950

 
(350
)
 
6,062

 
(409
)
Non-agency commercial
55

 
(1
)
 

 

 
55

 
(1
)
Non-U.S. securities
1,008

 
(13
)
 
165

 
(1
)
 
1,173

 
(14
)
Corporate bonds
415

 
(29
)
 
111

 
(8
)
 
526

 
(37
)
Other taxable securities
4,210

 
(41
)
 
1,361

 
(19
)
 
5,571

 
(60
)
Total taxable securities
23,927

 
(290
)
 
45,306

 
(1,230
)
 
69,233

 
(1,520
)
Tax-exempt securities
1,117

 
(25
)
 
2,754

 
(65
)
 
3,871

 
(90
)
Total temporarily impaired available-for-sale debt securities
25,044

 
(315
)
 
48,060

 
(1,295
)
 
73,104

 
(1,610
)
Temporarily impaired available-for-sale marketable equity securities
31

 
(1
)
 
6

 
(6
)
 
37

 
(7
)
Total temporarily impaired available-for-sale securities
25,075

 
(316
)
 
48,066

 
(1,301
)
 
73,141

 
(1,617
)
Other-than-temporarily impaired available-for-sale debt securities (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
158

 
(28
)
 
489

 
(45
)
 
647

 
(73
)
Total temporarily impaired and other-than-temporarily impaired available-for-sale securities (2)
$
25,233

 
$
(344
)
 
$
48,555

 
$
(1,346
)
 
$
73,788

 
$
(1,690
)
(1) 
Includes other-than-temporarily impaired AFS debt securities on which OTTI loss remains in OCI.
(2) 
At June 30, 2012, the amortized cost of approximately 3,600 AFS securities exceeded their fair value by $1.0 billion. At December 31, 2011, the amortized cost of approximately 3,800 AFS securities exceeded their fair value by $1.7 billion.


159

Table of Contents

The amortized cost and fair value of the Corporation’s investment in AFS and HTM debt securities from Fannie Mae (FNMA), the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), Freddie Mac (FHLMC) and U.S. Treasury securities where the investment exceeded 10 percent of consolidated shareholders’ equity at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are presented in the table below.

Selected Securities Exceeding 10 Percent of Shareholders' Equity
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
Fannie Mae
$
124,130

 
$
126,482

 
$
87,898

 
$
89,243

Government National Mortgage Association
111,777

 
114,508

 
102,960

 
106,200

U.S. Treasury Securities
29,630

 
29,427

 
39,946

 
39,164

Freddie Mac
26,981

 
27,517

 
26,617

 
27,129


The expected maturity distribution of the Corporation’s MBS and the contractual maturity distribution of the Corporation’s other AFS debt securities, and the yields on the Corporation’s AFS debt securities portfolio at June 30, 2012 are summarized in the table below. Actual maturities may differ from the contractual or expected maturities since borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

Debt Securities Maturities
 
June 30, 2012
 
Due in One
Year or Less
 
Due after One Year
through Five Years
 
Due after Five
Years through Ten Years
 
Due after
Ten Years
 
Total
(Dollars in millions)
Amount
Yield (1)
 
Amount
Yield (1)
 
Amount
Yield (1)
 
Amount
Yield (1)
 
Amount
Yield (1)
Amortized cost of AFS debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
511

0.01
%
 
$
745

1.00
%
 
$
2,138

5.30
%
 
$
26,640

2.50
%
 
$
30,034

2.70
%
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
31

4.40

 
65,333

3.30

 
55,484

3.20

 
68,319

2.90

 
189,167

3.10

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations
84

1.30

 
16,481

1.40

 
21,970

4.10

 
18

1.00

 
38,553

3.00

Non-agency residential
1,149

4.80

 
5,889

4.60

 
3,060

4.30

 
416

3.30

 
10,514

4.50

Non-agency commercial
275

5.60

 
3,439

5.90

 
16

4.20

 
21

5.10

 
3,751

5.90

Non-U.S. securities
3,715

0.90

 
1,855

6.10

 
166

2.30

 


 
5,736

2.60

Corporate bonds
555

1.80

 
1,007

1.90

 
385

4.70

 
126

1.00

 
2,073

1.90

Other taxable securities
1,521

0.90

 
6,519

1.60

 
2,075

1.60

 
1,379

1.00

 
11,494

1.50

Total taxable securities
7,841

1.66

 
101,268

3.07

 
85,294

3.49

 
96,919

2.76

 
291,322

3.02

Tax-exempt securities
17

4.20

 
901

1.70

 
809

2.50

 
1,135

0.30

 
2,862

1.39

Total amortized cost of AFS debt securities
$
7,858

1.67

 
$
102,169

3.05

 
$
86,103

3.48

 
$
98,054

2.73

 
$
294,184

3.00

Total amortized cost of held-to-maturity debt securities (2)
$
6

3.00
%
 
$
5,230

2.20
%
 
$
23,588

2.70
%
 
$
6,344

2.80
%
 
$
35,168

2.60
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of AFS debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
513

 
 
$
773

 
 
$
2,345

 
 
$
26,200

 
 
$
29,831

 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
32

 
 
67,155

 
 
57,249

 
 
69,755

 
 
194,191

 
Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations
84

 
 
16,471

 
 
22,576

 
 
18

 
 
39,149

 
Non-agency residential
1,139

 
 
5,953

 
 
3,009

 
 
414

 
 
10,515

 
Non-agency commercial
285

 
 
3,804

 
 
17

 
 
21

 
 
4,127

 
Non-U.S. securities
3,710

 
 
1,887

 
 
168

 
 

 
 
5,765

 
Corporate bonds
559

 
 
1,025

 
 
421

 
 
117

 
 
2,122

 
Other taxable securities
1,526

 
 
6,610

 
 
2,079

 
 
1,307

 
 
11,522

 
Total taxable securities
7,848

 
 
103,678

 
 
87,864

 
 
97,832

 
 
297,222

 
Tax-exempt securities
17

 
 
901

 
 
810

 
 
1,099

 
 
2,827

 
Total fair value of AFS debt securities
$
7,865

 
 
$
104,579

 
 
$
88,674

 
 
$
98,931

 
 
$
300,049

 
Total fair value of held-to-maturity debt
     securities (2)
$
6

 
 
$
5,311

 
 
$
24,202

 
 
$
6,475

 
 
$
35,994

 
(1) 
Average yield is computed using the effective yield of each security at the end of the period, weighted based on the amortized cost of each security. The effective yield considers the contractual coupon, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, and excludes the effect of related hedging derivatives.
(2) 
Substantially all U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities.

160

Table of Contents

The gross realized gains and losses on sales of debt securities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 are presented in the table below.

Gains and Losses on Sales of AFS Debt Securities
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Gross gains
$
423

 
$
901

 
$
1,596

 
$
1,455

Gross losses
(23
)
 
(2
)
 
(444
)
 
(10
)
Net gains on sales of debt securities
$
400

 
$
899

 
$
1,152

 
$
1,445

Income tax expense attributable to realized net gains on sales of debt securities
$
148

 
$
333

 
$
426

 
$
535


Certain Corporate and Strategic Investments

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation owned 2.0 billion shares representing approximately one percent of China Construction Bank Corporation (CCB). Sales restrictions on these shares continue until August 2013, and accordingly, these shares are carried at cost and recorded in other assets. Beginning in the three months ending September 30, 2012, because the sales restrictions on these shares will expire within one year, these securities will be classified as marketable equity securities and carried at fair value with the unrealized gain recorded in accumulated OCI, net-of-tax. The carrying value and cost basis of the investment at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $716 million, and the fair value was $1.4 billion at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. There is a strategic assistance agreement between the Corporation and CCB, which includes cooperation in specific business areas.

The Corporation's 49 percent investment in a merchant services joint venture had a carrying value of $3.3 billion and $3.4 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.


161

Table of Contents

NOTE 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases

The following tables present total outstanding loans and leases and an aging analysis at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

 
June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
30-59 Days
Past Due
(1)
60-89 Days
Past Due
(1)
90 Days or
More Past Due
(2)
Total Past
Due 30 Days
or More
Total Current
or Less Than 30
Days Past Due
(3)
Purchased
Credit -
impaired
(4)
Loans
Accounted for
Under the Fair
Value Option
Total
Outstandings
Home loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (5)
$
2,072

$
726

$
4,099

$
6,897

$
166,819

 
 
$
173,716

Home equity
290

154

521

965

63,141

 
 
64,106

Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
2,813

1,618

30,315

34,746

34,570

$
9,603

 
78,919

Home equity
674

422

1,662

2,758

39,508

11,639

 
53,905

Discontinued real estate (6)
51

20

303

374

736

8,949

 
10,059

Credit card and other consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
760

594

1,594

2,948

91,343

 
 
94,291

Non-U.S. credit card
116

96

253

465

12,966

 
 
13,431

Direct/Indirect consumer (7)
568

255

655

1,478

81,686

 
 
83,164

Other consumer (8)
44

17

3

64

2,504

 
 
2,568

Total consumer loans
7,388

3,902

39,405

50,695

493,273

30,191

 
574,159

Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option (9)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,172

1,172

Total consumer
7,388

3,902

39,405

50,695

493,273

30,191

1,172

575,331

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
197

153

800

1,150

183,774

 
 
184,924

Commercial real estate (10)
138

119

1,345

1,602

34,933

 
 
36,535

Commercial lease financing
23

22

33

78

21,614

 
 
21,692

Non-U.S. commercial




53,850

 
 
53,850

U.S. small business commercial
138

111

244

493

12,301

 
 
12,794

Total commercial loans
496

405

2,422

3,323

306,472

 
 
309,795

Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option (9)
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,189

7,189

Total commercial
496

405

2,422

3,323

306,472

 
7,189

316,984

Total loans and leases
$
7,884

$
4,307

$
41,827

$
54,018

$
799,745

$
30,191

$
8,361

$
892,315

Percentage of outstandings
0.88
%
0.48
%
4.69
%
6.05
%
89.63
%
3.38
%
0.94
%
 
(1) 
Home loans 30-59 days past due includes $2.0 billion of fully-insured loans and $543 million of nonperforming loans. Home loans 60-89 days past due includes $1.1 billion of fully-insured loans and $511 million of nonperforming loans.
(2) 
Home loans includes $22.3 billion of fully-insured loans.
(3) 
Home loans includes $3.8 billion of nonperforming loans as all principal and interest are not current or the loans are TDRs that have not demonstrated sustained repayment performance.
(4) 
PCI loan amounts are shown gross of the valuation allowance.
(5) 
Total outstandings includes non-U.S. residential mortgages of $92 million.
(6) 
Total outstandings includes $9.0 billion of pay option loans and $1.1 billion of subprime loans. The Corporation no longer originates these products.
(7) 
Total outstandings includes dealer financial services loans of $36.7 billion, consumer lending loans of $6.3 billion, U.S. securities-based lending margin loans of $25.7 billion, student loans of $5.4 billion, non-U.S. consumer loans of $7.8 billion and other consumer loans of $1.3 billion.
(8) 
Total outstandings includes consumer finance loans of $1.5 billion, other non-U.S. consumer loans of $908 million and consumer overdrafts of $127 million.
(9) 
Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option were residential mortgage loans of $172 million and discontinued real estate loans of $1.0 billion. Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option were U.S. commercial loans of $1.9 billion and non-U.S. commercial loans of $5.3 billion. For addition information, see Note 15 – Fair Value Measurements and Note 16 – Fair Value Option.
(10) 
Total outstandings includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $35.0 billion and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $1.5 billion.

162

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
30-59 Days
Past Due
(1)
60-89 Days
Past Due
(1)
90 Days or
More Past Due
(2)
Total Past
Due 30 Days
or More
Total Current
or Less Than 30
Days Past Due
(3)
Purchased
Credit -
impaired
(4)
Loans
Accounted for
Under the Fair
Value Option
Total
Outstandings
Home loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (5)
$
2,151

$
751

$
3,017

$
5,919

$
172,418

 
 
$
178,337

Home equity
260

155

429

844

66,211

 
 
67,055

Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
3,195

2,174

32,167

37,536

36,451

$
9,966

 
83,953

Home equity
845

508

1,735

3,088

42,578

11,978

 
57,644

Discontinued real estate (6)
65

24

351

440

798

9,857

 
11,095

Credit card and other consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
981

772

2,070

3,823

98,468

 
 
102,291

Non-U.S. credit card
148

120

342

610

13,808

 
 
14,418

Direct/Indirect consumer (7)
805

338

779

1,922

87,791

 
 
89,713

Other consumer (8)
55

21

17

93

2,595

 
 
2,688

Total consumer loans
8,505

4,863

40,907

54,275

521,118

31,801

 
607,194

Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option (9)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
2,190

2,190

Total consumer
8,505

4,863

40,907

54,275

521,118

31,801

2,190

609,384

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
352

166

866

1,384

178,564

 
 
179,948

Commercial real estate (10)
288

118

1,860

2,266

37,330

 
 
39,596

Commercial lease financing
78

15

22

115

21,874

 
 
21,989

Non-U.S. commercial
24



24

55,394

 
 
55,418

U.S. small business commercial
150

106

272

528

12,723

 
 
13,251

Total commercial loans
892

405

3,020

4,317

305,885

 
 
310,202

Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option (9)
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,614

6,614

Total commercial
892

405

3,020

4,317

305,885

 
6,614

316,816

Total loans and leases
$
9,397

$
5,268

$
43,927

$
58,592

$
827,003

$
31,801

$
8,804

$
926,200

Percentage of outstandings
1.01
%
0.57
%
4.74
%
6.33
%
89.29
%
3.43
%
0.95
%
 
(1) 
Home loans 30-59 days past due includes $2.2 billion of fully-insured loans and $372 million of nonperforming loans. Home loans 60-89 days past due includes $1.4 billion of fully-insured loans and $398 million of nonperforming loans.
(2) 
Home loans includes $21.2 billion of fully-insured loans.
(3) 
Home loans includes $1.8 billion of nonperforming loans as all principal and interest are not current or the loans are TDRs that have not demonstrated sustained repayment performance.
(4) 
PCI loan amounts are shown gross of the valuation allowance.
(5) 
Total outstandings includes non-U.S. residential mortgages of $85 million.
(6) 
Total outstandings includes $9.9 billion of pay option loans and $1.2 billion of subprime loans. The Corporation no longer originates these products.
(7) 
Total outstandings includes dealer financial services loans of $43.0 billion, consumer lending loans of $8.0 billion, U.S. securities-based lending margin loans of $23.6 billion, student loans of $6.0 billion, non-U.S. consumer loans of $7.6 billion and other consumer loans of $1.5 billion.
(8) 
Total outstandings includes consumer finance loans of $1.7 billion, other non-U.S. consumer loans of $929 million and consumer overdrafts of $103 million.
(9) 
Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option were residential mortgage loans of $906 million and discontinued real estate loans of $1.3 billion. Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option were U.S. commercial loans of $2.2 billion and non-U.S. commercial loans of $4.4 billion. For additional information, see Note 15 – Fair Value Measurements and Note 16 – Fair Value Option.
(10) 
Total outstandings includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $37.8 billion and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $1.8 billion.

The Corporation mitigates a portion of its credit risk on the residential mortgage portfolio through the use of synthetic securitization vehicles. These vehicles issue long-term notes to investors, the proceeds of which are held as cash collateral. The Corporation pays a premium to the vehicles to purchase mezzanine loss protection on a portfolio of residential mortgages owned by the Corporation. Cash held in the vehicles is used to reimburse the Corporation in the event that losses on the mortgage portfolio exceed 10 basis points (bps) of the original pool balance, up to the remaining amount of purchased loss protection of $633 million and $783 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The vehicles from which the Corporation purchases credit protection are VIEs. The Corporation does not have a variable interest in these vehicles, and accordingly, these vehicles are not consolidated by the Corporation. Amounts due from the vehicles are recorded in other income (loss) when the Corporation recognizes a reimbursable loss, as described above. Amounts are collected when reimbursable losses are realized through the sale of the underlying collateral. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation had a receivable of $344 million and $359 million from these vehicles for reimbursement of losses, and principal of $20.6 billion and $23.9 billion of residential mortgage loans was referenced under these agreements. The Corporation records an allowance for credit losses on these loans without regard to the existence of the purchased loss protection as the protection does not represent a guarantee of individual loans.


163

Table of Contents

In addition, the Corporation has entered into long-term credit protection agreements with FNMA and FHLMC on loans totaling $26.4 billion and $24.4 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, providing full protection on residential mortgage loans that become severely delinquent. All of these loans are individually insured and therefore the Corporation does not record an allowance for credit losses related to these loans. For additional information, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees.

Nonperforming Loans and Leases

During the first quarter of 2012, the bank regulatory agencies jointly issued interagency supervisory guidance on nonaccrual status for junior-lien consumer real estate loans. In accordance with this regulatory interagency guidance, the Corporation classifies junior-lien home equity loans as nonperforming when the first-lien loan becomes 90 days past due even if the junior-lien loan is performing, and as a result, the Corporation reclassified $1.9 billion of performing home equity loans to nonperforming as of March 31, 2012, and $1.8 billion was included in nonperforming loans at June 30, 2012. The regulatory interagency guidance had no impact on the Corporation's allowance for loan and lease losses or provision expense as the delinquency status of the underlying first-lien loans was already considered in the Corporation's reserving process.

The table below presents the Corporation’s nonperforming loans and leases including nonperforming troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) and loans accruing past due 90 days or more at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Nonperforming loans held-for-sale (LHFS) are excluded from nonperforming loans and leases as they are recorded at either fair value or the lower of cost or fair value. See Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on the criteria for classification as nonperforming.

Credit Quality
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming Loans and Leases (1)
 
Accruing Past Due 90 Days or More
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Home loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (2)
$
2,767

 
$
2,414

 
$
1,793

 
$
883

Home equity
1,063

 
439

 

 

Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (2)
11,854

 
13,556

 
20,494

 
20,281

Home equity
3,144

 
2,014

 

 

Discontinued real estate
257

 
290

 

 

Credit card and other consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
n/a

 
n/a

 
1,594

 
2,070

Non-U.S. credit card
n/a

 
n/a

 
253

 
342

Direct/Indirect consumer
35

 
40

 
627

 
746

Other consumer
1

 
15

 
2

 
2

Total consumer
19,121

 
18,768

 
24,763

 
24,324

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
1,841

 
2,174

 
33

 
75

Commercial real estate
2,498

 
3,880

 
20

 
7

Commercial lease financing
39

 
26

 
16

 
14

Non-U.S. commercial
194

 
143

 

 

U.S. small business commercial
143

 
114

 
167

 
216

Total commercial
4,715

 
6,337

 
236

 
312

Total consumer and commercial
$
23,836

 
$
25,105

 
$
24,999

 
$
24,636

(1) 
Nonperforming loan balances do not include nonaccruing TDRs removed from the PCI portfolio prior to January 1, 2010 of $461 million and $477 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Residential mortgage loans accruing past due 90 days or more are fully-insured loans. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, residential mortgage includes $18.1 billion and $17.0 billion of loans on which interest has been curtailed by the Federal Housing Administration, and therefore are no longer accruing interest, although principal is still insured, and $4.2 billion of loans on which interest is still accruing for both periods.
n/a = not applicable

164

Table of Contents

Credit Quality Indicators

The Corporation monitors credit quality within its Home Loans, Credit Card and Other Consumer, and Commercial portfolio segments based on primary credit quality indicators. For more information on the portfolio segments, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Within the Home Loans portfolio segment, the primary credit quality indicators are refreshed LTV and refreshed FICO score. Refreshed LTV measures the carrying value of the loan as a percentage of the value of property securing the loan, refreshed quarterly. Home equity loans are evaluated using combined loan-to-value (CLTV) which measures the carrying value of the combined loans that have liens against the property and the available line of credit as a percentage of the appraised value of the property securing the loan, refreshed quarterly. FICO scores measure the creditworthiness of the borrower based on the financial obligations of the borrower and the borrower’s credit history. At a minimum, FICO scores are refreshed quarterly, and in many cases, more frequently. FICO scores are also a primary credit quality indicator for the Credit Card and Other Consumer portfolio segment and the business card portfolio within U.S. small business commercial. The Corporation’s commercial loans are evaluated using the internal classifications of pass rated or reservable criticized as the primary credit quality indicators. The term reservable criticized refers to those commercial loans that are internally classified or listed by the Corporation as Special Mention, Substandard or Doubtful, which are asset categories defined by regulatory authorities. These assets have an elevated level of risk and may have a high probability of default or total loss. Pass rated refers to all loans not considered reservable criticized. In addition to these primary credit quality indicators, the Corporation uses other credit quality indicators for certain types of loans.


165

Table of Contents

The following tables present certain credit quality indicators for the Corporation’s Home Loans, Credit Card and Other Consumer, and Commercial portfolio segments, by class of financing receivables, at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Home Loans - Credit Quality Indicators (1)
 
June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Core Portfolio
Residential
Mortgage
(2)
Legacy Assets & Servicing Residential Mortgage (2)
Countrywide
Residential
Mortgage PCI
Core Portfolio
Home
Equity
(2)
Legacy Assets & Servicing Home
Equity
(2)
Countrywide
Home Equity PCI
Legacy Assets & Servicing
Discontinued
Real Estate
(2)
Countrywide
Discontinued
Real Estate
PCI
Refreshed LTV (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 90 percent
$
77,521

$
18,372

$
3,518

$
42,395

$
14,992

$
2,561

$
805

$
5,245

Greater than 90 percent but less than 100 percent
10,544

5,199

1,406

6,948

4,367

1,086

104

1,089

Greater than 100 percent
16,420

21,266

4,679

14,763

22,907

7,992

201

2,615

Fully-insured loans (4)
69,231

24,479







Total home loans
$
173,716

$
69,316

$
9,603

$
64,106

$
42,266

$
11,639

$
1,110

$
8,949

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refreshed FICO score
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
$
6,933

$
14,983

$
3,401

$
2,789

$
6,376

$
1,584

$
472

$
5,153

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
8,694

6,403

1,406

4,608

6,342

1,858

165

1,316

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
24,916

8,872

2,112

13,061

11,009

3,426

221

1,312

Greater than or equal to 740
63,942

14,579

2,684

43,648

18,539

4,771

252

1,168

Fully-insured loans (4)
69,231

24,479







Total home loans
$
173,716

$
69,316

$
9,603

$
64,106

$
42,266

$
11,639

$
1,110

$
8,949

(1) 
Excludes $1.2 billion of loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
Excludes Countrywide PCI loans.
(3) 
Refreshed LTV percentages for PCI loans are calculated using the carrying value net of the related valuation allowance.
(4) 
Credit quality indicators are not reported for fully-insured loans as principal repayment is insured.

Credit Card and Other Consumer - Credit Quality Indicators
 
June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
U.S. Credit
Card
 
Non-U.S.
Credit Card
 
Direct/Indirect
Consumer
 
Other
Consumer
(1)
Refreshed FICO score
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
$
6,463

 
$

 
$
2,442

 
$
734

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
14,036

 

 
3,863

 
324

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
37,032

 

 
10,424

 
246

Greater than or equal to 740
36,760

 

 
25,584

 
230

Other internal credit metrics (2, 3, 4)

 
13,431

 
40,851

 
1,034

Total credit card and other consumer
$
94,291

 
$
13,431

 
$
83,164

 
$
2,568

(1) 
95 percent of the other consumer portfolio was associated with portfolios from certain consumer finance businesses that the Corporation previously exited.
(2) 
Other internal credit metrics include delinquency status, geography or other factors.
(3) 
Direct/indirect consumer includes $33.4 billion of securities-based lending which is overcollateralized and therefore has minimal credit risk and $5.4 billion of loans the Corporation no longer originates.
(4) 
Non-U.S. credit card represents the U.K. credit card portfolio which is evaluated using internal credit metrics, including delinquency status. At June 30, 2012, 96 percent of this portfolio was current or less than 30 days past due, two percent was 30-89 days past due and two percent was 90 days or more past due.

Commercial - Credit Quality Indicators (1)
 
June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
U.S.
Commercial
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Lease
Financing
 
Non-U.S.
Commercial
 
U.S. Small
Business
Commercial
(2)
Risk ratings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass rated
$
176,221

 
$
30,065

 
$
20,552

 
$
52,432

 
$
2,096

Reservable criticized
8,703

 
6,470

 
1,140

 
1,418

 
621

Refreshed FICO score (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
456

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
595

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,599

Greater than or equal to 740
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,525

Other internal credit metrics (3, 4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,902

Total commercial credit
$
184,924

 
$
36,535

 
$
21,692

 
$
53,850

 
$
12,794

(1) 
Excludes $7.2 billion of loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
U.S. small business commercial includes $411 million of criticized business card and small business loans which are evaluated using refreshed FICO scores or internal credit metrics, including delinquency status, rather than risk ratings. At June 30, 2012, 98 percent of the balances where internal credit metrics are used were current or less than 30 days past due.
(3) 
Refreshed FICO score and other internal credit metrics are applicable only to the U.S. small business commercial portfolio.
(4) 
Other internal credit metrics include delinquency status, application scores, geography or other factors.

166

Table of Contents

Home Loans - Credit Quality Indicators (1)
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Core Portfolio
Residential
Mortgage
(2)
Legacy Assets & Servicing
Residential Mortgage
(2)
Countrywide
Residential
Mortgage PCI
Core Portfolio
Home
Equity
(2)
Legacy Assets & Servicing Home
Equity
(2)
Countrywide
Home Equity PCI
Legacy Assets & Servicing
Discontinued
Real Estate
(2)
Countrywide
Discontinued
Real Estate PCI
Refreshed LTV (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 90 percent
$
80,032

$
20,450

$
3,821

$
46,646

$
17,354

$
2,253

$
895

$
5,953

Greater than 90 percent but less than 100 percent
11,838

5,847

1,468

6,988

4,995

1,077

122

1,191

Greater than 100 percent
17,673

22,630

4,677

13,421

23,317

8,648

221

2,713

Fully-insured loans (4)
68,794

25,060







Total home loans
$
178,337

$
73,987

$
9,966

$
67,055

$
45,666

$
11,978

$
1,238

$
9,857

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refreshed FICO score (5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
$
7,020

$
17,337

$
3,749

$
2,843

$
7,293

$
2,547

$
548

$
5,968

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
9,331

6,537

1,396

4,704

6,866

2,163

175

1,318

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
26,569

9,439

2,109

13,561

11,798

3,155

228

1,360

Greater than or equal to 740
66,623

15,614

2,712

45,947

19,709

4,113

287

1,211

Fully-insured loans (4)
68,794

25,060







Total home loans
$
178,337

$
73,987

$
9,966

$
67,055

$
45,666

$
11,978

$
1,238

$
9,857

(1) 
Excludes $2.2 billion of loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
Excludes Countrywide PCI loans.
(3) 
Refreshed LTV percentages for PCI loans are calculated using the carrying value gross of the related valuation allowance.
(4) 
Credit quality indicators are not reported for fully-insured loans as principal repayment is insured.
(5) 
During the first quarter of 2012, refreshed home equity FICO metrics reflected an updated scoring model. Prior periods were adjusted to reflect these updates.

Credit Card and Other Consumer - Credit Quality Indicators
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
U.S. Credit
Card
 
Non-U.S.
Credit Card
 
Direct/Indirect
Consumer
 
Other
Consumer
(1)
Refreshed FICO score
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
$
8,172

 
$

 
$
3,325

 
$
802

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
15,474

 

 
4,665

 
348

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
39,525

 

 
12,351

 
262

Greater than or equal to 740
39,120

 

 
29,965

 
244

Other internal credit metrics (2, 3, 4)

 
14,418

 
39,407

 
1,032

Total credit card and other consumer
$
102,291

 
$
14,418

 
$
89,713

 
$
2,688

(1) 
96 percent of the other consumer portfolio was associated with portfolios from certain consumer finance businesses that the Corporation previously exited.
(2) 
Other internal credit metrics include delinquency status, geography or other factors.
(3) 
Direct/indirect consumer includes $31.1 billion of securities-based lending which is overcollateralized and therefore has minimal credit risk and $6.0 billion of loans the Corporation no longer originates.
(4) 
Non-U.S. credit card represents the U.K. credit card portfolio which is evaluated using internal credit metrics, including delinquency status. At December 31, 2011, 96 percent of this portfolio was current or less than 30 days past due, two percent was 30-89 days past due and two percent was 90 days or more past due.

Commercial - Credit Quality Indicators (1)
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
U.S.
Commercial
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Commercial
Lease
Financing
 
Non-U.S.
Commercial
 
U.S. Small
Business
Commercial
(2)
Risk ratings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass rated
$
169,599

 
$
28,602

 
$
20,850

 
$
53,945

 
$
2,392

Reservable criticized
10,349

 
10,994

 
1,139

 
1,473

 
836

Refreshed FICO score (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
562

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
624

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,612

Greater than or equal to 740
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,438

Other internal credit metrics (3, 4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,787

Total commercial credit
$
179,948

 
$
39,596

 
$
21,989

 
$
55,418

 
$
13,251

(1) 
Excludes $6.6 billion of loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
U.S. small business commercial includes $491 million of criticized business card and small business loans which are evaluated using refreshed FICO scores or internal credit metrics, including delinquency status, rather than risk ratings. At December 31, 2011, 97 percent of the balances where internal credit metrics are used were current or less than 30 days past due.
(3) 
Refreshed FICO score and other internal credit metrics are applicable only to the U.S. small business commercial portfolio.
(4) 
Other internal credit metrics include delinquency status, application scores, geography or other factors.


167

Table of Contents

Impaired Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans include nonperforming commercial loans, all TDRs, and the renegotiated credit card and other consumer TDR portfolio (the renegotiated credit card and other consumer TDR portfolio, collectively referred to as the renegotiated TDR portfolio). Loans whose contractual terms have been modified in a TDR are typically placed on nonaccrual status and reported as nonperforming until the loans have performed for an adequate period of time under the restructured agreement, generally six months. However, if a borrower demonstrates performance under the previous terms and the underwriting process shows capacity to continue to perform under the modified terms, a loan may remain on accrual status. A loan modified in a TDR that is on accrual status may also be removed from TDR status if it bore a market rate of interest at the time of modification. Impaired loans exclude nonperforming consumer loans and nonperforming commercial leases unless they are classified as TDRs. Loans accounted for under the fair value option are also excluded. Purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans are excluded and reported separately on page 179.

Home Loans

Impaired home loans within the Home Loans portfolio segment consist entirely of TDRs. Excluding PCI loans, substantially all modifications of home loans meet the definition of TDRs when a binding offer is extended to a borrower. Modifications of home loans are done in accordance with the government's Making Home Affordable Program (modifications under government programs) or the Corporation's proprietary programs (modifications under proprietary programs). These modifications are considered to be TDRs if concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. Concessions may include reductions in interest rates, capitalization of past due amounts, principal and/or interest forbearance, payment extensions, principal and/or interest forgiveness, or combinations thereof. In the second quarter of 2012, the Corporation implemented a borrower assistance program that provides forgiveness of principal balances in connection with the global settlement agreement among the Corporation and certain of its affiliates and subsidiaries, together with the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and other federal agencies and 49 state Attorneys General concerning the terms of a global settlement resolving investigations into certain origination, servicing and foreclosure practices (Global Settlement Agreement).

Prior to permanently modifying a loan, the Corporation may enter into trial modifications with certain borrowers under both government and proprietary programs, including the borrower assistance program. Trial modifications generally represent a three- to four-month period during which the borrower makes monthly payments under the anticipated modified payment terms. Upon successful completion of the trial period, the Corporation and the borrower enter into a permanent modification. Binding trial modifications are classified as TDRs when the trial offer is made and continue to be classified as TDRs regardless of whether the borrower enters into a permanent modification.

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, a home loan, excluding PCI loans which are reported separately, is not classified as impaired unless it is a TDR. Once such a loan has been designated as a TDR, it is then individually assessed for impairment. Home loan TDRs are measured primarily based on the net present value of the estimated cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, as discussed in the paragraph below. If the carrying value of a TDR exceeds this amount, a specific allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Alternatively, home loan TDRs that are considered to be dependent solely on the collateral for repayment (e.g., due to the lack of income verification) are measured based on the estimated fair value of the collateral and a charge-off is recorded if the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the collateral. Home loans that reached 180 days past due prior to modification would have been charged off to their net realizable value before they were modified as TDRs in accordance with established policy. Therefore, modifications of home loans that are 180 or more days past due as TDRs do not have an impact on the allowance for loan and lease losses nor are additional charge-offs required at the time of modification. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the collateral after a loan has reached 180 days past due are recorded as charge-offs. Fully-insured loans are protected against principal loss, and therefore, the Corporation does not record an allowance for loan and lease losses on the outstanding principal balance, even after they have been modified in a TDR.

The net present value of the estimated cash flows is based on model-driven estimates of projected payments, prepayments, defaults and loss-given-default (LGD). Using statistical modeling methodologies, the Corporation estimates the probability that a loan will default prior to maturity based on the attributes of each loan. The factors that are most relevant to the probability of default are the refreshed LTV, or in the case of a subordinated lien, refreshed CLTV, borrower credit score, months since origination (i.e., vintage) and geography. Each of these factors is further broken down by present collection status (whether the loan is current, delinquent, in default or in bankruptcy). Severity (or LGD) is estimated based on the refreshed LTV for first mortgages or CLTV for subordinated liens. The estimates are based on the Corporation’s historical experience, but are adjusted to reflect an assessment of environmental factors that may not be reflected in the historical data, such as changes in real estate values, local and national economies, underwriting standards and the regulatory environment. The probability of default models also incorporate recent experience with modification programs, a loan’s default history prior to modification and the change in borrower payments post-modification.

168

Table of Contents

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, remaining commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose terms have been modified in a home loan TDR were immaterial. Home loan foreclosed properties totaled $1.1 billion and $2.0 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

The table below presents impaired loans in the Corporation’s Home Loans portfolio segment at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 and includes primarily loans managed by Legacy Assets & Servicing within Consumer Real Estate Services (CRES). Certain impaired home loans do not have a related allowance as the current valuation of these impaired loans exceeded the carrying value.

Impaired Loans - Home Loans
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Allowance
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Allowance
With no recorded allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 
$
11,926

 
$
8,865

 
n/a

 
$
10,907

 
$
8,168

 
n/a

Home equity
 
 
 
 
1,780

 
486

 
n/a

 
1,747

 
479

 
n/a

Discontinued real estate
 
 
 
 
408

 
223

 
n/a

 
421

 
240

 
n/a

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 
$
12,750

 
$
11,451

 
$
1,309

 
$
12,296

 
$
11,119

 
$
1,295

Home equity
 
 
 
 
1,437

 
1,168

 
553

 
1,551

 
1,297

 
622

Discontinued real estate
 
 
 
 
195

 
144

 
28

 
213

 
159

 
29

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 
$
24,676

 
$
20,316

 
$
1,309

 
$
23,203

 
$
19,287

 
$
1,295

Home equity
 
 
 
 
3,217

 
1,654

 
553

 
3,298

 
1,776

 
622

Discontinued real estate
 
 
 
 
603

 
367

 
28

 
634

 
399

 
29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(1)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(1)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(1)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(1)
With no recorded allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
8,669

 
$
74

 
$
5,427

 
$
62

 
$
8,570

 
$
147

 
$
5,527

 
$
116

Home equity
485

 
10

 
419

 
5

 
496

 
19

 
452

 
10

Discontinued real estate
224

 
2

 
216

 
2

 
228

 
4

 
222

 
4

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
11,326

 
$
106

 
$
9,828

 
$
77

 
$
11,174

 
$
204

 
$
8,790

 
$
147

Home equity
1,205

 
13

 
1,439

 
8

 
1,230

 
22

 
1,370

 
15

Discontinued real estate
148

 
2

 
181

 
2

 
150

 
4

 
175

 
3

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
19,995

 
$
180

 
$
15,255

 
$
139

 
$
19,744

 
$
351

 
$
14,317

 
$
263

Home equity
1,690

 
23

 
1,858

 
13

 
1,726

 
41

 
1,822

 
25

Discontinued real estate
372

 
4

 
397

 
4

 
378

 
8

 
397

 
7

(1) 
Interest income recognized includes interest accrued and collected on the outstanding balances of accruing impaired loans as well as interest cash collections on nonaccruing impaired loans for which the principal is considered collectible.
n/a = not applicable

169

Table of Contents

The table below presents the June 30, 2012 and 2011 unpaid principal balance, carrying value, and average pre- and post-modification interest rates of home loans that were modified in TDRs during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, and net charge-offs that were recorded during the period in which the modification occurred. The following Home Loans tables include loans that were initially classified as TDRs during the period and also loans that had previously been classified as TDRs and were modified again during the period. These TDRs are managed by Legacy Assets & Servicing within CRES.

Home Loans - TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (1)
 
June 30, 2012
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Carrying Value
 
Pre-Modification Interest Rate
 
Post-Modification Interest Rate
 
Net Charge-offs
Residential mortgage
$
1,736

 
$
1,408

 
5.68
%
 
4.78
%
 
$
72

Home equity
139

 
82

 
4.33

 
3.57

 
29

Discontinued real estate
26

 
12

 
6.88

 
5.78

 
4

Total
$
1,901

 
$
1,502

 
5.60

 
4.71

 
$
105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2011
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
Residential mortgage
$
4,254

 
$
3,851

 
5.97
%
 
4.99
%
 
$
51

Home equity
280

 
169

 
6.60

 
4.91

 
43

Discontinued real estate
39

 
25

 
6.49

 
4.67

 
2

Total
$
4,573

 
$
4,045

 
6.01

 
4.99

 
$
96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home Loans - TDRs Entered into During the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (1)
 
June 30, 2012
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
Residential mortgage
$
3,299

 
$
2,755

 
5.64
%
 
4.69
%
 
$
140

Home equity
333

 
169

 
4.85

 
3.60

 
93

Discontinued real estate
44

 
21

 
6.71

 
5.56

 
6

Total
$
3,676

 
$
2,945

 
5.59

 
4.61

 
$
239

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2011
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
Residential mortgage
$
7,823

 
$
6,954

 
5.99
%
 
4.95
%
 
$
75

Home equity
660

 
391

 
6.53

 
4.71

 
71

Discontinued real estate
80

 
50

 
6.51

 
4.51

 
4

Total
$
8,563

 
$
7,395

 
6.04

 
4.93

 
$
150

(1)  
TDRs entered into during both the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 include residential mortgage modifications with principal forgiveness of $183 million and discontinued real estate modifications with principal forgiveness of $6 million.


170

Table of Contents

The following table presents the June 30, 2012 and 2011 carrying value for home loans that were modified in a TDR during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 by type of modification.

Home Loans - Modification Programs
 
TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Residential Mortgage
 
 Home Equity
 
 Discontinued Real Estate
 
Total Carrying Value
Modifications under government programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
$
15

 
$
19

 
$

 
$
34

Principal and/or interest forbearance
1

 
7

 

 
8

Other modifications (1)
2

 

 

 
2

Total modifications under government programs
18

 
26

 

 
44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Modifications under proprietary programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
499

 
3

 
1

 
503

Capitalization of past due amounts
22

 

 

 
22

Principal and/or interest forbearance
103

 
2

 

 
105

Other modifications (1)
27

 
6

 
1

 
34

Total modifications under proprietary programs
651

 
11

 
2

 
664

Trial modifications
739

 
45

 
10

 
794

Total modifications
$
1,408

 
$
82

 
$
12

 
$
1,502

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
Modifications under government programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
$
490

 
$
45

 
$
3

 
$
538

Principal and/or interest forbearance
67

 
16

 

 
83

Other modifications (1)
35

 
2

 

 
37

Total modifications under government programs
592

 
63

 
3

 
658

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Modifications under proprietary programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
1,418

 
39

 
5

 
1,462

Capitalization of past due amounts
234

 

 

 
234

Principal and/or interest forbearance
243

 
13

 
3

 
259

Other modifications (1)
90

 
9

 

 
99

Total modifications under proprietary programs
1,985

 
61

 
8

 
2,054

Trial modifications
1,274

 
45

 
14

 
1,333

Total modifications
$
3,851

 
$
169

 
$
25

 
$
4,045

(1)  
Includes other modifications such as term or payment extensions and repayment plans.

171

Table of Contents

Home Loans - Modification Programs (continued)
 
TDRs Entered into During the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Residential Mortgage
 
 Home Equity
 
 Discontinued Real Estate
 
Total Carrying Value
Modifications under government programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
$
82

 
$
52

 
$

 
$
134

Principal and/or interest forbearance
13

 
17

 

 
30

Other modifications (1)
19

 
1

 

 
20

Total modifications under government programs
114

 
70

 

 
184

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Modifications under proprietary programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
928

 
12

 
1

 
941

Capitalization of past due amounts
40

 

 

 
40

Principal and/or interest forbearance
202

 
6

 

 
208

Other modifications (1)
76

 
9

 
1

 
86

Total modifications under proprietary programs
1,246

 
27

 
2

 
1,275

Trial modifications
1,395

 
72

 
19

 
1,486

Total modifications
$
2,755

 
$
169

 
$
21

 
$
2,945

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TDRs Entered into During the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
Modifications under government programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
$
736

 
$
160

 
$
7

 
$
903

Principal and/or interest forbearance
112

 
28

 
1

 
141

Other modifications (1)
59

 
4

 

 
63

Total modifications under government programs
907

 
192

 
8

 
1,107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Modifications under proprietary programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
2,767

 
67

 
13

 
2,847

Capitalization of past due amounts
379

 

 
1

 
380

Principal and/or interest forbearance
460

 
29

 
5

 
494

Other modifications (1)
211

 
20

 
1

 
232

Total modifications under proprietary programs
3,817

 
116

 
20

 
3,953

Trial modifications 
2,230

 
83

 
22

 
2,335

Total modifications
$
6,954

 
$
391

 
$
50

 
$
7,395

(1)  
Includes other modifications such as term or payment extensions and repayment plans.



172

Table of Contents

The table below presents the carrying value of loans that entered into payment default during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 and that were modified in a TDR during the 12 months preceding payment default. A payment default for home loan TDRs is recognized when a borrower has missed three monthly payments (not necessarily consecutively) since modification. Payment default on trial modifications where the borrower has not yet met the terms of the agreement are included in the table below if the borrower is 90 days or more past due three months after the offer to modify is made.

Home Loans - TDRs Entering Payment Default That Were Modified During the Preceding Twelve Months
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
 Residential Mortgage
 
Home Equity
 
 Discontinued Real Estate
 
Total Carrying Value
Modifications under government programs
$
67

 
$
2

 
$
1

 
$
70

Modifications under proprietary programs
241

 
5

 
2

 
248

Trial modifications
181

 
6

 

 
187

Total modifications
$
489

 
$
13

 
$
3

 
$
505

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
Modifications under government programs
$
46

 
$

 
$

 
$
46

Modifications under proprietary programs
450

 
10

 
3

 
463

Trial modifications
12

 

 
1

 
13

Total modifications
$
508

 
$
10

 
$
4

 
$
522

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
Modifications under government programs
$
141

 
$
4

 
$
2

 
$
147

Modifications under proprietary programs
615

 
9

 
5

 
629

Trial modifications
290

 
9

 
1

 
300

Total modifications
$
1,046

 
$
22

 
$
8

 
$
1,076

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
Modifications under government programs
$
100

 
$

 
$
1

 
$
101

Modifications under proprietary programs
908

 
30

 
7

 
945

Trial modifications
18

 
1

 
1

 
20

Total modifications
$
1,026

 
$
31

 
$
9

 
$
1,066


Credit Card and Other Consumer

The Credit Card and Other Consumer portfolio segment includes impaired loans that have been modified as TDRs. The Corporation seeks to assist customers that are experiencing financial difficulty by modifying loans while ensuring compliance with federal laws and guidelines. Substantially all of the Corporation’s credit card and other consumer loan modifications involve reducing the interest rate on the account and placing the customer on a fixed payment plan not exceeding 60 months, all of which are considered TDRs. In all cases, the customer’s available line of credit is canceled. The Corporation makes loan modifications directly with borrowers for debt held only by the Corporation (internal programs). Additionally, the Corporation makes loan modifications for borrowers working with third-party renegotiation agencies that provide solutions to customers’ entire unsecured debt structures (external programs).

All credit card and other consumer loans not secured by real estate, including modified loans, remain on accrual status until the loan is either charged off or paid in full. The allowance for impaired credit card loans is based on the present value of projected cash flows, which incorporate the Corporation's historical payment default and loss experience on modified loans, discounted using the portfolio’s average contractual interest rate, excluding promotionally priced loans, in effect prior to restructuring. Prior to modification, credit card and other consumer loans are included in homogeneous pools which are collectively evaluated for impairment. For these portfolios, loss forecast models are utilized that consider a variety of factors including but not limited to historical loss experience, delinquencies, economic trends and credit scores.


173

Table of Contents

The table below provides information on the Corporation's renegotiated TDR portfolio at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. The renegotiated TDR portfolio is considered impaired and had a related allowance as shown below.

Impaired Loans - Credit Card and Other Consumer - Renegotiated TDRs
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
(1)
 
Related
Allowance
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
(1)
 
Related
Allowance
With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
 
 
 
 
$
3,883

 
$
3,905

 
$
1,068

 
$
5,272

 
$
5,305

 
$
1,570

Non-U.S. credit card
 
 
 
 
476

 
483

 
324

 
588

 
597

 
435

Direct/Indirect consumer
 
 
 
 
907

 
911

 
306

 
1,193

 
1,198

 
405

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
$
4,400

 
$
69

 
$
7,637

 
$
115

 
$
4,710

 
$
146

 
$
8,100

 
$
242

Non-U.S. credit card
508

 
3

 
808

 
1

 
540

 
5

 
803

 
3

Direct/Indirect consumer
1,000

 
13

 
1,686

 
23

 
1,073

 
29

 
1,763

 
47

(1) 
Includes accrued interest and fees.
(2) 
Interest income recognized includes interest accrued and collected on the outstanding balances of accruing impaired loans as well as interest cash collections on nonaccruing impaired loans for which the principal is considered collectible.

The table below provides information on the Corporation's primary modification programs for the renegotiated TDR portfolio at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Credit Card and Other Consumer - Renegotiated TDRs by Program Type
 
Internal Programs
 
External Programs
 
Other
 
Total
 
Percent of Balances Current or
Less Than 30 Days Past Due
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
December 31
2011
U.S. credit card
$
2,688

$
3,788

 
$
1,168

$
1,436

 
$
49

$
81

 
$
3,905

$
5,305

 
80.71
%
78.97
%
Non-U.S. credit card
190

218

 
87

113

 
206

266

 
483

597

 
54.70

54.02

Direct/Indirect consumer
587

784

 
311

392

 
13

22

 
911

1,198

 
81.73

80.01

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
3,465

$
4,790

 
$
1,566

$
1,941

 
$
268

$
369

 
$
5,299

$
7,100

 
78.52

77.05


At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation had a renegotiated TDR portfolio of $5.3 billion and $7.1 billion of which $4.2 billion was current or less than 30 days past due under the modified terms at June 30, 2012. The renegotiated TDR portfolio is excluded from nonperforming loans as the Corporation generally does not classify consumer loans not secured by real estate as nonperforming. Instead, these loans are charged off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due.


174

Table of Contents

The table below provides information on the Corporation’s renegotiated TDR portfolio including the unpaid principal balance and carrying value of loans that were modified in TDRs during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, along with charge-offs that were recorded during the calendar quarter in which the modification occurred. The table also presents the average pre- and post-modification interest rate.

Credit Card and Other Consumer - Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 and 2011
 
June 30, 2012
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Carrying Value (1)
 
Pre-Modification Interest Rate
 
Post-Modification Interest Rate
 
Net Charge-offs
U.S. credit card
$
123

 
$
127

 
17.61
%
 
6.30
%
 
$
1

Non-U.S. credit card
92

 
97

 
26.27

 
0.78

 
4

Direct/Indirect consumer
18

 
18

 
15.24

 
3.96

 

Total
$
233

 
$
242

 
20.91

 
3.91

 
$
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2011
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
U.S. credit card
$
281

 
$
291

 
19.06
%
 
6.06
%
 
$
3

Non-U.S. credit card
181

 
189

 
26.49

 
0.66

 
8

Direct/Indirect consumer
66

 
67

 
15.57

 
5.62

 
1

Total
$
528

 
$
547

 
21.21

 
4.13

 
$
12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Card and Other Consumer - Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 and 2011
 
June 30, 2012
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
U.S. credit card
$
264

 
$
268

 
17.94
%
 
6.34
%
 
$
8

Non-U.S. credit card
172

 
181

 
26.17

 
0.88

 
39

Direct/Indirect consumer
41

 
41

 
15.37

 
4.17

 
1

Total
$
477

 
$
490

 
20.75

 
4.15

 
$
48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2011
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
U.S. credit card
$
637

 
$
652

 
19.16
%
 
6.14
%
 
$
20

Non-U.S. credit card
294

 
307

 
26.62

 
0.68

 
53

Direct/Indirect consumer
158

 
161

 
15.63

 
5.63

 
4

Total
$
1,089

 
$
1,120

 
20.70

 
4.57

 
$
77

(1) 
Includes accrued interest and fees.


175

Table of Contents

The table below provides information on the Corporation's primary modification programs for the renegotiated TDR portfolio for loans that were modified in TDRs during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

Credit Card and Other Consumer - Renegotiated TDRs by Program Type
 
Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Internal Programs
 
External Programs
 
Other
 
Total
U.S. credit card
$
57

 
$
70

 
$

 
$
127

Non-U.S. credit card
51

 
46

 

 
97

Direct/Indirect consumer
9

 
9

 

 
18

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
117

 
$
125

 
$

 
$
242

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
U.S. credit card
$
172

 
$
117

 
$
2

 
$
291

Non-U.S. credit card
99

 
90

 

 
189

Direct/Indirect consumer
42

 
25

 

 
67

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
313

 
$
232

 
$
2

 
$
547

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
U.S. credit card
$
127

 
$
141

 
$

 
$
268

Non-U.S. credit card
95

 
86

 

 
181

Direct/Indirect consumer
21

 
20

 

 
41

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
243

 
$
247

 
$

 
$
490

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
U.S. credit card
$
379

 
$
271

 
$
2

 
$
652

Non-U.S. credit card
150

 
156

 
1

 
307

Direct/Indirect consumer
96

 
64

 
1

 
161

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
625

 
$
491

 
$
4

 
$
1,120


Credit card and other consumer loans are deemed to be in payment default during the quarter in which a borrower misses the second of two consecutive payments. Payment defaults are one of the factors considered when projecting future cash flows in the calculation of the allowance for loan losses for impaired credit card and other consumer loans. At June 30, 2012, the allowance for loan and lease losses on the Corporation's renegotiated portfolio was 32.04 percent of the carrying value of these loans. Loans that entered into payment default during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 that had been modified in a TDR during the 12 months preceding payment default were $51 million and $133 million for U.S. credit card, $77 million and $159 million for non-U.S. credit card and $8 million and $24 million for direct/indirect consumer. Loans that entered into payment default during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 and that had been modified in a TDR during the 12 months preceding payment default were $217 million and $600 million for U.S. credit card, $101 million and $202 million for non-U.S. credit card and $45 million and $122 million for direct/indirect consumer.

Commercial Loans

Impaired commercial loans, which include nonperforming loans and TDRs (both performing and nonperforming) are primarily measured based on the present value of payments expected to be received, discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate. Commercial impaired loans may also be measured based on observable market prices or, for loans that are solely dependent on the collateral for repayment, the estimated fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell. If the carrying value of a loan exceeds this amount, a specific allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Modifications of loans to commercial borrowers that are experiencing financial difficulty are designed to reduce the Corporation's loss exposure while providing the borrower with an opportunity to work through financial difficulties, often to avoid foreclosure or bankruptcy. Each modification is unique and reflects the individual circumstances of the borrower. Modifications that result in a TDR may include extensions of maturity at a concessionary (below market) rate of interest, payment forbearances or other actions designed to benefit the customer while mitigating the Corporation's risk exposure. Reductions in interest rates are rare. Instead, the interest rates are typically increased, although the increased rate may not represent a market rate of interest. Infrequently, concessions may also include principal forgiveness in connection with foreclosure, short sale or other settlement agreements leading to termination or sale of the loan.


176

Table of Contents

At the time of restructuring, the loans are remeasured to reflect the impact, if any, on projected cash flows resulting from the modified terms. If there was no forgiveness of principal and the interest rate was not decreased, the modification may have little or no impact on the allowance established for the loan. If a portion of the loan is deemed to be uncollectible, a charge-off may be recorded at the time of restructuring. Alternatively, a charge-off may already have been recorded in a previous period such that no charge-off is required at the time of modification. For information concerning modifications for the U.S. small business commercial portfolio, see Credit Card and Other Consumer in this Note.

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, remaining commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose terms have been modified in a commercial loan TDR were immaterial. Commercial foreclosed properties totaled $433 million and $612 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

The table below presents impaired loans in the Corporation's Commercial loan portfolio segment at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. Certain impaired commercial loans do not have a related allowance as the valuation of these impaired loans exceeded the carrying value, which is net of previously recorded charge-offs.

Impaired Loans - Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Allowance
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Allowance
With no recorded allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
$
1,378

 
$
1,087

 
n/a

 
$
1,482

 
$
985

 
n/a

Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
1,765

 
1,531

 
n/a

 
2,587

 
2,095

 
n/a

Non-U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
148

 
148

 
n/a

 
216

 
101

 
n/a

U.S. small business commercial (1)
 
 
 
 

 

 
n/a

 

 

 
n/a

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
$
2,364

 
$
1,638

 
$
188

 
$
2,654

 
$
1,987

 
$
232

Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
2,350

 
1,557

 
106

 
3,329

 
2,384

 
135

Non-U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
416

 
61

 
12

 
308

 
58

 
6

U.S. small business commercial (1)
 
 
 
 
449

 
427

 
116

 
531

 
503

 
172

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
$
3,742

 
$
2,725

 
$
188

 
$
4,136

 
$
2,972

 
$
232

Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
4,115

 
3,088

 
106

 
5,916

 
4,479

 
135

Non-U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
564

 
209

 
12

 
524

 
159

 
6

U.S. small business commercial (1)
 
 
 
 
449

 
427

 
116

 
531

 
503

 
172

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
With no recorded allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
$
1,086

 
$
9

 
$
534

 
$
1

 
$
1,061

 
$
17

 
$
503

 
$
1

Commercial real estate
1,691

 
4

 
1,895

 
1

 
1,832

 
8

 
1,854

 
2

Non-U.S. commercial
137

 

 
92

 

 
125

 

 
71

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
$
1,805

 
$
7

 
$
2,463

 
$
2

 
$
1,854

 
$
18

 
$
2,692

 
$
3

Commercial real estate
1,789

 
4

 
3,491

 
2

 
2,027

 
10

 
3,709

 
4

Non-U.S. commercial
54

 
1

 
66

 

 
58

 
1

 
122

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)
437

 
3

 
707

 
6

 
455

 
7

 
762

 
13

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
$
2,891

 
$
16

 
$
2,997

 
$
3

 
$
2,915

 
$
35

 
$
3,195

 
$
4

Commercial real estate
3,480

 
8

 
5,386

 
3

 
3,859

 
18

 
5,563

 
6

Non-U.S. commercial
191

 
1

 
158

 

 
183

 
1

 
193

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)
437

 
3

 
707

 
6

 
455

 
7

 
762

 
13

(1) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial renegotiated TDR loans and related allowance.
(2) 
Interest income recognized includes interest accrued and collected on the outstanding balances of accruing impaired loans as well as interest cash collections on nonaccruing impaired loans for which the principal is considered collectible.
n/a = not applicable

177

Table of Contents

The table below presents the June 30, 2012 and 2011 unpaid principal balance and carrying value of commercial loans that were modified as TDRs during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, along with charge-offs that were recorded during the calendar quarter in which the modification occurred.

Commercial - TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended June 30, 2012 and 2011
 
June 30, 2012
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Carrying Value
 
Net Charge-offs
U.S commercial
$
220

 
$
162

 
$
13

Commercial real estate
226

 
210

 

Non-U.S. commercial
66

 
66

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)
7

 
8

 

Total
$
519

 
$
446

 
$
13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2011
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
U.S commercial
$
517

 
$
515

 
$
1

Commercial real estate
668

 
589

 
12

Non-U.S. commercial
45

 
45

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)
18

 
21

 

Total
$
1,248

 
$
1,170

 
$
13

 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial - TDRs Entered into During the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 and 2011
 
June 30, 2012
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
U.S commercial
$
558

 
$
496

 
$
15

Commercial real estate
486

 
401

 
4

Non-U.S. commercial
66

 
66

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)
16

 
17

 
1

Total
$
1,126

 
$
980

 
$
20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2011
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
U.S commercial
$
892

 
$
866

 
$
17

Commercial real estate
1,231

 
1,071

 
41

Non-U.S. commercial
52

 
51

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)
40

 
46

 
3

Total
$
2,215

 
$
2,034

 
$
61

(1) 
U.S. small business commercial TDRs are comprised of renegotiated small business card loans.

A commercial TDR is generally deemed to be in payment default when the loan is 90 days or more past due, including delinquencies that were not resolved as part of the modification. U.S. small business commercial TDRs are deemed to be in payment default during the quarter in which a borrower misses the second of two consecutive payments. Payment defaults are one of the factors considered when projecting future cash flows, along with observable market prices or fair value of collateral, when measuring the allowance for loan losses. TDRs that were in payment default at June 30, 2012 and 2011 had a carrying value of $170 million and $27 million for U.S. commercial, $335 million and $268 million for commercial real estate and $12 million and $19 million for U.S. small business commercial.


178

Table of Contents

Purchased Credit-impaired Loans

The table below shows activity for the accretable yield on Countrywide Financial Corporation (Countrywide) consumer PCI loans. Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference primarily result when there is a change in expected cash flows due to various factors, including changes in interest rates on variable-rate loans and prepayment assumptions. Changes in the prepayment assumption affect the expected remaining life of the portfolio which results in a change to the amount of future interest cash flows.

(Dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
Accretable yield, beginning of period
$
4,872

$
4,990

Accretion
(258
)
(534
)
Disposals/transfers
(1
)
(25
)
Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference
220

402

Accretable yield, June 30, 2012
$
4,833

$
4,833


See Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on PCI loans and Note 6 – Allowance for Credit Losses for the carrying value and valuation allowance for Countrywide PCI loans.

Loans Held-for-sale

The Corporation had LHFS of $13.3 billion and $13.8 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Proceeds from sales, securitizations and paydowns of LHFS were $23.4 billion and $99.0 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. Amounts used for originations and purchases of LHFS were $23.5 billion and $80.4 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.


179

Table of Contents

NOTE 6 – Allowance for Credit Losses

The table below summarizes the changes in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Home Loans
 
Credit Card
and Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
 
Total
Allowance for loan and lease losses, April 1
$
20,973

 
$
7,664

 
$
3,574

 
$
32,211

Loans and leases charged off
(1,769
)
 
(2,020
)
 
(622
)
 
(4,411
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
127

 
411

 
247

 
785

Net charge-offs
(1,642
)
 
(1,609
)
 
(375
)
 
(3,626
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
679

 
1,054

 
107

 
1,840

Other (1)
(46
)
 
(85
)
 
(6
)
 
(137
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, June 30
19,964

 
7,024

 
3,300

 
30,288

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, April 1

 

 
651

 
651

Provision for unfunded lending commitments

 

 
(67
)
 
(67
)
Other (2)

 

 
(10
)
 
(10
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, June 30

 

 
574

 
574

Allowance for credit losses, June 30
$
19,964

 
$
7,024

 
$
3,874

 
$
30,862

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
Allowance for loan and lease losses, January 1
$
21,079

 
$
8,569

 
$
4,135

 
$
33,783

Loans and leases charged off
(3,776
)
 
(4,262
)
 
(1,153
)
 
(9,191
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
263

 
837

 
409

 
1,509

Net charge-offs
(3,513
)
 
(3,425
)
 
(744
)
 
(7,682
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
2,444

 
1,933

 
(80
)
 
4,297

Other (1)
(46
)
 
(53
)
 
(11
)
 
(110
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, June 30
19,964

 
7,024

 
3,300

 
30,288

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, January 1

 

 
714

 
714

Provision for unfunded lending commitments

 

 
(106
)
 
(106
)
Other (2)

 

 
(34
)
 
(34
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, June 30

 

 
574

 
574

Allowance for credit losses, June 30
$
19,964

 
$
7,024

 
$
3,874

 
$
30,862

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
Allowance for loan and lease losses, April 1
$
20,097

 
$
13,271

 
$
6,475

 
$
39,843

Loans and leases charged off
(2,603
)
 
(3,245
)
 
(759
)
 
(6,607
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
210

 
476

 
256

 
942

Net charge-offs
(2,393
)
 
(2,769
)
 
(503
)
 
(5,665
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
3,249

 
529

 
(518
)
 
3,260

Other (1)

 
(100
)
 
(26
)
 
(126
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, June 30
20,953

 
10,931

 
5,428

 
37,312

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, April 1

 

 
961

 
961

Provision for unfunded lending commitments

 

 
(5
)
 
(5
)
Other (2)

 

 
(59
)
 
(59
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, June 30

 

 
897

 
897

Allowance for credit losses, June 30
$
20,953

 
$
10,931

 
$
6,325

 
$
38,209

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
Allowance for loan and lease losses, January 1
$
19,252

 
$
15,463

 
$
7,170

 
$
41,885

Loans and leases charged off
(4,892
)
 
(6,976
)
 
(1,665
)
 
(13,533
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
395

 
966

 
479

 
1,840

Net charge-offs
(4,497
)
 
(6,010
)
 
(1,186
)
 
(11,693
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
6,197

 
1,508

 
(529
)
 
7,176

Other (1)
1

 
(30
)
 
(27
)
 
(56
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, June 30
20,953

 
10,931

 
5,428

 
37,312

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, January 1

 

 
1,188

 
1,188

Provision for unfunded lending commitments

 

 
(107
)
 
(107
)
Other (2)

 

 
(184
)
 
(184
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, June 30

 

 
897

 
897

Allowance for credit losses, June 30
$
20,953

 
$
10,931

 
$
6,325

 
$
38,209

(1) 
Represents primarily the impacts of portfolio sales, deconsolidations and foreign currency translation adjustments.
(2) 
Represents primarily accretion of the Merrill Lynch purchase accounting adjustment and the impact of funding previously unfunded positions.

180

Table of Contents

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, for the PCI loan portfolio, the Corporation recorded $6 million and $493 million in provision for credit losses with a corresponding increase in the valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses. This compared to $412 million and $2.0 billion for the same periods in 2011. The valuation allowance associated with the PCI loan portfolio was $9.0 billion and $8.5 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

The table below presents the allowance and the carrying value of outstanding loans and leases by portfolio segment at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Allowance and Carrying Value by Portfolio Segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Home Loans
 
Credit Card
and Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
 
Total
Impaired loans and troubled debt restructurings (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses (2)
$
1,890

 
$
1,698

 
$
422

 
$
4,010

Carrying value (3)
22,337

 
5,299

 
6,449

 
34,085

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value
8.46
%
 
32.04
%
 
6.54
%
 
11.76
%
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
9,122

 
$
5,326

 
$
2,878

 
$
17,326

Carrying value (3, 4)
328,177

 
188,155

 
303,346

 
819,678

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value (4)
2.78
%
 
2.83
%
 
0.95
%
 
2.11
%
Purchased credit-impaired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation allowance
$
8,952

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
$
8,952

Carrying value gross of valuation allowance
30,191

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
30,191

Valuation allowance as a percentage of carrying value
29.65
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
29.65
%
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
19,964

 
$
7,024

 
$
3,300

 
$
30,288

Carrying value (3, 4)
380,705

 
193,454

 
309,795

 
883,954

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value (4)
5.24
%
 
3.63
%
 
1.07
%
 
3.43
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
Impaired loans and troubled debt restructurings (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses (2)
$
1,946

 
$
2,410

 
$
545

 
$
4,901

Carrying value (3)
21,462

 
7,100

 
8,113

 
36,675

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value
9.07
%
 
33.94
%
 
6.71
%
 
13.36
%
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
10,674

 
$
6,159

 
$
3,590

 
$
20,423

Carrying value (3, 4)
344,821

 
202,010

 
302,089

 
848,920

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value (4)
3.10
%
 
3.05
%
 
1.19
%
 
2.41
%
Purchased credit-impaired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation allowance
$
8,459

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
$
8,459

Carrying value gross of valuation allowance
31,801

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
31,801

Valuation allowance as a percentage of carrying value
26.60
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
26.60
%
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
21,079

 
$
8,569

 
$
4,135

 
$
33,783

Carrying value (3, 4)
398,084

 
209,110

 
310,202

 
917,396

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value (4)
5.30
%
 
4.10
%
 
1.33
%
 
3.68
%
(1) 
Impaired loans include nonperforming commercial loans and all TDRs, including both commercial and consumer TDRs. Impaired loans exclude nonperforming consumer loans unless they are TDRs, and all consumer and commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
Commercial impaired allowance for loan and lease losses includes $116 million and $172 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 related to U.S. small business commercial renegotiated TDR loans.
(3) 
Amounts are presented gross of the allowance for loan and lease losses.
(4) 
Outstanding loan and lease balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option of $8.4 billion and $8.8 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
n/a = not applicable

181

Table of Contents

NOTE 7 – Securitizations and Other Variable Interest Entities

The Corporation utilizes VIEs in the ordinary course of business to support its own and its customers’ financing and investing needs. The Corporation routinely securitizes loans and debt securities using VIEs as a source of funding for the Corporation and as a means of transferring the economic risk of the loans or debt securities to third parties. The assets are transferred into a trust or other securitization vehicle such that the assets are legally isolated from the creditors of the Corporation and are not available to satisfy its obligations. These assets can only be used to settle obligations of the trust or other securitization vehicle. The Corporation also administers, structures or invests in other VIEs including CDOs, investment vehicles and other entities. For additional information on the Corporation’s utilization of VIEs, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The tables within this Note present the assets and liabilities of consolidated and unconsolidated VIEs at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, in situations where the Corporation has continuing involvement with transferred assets or if the Corporation otherwise has a variable interest in the VIE. The tables also present the Corporation’s maximum loss exposure at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 resulting from its involvement with consolidated VIEs and unconsolidated VIEs in which the Corporation holds a variable interest. The Corporation’s maximum loss exposure is based on the unlikely event that all of the assets in the VIEs become worthless and incorporates not only potential losses associated with assets recorded on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet but also potential losses associated with off-balance sheet commitments such as unfunded liquidity commitments and other contractual arrangements. The Corporation’s maximum loss exposure does not include losses previously recognized through write-downs of assets.

The Corporation invests in asset-backed securities (ABS) issued by third-party VIEs with which it has no other form of involvement. These securities are included in Note 2 – Trading Account Assets and Liabilities and Note 4 – Securities. In addition, the Corporation uses VIEs such as trust preferred securities trusts in connection with its funding activities. For additional information, see Note 13 – Long-term Debt to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Corporation also uses VIEs in the form of synthetic securitization vehicles to mitigate a portion of the credit risk on its residential mortgage loan portfolio, as described in Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases. The Corporation uses VIEs, such as cash funds managed within Global Wealth & Investment Management, to provide investment opportunities for clients. These VIEs, which are not consolidated by the Corporation, are not included in the tables within this Note.

Except as described below and in Note 8 – Securitizations and Other Variable Interest Entities to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Corporation did not provide financial support to consolidated or unconsolidated VIEs during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 or the year ended December 31, 2011 that it was not previously contractually required to provide, nor does it intend to do so.

Mortgage-related Securitizations

First-lien Mortgages

As part of its mortgage banking activities, the Corporation securitizes a portion of the first-lien residential mortgage loans it originates or purchases from third parties, generally in the form of MBS guaranteed by government-sponsored enterprises, FNMA and FHLMC (collectively the GSEs), or GNMA in the case of Federal Housing Administration (FHA)-insured and U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA)-guaranteed mortgage loans. Securitization usually occurs in conjunction with or shortly after loan closing or purchase. In addition, the Corporation may, from time to time, securitize commercial mortgages it originates or purchases from other entities. The Corporation typically services the loans it securitizes. Further, the Corporation may retain beneficial interests in the securitization trusts including senior and subordinate securities and equity tranches issued by the trusts. Except as described below and in Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees, the Corporation does not provide guarantees or recourse to the securitization trusts other than standard representations and warranties.


182

Table of Contents

The table below summarizes select information related to first-lien mortgage securitizations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

First-lien Mortgage Securitizations
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage - Agency
 
Commercial Mortgage
 
Three Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Cash proceeds from new securitizations (1)
$
8,889

$
36,222

 
$

$
1,802

Loss on securitizations, net of hedges (2)
(45
)
(227
)
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Cash proceeds from new securitizations (1)
$
15,227

$
96,976

 
$
325

$
1,802

Loss on securitizations, net of hedges (2)
(62
)
(55
)
 


(1) 
The Corporation sells residential mortgage loans to GSEs in the normal course of business and receives MBS in exchange which may then be sold into the market to third-party investors for cash proceeds.
(2) 
Substantially all of the first-lien residential mortgage loans securitized are initially classified as LHFS and accounted for under the fair value option. As such, gains are recognized on these LHFS prior to securitization. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation recognized $395 million and $714 million of gains on these LHFS compared to $765 million and $1.8 billion for the same periods in 2011, net of hedges.

In addition to cash proceeds as reported in the table above, the Corporation received securities with an initial fair value of $21 million in connection with first-lien mortgage securitizations, principally residential agency securitizations, for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, and $455 million for the same periods in 2011. All of these securities were initially classified as Level 2 assets within the fair value hierarchy. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, there were no changes to the initial classification.

The Corporation recognizes consumer MSRs from the sale or securitization of first-lien mortgage loans. Servicing fee and ancillary fee income on consumer mortgage loans serviced, including securitizations where the Corporation has continuing involvement, were $1.2 billion and $2.5 billion during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $1.5 billion and $3.1 billion for the same periods in 2011. Servicing advances on consumer mortgage loans, including securitizations where the Corporation has continuing involvement, were $24.6 billion and $26.0 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The Corporation may have the option to repurchase delinquent loans out of securitization trusts, which reduces the amount of servicing advances it is required to make. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, $2.5 billion and $2.7 billion of loans were repurchased from first-lien securitization trusts as a result of loan delinquencies or in order to perform modifications compared to $1.8 billion and $7.6 billion for the same periods in 2011. The majority of these loans repurchased were FHA-insured mortgages collateralizing GNMA securities. In addition, the Corporation has retained commercial MSRs from the sale or securitization of commercial mortgage loans. Servicing fee and ancillary fee income on commercial mortgage loans serviced, including securitizations where the Corporation has continuing involvement, were $8 million and $9 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to a loss of $1 million and income of $2 million for the same periods in 2011. Servicing advances on commercial mortgage loans, including securitizations where the Corporation has continuing involvement, were $173 million and $152 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.


183

Table of Contents

The table below summarizes select information related to first-lien mortgage securitization trusts in which the Corporation held a variable interest at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

First-lien VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Agency
 
 
 
Agency
 
Prime
 
Subprime
 
Alt-A
 
Commercial Mortgage
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
December 31
2011
Unconsolidated VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure (1)
$
34,200

$
37,519

 
$
2,246

$
2,375

 
$
262

$
289

 
$
411

$
506

 
$
708

$
981

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior securities held (2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
8,558

$
8,744

 
$
87

$
94

 
$
9

$
3

 
$
281

$
343

 
$
12

$
21

AFS debt securities
25,642

28,775

 
1,539

2,001

 
185

174

 
129

163

 
585

846

Subordinate securities held (2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets


 


 
2

30

 


 
23

3

AFS debt securities


 
22

26

 
11

30

 


 


Residual interests held


 
12

8

 

9

 
1


 
24

43

Total retained positions
$
34,200

$
37,519

 
$
1,660

$
2,129

 
$
207

$
246

 
$
411

$
506

 
$
644

$
913

Principal balance outstanding (3)
$
975,420

$
1,198,766

 
$
54,882

$
61,207

 
$
67,804

$
73,949

 
$
93,254

$
101,622

 
$
68,174

$
76,645

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure (1)
$
48,942

$
50,648

 
$
100

$
450

 
$
404

$
419

 
$

$

 
$

$

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and leases
$
48,413

$
50,159

 
$
307

$
1,298

 
$
865

$
892

 
$

$

 
$

$

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(7
)
(6
)
 


 


 


 


Loans held-for-sale


 


 
627

622

 


 


All other assets
536

495

 
1

63

 
46

59

 


 


Total assets
$
48,942

$
50,648

 
$
308

$
1,361

 
$
1,538

$
1,573

 
$

$

 
$

$

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other short-term borrowings
$

$

 
$

$

 
$
652

$
650

 
$

$

 
$

$

Long-term debt


 
231

1,360

 
875

911

 


 


All other liabilities


 


 

57

 


 


Total liabilities
$

$

 
$
231

$
1,360

 
$
1,527

$
1,618

 
$

$

 
$

$

(1) 
Maximum loss exposure excludes the liability for representations and warranties obligations and corporate guarantees and also excludes servicing advances and MSRs. For more information, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees and Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.
(2) 
As a holder of these securities, the Corporation receives scheduled principal and interest payments. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, there were no OTTI losses recorded on those securities classified as AFS debt securities.
(3) 
Principal balance outstanding includes loans the Corporation transferred with which the Corporation has continuing involvement, which may include servicing the loans.

During the three months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation deconsolidated several prime residential mortgage trusts with total assets of $1.2 billion following the transfer of servicing to a third party.


184

Table of Contents

Home Equity Loans

The Corporation retains interests in home equity securitization trusts to which it transferred home equity loans. These retained interests include senior and subordinate securities and residual interests. In addition, the Corporation may be obligated to provide subordinate funding to the trusts during a rapid amortization event. The Corporation also services the loans in the trusts. Except as described below and in Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees, the Corporation does not provide guarantees or recourse to the securitization trusts other than standard representations and warranties. There were no securitizations of home equity loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. All of the home equity trusts have entered the rapid amortization phase, and accordingly, there were no collections reinvested in revolving period securitizations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

The table below summarizes select information related to home equity loan securitization trusts in which the Corporation held a variable interest at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Home Equity Loan VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Consolidated
VIEs
 
Unconsolidated
VIEs
 
Total
 
Consolidated
VIEs
 
Unconsolidated
VIEs
 
Total
Maximum loss exposure (1)
$
2,256

 
$
7,203

 
$
9,459

 
$
2,672

 
$
7,563

 
$
10,235

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$

 
$
6

 
$
6

 
$

 
$
5

 
$
5

AFS debt securities

 
13

 
13

 

 
13

 
13

Loans and leases
2,467

 

 
2,467

 
2,975

 

 
2,975

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(211
)
 

 
(211
)
 
(303
)
 

 
(303
)
Total
$
2,256

 
$
19

 
$
2,275

 
$
2,672

 
$
18

 
$
2,690

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
$
2,573

 
$

 
$
2,573

 
$
3,081

 
$

 
$
3,081

All other liabilities
78

 

 
78

 
66

 

 
66

Total
$
2,651

 
$

 
$
2,651

 
$
3,147

 
$

 
$
3,147

Principal balance outstanding
$
2,467

 
$
13,523

 
$
15,990

 
$
2,975

 
$
14,422

 
$
17,397

(1) 
For unconsolidated VIEs, the maximum loss exposure includes outstanding trust certificates issued by trusts in rapid amortization, net of recorded reserves, and excludes the liability for representations and warranties obligations and corporate guarantees.

Included in the table above are consolidated and unconsolidated home equity loan securitizations that have entered a rapid amortization period and for which the Corporation is obligated to provide subordinated funding. During this period, cash payments from borrowers are accumulated to repay outstanding debt securities and the Corporation continues to make advances to borrowers when they draw on their lines of credit. For additional information, see Note 8 – Securitizations and Other Variable Interest Entities to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, home equity loan securitization transactions in rapid amortization for which the Corporation has a subordinated funding obligation, including both consolidated and unconsolidated trusts, had $9.8 billion and $10.7 billion of trust certificates outstanding. This amount is significantly greater than the amount the Corporation expects to fund. The charges that will ultimately be recorded as a result of the rapid amortization events depend on the undrawn available credit on the home equity lines, which totaled $371 million and $460 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, as well as performance of the loans, the amount of subsequent draws and the timing of related cash flows. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the reserve for losses on expected future draw obligations on the home equity loan securitizations in rapid amortization for which the Corporation has a subordinated funding obligation was $58 million and $69 million.

The Corporation has consumer MSRs from the sale or securitization of home equity loans. The Corporation recorded $14 million and $31 million of servicing fee income related to home equity loan securitizations during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $16 million and $33 million for the same periods in 2011.

185

Table of Contents

Credit Card Securitizations

The Corporation securitizes originated and purchased credit card loans. The Corporation’s continuing involvement with the securitization trusts includes servicing the receivables, retaining an undivided interest (seller’s interest) in the receivables, and holding certain retained interests including senior and subordinate securities, discount receivables, subordinate interests in accrued interest and fees on the securitized receivables, and cash reserve accounts. The seller’s interest in the trusts, which is pari passu to the investors’ interest, and the discount receivables are classified in loans and leases.

The table below summarizes select information related to credit card securitization trusts in which the Corporation held a variable interest at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Credit Card VIEs
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Consolidated VIEs
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure
$
41,029

 
$
38,282

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
Derivative assets
$
337

 
$
788

Loans and leases (1)
67,799

 
74,793

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(3,848
)
 
(4,742
)
Loans held-for-sale
553

 

All other assets (2)
2,069

 
723

Total
$
66,910

 
$
71,562

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
Other short-term borrowings
$
553

 
$

Long-term debt
25,218

 
33,076

All other liabilities
110

 
204

Total
$
25,881

 
$
33,280

Trust loans
$
68,352

 
$
74,793

(1) 
At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, loans and leases included $31.2 billion and $28.7 billion of seller’s interest and $383 million and $1.0 billion of discount receivables.
(2) 
At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, all other assets included restricted cash and short-term investment accounts and unbilled accrued interest and fees.

The Corporation holds subordinate securities with a notional principal amount of $10.6 billion and a stated interest rate of zero percent issued by certain credit card securitization trusts. In addition, during 2010 and 2009 the Corporation elected to designate a specified percentage of new receivables transferred to the trusts as “discount receivables” such that principal collections thereon are added to finance charges which increases the yield in the trust. Through the designation of newly transferred receivables as discount receivables, the Corporation subordinated a portion of its seller's interest to the investors' interest. These actions were taken to address the decline in the excess spread of the U.S. and U.K. credit card securitization trusts.

During the three months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation transferred $553 million of credit card receivables to a third party-sponsored securitization vehicle. As the Corporation was committed to purchasing the senior interest in the vehicle at June 30, 2012 and continues to service the receivables, the Corporation is the primary beneficiary and consolidated the trust.


186

Table of Contents

Other Asset-backed Securitizations

Other asset-backed securitizations include resecuritization trusts, municipal bond trusts, and automobile and other securitization trusts. The table below summarizes select information related to other asset-backed securitizations in which the Corporation held a variable interest at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Other Asset-backed VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Resecuritization Trusts
 
Municipal Bond Trusts
 
Automobile and Other
Securitization Trusts
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Unconsolidated VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure
$
22,957

 
$
31,140

 
$
3,410

 
$
3,752

 
$
90

 
$
93

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior securities held (1, 2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
895

 
$
2,595

 
$
135

 
$
228

 
$

 
$

AFS debt securities
21,892

 
27,616

 

 

 
78

 
81

Subordinate securities held (1, 2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AFS debt securities
76

 
544

 

 

 

 

Residual interests held (3)
94

 
385

 

 

 

 

All other assets

 

 

 

 
12

 
12

Total retained positions
$
22,957

 
$
31,140

 
$
135

 
$
228

 
$
90

 
$
93

Total assets of VIEs (4)
$
43,919

 
$
60,459

 
$
5,307

 
$
5,964

 
$
2,358

 
$
668

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure
$

 
$

 
$
2,743

 
$
3,901

 
$
1,282

 
$
1,087

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$

 
$

 
$
2,743

 
$
3,901

 
$

 
$

Loans and leases

 

 

 

 
3,595

 
4,923

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

 

 
(3
)
 
(7
)
All other assets

 

 

 

 
314

 
168

Total assets
$

 
$

 
$
2,743

 
$
3,901

 
$
3,906

 
$
5,084

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other short-term borrowings
$

 
$

 
$
3,041

 
$
5,127

 
$

 
$

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 
2,620

 
3,992

All other liabilities

 

 

 

 
104

 
90

Total liabilities
$

 
$

 
$
3,041

 
$
5,127

 
$
2,724

 
$
4,082

(1) 
As a holder of these securities, the Corporation receives scheduled principal and interest payments. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, there were no OTTI losses recorded on those securities classified as AFS debt securities.
(2) 
The retained senior and subordinate securities were valued using quoted market prices or observable market inputs (Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy).
(3) 
The retained residual interests are carried at fair value which was derived using model valuations (Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy).
(4) 
Total assets include loans the Corporation transferred with which the Corporation has continuing involvement, which may include servicing the loan.


187

Table of Contents

Resecuritization Trusts

The Corporation transfers existing securities, typically MBS, into resecuritization vehicles at the request of customers seeking securities with specific characteristics. The Corporation may also resecuritize securities within its investment portfolio for purposes of improving liquidity and capital, and managing credit or interest rate risk. Generally, there are no significant ongoing activities performed in a resecuritization trust and no single investor has the unilateral ability to liquidate the trust.

The Corporation resecuritized $14.3 billion and $24.3 billion of securities during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $21.6 billion and $24.1 billion for the same periods in 2011. All of the securities transferred into resecuritization vehicles during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 were classified as trading account assets. As such, changes in fair value were recorded in trading account profits prior to the resecuritization and no gain or loss on sale was recorded. Gains on sale of $732 million and $735 million were recorded during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011. The Corporation consolidates a resecuritization trust if it has sole discretion over the design of the trust, including the identification of securities to be transferred in and the structure of securities to be issued, and also retains a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the trust. If one or a limited number of third-party investors share responsibility for the design of the trust and purchase a significant portion of securities, including subordinate securities issued by non-agency trusts, the Corporation does not consolidate the trust.

Municipal Bond Trusts

The Corporation administers municipal bond trusts that hold highly-rated, long-term, fixed-rate municipal bonds. A majority of the bonds are rated AAA or AA and some benefit from insurance provided by third parties. The trusts obtain financing by issuing floating-rate trust certificates that reprice on a weekly or other basis to third-party investors. The Corporation may serve as remarketing agent and/or liquidity provider for the trusts. The floating-rate investors have the right to tender the certificates at specified dates, often with as little as seven days’ notice. Should the Corporation be unable to remarket the tendered certificates, it is generally obligated to purchase them at par under standby liquidity facilities unless the bond’s credit rating has declined below investment-grade or there has been an event of default or bankruptcy of the issuer and insurer.

The Corporation also provides credit enhancement to investors in certain municipal bond trusts whereby the Corporation guarantees the payment of interest and principal on floating-rate certificates issued by these trusts in the event of default by the issuer of the underlying municipal bond. If a customer holds the residual interest in a trust, that customer typically has the unilateral ability to liquidate the trust at any time, while the Corporation typically has the ability to trigger the liquidation of that trust if the market value of the bonds held in the trust declines below a specified threshold. This arrangement is designed to limit market losses to an amount that is less than the customer’s residual interest, effectively preventing the Corporation from absorbing losses incurred on assets held within that trust.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation was the transferor of assets into unconsolidated municipal bond trusts and received cash proceeds from new securitizations of $124 million and $199 million compared to $348 million and $415 million for the same periods in 2011. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the principal balance outstanding for unconsolidated municipal bond securitization trusts for which the Corporation was transferor was $2.1 billion and $2.5 billion.

The Corporation’s liquidity commitments to unconsolidated municipal bond trusts, including those for which the Corporation was transferor, totaled $3.3 billion and $3.5 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The weighted-average remaining life of bonds held in the trusts at June 30, 2012 was 8.9 years. There were no material write-downs or downgrades of assets or issuers during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

Automobile and Other Securitization Trusts

The Corporation transfers automobile and other loans into securitization trusts, typically to improve liquidity or manage credit risk. During the three months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation transferred automobile loans into an unconsolidated automobile trust, receiving cash proceeds of $2.4 billion and recording a loss on sale of $7 million. At June 30, 2012, the Corporation serviced assets or otherwise had continuing involvement with automobile and other securitization trusts with outstanding balances of $6.2 billion, including trusts collateralized by automobile loans of $4.9 billion, student loans of $1.0 billion and other loans of $313 million. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation serviced assets or otherwise had continuing involvement with automobile and other securitization trusts with outstanding balances of $5.8 billion, including trusts collateralized by automobile loans of $3.9 billion, student loans of $1.2 billion and other loans of $668 million.


188

Table of Contents

Collateralized Debt Obligation Vehicles

CDO vehicles hold diversified pools of fixed-income securities, typically corporate debt or ABS, which they fund by issuing multiple tranches of debt and equity securities. Synthetic CDOs enter into a portfolio of CDS to synthetically create exposure to fixed-income securities. CLOs, which are a subset of CDOs, hold pools of loans, typically corporate loans or commercial mortgages. CDOs are typically managed by third-party portfolio managers. The Corporation transfers assets to these CDOs, holds securities issued by the CDOs and may be a derivative counterparty to the CDOs, including a CDS counterparty for synthetic CDOs. The Corporation has also entered into total return swaps with certain CDOs whereby the Corporation absorbs the economic returns generated by specified assets held by the CDO. The Corporation receives fees for structuring CDOs and providing liquidity support for super senior tranches of securities issued by certain CDOs. No third parties provide a significant amount of similar commitments to these CDOs.

The table below summarizes select information related to CDO vehicles in which the Corporation held a variable interest at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

CDO Vehicle VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Consolidated
 
Unconsolidated
 
Total
 
Consolidated
 
Unconsolidated
 
Total
Maximum loss exposure
$
2,178

 
$
2,191

 
$
4,369

 
$
1,695

 
$
2,272

 
$
3,967

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
1,964

 
$
636

 
$
2,600

 
$
1,392

 
$
461

 
$
1,853

Derivative assets
214

 
500

 
714

 
452

 
678

 
1,130

All other assets

 
83

 
83

 

 
96

 
96

Total
$
2,178

 
$
1,219

 
$
3,397

 
$
1,844

 
$
1,235

 
$
3,079

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities
$

 
$
6

 
$
6

 
$

 
$
11

 
$
11

Long-term debt
2,867

 
2

 
2,869

 
2,712

 
2

 
2,714

Total
$
2,867

 
$
8

 
$
2,875

 
$
2,712

 
$
13

 
$
2,725

Total assets of VIEs
$
2,178

 
$
30,504

 
$
32,682

 
$
1,844

 
$
32,903

 
$
34,747


The Corporation’s maximum loss exposure of $4.4 billion at June 30, 2012 included $209 million of super senior CDO exposure, $2.2 billion of exposure to CDO financing facilities and $2.0 billion of other non-super senior exposure. This exposure is calculated on a gross basis and does not reflect any benefit from insurance purchased from third parties. The CDO financing facilities, which are consolidated, obtain funding from third parties for CDO positions which are principally classified in trading account assets on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The CDO financing facilities’ long-term debt at June 30, 2012 totaled $2.9 billion, all of which has recourse to the general credit of the Corporation. The Corporation’s maximum loss exposure is significantly less than the total assets of the unconsolidated CDO vehicles in the table above because the Corporation typically has exposure to only a portion of the total assets.

At June 30, 2012, the Corporation had $1.7 billion of aggregate liquidity exposure to CDOs. This amount includes $135 million of commitments to CDOs to provide funding for super senior exposures and $1.6 billion notional amount of derivative contracts with unconsolidated VIEs, principally CDO vehicles, which hold non-super senior CDO debt securities or other debt securities on the Corporation’s behalf. See Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies for additional information. The Corporation's liquidity exposure to CDOs at June 30, 2012 is included in the table above to the extent that the Corporation sponsored the CDO vehicle or the liquidity exposure is more than insignificant compared to total assets of the CDO vehicle. Liquidity exposure included in the table is reported net of previously recorded losses.


189

Table of Contents

Customer Vehicles

Customer vehicles include credit-linked and equity-linked note vehicles, repackaging vehicles and asset acquisition vehicles, which are typically created on behalf of customers who wish to obtain market or credit exposure to a specific company or financial instrument.

The table below summarizes select information related to customer vehicles in which the Corporation held a variable interest at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Customer Vehicle VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Consolidated
 
Unconsolidated
 
Total
 
Consolidated
 
Unconsolidated
 
Total
Maximum loss exposure
$
2,687

 
$
1,886

 
$
4,573

 
$
3,264

 
$
2,116

 
$
5,380

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
3,682

 
$
157

 
$
3,839

 
$
3,302

 
$
211

 
$
3,513

Derivative assets
4

 
757

 
761

 

 
905

 
905

Loans and leases
175

 

 
175

 

 

 

Loans held-for-sale
888

 

 
888

 
907

 

 
907

All other assets
923

 

 
923

 
1,452

 

 
1,452

Total
$
5,672

 
$
914

 
$
6,586

 
$
5,661

 
$
1,116

 
$
6,777

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities
$
16

 
$
41

 
$
57

 
$
4

 
$
42

 
$
46

Other short-term borrowings
203

 

 
203

 

 

 

Long-term debt
3,952

 

 
3,952

 
3,912

 

 
3,912

All other liabilities
82

 
397

 
479

 
1

 
448

 
449

Total
$
4,253

 
$
438

 
$
4,691

 
$
3,917

 
$
490

 
$
4,407

Total assets of VIEs
$
5,672

 
$
3,673

 
$
9,345

 
$
5,661

 
$
5,302

 
$
10,963


Credit-linked and equity-linked note vehicles issue notes which pay a return that is linked to the credit or equity risk of a specified company or debt instrument. The vehicles purchase high-grade assets as collateral and enter into CDS or equity derivatives to synthetically create the credit or equity risk to pay the specified return on the notes. The Corporation is typically the counterparty for some or all of the credit and equity derivatives and, to a lesser extent, it may invest in securities issued by the vehicles. The Corporation may also enter into interest rate or foreign currency derivatives with the vehicles. The Corporation also had other liquidity commitments, including written put options and collateral value guarantees, with unconsolidated credit-linked and equity-linked note vehicles of $737 million and $824 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Repackaging vehicles issue notes that are designed to incorporate risk characteristics desired by customers. The vehicles hold debt instruments such as corporate bonds, convertible bonds or ABS with the desired credit risk profile. The Corporation enters into derivatives with the vehicles to change the interest rate or foreign currency profile of the debt instruments. If a vehicle holds convertible bonds and the Corporation retains the conversion option, the Corporation is deemed to have a controlling financial interest and consolidates the vehicle.

Asset acquisition vehicles acquire financial instruments, typically loans, at the direction of a single customer and obtain funding through the issuance of structured liabilities to the Corporation. At the time the vehicle acquires an asset, the Corporation enters into total return swaps with the customer such that the economic returns of the asset are passed through to the customer. The Corporation is exposed to counterparty credit risk if the asset declines in value and the customer defaults on its obligation to the Corporation under the total return swaps. The Corporation’s risk may be mitigated by collateral or other arrangements. The Corporation consolidates these vehicles because it has the power to manage the assets in the vehicles and holds all of the structured liabilities issued by the vehicles.

The Corporation’s maximum loss exposure from customer vehicles includes the notional amount of credit or equity derivatives to which the Corporation is a counterparty, net of losses previously recorded, and the Corporation’s investment, if any, in securities issued by the vehicles. It has not been reduced to reflect the benefit of offsetting swaps with the customers or collateral arrangements.


190

Table of Contents

Other Variable Interest Entities

Other consolidated VIEs primarily include investment vehicles and leveraged lease trusts. Other unconsolidated VIEs primarily include investment vehicles and real estate vehicles.

The table below summarizes select information related to other VIEs in which the Corporation held a variable interest at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Other VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Consolidated
 
Unconsolidated
 
Total
 
Consolidated
 
Unconsolidated
 
Total
Maximum loss exposure
$
5,473

 
$
6,765

 
$
12,238

 
$
7,429

 
$
7,286

 
$
14,715

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
110

 
$

 
$
110

 
$

 
$

 
$

Derivative assets
452

 
444

 
896

 
394

 
440

 
834

AFS debt securities

 
56

 
56

 

 
62

 
62

Loans and leases
4,765

 
221

 
4,986

 
5,154

 
357

 
5,511

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(5
)
 

 
(5
)
 
(8
)
 
(1
)
 
(9
)
Loans held-for-sale
95

 
435

 
530

 
106

 
598

 
704

All other assets
224

 
5,610

 
5,834

 
1,809

 
5,823

 
7,632

Total
$
5,641

 
$
6,766

 
$
12,407

 
$
7,455

 
$
7,279

 
$
14,734

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities
$
4

 
$
10

 
$
14

 
$

 
$

 
$

Long-term debt
120

 

 
120

 
10

 

 
10

All other liabilities
767

 
1,593

 
2,360

 
694

 
1,705

 
2,399

Total
$
891

 
$
1,603

 
$
2,494

 
$
704

 
$
1,705

 
$
2,409

Total assets of VIEs
$
5,641

 
$
10,302

 
$
15,943

 
$
7,455

 
$
11,055

 
$
18,510


Investment Vehicles

The Corporation sponsors, invests in or provides financing to a variety of investment vehicles that hold loans, real estate, debt securities or other financial instruments and are designed to provide the desired investment profile to investors. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s consolidated investment vehicles had total assets of $961 million and $2.6 billion. The Corporation also held investments in unconsolidated vehicles with total assets of $4.9 billion and $5.5 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The Corporation’s maximum loss exposure associated with both consolidated and unconsolidated investment vehicles totaled $2.2 billion and $4.4 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 comprised primarily of on-balance sheet assets less non-recourse liabilities.

Leveraged Lease Trusts

The Corporation’s net investment in consolidated leveraged lease trusts totaled $4.6 billion and $4.8 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The trusts hold long-lived equipment such as rail cars, power generation and distribution equipment, and commercial aircraft. The Corporation structures the trusts and holds a significant residual interest. The net investment represents the Corporation’s maximum loss exposure to the trusts in the unlikely event that the leveraged lease investments become worthless. Debt issued by the leveraged lease trusts is non-recourse to the Corporation. The Corporation has no liquidity exposure to these leveraged lease trusts.

Real Estate Vehicles

The Corporation held investments in unconsolidated real estate vehicles of $5.3 billion and $5.4 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, which primarily consisted of investments in unconsolidated limited partnerships that finance the construction and rehabilitation of affordable rental housing and commercial real estate. An unrelated third party is typically the general partner and has control over the significant activities of the partnership. The Corporation earns a return primarily through the receipt of tax credits allocated to the real estate projects. The Corporation’s risk of loss is mitigated by policies requiring that the project qualify for the expected tax credits prior to making its investment. The Corporation may from time to time be asked to invest additional amounts to support a troubled project. Such additional investments have not been and are not expected to be significant.

191

Table of Contents

Other Asset-backed Financing Arrangements

The Corporation transferred pools of securities to certain independent third parties and provided financing for up to 75 percent of the purchase price under asset-backed financing arrangements. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s maximum loss exposure under these financing arrangements was $4.1 billion and $4.7 billion, substantially all of which was classified as loans on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. All principal and interest payments have been received when due in accordance with their contractual terms. These arrangements are not included in the Other VIEs table because the purchasers are not VIEs.

NOTE 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees
 
Background

The Corporation securitizes first-lien residential mortgage loans, generally in the form of MBS guaranteed by the GSEs or by GNMA in the case of FHA-insured, VA-guaranteed and Rural Housing Service-guaranteed mortgage loans. In addition, in prior years, legacy companies and certain subsidiaries sold pools of first-lien residential mortgage loans and home equity loans as private-label securitizations (in certain of these securitizations, monolines or financial guarantee providers insured all or some of the securities) or in the form of whole loans. In connection with these transactions, the Corporation or certain subsidiaries or legacy companies make or have made various representations and warranties. These representations and warranties, as set forth in the agreements, related to, among other things, the ownership of the loan, the validity of the lien securing the loan, the absence of delinquent taxes or liens against the property securing the loan, the process used to select the loan for inclusion in a transaction, the loan’s compliance with any applicable loan criteria, including underwriting standards, and the loan’s compliance with applicable federal, state and local laws. Breaches of these representations and warranties may result in the requirement to repurchase mortgage loans or to otherwise make whole or provide other remedies to the GSEs, HUD with respect to FHA-insured loans, VA, whole-loan investors, securitization trusts, monoline insurers or other financial guarantors (collectively, repurchases). In all such cases, the Corporation would be exposed to any credit loss on the repurchased mortgage loans after accounting for any mortgage insurance (MI) or mortgage guaranty payments that it may receive.

Subject to the requirements and limitations of the applicable sales and securitization agreements, these representations and warranties can be enforced by the GSEs, HUD, VA, the whole-loan investor, the securitization trustee or others as governed by the applicable agreement or, in certain first-lien and home equity securitizations where monoline insurers or other financial guarantee providers have insured all or some of the securities issued, by the monoline insurer or other financial guarantor. In the case of loans sold to parties other than the GSEs or GNMA, the contractual liability to repurchase typically arises only if there is a breach of the representations and warranties that materially and adversely affects the interest of the investor, or investors, in the loan, or of the monoline insurer or other financial guarantor (as applicable). Contracts with the GSEs do not contain equivalent language, while GNMA generally limits repurchases to loans that are not insured or guaranteed as required. The Corporation believes that the longer a loan performs prior to default, the less likely it is that an alleged underwriting breach of representations and warranties had a material impact on the loan’s performance. Historically, most demands for repurchase have occurred within the first several years after origination, generally after a loan has defaulted. However, the time horizon in which repurchase claims are typically brought has lengthened primarily due to a significant increase in GSE claims related to loans that had defaulted more than 18 months prior to the claim and to loans where the borrower made at least 25 payments.

The Corporation’s credit loss would be reduced by any recourse it may have to organizations (e.g., correspondents) that, in turn, had sold such loans to the Corporation based upon its agreements with these organizations. When a loan is originated by a correspondent or other third party, the Corporation typically has the right to seek a recovery of related repurchase losses from that originator. Many of the correspondent originators of loans in 2004 through 2008 are no longer in business, or are in a weakened condition, and the Corporation’s ability to recover on valid claims is therefore impacted, or eliminated accordingly. In the event a loan is originated and underwritten by a correspondent who obtains FHA insurance, even if they are no longer in business, any breach of FHA guidelines is the direct obligation of the correspondent, not the Corporation. Generally the volume of unresolved repurchase claims from the FHA and VA for loans in GNMA-guaranteed securities is not significant because the requests are limited in number and are typically resolved quickly. At June 30, 2012, approximately 27 percent of the outstanding repurchase claims relate to loans purchased from correspondents or other parties compared to approximately 28 percent at December 31, 2011. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation experienced an increase in recoveries from correspondents and other parties; however, the actual recovery rate may vary from period to period based upon the underlying mix of correspondents and other parties.

The Corporation currently structures its operations to limit the risk of repurchase and accompanying credit exposure by seeking to ensure consistent production of mortgages in accordance with its underwriting procedures and by servicing those mortgages consistent with its contractual obligations.


192

Table of Contents

The methodology used to estimate the liability for representations and warranties is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a variety of factors, which include, depending on the counterparty, actual defaults, estimated future defaults, historical loss experience, estimated home prices, other economic conditions, estimated probability that a repurchase claim will be received, including consideration of whether presentation thresholds will be met, number of payments made by the borrower prior to default and estimated probability that a loan will be required to be repurchased as well as other relevant facts and circumstances, such as bulk settlements and identity of the counterparty or type of counterparty, as the Corporation believes appropriate. In the case of private-label securitizations, the Corporation's estimate considers, among other things, repurchase experience based on the settlement (BNY Mellon Settlement) with the Bank of New York Mellon as trustee (Trustee), adjusted to reflect differences between the 525 legacy Countrywide first-lien and five second-lien non-GSE residential mortgage-backed securitization trusts (the Covered Trusts) and the remainder of the population of private-label securitizations, and assumes that the conditions to the BNY Mellon Settlement will be met. The estimate of the liability for representations and warranties is based upon currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of factors, including those set forth above, that are subject to change. Changes to any one of these factors could significantly impact the estimate of the liability and could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation's results of operations for any particular period. Given that these factors vary by counterparty, the Corporation analyzes representations and warranties obligations based on the specific counterparty, or type of counterparty, with whom the sale was made. For additional information, see Note 9 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Settlement Actions

The Corporation has vigorously contested any request for repurchase when it has concluded that a valid basis for repurchase does not exist and will continue to do so in the future. However, in an effort to resolve these legacy mortgage-related issues, the Corporation has reached bulk settlements, or agreements for bulk settlements, including settlement amounts which have been material, with counterparties in lieu of a loan-by-loan review process. The Corporation may reach other settlements in the future if opportunities arise on terms it believes to be advantageous to the Corporation. However, there can be no assurance that the Corporation will reach future settlements or, if it does, that the terms of past settlements, such as Syncora as discussed in Recent Syncora Settlement below, can be relied upon to predict the terms of future settlements. For a summary of the larger bulk settlement actions beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010, including the BNY Mellon Settlement, the settlement with Assured Guaranty Ltd. and subsidiaries (the Assured Guaranty Settlement) and the December 31, 2010 agreements with the GSEs to resolve repurchase claims (the GSE Agreements), see Note 9 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Settlement with the Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee

With regard to the BNY Mellon Settlement, an investor opposed to the settlement removed the proceeding to federal district court, and the federal district court denied the Trustee's motion to remand the proceeding to state court. On February 27, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals issued an opinion reversing the district court denial of the Trustee's motion to remand the proceeding to state court and ordered that the proceeding be remanded to state court. On April 24, 2012, a hearing was held on threshold issues, at which the court denied the objectors' motion to convert the proceeding to a plenary proceeding. Several status hearings on discovery and other case administration matters have taken place. The Corporation is not a party to the proceeding.

Recent Syncora Settlement

On July 17, 2012, the Corporation, including certain of its affiliates, entered into an agreement with Syncora Guarantee, Inc. and Syncora Holdings Ltd. (Syncora), to resolve all of the monoline insurer's outstanding and potential claims related to alleged representations and warranties breaches involving eight first- and six second-lien RMBS trusts where Syncora provided financial guarantee insurance. The agreement, among other things, also resolves historical loan servicing issues and other potential liabilities to Syncora with respect to these trusts. The agreement covers the five second-lien RMBS trusts that were the subject of litigation and nine other first- and second-lien RMBS trusts, which had an original principal balance of first-lien mortgages of approximately $9.6 billion and second-lien mortgages of approximately $7.7 billion. As of June 30, 2012, $3.0 billion of loans in these first-lien trusts and $1.4 billion of loans in these second-lien trusts have defaulted or are 180 days or more past due (severely delinquent). The agreement provided for a cash payment of $375 million to Syncora. In addition, the parties entered into securities transfers and purchase transactions in connection with the settlement in order to terminate certain other relationships among the parties. The total cost to the Corporation was approximately $400 million and was fully accrued for by the Corporation at June 30, 2012.

193

Table of Contents

Unresolved Repurchase Claims

Unresolved representations and warranties repurchase claims represent the notional amount of repurchase claims made by counterparties, typically the outstanding principal balance or the unpaid principal balance at the time of default. In the case of first-lien mortgages, the claim amount is often significantly greater than the expected loss amount due to the benefit of collateral and, in some cases, mortgage insurance or mortgage guarantee payments. Claims received from a counterparty remain as outstanding until the underlying loan is repurchased, the claim is rescinded by the counterparty, or the claim is otherwise resolved. When a claim is denied and the Corporation does not receive a response from the counterparty, the claim remains in the unresolved claims balance until resolution.

The table below presents unresolved repurchase claims at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The unresolved claims include only claims where the Corporation believes that the counterparty has a basis to submit claims. For additional information, see Whole Loan Sales and Private-label Securitizations Experience in this Note and Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies. These repurchase claims do not include any repurchase claims related to the BNY Mellon Settlement regarding the Covered Trusts.

Unresolved Repurchase Claims by Counterparty and Product Type
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
By counterparty (1, 2)
 
 
 
GSEs
$
10,974

 
$
6,258

Monolines
3,128

 
3,082

Whole-loan investors, private-label securitization trustees and other
8,603

 
3,267

Total unresolved repurchase claims by counterparty
$
22,705

 
$
12,607

By product type (1, 2)
 
 
 
Prime loans
$
6,729

 
$
3,925

Alt-A
4,648

 
2,286

Home equity
2,954

 
2,872

Pay option
4,390

 
1,993

Subprime
2,526

 
891

Other
1,458

 
640

Total unresolved repurchase claims by product type
$
22,705

 
$
12,607

(1) 
Excludes certain MI rescission notices. However, at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, included $2.0 billion and $1.2 billion of repurchase requests received from the GSEs that have resulted solely from MI rescission notices. For additional information, see Mortgage Insurance Rescission Notices in this Note.
(2) 
At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, unresolved repurchase claims did not include repurchase demands of $3.1 billion and $1.7 billion where the Corporation believes the claimants have not satisfied the contractual thresholds as noted on page 195.

During the three months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation received $8.2 billion in new repurchase claims, including $4.4 billion submitted by the GSEs for both legacy Countrywide originations not covered by the GSE Agreements and legacy Bank of America originations, $3.7 billion submitted by private-label securitization trustees and $119 million submitted by whole-loan investors. During the three months ended June 30, 2012, $1.6 billion in claims were resolved, primarily with the GSEs. Of the claims resolved, $876 million were resolved through rescissions and $704 million were resolved through mortgage repurchases and make-whole payments.

During the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation received $12.9 billion in new repurchase claims, including $7.4 billion submitted by the GSEs for both legacy Countrywide originations not covered by the GSE Agreements and legacy Bank of America originations, $5.3 billion submitted by private-label securitization trustees and $226 million submitted by whole-loan investors. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, $2.8 billion in claims were resolved, primarily with the GSEs. Of the claims resolved, $1.6 billion were resolved through rescissions and $1.2 billion were resolved through mortgage repurchases and make-whole payments. In both periods new claims from monolines remained low, which the Corporation believes was due in part to the monolines' continued focus on litigation.

The Corporation expects unresolved repurchase claims to continue to increase due to, among other things, its differences with FNMA regarding its interpretation of the governing contracts, ongoing litigation with monoline insurers, and a continuing submission of claims by private-label securitization trustees in combination with the lack of an established process to resolve disputes with private-label securitization trustees.


194

Table of Contents

The notional amount of unresolved GSE repurchase claims totaled $11.0 billion at June 30, 2012. The Corporation continued to experience elevated levels of new claims from FNMA, including claims related to loans on which borrowers have made a significant number of payments (e.g., at least 25 payments) and, to a lesser extent, loans which defaulted more than 18 months prior to the repurchase request. Unresolved claims from FNMA totaled $10.1 billion at June 30, 2012, including $7.3 billion of claims related to loans on which the borrower has made at least 25 payments. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation received $6.3 billion of claims from FNMA, including $5.5 billion of claims related to loans originated between 2005 and 2007. This amount includes $4.4 billion of loans on which the borrower had made at least 25 payments, including $2.1 billion of loans on which the borrower had made at least 37 payments. Historically, for those claims that have been approved for repurchase from the GSEs, the Corporation's loss severity rate on loans originated between 2004 and 2008 has averaged approximately 55 percent of the claim amount, which may or may not be predictive of future loss severity rates. The Corporation continues to believe that its interpretation of the governing contracts is consistent with past practices between the parties and its contractual obligations. For further discussion of the Corporation's experience with the GSEs, see Government-sponsored Enterprises Experience in this Note.

The notional amount of unresolved monoline repurchase claims totaled $3.1 billion at June 30, 2012. The Corporation has had limited repurchase claims experience with monoline insurers due to ongoing litigation and has not received a significant amount of new repurchase claims from the monolines in recent periods. The Corporation has reviewed and declined to repurchase substantially all of the unresolved claims at June 30, 2012 based on an assessment of whether a breach exists that materially and adversely affected the insurer's interest in the mortgage loan. Further, in the Corporation's experience, the monolines have been generally unwilling to withdraw repurchase claims, regardless of whether and what evidence was offered to refute a claim. Substantially all of the unresolved monoline claims pertain to second-lien loans and, except those that have been resolved in the Syncora Settlement, are currently the subject of litigation. In addition, $674 million of monoline claims outstanding at June 30, 2012 were resolved through the Syncora Settlement on July 17, 2012. For further discussion of the Corporation's practices regarding litigation accruals and range of possible loss for litigation and regulatory matters, which includes the status of its monoline litigation, see Estimated Range of Possible Loss in this Note.

The notional amount of unresolved claims from private-label securitization trustees, whole-loan investors and others increased to $8.6 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily due to increases in the submission of claims by private-label securitization trustees. The Corporation anticipated an increase in aggregate non-GSE claims at the time of the BNY Mellon Settlement a year ago, and such increase in aggregate non-GSE claims was taken into consideration in developing the increase in the Corporation's reserves at that time. The Corporation expects unresolved repurchase claims from private-label securitization trustees to increase as claims continue to be submitted by private-label securitization trustees and there is not an established process for the ultimate resolution of claims on which there is a disagreement. For further discussion of the Corporation's experience with whole loans and private-label securitizations, see Whole Loan Sales and Private-label Securitizations Experience in this Note.

In addition to the claims above, the Corporation has received repurchase demands from private-label securitization investors and a master servicer where it believes the claimants have not satisfied the contractual thresholds to direct the securitization trustee to take action and/or that these demands are otherwise procedurally or substantively invalid. The total amounts of such demands outstanding as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were $3.1 billion and $1.7 billion. The Corporation does not believe that the $3.1 billion in additional demands received are valid repurchase claims, and therefore it is not possible to predict the resolution with respect to such demands. Of the demands outstanding at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $1.7 billion relate to loans underlying securitizations included in the BNY Mellon Settlement. A claimant, Walnut Place (11 entities with the common name Walnut Place, including Walnut Place LLC, and Walnut Place II LLC through Walnut Place XI LLC), had filed two lawsuits against the Corporation relating to $1.4 billion of these demands; following determination by the courts that the governing agreements bar repurchase claims by certificateholders and the consequent dismissal of Walnut Place's first lawsuit, the parties stipulated in July 2012 to the dismissal of Walnut Place's second lawsuit. For more information on the litigation with Walnut Place, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. If the BNY Mellon Settlement is approved by the court, the remaining repurchase demands related to loans underlying securitizations included in the BNY Mellon Settlement will be resolved by the settlement.


195

Table of Contents

Mortgage Insurance Rescission Notices

In addition to repurchase claims, the Corporation receives notices from mortgage insurance companies of claim denials, cancellations or coverage rescission (collectively, MI rescission notices) and the amount of such notices has remained elevated. When there is disagreement with the mortgage insurer as to the resolution of a MI rescission notice, meaningful dialogue and negotiation between the parties are generally necessary to reach a conclusion on an individual notice. The level of engagement of the mortgage insurance companies varies and ongoing litigation involving some of the mortgage insurance companies over individual and bulk rescissions or claims for rescission limits the ability of the Corporation to engage in constructive dialogue leading to resolution. For loans sold to GSEs or private-label securitization trusts (including those wrapped by the monoline bond insurers), a MI rescission may give rise to a claim for breach of the applicable representations and warranties, depending on the governing sales contracts. In those cases where the governing contract contains MI-related representations and warranties, which upon rescission requires the Corporation to repurchase the affected loan or indemnify the investor for the related loss, the Corporation realizes the loss without the benefit of MI. If the Corporation is required to repurchase a loan or indemnify the investor as a result of a different breach of representations and warranties and there has been a MI rescission, or if the Corporation holds the loan for investment, it realizes the loss without the benefit of MI. In addition, mortgage insurance companies have in some cases asserted the ability to curtail MI payments as a result of alleged foreclosure delays, which in these cases would reduce the MI proceeds available to reduce the loss on the loan. While a legitimate MI rescission may constitute a valid basis for repurchase or other remedies under the GSE agreements and a small number of private-label MBS securitizations, and a MI rescission notice may result in a repurchase request, the Corporation believes MI rescission notices do not, in and of themselves, give rise to valid repurchase requests. FNMA's stated policy, however, is to view a MI rescission notice as a breach of the lender's representations and warranties, permitting FNMA to require the lender to repurchase the mortgage loan or promptly remit a make-whole payment covering FNMA's loss even if the lender is contesting the MI rescission notice. The Corporation has informed FNMA that it does not agree with this policy.

The Corporation’s pipeline of unresolved repurchase claims from the GSEs resulting solely from MI rescission notices has increased to $2.0 billion at June 30, 2012 from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2011. If it is required to abide by the terms of FNMA's stated policy regarding MI rescission notices, the amount of loans the Corporation is required to repurchase could increase and if they do, the Corporation’s representations and warranties liability will increase. For additional information on the FNMA policy, see Note 9 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

At June 30, 2012, the Corporation had approximately 106,000 open MI rescission notices compared to 90,000 at December 31, 2011. Through June 30, 2012, 28 percent of the MI rescission notices received have been resolved. Of those resolved, 21 percent were resolved through the Corporation's acceptance of the MI rescission, 51 percent were resolved through reinstatement of coverage or payment of the claim by the mortgage insurance company, and 28 percent were resolved on an aggregate basis through settlement, policy commutation or similar arrangement. As of June 30, 2012, 72 percent of the MI rescission notices the Corporation has received have not yet been resolved. Of those not yet resolved, 44 percent are implicated by ongoing litigation where no loan-level review is currently contemplated nor required to preserve the Corporation's legal rights. In this litigation, the litigating mortgage insurance companies are also seeking bulk rescission of certain policies, separate and apart from loan-by-loan denials or rescissions. The Corporation is in the process of reviewing 37 percent of the remaining open MI rescission notices, and it has reviewed and is contesting the MI rescission with respect to 63 percent of these remaining open MI rescission notices. Of the remaining open MI rescission notices, 23 percent are also the subject of ongoing litigation although, at present, these MI rescissions are being processed in a manner generally consistent with those not affected by litigation.

196

Table of Contents

Cash Settlements

As presented in the table below, during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation paid $591 million and $1.0 billion to resolve $723 million and $1.3 billion of repurchase claims through repurchase or reimbursement to the investor or securitization trust for losses they incurred, resulting in a loss on the related loans at the time of repurchase or reimbursement of $145 million and $409 million. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, the Corporation paid $1.6 billion and $2.1 billion to resolve $1.9 billion and $2.6 billion of repurchase claims through repurchase or reimbursement to the investor or securitization trust for losses they incurred, resulting in a loss on the related loans at the time of repurchase or reimbursement of $1.0 billion and $1.4 billion. Cash paid for loan repurchases includes the unpaid principal balance of the loan plus past due interest. The amount of loss for loan repurchases is reduced by the fair value of the underlying loan collateral. The repurchase of loans and indemnification payments related to first-lien and home equity repurchase claims generally resulted from material breaches of representations and warranties related to the loans’ material compliance with the applicable underwriting standards, including borrower misrepresentation, credit exceptions without sufficient compensating factors and non-compliance with underwriting procedures. The actual representations and warranties made in a sales transaction and the resulting repurchase and indemnification activity can vary by transaction or investor. A direct relationship between the type of defect that causes the breach of representations and warranties and the severity of the realized loss has not been observed. Transactions to repurchase or indemnification payments related to first-lien residential mortgages primarily involved the GSEs while transactions to repurchase or indemnification payments for home equity loans primarily involved the monoline insurers. The table below presents first-lien and home equity loan repurchases and indemnification payments for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

Loan Repurchases and Indemnification Payments
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Cash Paid
for
Repurchases
 
Loss
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Cash Paid
for
Repurchases
 
Loss
First-lien
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchases
$
500

 
$
520

 
$
86

 
$
860

 
$
970

 
$
419

Indemnification payments
197

 
48

 
48

 
958

 
539

 
539

Total first-lien
697

 
568

 
134

 
1,818

 
1,509

 
958

Home equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchases
12

 
12

 

 
3

 
3

 

Indemnification payments
14

 
11

 
11

 
45

 
48

 
48

Total home equity
26

 
23

 
11

 
48

 
51

 
48

Total first-lien and home equity
$
723

 
$
591

 
$
145

 
$
1,866

 
$
1,560

 
$
1,006

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2012
 
2011
First-lien
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchases
$
750

 
$
804

 
$
215

 
$
1,194

 
$
1,333

 
$
552

Indemnification payments
464

 
172

 
172

 
1,292

 
699

 
699

Total first-lien
1,214

 
976

 
387

 
2,486

 
2,032

 
1,251

Home equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchases
16

 
16

 

 
18

 
18

 
14

Indemnification payments
25

 
22

 
22

 
85

 
87

 
87

Total home equity
41

 
38

 
22

 
103

 
105

 
101

Total first-lien and home equity
$
1,255

 
$
1,014

 
$
409

 
$
2,589

 
$
2,137

 
$
1,352



197

Table of Contents

Liability for Representations and Warranties and Corporate Guarantees

The liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheet and the related provision is included in mortgage banking income. The table below presents a rollforward of the liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees.

Representations and Warranties and Corporate Guarantees
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees, beginning of period
$
15,746

 
$
6,220

 
$
15,858

 
$
5,438

Additions for new sales
6

 
3

 
11

 
10

Charge-offs
(204
)
 
(2,480
)
 
(603
)
 
(2,718
)
Provision
395

 
14,037

 
677

 
15,050

Liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees, June 30
$
15,943

 
$
17,780

 
$
15,943

 
$
17,780


The liability for representations and warranties is established when those obligations are both probable and reasonably estimable. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the provision for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees was $395 million and $677 million compared to $14.0 billion and $15.1 billion for the same periods in 2011. The provision in the three months ended June 30, 2012 included provision related to non-GSE exposures where it was determined that the loss was probable based on recent activity with certain counterparties and, to a lesser extent, GSE exposures. The decrease in the provision from the prior-year period was primarily due to a higher provision in the prior-year period attributable to the BNY Mellon Settlement, other non-GSE exposures, and to a lesser extent, GSE exposures.

Estimated Range of Possible Loss

Government-sponsored Enterprises

The Corporation’s estimated liability at June 30, 2012 for obligations under representations and warranties given to the GSEs considers, among other things, and is necessarily dependent on and limited by, its historical claims experience with the GSEs. It includes the Corporation’s understanding of its agreements with the GSEs and projections of future defaults as well as certain other assumptions and judgmental factors. The Corporation’s estimate of the liability for these obligations has been accounted for in the recorded liability for representations and warranties for these loans. The Corporation continued to experience elevated levels of new claims. Over time, the criteria and processes by which FNMA is ultimately willing to resolve claims have changed in ways that are unfavorable to the Corporation. While the Corporation is seeking to resolve its differences with FNMA, whether it will be able to achieve a resolution of these differences on acceptable terms and the timing and cost thereof, continues to be subject to significant uncertainty. The Corporation has repurchased and continues to repurchase loans to the extent required under the contracts that govern its relationships with the GSEs.

It is reasonably possible that future representations and warranties losses with respect to GSE exposures may occur in excess of the amounts recorded for the GSE exposures, and the amount of any such additional liability could be material. Due to the significant uncertainty related to the Corporation's continued differences with FNMA concerning each party's interpretation of the requirements of the governing contracts, it is not possible to reasonably estimate what the outcome or range of such additional possible loss may be.

Counterparties other than Government-sponsored Enterprises

In private-label securitizations, certain presentation thresholds need to be met in order for investors to direct securitization trustees to bring repurchase claims. The population of private-label securitizations included in the BNY Mellon Settlement encompasses almost all legacy Countrywide first-lien private-label securitizations including loans originated principally between 2004 and 2008. For the remainder of the population of private-label securitizations other claimants have come forward and the Corporation believes it is probable that other claimants in certain types of securitizations may continue to come forward with claims that meet the requirements of the terms of the securitizations. During the second quarter of 2012, the Corporation has seen an increase in repurchase claims from certain private-label securitization trustees. The Corporation believes that the provisions recorded in connection with the BNY Mellon Settlement and the additional non-GSE representations and warranties provisions recorded have provided for a substantial portion of the Corporation’s non-GSE representations and warranties exposures. However, it is reasonably possible that future representations and warranties losses may occur in excess of the amounts recorded for these exposures. In addition, as discussed below, the Corporation has not recorded any representations and warranties liability for certain potential monoline exposures and certain potential whole-loan and other private-label

198

Table of Contents

securitization exposures. The Corporation currently estimates that the range of possible loss related to non-GSE representations and warranties exposure as of June 30, 2012 could be up to $5 billion over existing accruals. This estimated range of possible loss for non-GSE representations and warranties does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment and a number of assumptions, including those set forth below, that are subject to change.

The methodology used to estimate the non-GSE representations and warranties liability and the corresponding range of possible loss considers a variety of factors including the Corporation’s experience related to actual defaults, projected future defaults, historical loss experience, estimated home prices and other economic conditions. Among the factors that impact the non-GSE representations and warranties liability and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss are: (1) contractual material adverse effect requirements, (2) the representations and warranties provided and (3) the requirement to meet certain presentation thresholds. The first factor is based on the Corporation’s belief that a non-GSE contractual liability to repurchase a loan generally arises only if the counterparties prove there is a breach of representations and warranties that materially and adversely affects the interest of the investor or all investors, or of the monoline insurer or other financial guarantor (as applicable), in a securitization trust and, accordingly, the Corporation believes that the repurchase claimants must prove that the alleged representations and warranties breach was the cause of the loss. The second factor is related to the fact that non-GSE securitizations include different types of representations and warranties than those provided to the GSEs. The Corporation believes the non-GSE securitizations’ representations and warranties are less rigorous and actionable than the explicit provisions of comparable agreements with the GSEs without regard to any variations that may have arisen as a result of dealings with the GSEs. The third factor is related to the fact that certain presentation thresholds need to be met in order for any repurchase claim to be asserted on the initiative of investors under the non-GSE agreements. A securitization trustee may investigate or demand repurchase on its own action, and most agreements contain a threshold, for example 25 percent of the voting rights per trust, that allows investors to declare a servicing event of default under certain circumstances or to request certain action, such as requesting loan files, that the trustee may choose to accept and follow, exempt from liability, provided the trustee is acting in good faith. If there is an un-cured servicing event of default and the trustee fails to bring suit during a 60-day period, then, under most agreements, investors may file suit. In addition to this, most agreements also allow investors to direct the securitization trustee to investigate loan files or demand the repurchase of loans if security holders hold a specified percentage, for example, 25 percent, of the voting rights of each tranche of the outstanding securities. Although the Corporation continues to believe that presentation thresholds are a factor in the determination of probable loss, given the BNY Mellon Settlement, the estimated range of possible loss assumes that the presentation threshold can be met for all of the non-GSE securitization transactions.

In addition, in the case of private-label securitizations, the methodology used to estimate the non-GSE representations and warranties liability and the corresponding ranges of possible loss considers the implied repurchase experience based on the BNY Mellon Settlement and assumes that the conditions to the BNY Mellon Settlement are satisfied and also takes into account more recent experience such as increased claims, where relevant. Since the non-GSE transactions that were included in the BNY Mellon Settlement differ from those that were not included in the BNY Mellon Settlement, the Corporation adjusted the experience implied in the settlement in order to determine the estimated non-GSE representations and warranties liability and the corresponding range of possible loss. The judgmental adjustments made include consideration of the differences in the mix of products in the securitizations, loan originator, likelihood of claims expected, the differences in the number of payments that the borrower has made prior to default and the sponsor of the securitization.

Future provisions and/or ranges of possible loss for non-GSE representations and warranties may be significantly impacted if actual experiences are different from the Corporation’s assumptions in its predictive models, including, without limitation, those regarding ultimate resolution of the BNY Mellon Settlement, estimated repurchase rates, economic conditions, home prices, consumer and counterparty behavior and a variety of judgmental factors. Adverse developments with respect to one or more of the assumptions underlying the liability for representations and warranties and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss could result in significant increases to future provisions and/or the estimated range of possible loss. For example, if courts, in the context of claims brought by private-label securitization trustees, were to disagree with the Corporation’s interpretation that the underlying agreements require a claimant to prove that the representations and warranties breach was the cause of the loss, it could significantly impact this estimated range of possible loss. For additional information, see Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additionally, if court rulings related to monoline litigation, including one related to the Corporation, that have allowed sampling of loan files instead of requiring a loan-by-loan review to determine if a representations and warranties breach has occurred are followed generally by the courts, private-label securitization investors may view litigation as a more attractive alternative as compared to a loan-by-loan review. Finally, although the Corporation believes that the representations and warranties typically given in non-GSE transactions are less rigorous and actionable than those given in GSE transactions, the Corporation does not have significant experience resolving loan-level claims in non-GSE transactions to measure the impact of these differences on the probability that a loan will be required to be repurchased.


199

Table of Contents

The liability for obligations under representations and warranties with respect to GSE and non-GSE exposures and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss for non-GSE representations and warranties exposures does not consider any losses related to litigation matters disclosed in Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies, nor do they include any separate foreclosure costs and related costs, assessments and compensatory fees or any other possible losses related to potential claims for breaches of performance of servicing obligations (except as such losses are included as potential costs of the BNY Mellon Settlement), potential securities law or fraud claims or potential indemnity or other claims against the Corporation, including claims related to loans insured by the FHA. The Corporation is not able to reasonably estimate the amount of any possible loss with respect to any such servicing, securities law, fraud or other claims against the Corporation, except to the extent reflected in the aggregate range of possible loss for litigation and regulatory matters disclosed in Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies; however, such loss could be material.

Government-sponsored Enterprises Experience

Generally, the Corporation first becomes aware that a GSE is evaluating a particular loan for repurchase when the Corporation receives a request from a GSE to review the underlying loan file (file request). Upon completing its review, the GSE may submit a repurchase claim to the Corporation. As soon as practicable after receiving a repurchase claim from either of the GSEs, the Corporation evaluates the claim and takes appropriate action. Claim disputes are generally handled through loan-level negotiations with the GSEs and the Corporation seeks to resolve the repurchase claim within 90 to 120 days of the receipt of the claim although claims remain open beyond this timeframe. Disputes include reasonableness of stated income, occupancy, undisclosed liabilities, and the validity of MI claim rescissions in the vintages with the highest default rates.

The Corporation and its subsidiaries have an established history of working with the GSEs on repurchase claims. However, FNMA's repurchase requests, standards for rescission of repurchase requests and resolution processes have become increasingly inconsistent with their prior conduct and the Corporation’s interpretation of the parties' contractual obligations. The Corporation continued to experience elevated levels of new claims on loans on which borrowers have made a significant number of payments (e.g., at least 25 payments), and, to a lesser extent, loans which had defaulted more than 18 months prior to the repurchase request. Over time the criteria and the processes by which FNMA is ultimately willing to resolve claims have changed in ways that are unfavorable to the Corporation. In light of its disagreements with FNMA, the Corporation has adopted repurchase guidelines in order to be more consistent with past practices between the parties based on its understanding of its contractual obligations. These developments have resulted in an increase in claims outstanding from the GSEs to $11.0 billion at June 30, 2012 from $6.3 billion at December 31, 2011. Outstanding claims related to loans on which the borrower had made at least 25 payments totaled $7.9 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to $3.7 billion at December 31, 2011. The Corporation expects outstanding claims to continue to increase until it has resolved its differences with FNMA. While the Corporation is seeking to resolve its differences with FNMA, whether it will be able to achieve a resolution of these differences on acceptable terms, and the timing and cost thereof, is subject to significant uncertainty. For additional information, see Mortgage Insurance Rescission Notices on page 196.

Monoline Insurers Experience

The Corporation has had limited representations and warranties repurchase claims experience with the monoline insurers, due to ongoing litigation against legacy Countrywide and/or Bank of America. To the extent the Corporation received repurchase claims from the monolines that are properly presented, it generally reviews them on a loan-by-loan basis. Where a breach of representations and warranties given by the Corporation or subsidiaries or legacy companies is confirmed on a given loan, settlement is generally reached as to that loan within 60 to 90 days.

For the monolines that have instituted litigation against legacy Countrywide and/or Bank of America, when claims from these counterparties are denied, the Corporation does not indicate its reason for denial as it is not contractually obligated to do so. In the Corporation's experience, the monolines have been generally unwilling to withdraw repurchase claims, regardless of whether and what evidence was offered to refute a claim. When a claim has been denied and there has not been communication with the counterparty for six months, the Corporation views these claims as inactive; however, they remain in the outstanding claims balance until resolution.

To the extent there are repurchase claims based on valid identified loan defects and determined that there is a breach of a representation and warranty and that any other requirements for repurchase have been met, a liability for representations and warranties is established. Outside of the standard quality control process that is an integral part of the Corporation's loan origination process, it does not generally review loan files until a repurchase claim is received, including with respect to monoline exposures. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of those repurchase claims where a valid defect has not been identified or in predicting future claim requests and the related outcome in the case of unasserted claims to repurchase loans from the securitization trusts in which these monolines have insured all or some of the related bonds, the Corporation cannot reasonably estimate the eventual outcome through the repurchase process. As a result, a liability for representations and warranties has not been established related to repurchase claims where a valid defect has not been identified, or in the case of any unasserted claims to repurchase loans from the securitization trusts in which such monolines

200

Table of Contents

have insured all or some of the related bonds. For additional information related to the monolines, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies herein and Note 9 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

At June 30, 2012, for loans originated between 2004 and 2008, the unpaid principal balance of loans related to unresolved monoline repurchase claims was $3.1 billion, substantially all of which the Corporation has reviewed and declined to repurchase based on an assessment of whether a material breach exists. This amount includes $674 million of claims that were resolved through the Syncora Settlement on July 17, 2012. As noted above, a portion of the repurchase claims that are initially denied are ultimately resolved through bulk settlement, repurchase or make-whole payments, after additional dialogue and negotiation with the monoline insurer. At June 30, 2012, the unpaid principal balance of loans in these vintages for which the monolines had requested loan files for review but for which no repurchase claim had been received was $7.1 billion, including $1.8 billion of file requests for loans included in trusts settled with Syncora subsequent to June 30, 2012. There will likely be additional requests for loan files in the future leading to repurchase claims. Such claims may relate to loans that are currently in securitization trusts or loans that have defaulted and are no longer included in the unpaid principal balance of the loans in the trusts. However, it is unlikely that a repurchase claim will be received for every loan in a securitization or every file requested or that a valid defect exists for every loan repurchase claim. In addition, amounts paid on repurchase claims from a monoline are paid to the securitization trust and are applied in accordance with the terms of the governing securitization documents which may include use by the securitization trust to repay any outstanding monoline advances or reduce future advances from the monolines. To the extent that a monoline has not advanced funds or does not anticipate that it will be required to advance funds to the securitization trust, the likelihood of receiving a repurchase claim from a monoline may be reduced as the monoline would receive limited or no benefit from the payment of repurchase claims. Moreover, some monolines are not currently performing their obligations under the financial guaranty policies they issued which may, in certain circumstances, impact their ability to present repurchase claims, although in those circumstances, investors may be able to bring claims if contractual thresholds are met.

Whole Loan Sales and Private-label Securitizations Experience

At June 30, 2012, for loans originated between 2004 and 2008, the unpaid principal balance of loans related to unresolved repurchase claims submitted by private-label securitization trustees and third-party whole-loan investors was $8.3 billion. The Corporation has performed an initial review with respect to $5.7 billion of these claims and does not believe a valid basis for repurchase has been established by the claimant and is still in the process of reviewing the remaining $2.6 billion of these claims.

The majority of the repurchase claims that the Corporation has received and resolved outside of those from the GSEs and monolines are from third-party whole-loan investors. The Corporation provided representations and warranties and the whole-loan investors may retain those rights even when the loans were aggregated with other collateral into private-label securitizations sponsored by the whole-loan investors. The Corporation reviews properly presented repurchase claims for these whole loans on a loan-by-loan basis. If, after the Corporation’s review, it does not believe a claim is valid, it will deny the claim and generally indicate a reason for the denial. When the whole-loan investor agrees with the Corporation’s denial of the claim, the whole-loan investor may rescind the claim. When there is disagreement as to the resolution of the claim, meaningful dialogue and negotiation between the parties is generally necessary to reach a conclusion on an individual claim. Generally, a whole-loan investor is engaged in the repurchase process and the Corporation and the whole-loan investor reach resolution, either through loan-by-loan negotiation or at times, through a bulk settlement. Through June 30, 2012, 25 percent of the whole-loan claims that the Corporation initially denied have subsequently been resolved through repurchase or make-whole payments and 51 percent have been resolved through rescission or repayment in full by the borrower. Although the timeline for resolution varies, once an actionable breach is identified on a given loan, settlement is generally reached as to that loan within 60 to 90 days. When a claim has been denied and the Corporation does not have communication with the counterparty for six months, the Corporation views these claims as inactive; however, they remain in the outstanding claims balance until resolution. In the case of private-label securitization trustees, there is currently no established process in place for the parties to reach a conclusion on an individual loan if there is a disagreement on the resolution of the claim.

In private-label securitizations, certain presentation thresholds need to be met in order for investors to direct a trustee to assert repurchase claims. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation received $3.7 billion and $5.3 billion of such repurchase claims, including claims related to third-party sponsored transactions that include monoline insurance. Recent increases in new private-label claims are primarily related to repurchase requests received from trustees for private-label securitization transactions not included in the BNY Mellon Settlement, including claims related to first-lien third-party sponsored securitizations that include monoline insurance. Over time, there has been an increased trend for both requests for loan files and repurchase claims from certain private-label securitization trustees, as well as an increase in requests for tolling agreements to toll the applicable statutes of limitation relating to representations and warranties claims, and the Corporation believes it is likely that these requests will lead to an increase in repurchase claims from private-label securitization trustees with standing to bring such claims. The representations and warranties, as governed by the private-label securitization agreements, generally require that counterparties have the ability to both assert a claim and actually prove that a loan has an actionable defect under the applicable contracts. While the Corporation believes the agreements for private-label securitizations generally contain less rigorous representations and warranties and place higher burdens on investors seeking

201

Table of Contents

repurchases than the express provisions of comparable agreements with the GSEs, without regard to any variations that may have arisen as a result of dealings with the GSEs, the agreements generally include a representation that underwriting practices were prudent and customary. For additional information on repurchase demands, see Unresolved Repurchase Claims on page 194.

NOTE 9 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill

The table below presents goodwill by business segment at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Effective January 1, 2012, the Corporation changed its basis of presentation from six to five segments. For more information on this realignment, see Note 19 – Business Segment Information. The reporting units utilized for goodwill impairment tests are the operating segments or one level below. For more information, see Note 10 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Goodwill
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Consumer & Business Banking
$
29,986

 
$
29,986

Global Banking
24,802

 
24,802

Global Markets
4,450

 
4,441

Global Wealth & Investment Management
9,928

 
9,928

All Other
810

 
810

Total goodwill
$
69,976

 
$
69,967


There was no goodwill in CRES at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Intangible Assets

The table below presents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization related to intangible assets at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Intangible Assets (1)
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Gross
Carrying Value
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Gross
Carrying Value
 
Accumulated
Amortization
Purchased credit card relationships
$
6,148

 
$
4,246

 
$
6,948

 
$
4,775

Core deposit intangibles
3,592

 
2,735

 
3,903

 
2,915

Customer relationships
4,081

 
1,730

 
4,081

 
1,532

Affinity relationships
1,566

 
1,022

 
1,569

 
966

Other intangibles
2,279

 
598

 
2,476

 
768

Total intangible assets
$
17,666

 
$
10,331

 
$
18,977

 
$
10,956

(1) Excludes fully amortized intangible assets.

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 none of the intangible assets were impaired. Amortization of intangibles expense was $321 million and $640 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $382 million and $767 million for the same periods in 2011. The Corporation estimates aggregate amortization expense will be approximately $315 million for each of the remaining quarters of 2012, and $1.1 billion, $950 million, $870 million, $770 million and $670 million for 2013 through 2017, respectively.


202

Table of Contents

NOTE 10 – Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Corporation enters into a number of off-balance sheet commitments. These commitments expose the Corporation to varying degrees of credit and market risk and are subject to the same credit and market risk limitation reviews as those instruments recorded on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. For additional information on commitments and contingencies, see Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Credit Extension Commitments

The Corporation enters into commitments to extend credit such as loan commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit to meet the financing needs of its customers. The Credit Extension Commitments table includes the notional amount of unfunded legally binding lending commitments net of amounts distributed (e.g., syndicated) to other financial institutions of $24.4 billion and $27.1 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. At June 30, 2012, the carrying amount of these commitments, excluding commitments accounted for under the fair value option, was $599 million, including deferred revenue of $25 million and a reserve for unfunded lending commitments of $574 million. At December 31, 2011, the comparable amounts were $741 million, $27 million and $714 million, respectively. The carrying amount of these commitments is classified in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheet. The table below also includes the notional amount of commitments of $21.8 billion and $25.7 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 that are accounted for under the fair value option. However, the table below excludes fair value adjustments of $948 million and $1.2 billion on these commitments, which are classified in accrued expenses and other liabilities. For information regarding the Corporation’s loan commitments accounted for under the fair value option, see Note 16 – Fair Value Option.

Credit Extension Commitments
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Expire in
One Year
or Less
 
Expire After
One Year Through
Three Years
 
Expire After Three Years Through
Five Years
 
Expire After Five Years
 
Total
Notional amount of credit extension commitments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan commitments
$
98,255

 
$
78,145

 
$
124,964

 
$
13,707

 
$
315,071

Home equity lines of credit
1,965

 
10,660

 
22,349

 
29,967

 
64,941

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees (1)
27,602

 
16,900

 
5,577

 
2,291

 
52,370

Letters of credit
2,333

 
73

 
23

 
1,177

 
3,606

Legally binding commitments
130,155

 
105,778

 
152,913

 
47,142

 
435,988

Credit card lines (2)
431,728

 

 

 

 
431,728

Total credit extension commitments
$
561,883

 
$
105,778

 
$
152,913

 
$
47,142

 
$
867,716

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
Notional amount of credit extension commitments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan commitments
$
96,291

 
$
85,413

 
$
120,770

 
$
15,009

 
$
317,483

Home equity lines of credit
1,679

 
7,765

 
20,963

 
37,066

 
67,473

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees (1)
26,965

 
18,932

 
6,433

 
5,505

 
57,835

Letters of credit
2,828

 
27

 
5

 
383

 
3,243

Legally binding commitments
127,763

 
112,137

 
148,171

 
57,963

 
446,034

Credit card lines (2)
449,097

 

 

 

 
449,097

Total credit extension commitments
$
576,860

 
$
112,137

 
$
148,171

 
$
57,963

 
$
895,131

(1) 
The notional amounts of standby letters of credit and financial guarantees classified as investment grade and non-investment grade based on the credit quality of the underlying reference name within the instrument were $37.4 billion and $14.3 billion at June 30, 2012, and $39.2 billion and $17.8 billion at December 31, 2011. Amounts include consumer standby letters of credit of $635 million and $859 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Includes business card unused lines of credit.

Legally binding commitments to extend credit generally have specified rates and maturities. Certain of these commitments have adverse change clauses that help to protect the Corporation against deterioration in the borrower’s ability to pay.


203

Table of Contents

Other Commitments

Global Principal Investments and Other Equity Investments

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation had unfunded equity investment commitments of $369 million and $772 million. In light of proposed Basel regulatory capital changes related to unfunded commitments, over the past two years, the Corporation has actively reduced these commitments in a series of sale transactions involving its private equity investments.

Other Commitments

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation had commitments to purchase loans (e.g., residential mortgage and commercial real estate) of $2.2 billion and $2.5 billion, which upon settlement will be included in loans or LHFS.

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation had commitments to enter into forward-dated resale and securities borrowing agreements of $95.7 billion and $67.0 billion. In addition, the Corporation had commitments to enter into forward-dated repurchase and securities lending agreements of $39.9 billion and $42.0 billion. All of these commitments expire within the next 12 months. In addition, at June 30, 2012, the Corporation had a commitment to enter into a contingent forward-dated resale agreement for U.S. agency MBS of $2.1 billion with a clearing organization. The facility does not have an expiration date.

The Corporation is a party to operating leases for certain of its premises and equipment. Commitments under these leases are approximately $1.5 billion, $2.8 billion, $2.3 billion, $1.8 billion and $1.5 billion for the remainder of 2012 and the years through 2016, respectively, and $7.3 billion in the aggregate for all years thereafter.

The Corporation has entered into agreements with providers of market data, communications, systems consulting and other office-related services. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the minimum fee commitments over the remaining terms of these agreements totaled $1.7 billion and $1.9 billion.

Other Guarantees

Bank-owned Life Insurance Book Value Protection

The Corporation sells products that offer book value protection to insurance carriers who offer group life insurance policies to corporations, primarily banks. The book value protection is provided on portfolios of intermediate investment-grade fixed-income securities and is intended to cover any shortfall in the event that policyholders surrender their policies and market value is below book value. To manage its exposure, the Corporation imposes significant restrictions on surrenders and the manner in which the portfolio is liquidated and the funds are accessed. In addition, investment parameters of the underlying portfolio are restricted. These constraints, combined with structural protections, including a cap on the amount of risk assumed on each policy, are designed to provide adequate buffers and guard against payments even under extreme stress scenarios. These guarantees are recorded as derivatives and carried at fair value in the trading portfolio. At both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the notional amount of these guarantees totaled $15.8 billion and the Corporation’s maximum exposure related to these guarantees totaled $5.1 billion with estimated maturity dates between 2030 and 2040. As of June 30, 2012, the Corporation had not made a payment under these products. The possibility of surrender or other payment associated with these guarantees exists. The Corporation is in discussions with certain counterparties regarding potential early termination. The net fair value of the fee receivable associated with these guarantees was $39 million and $48 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and reflects the probability of surrender as well as the multiple structural protection features in the contracts.


204

Table of Contents

Employee Retirement Protection

The Corporation sells products that offer book value protection primarily to plan sponsors of Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) governed pension plans, such as 401(k) plans and 457 plans. The book value protection is provided on portfolios of intermediate/short-term investment-grade fixed-income securities and is intended to cover any shortfall in the event that plan participants continue to withdraw funds after all securities have been liquidated and there is remaining book value. The Corporation retains the option to exit the contract at any time. If the Corporation exercises its option, the purchaser can require the Corporation to purchase high-quality fixed-income securities, typically government or government-backed agency securities, with the proceeds of the liquidated assets to assure the return of principal. To manage its exposure, the Corporation imposes significant restrictions and constraints on the timing of the withdrawals, the manner in which the portfolio is liquidated and the funds are accessed, and the investment parameters of the underlying portfolio. These constraints, combined with structural protections, are designed to provide adequate buffers and guard against payments even under extreme stress scenarios. These guarantees are recorded as derivatives and carried at fair value in the trading portfolio. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the notional amount of these guarantees totaled $22.9 billion and $28.8 billion with estimated maturity dates up to 2015 if the exit option is exercised on all deals. As of June 30, 2012, the Corporation had not made a payment under these products.

Merchant Services

In accordance with credit and debit card association rules, the Corporation sponsors merchant processing servicers that process credit and debit card transactions on behalf of various merchants. In connection with these services, a liability may arise in the event of a billing dispute between the merchant and a cardholder that is ultimately resolved in the cardholder’s favor. If the merchant defaults on its obligation to reimburse the cardholder, the cardholder, through its issuing bank, generally has until six months after the date of the transaction to present a chargeback to the merchant processor, which is primarily liable for any losses on covered transactions. However, if the merchant processor fails to meet its obligation to reimburse the cardholder for disputed transactions, then the Corporation, as the sponsor, could be held liable for the disputed amount. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 , the sponsored entities processed and settled $155.6 billion and $288.8 billion of transactions and recorded losses of $2 million and $4 million. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, the sponsored entities processed and settled $109.9 billion and $194.8 billion of transactions and recorded losses of $3 million and $5 million. A significant portion of this activity was processed by a joint venture in which the Corporation holds a 49 percent ownership. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the sponsored merchant processing servicers held as collateral $265 million and $238 million of merchant escrow deposits which may be used to offset amounts due from the individual merchants.

The Corporation believes the maximum potential exposure for chargebacks would not exceed the total amount of merchant transactions processed through Visa, MasterCard and Discover for the last six months, which represents the claim period for the cardholder, plus any outstanding delayed-delivery transactions. As of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the maximum potential exposure for sponsored transactions totaled approximately $249.4 billion and $236.0 billion. However, the Corporation believes that the maximum potential exposure is not representative of the actual potential loss exposure and does not expect to make material payments in connection with these guarantees.

Other Derivative Contracts

The Corporation funds selected assets, including securities issued by CDOs and CLOs, through derivative contracts, typically total return swaps, with third parties and VIEs that are not consolidated on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the total notional amount of these derivative contracts was $3.2 billion and $3.2 billion with commercial banks and $1.6 billion and $1.8 billion with VIEs. The underlying securities are senior securities and substantially all of the Corporation’s exposures are insured. Accordingly, the Corporation’s exposure to loss consists principally of counterparty risk to the insurers. In certain circumstances, generally as a result of ratings downgrades, the Corporation may be required to purchase the underlying assets, which would not result in additional gain or loss to the Corporation as such exposure is already reflected in the fair value of the derivative contracts.

Other Guarantees

The Corporation has entered into additional guarantee agreements and commitments, including lease-end obligation agreements, partial credit guarantees on certain leases, real estate joint venture guarantees, sold risk participation swaps, divested business commitments and sold put options that require gross settlement. The maximum potential future payment under these agreements was approximately $3.2 billion and $3.7 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The estimated maturity dates of these obligations extend up to 2033. The Corporation has made no material payments under these guarantees.

In the normal course of business, the Corporation periodically guarantees the obligations of its affiliates in a variety of transactions including ISDA-related transactions and non ISDA-related transactions such as commodities trading, repurchase agreements, prime brokerage agreements and other transactions.

205

Table of Contents

Payment Protection Insurance Claims Matter

In the U.K., the Corporation sells payment protection insurance (PPI) through its international card services business to credit card customers and has previously sold this insurance to consumer loan customers. PPI covers a consumer's loan or debt repayment if certain events occur such as loss of job or illness. In response to an elevated level of customer complaints across the industry, heightened media coverage and pressure from consumer advocacy groups, the U.K. Financial Services Authority (FSA) investigated and raised concerns about the way some companies have handled complaints related to the sale of these insurance policies. In connection with this matter, the Corporation established a reserve for PPI. The reserve was $312 million and $476 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Litigation and Regulatory Matters

The following supplements the disclosure in Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K and in Note 10 - Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012 (the prior commitments and contingencies disclosure).
In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to many pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings, including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants. These actions and proceedings are generally based on alleged violations of consumer protection, securities, environmental, banking, employment, contract and other laws. In some of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damages are asserted against the Corporation and its subsidiaries.
In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are also subject to regulatory examinations, information gathering requests, inquiries and investigations. Certain subsidiaries of the Corporation are registered broker/dealers or investment advisors and are subject to regulation by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, the New York Stock Exchange, the FSA and other domestic, international and state securities regulators. In connection with formal and informal inquiries by those agencies, such subsidiaries receive numerous requests, subpoenas and orders for documents, testimony and information in connection with various aspects of their regulated activities.
In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such litigation and regulatory matters, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages or where the matters present novel legal theories or involve a large number of parties, the Corporation generally cannot predict what the eventual outcome of the pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be, or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to each pending matter may be.
In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Corporation establishes an accrued liability for litigation and regulatory matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and estimable. In such cases, there may be an exposure to loss in excess of any amounts accrued. When a loss contingency is not both probable and estimable, the Corporation does not establish an accrued liability. As a litigation or regulatory matter develops, the Corporation, in conjunction with any outside counsel handling the matter, evaluates on an ongoing basis whether such matter presents a loss contingency that is probable and estimable. If, at the time of evaluation, the loss contingency related to a litigation or regulatory matter is not both probable and estimable, the matter will continue to be monitored for further developments that would make such loss contingency both probable and estimable. Once the loss contingency related to a litigation or regulatory matter is deemed to be both probable and estimable, the Corporation will establish an accrued liability with respect to such loss contingency and record a corresponding amount of litigation-related expense. The Corporation continues to monitor the matter for further developments that could affect the amount of the accrued liability that has been previously established. Excluding expenses of internal or external legal service providers, litigation-related expense of $963 million and $1.8 billion was recognized for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $2.3 billion and $3.2 billion for the same periods in 2011.
For a limited number of the matters disclosed in this Note, and in the prior commitments and contingencies disclosure, for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible in future periods, whether in excess of a related accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability, the Corporation is able to estimate a range of possible loss. In determining whether it is possible to provide an estimate of loss or range of possible loss, the Corporation reviews and evaluates its material litigation and regulatory matters on an ongoing basis, in conjunction with any outside counsel handling the matter, in light of potentially relevant factual and legal developments. These may include information learned through the discovery process, rulings on dispositive motions, settlement discussions, and other rulings by courts, arbitrators or others. In cases in which the Corporation possesses sufficient appropriate information to develop an estimate of loss or range of possible loss, that estimate is aggregated and disclosed below. There may be other disclosed matters for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible but such an estimate may not be possible. For those matters where an estimate is possible, management currently estimates the aggregate range of possible loss is $0 to $4.1 billion in excess of the accrued liability (if any) related to those matters. This estimated range of possible loss is based upon currently available information and is subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions, and known and unknown uncertainties. The matters underlying the estimated range will change from time to time, and

206

Table of Contents

actual results may vary significantly from the current estimate. Those matters for which an estimate is not possible are not included within this estimated range. Therefore, this estimated range of possible loss represents what the Corporation believes to be an estimate of possible loss only for certain matters meeting these criteria. It does not represent the Corporation's maximum loss exposure. Information is provided below, or in the prior commitments and contingencies disclosure, regarding the nature of all of these contingencies and, where specified, the amount of the claim associated with these loss contingencies. Based on current knowledge, management does not believe that loss contingencies arising from pending matters, including the matters described herein, and in the prior commitments and contingencies disclosure, will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of the Corporation. However, in light of the inherent uncertainties involved in these matters, some of which are beyond the Corporation's control, and the very large or indeterminate damages sought in some of these matters, an adverse outcome in one or more of these matters could be material to the Corporation's results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period.
Auction Rate Securities Litigation
Plaintiffs in Bondar v. Bank of America Corporation voluntarily dismissed the action on January 4, 2012. The dismissal is now effective.
Checking Account Overdraft Litigation
All appeals by the multi-district litigation class members but one were voluntarily dismissed by the appellants. The remaining appeal was dismissed by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit on May 24, 2012.
Countrywide Bond Insurance Litigation
The Corporation, Countrywide Financial Corporation (CFC) and various other Countrywide entities are subject to claims from several monoline bond insurance companies. These claims generally relate to bond insurance policies provided by the insurers on certain securitized pools of home equity lines of credit (HELOC) and fixed-rate second-lien mortgage loans. Plaintiffs in these cases generally allege that they have paid claims as a result of defaults in the underlying loans and assert that these defaults are the result of improper underwriting by the defendants in breach of certain representations and warranties in the transaction documents.
FGIC
With respect to the actions filed by CFC and other Countrywide entities against Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (FGIC) and to enjoin certain actions by the New York State Department of Financial Services (NYSDFS), on June 28, 2012, the New York Supreme Court entered an agreed-upon order of rehabilitation. The order enjoins CFC and other Countrywide entities from continuing to prosecute the civil action filed against FGIC, as well as from exercising, enforcing or terminating rights related to the FGIC policies, and the NYSDFS petition.

Syncora

On July 17, 2012, the parties jointly stipulated to dismiss the action with prejudice as part of the settlement of issues between Syncora and the Corporation. The settlement provides for payment in an amount not material to the Corporation's results of operations, such amount having been fully accrued by the Corporation.

Identity Theft Protection

BANA and FIA have received inquiries from and have been in discussions with regulatory authorities concerning activities related to identity theft protection services, including customers who may have paid for but did not receive certain of such services from third-party vendors of BANA and FIA and whether appropriate oversight existed. The Corporation is responding to these inquiries.
 
Interchange and Related Litigation
On July 13, 2012, defendants, including the Corporation, and class plaintiffs in the In Re Payment Card Interchange Fee and Merchant Discount Anti-Trust Litigation (Interchange) filed a memorandum of understanding with the court regarding a global settlement of the Interchange litigation. The memorandum of understanding provides that defendants and class plaintiffs have agreed to enter a definitive settlement agreement that will provide, among other things, that all defendants will pay a total of $6.05 billion to class plaintiffs and that each network will make certain changes to network rules regarding merchant point of sale practices. Visa and MasterCard also have agreed to distribute to class members an amount equal to 10 bps of credit interchange rates for U.S. merchant class members for a period of eight months, beginning within 60 days after completion of the court-ordered period during which individual class members may opt out of the settlement. Such amounts otherwise would have been paid to Visa or MasterCard issuers, including the Corporation. In exchange, class plaintiffs have agreed to a broad release for defendants. The class action settlement agreement to be executed by the parties will be

207

Table of Contents

subject to court approval. In addition to settlement with the class plaintiffs, defendants in the individual actions also reached a settlement with plaintiffs in the individual actions. The settlement of the individual actions provides that all defendants will pay a total amount of $525 million.
Subject to the loss-sharing agreements the Corporation and certain affiliates previously entered into with Visa, MasterCard and other financial institutions, the Corporation will contribute a total of $738 million to the settlement of the class and individual actions. Of that amount, $539 million will be paid from the proceeds that Visa previously placed into an escrow fund pursuant to Visa's Retrospective Responsibility Plan (the RRP) to cover the Corporation's share of Visa-related claims. The Corporation has agreed to pay $199 million in cash for the MasterCard-related claims. The costs of the Interchange settlement have been fully accrued by the Corporation.

On December 10, 2010, a purported class of merchants that accept Visa and/or MasterCard credit cards in Canada filed an action in Quebec Superior Court entitled Quebec Inc. v. Visa Canada Corporation (Quebec, Inc.), against Visa and MasterCard. On March 30, 2012, plaintiffs amended the complaint to name as defendants the same parties, including the Corporation, that are named as defendants in Watson v. Bank of America Corp., currently pending in the Supreme Court of British Columbia (Watson), and Bancroft-Snell v. Visa Canada Corp., currently pending in Ontario Superior Court (Bancroft-Snell). On July 12, 2012, a similar purported class filed an action in the Court of Queen's Bench in Saskatchewan entitled Canada Rent A Heater (2000) Ltd. v. Bank of America Corp. (Canada Heater). The claims and damages asserted in Quebec Inc. and Canada Heater are similar to those asserted in Watson and Bancroft-Snell. The Quebec Inc. and Canada Heater actions are not covered by the RRP or loss-sharing agreements previously entered into by the Corporation.
On June 13, 2012, the court in Quebec Inc. stayed the action until June 21, 2013. The Bancroft-Snell action is being held in abeyance pursuant to a case management directive. Both the stay and abeyance were granted to permit litigation to proceed in the Watson action.
LIBOR Inquiries and Litigation
The Corporation has received subpoenas and information requests from government authorities including the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the United Kingdom Financial Services Authority concerning submissions made by panel banks in connection with the setting of London interbank offered rates (LIBOR) and European and other interbank offered rates. The Corporation is cooperating with these inquiries.

In addition, the Corporation and BANA have been named as defendants along with most of the other LIBOR panel banks in a series of individual and class actions in various U.S. federal courts relating to defendants' LIBOR contributions. All cases naming the Corporation have been consolidated for pre-trial purposes in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York by the Judicial Panel on Multi-district Litigation. The Corporation expects that any future cases naming the Corporation will similarly be consolidated for pre-trial purposes. Plaintiffs allege that they held or transacted in U.S. dollar LIBOR-based derivatives or other financial instruments and sustained losses as a result of collusion or manipulation by defendants regarding the setting of U.S. dollar LIBOR. They assert a variety of claims, including treble damage, antitrust and Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations claims.
Merrill Lynch Acquisition-related Matters
Securities Actions
On June 3, 2012, the parties in In re Bank of America Securities, Derivative and Employment Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) Litigation, pending in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, filed motions seeking partial summary judgment. On July 23, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit denied the defendants' petition requesting review of the district court's February 6, 2012 order granting plaintiffs' motion for class certification. Trial is scheduled to commence on October 22, 2012.
Derivative Actions

On June 20, 2012, the court in In re Bank of America Securities, Derivative and Employment Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) Litigation, pending in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, granted preliminary approval of the settlement of the derivative action. On May 9, 2012, the court in In re Bank of America Corporation Stockholder Derivative Action, pending in the Delaware Court of Chancery, denied plaintiff's motion to enjoin the proposed settlement in the New York derivative action, and stayed the action pending the New York court's consideration of the proposed settlement.
ERISA Actions
On July 16, 2012, the parties to the consolidated ERISA action stipulated to extend the time for plaintiffs to reinstate their appeal to January 21, 2013.

208

Table of Contents

Mortgage-backed Securities Litigation
The Corporation and its affiliates, Countrywide entities and their affiliates, and Merrill Lynch entities and their affiliates have been named as defendants in a number of cases relating to their various roles as issuer, originator, seller, depositor, sponsor, underwriter and/or controlling entity in MBS offerings, pursuant to which the MBS investors were entitled to a portion of the cash flow from the underlying pools of mortgages. These cases generally include purported class action suits and actions by individual MBS purchasers. Although the allegations vary by lawsuit, these cases generally allege that the registration statements, prospectuses and prospectus supplements for securities issued by securitization trusts contained material misrepresentations and omissions, in violation of Sections 11, 12 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, Sections 10(b) and 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and/or state securities laws and other state statutory and common laws.
These cases generally involve allegations of false and misleading statements regarding: (i) the process by which the properties that served as collateral for the mortgage loans underlying the MBS were appraised; (ii) the percentage of equity that mortgage borrowers had in their homes; (iii) the borrowers' ability to repay their mortgage loans; (iv) the underwriting practices by which those mortgage loans were originated; (v) the ratings given to the different tranches of MBS by rating agencies; and (vi) the validity of each issuing trust's title to the mortgage loans comprising the pool for that securitization (collectively, MBS Claims). Plaintiffs in these cases generally seek unspecified compensatory damages, unspecified costs and legal fees and, in some instances, seek rescission. A number of other entities, including the National Credit Union Administration, have threatened legal actions against the Corporation and its affiliates, Countrywide entities and their affiliates, and Merrill Lynch entities and their affiliates concerning MBS offerings. On August 15, 2011, the Judicial Panel on Multi-district Litigation ordered multiple federal court cases involving Countrywide MBS be consolidated for pre-trial purposes in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, in a multi-district litigation entitled In re Countrywide Financial Corp. Mortgage-Backed Securities Litigation (the Countrywide RMBS MDL).
AIG Litigation
On May 23, 2012, the court overseeing the Countrywide RMBS MDL proceedings dismissed with prejudice plaintiffs' federal securities claims and certain of the state law common law claims.
Bayerische Landesbank, New York Branch (Countrywide) Litigation

On May 21, 2012, Bayerische Landesbank, New York Branch filed a complaint against the Corporation, CFC and certain related entities. The action is entitled Bayerische Landesbank, New York Branch v. Countrywide Financial Corp. et al., and was filed in New York Supreme Court, New York County. The complaint asserts certain MBS Claims in connection with alleged purchases in 55 MBS tranches issued and/or underwritten by Countrywide entities between 2005 and 2007 and asserts successor liability against the Corporation and other entities. Plaintiff seeks, among other relief, rescission of the consideration plaintiff allegedly paid for the MBS, or alternatively, damages allegedly incurred by plaintiff, as well as punitive damages and legal fees and costs. On May 30, 2012, defendants removed the action to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. On June 15, 2012, the case was transferred to the Countrywide RMBS MDL.

Dexia Litigation
On June 1, 2012, the court granted in part defendants' motion to dismiss the amended complaint, dismissing with prejudice the state law negligent misrepresentation, aiding and abetting and successor liability claims, and all claims based on title transfer allegations.
FHFA Litigation

The Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) cases against the Corporation, Merrill Lynch and related entities, along with fourteen other cases filed by the FHFA against other financial institutions, have been coordinated before a single judge in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. One action, FHFA v. UBS Americas, Inc., et al (the UBS Action), was designated the lead action with respect to legal actions common to the pending FHFA cases. On May 4, 2012, the court denied a motion to dismiss as to all claims except the negligent misrepresentation claim in the UBS Action. While the decision in the UBS Action does not dispose of any of the claims against the Corporation, Merrill Lynch or related entities, the FHFA has asserted claims against those entities that are similar to those asserted in the UBS Action. On June 19, 2012, the court certified the portion of its ruling in the UBS Action pertaining to the statute of repose on the federal and state securities law claims and the statute of limitations on the federal securities law claims for immediate appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.
On June 13, 2012, the FHFA filed an amended complaint in FHFA v. Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., et al., pending in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. Among other things, the amended complaint adds a claim for consequential damages.

209

Table of Contents

On June 28, 2012, the FHFA filed an amended complaint in FHFA v. Bank of America Corporation, et al., also pending in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. Among other things, the amended complaint adds a claim for consequential damages. 

On June 29, 2012, the FHFA filed an amended complaint in FHFA v. Countrywide Financial Corporation, et al., pending in the Countrywide RMBS MDL. Among other things, the amended complaint adds a claim for consequential damages.

Luther Litigation and Related Actions
On June 12, 2012, the Countrywide defendants removed the Luther v. Countrywide Financial Corporation, et al. and Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Trust Fund v. Countrywide Financial Corporation, et al. cases from the California Superior Court to the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California.
On May 23, 2012, the court denied Putnam Bank's motion to seek immediate interlocutory appeal of the court's order dismissing the case, in its entirety and with prejudice, as time-barred.
Sealink Litigation
On June 18, 2012, the court denied the Countrywide defendants' motion to dismiss the amended complaint on standing grounds, but ordered plaintiffs to provide additional information and legal authority regarding whether the causes of action plaintiff alleges were transferred or assigned to it.
Merrill Lynch MBS Litigation
On May 7, 2012, the court entered an order approving the settlement and dismissing the lawsuit with prejudice.
Mortgage Repurchase Litigation
Walnut Place Litigation
On June 28, 2012, the decision granting the dismissal of Walnut Place LLC, et al. v. Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. et al. (Walnut I) was affirmed by the New York Appellate Division, First Department.
In the second Walnut Place litigation (also entitled Walnut Place LLC, et al. v. Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. et al.), in which a motion to dismiss was pending, the parties stayed proceedings pending disposition of the appeal in Walnut I. The stay lifted following disposition of the appeal in Walnut I on June 28, 2012. Pursuant to a stipulation among the parties filed on July 27, 2012, the litigation was dismissed with prejudice.
Ocala Litigation
In the actions (the 2009 Actions) filed against BANA by BNP Paribas Mortgage Corporation and Deutsche Bank AG (the Investors), on June 5, 2012, the court granted plaintiffs' motion for leave to amend to include additional contractual, tort and equitable claims.
On June 5, 2012, the court granted the motion by BNP Paribas Securities Corp. and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. to dismiss BANA's third-party complaints.
On June 8, 2012, the Judicial Panel on Multi-district Litigation denied BANA's request to coordinate its suit against the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC Action) with the 2009 Actions. The suit will thus proceed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia.
On July 10, 2012, Ocala Funding, LLC (Ocala) filed a pre-arranged, voluntary Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida, pursuant to an agreement among Ocala, BANA, the Investors, the FDIC, and Ocala's owner, Taylor, Bean & Whitaker Mortgage Corp. Among other things, the proposed bankruptcy plan and certain side agreements would permit the Ocala bankruptcy trustee to pursue litigation against third parties to mitigate BANA's potential losses in the FDIC Action and the 2009 Actions, permit the Ocala bankruptcy trustee to assign to the Investors certain alleged conversion claims against BANA which the Investors are expected to assert in the 2009 Actions, and secure certain releases for BANA from the Investors and the Ocala bankruptcy estate with regard to BANA's conduct on and after August 11, 2009. The proposed plan is subject to approval by the bankruptcy court.


210

Table of Contents

NOTE 11 – Shareholders’ Equity
 
Common Stock

Declaration Date
Record Date
Payment Date
Dividend Per Share
July 11, 2012
September 7, 2012
September 28, 2012
 
$
0.01

 
April 11, 2012
June 1, 2012
June 22, 2012
 
0.01

 
January 11, 2012
March 2, 2012
March 23, 2012
 
0.01

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation entered into various agreements with certain preferred and trust preferred security holders pursuant to which the Corporation and the security holders, in aggregate, agreed to exchange shares of various series of non-convertible preferred stock, with a carrying value of $296 million and trust preferred securities with a carrying value of $760 million for approximately 50 million shares of the Corporation's common stock, with a fair value of $412 million and $398 million in cash. The $246 million difference between the carrying value of the preferred and trust preferred securities retired and the fair value of consideration issued was recorded in retained earnings as a $44 million reduction to preferred stock dividends and a $202 million gain in noninterest income.

During the six months ended June 30, 2012, in connection with employee stock plans, the Corporation issued approximately 294 million shares and repurchased approximately 103 million shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations. At June 30, 2012, the Corporation had reserved 1.9 billion unissued shares of common stock for future issuances under employee stock plans, common stock warrants, convertible notes and preferred stock.

Preferred Stock

During the three months ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012, the dividends declared on preferred stock were $369 million and $365 million or a total of $734 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

NOTE 12 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The table below presents the changes in accumulated OCI after-tax for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

(Dollars in millions)
Available-for-sale Debt Securities
 
Available-for-sale
Marketable
Equity Securities
 
Derivatives
 
Employee
Benefit Plans (1)
 
Foreign
Currency (2)
 
Total
Balance, December 31, 2010
$
714

 
$
6,659

 
$
(3,236
)
 
$
(3,947
)
 
$
(256
)
 
$
(66
)
Net change
874

 
(120
)
 
(66
)
 
138

 
33

 
859

Balance, June 30, 2011
$
1,588

 
$
6,539

 
$
(3,302
)
 
$
(3,809
)
 
$
(223
)
 
$
793

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2011
$
3,100

 
$
3

 
$
(3,785
)
 
$
(4,391
)
 
$
(364
)
 
$
(5,437
)
Net change
593

 
13

 
301

 
1,031

 
(1
)
 
1,937

Balance, June 30, 2012
$
3,693

 
$
16

 
$
(3,484
)
 
$
(3,360
)
 
$
(365
)
 
$
(3,500
)
(1) 
As a result of freezing the Qualified Pension Plans, a curtailment was triggered and a remeasurement of the qualified pension obligations and plan assets occurred as of January 24, 2012 driving the current period net change. For more information, see Note 14 – Pension, Postretirement and Certain Compensation Plans.
(2) 
Net change in fair value represents only the impact of changes in spot foreign exchange rates on the Corporation’s net investment in non-U.S. operations and related hedges.


211

Table of Contents

The table below presents the before- and after-tax changes in accumulated OCI for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in millions)
Before-tax
 
Tax effect
 
After-tax
 
Before-tax
 
Tax effect
 
After-tax
Available-for-sale debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in fair value recorded in accumulated OCI
$
1,995

 
$
(705
)
 
$
1,290

 
$
2,838

 
$
(1,054
)
 
$
1,784

Net realized (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
(1,107
)
 
410

 
(697
)
 
(1,445
)
 
535

 
(910
)
Net change
888

 
(295
)
 
593

 
1,393

 
(519
)
 
874

Available-for-sale marketable equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in fair value recorded in accumulated OCI
22

 
(8
)
 
14

 
(163
)
 
62

 
(101
)
Net realized (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
(2
)
 
1

 
(1
)
 
(31
)
 
12

 
(19
)
Net change
20

 
(7
)
 
13

 
(194
)
 
74

 
(120
)
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in fair value recorded in accumulated OCI
38

 
(15
)
 
23

 
(922
)
 
342

 
(580
)
Net realized (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
440

 
(162
)
 
278

 
815

 
(301
)
 
514

Net change
478

 
(177
)
 
301

 
(107
)
 
41

 
(66
)
Employee benefit plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
254

 
(93
)
 
161

 
220

 
(82
)
 
138

Settlements and curtailments
1,381

 
(511
)
 
870

 

 

 

Net change
1,635

 
(604
)
 
1,031

 
220

 
(82
)
 
138

Foreign currency:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in fair value recorded in accumulated OCI
(14
)
 
16

 
2

 
(458
)
 
486

 
28

Net realized (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
(3
)
 

 
(3
)
 
8

 
(3
)
 
5

Net change
(17
)
 
16

 
(1
)
 
(450
)
 
483

 
33

Other comprehensive income
$
3,004

 
$
(1,067
)
 
$
1,937

 
$
862

 
$
(3
)
 
$
859



212

Table of Contents

NOTE 13 – Earnings Per Common Share

The calculation of earnings per common share (EPS) and diluted EPS for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 is presented below. See Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information on the calculation of EPS.

 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions, except per share information; shares in thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2012

2011
Earnings (loss) per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
2,463

 
$
(8,826
)
 
$
3,116

 
$
(6,777
)
Preferred stock dividends
(365
)
 
(301
)
 
(690
)
 
(611
)
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
$
2,098

 
$
(9,127
)
 
$
2,426

 
$
(7,388
)
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities
(1
)
 

 
(2
)
 
(1
)
Net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders
$
2,097

 
$
(9,127
)
 
$
2,424

 
$
(7,389
)
Average common shares issued and outstanding
10,775,695

 
10,094,928

 
10,714,881

 
10,085,479

Earnings (loss) per common share
$
0.19

 
$
(0.90
)
 
$
0.23

 
$
(0.73
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
$
2,098

 
$
(9,127
)
 
$
2,426

 
$
(7,388
)
Add preferred stock dividends due to assumed conversions
75

 

 
150

 

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities
(1
)
 

 
(2
)
 
(1
)
Net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders
$
2,172

 
$
(9,127
)
 
$
2,574

 
$
(7,389
)
Average common shares issued and outstanding
10,775,695

 
10,094,928

 
10,714,881

 
10,085,479

Dilutive potential common shares (1)
780,316

 

 
795,064

 

Total diluted average common shares issued and outstanding
11,556,011

 
10,094,928

 
11,509,945

 
10,085,479

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
$
0.19

 
$
(0.90
)
 
$
0.22

 
$
(0.73
)
(1) 
Includes incremental shares from RSUs, restricted stock shares, stock options and warrants.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, average options to purchase 161 million and 169 million shares of common stock were outstanding but not included in the computation of EPS because they were antidilutive under the treasury stock method compared to 215 million and 223 million for the same periods in 2011. For both the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, average warrants to purchase 272 million shares of common stock were outstanding but not included in the computation of EPS because they were antidilutive under the treasury stock method compared to 272 million for the same periods in 2011. For both the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, 62 million average dilutive potential common shares associated with the 7.25% Non-cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series L were excluded from the diluted share count because the result would have been antidilutive under the “if-converted” method compared to 67 million for the same periods in 2011.

NOTE 14 – Pension, Postretirement and Certain Compensation Plans
 
Pension and Postretirement Plans

The Corporation sponsors noncontributory trusteed pension plans that cover substantially all officers and employees, a number of noncontributory nonqualified pension plans, and postretirement health and life plans. Additional information on these plans is presented in Note 19 – Employee Benefit Plans to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In connection with a redesign of the Corporation's retirement plans, on January 24, 2012, the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board approved amendments to freeze benefits earned in the Qualified Pension Plans effective June 30, 2012. As a result of acquisitions, the Corporation assumed the obligations related to the pension plans of certain legacy companies. These acquired pension plans have been merged into a separate defined benefit pension plan which, together with the Bank of America Pension Plan, are referred to as the Qualified Pension Plans. As a result of freezing the Qualified Pension Plans, a curtailment was triggered and a remeasurement of the qualified pension obligations and plan assets occurred as of January 24, 2012. As of the remeasurement date, the plan assets had increased in value from the prior measurement date resulting in an increase in the funded status of the plan of approximately $431 million. Additionally, the curtailment impact reduced the projected benefit obligation by approximately $889 million. The combined impact resulted in a $1.3 billion increase to the net pension assets recognized in other assets and a corresponding decrease in unrecognized losses

213

Table of Contents

in accumulated OCI of $1.3 billion ($832 million after-tax). The impact of the immediate recognition of the prior service cost of $58 million was recorded in personnel expense as a curtailment loss during the six months ended June 30, 2012. All economic assumptions were consistent with the prior year end including the weighted-average discount rate of 4.95 percent used for remeasurement of the qualified pension plans.

Net periodic benefit cost of the Corporation’s plans for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 included the following components.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Qualified Pension Plans
 
Non-U.S. Pension Plans
 
Nonqualified and Other Pension Plans (1)
 
Postretirement
Health and Life
Plans
Service cost
$
117

 
$
10

 
$

 
$
3

Interest cost
169

 
25

 
35

 
18

Expected return on plan assets
(312
)
 
(35
)
 
(38
)
 
(1
)
Amortization of transition obligation

 

 

 
8

Amortization of prior service cost (credits)
4

 

 
(2
)
 
1

Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)
115

 
(2
)
 
2

 
(5
)
Recognized loss due to settlements and curtailments

 

 
1

 

Net periodic benefit cost
$
93

 
$
(2
)
 
$
(2
)
 
$
24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
Service cost
$
231

 
$
20

 
$

 
$
7

Interest cost
341

 
49

 
70

 
36

Expected return on plan assets
(621
)
 
(69
)
 
(76
)
 
(3
)
Amortization of transition obligation

 

 

 
16

Amortization of prior service cost (credits)
9

 

 
(4
)
 
2

Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)
238

 
(4
)
 
5

 
(10
)
Recognized loss due to settlements and curtailments
58

 

 
4

 

Net periodic benefit cost
$
256

 
$
(4
)
 
$
(1
)
 
$
48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
Service cost
$
104

 
$
10

 
$
1

 
$
3

Interest cost
185

 
23

 
37

 
19

Expected return on plan assets
(324
)
 
(27
)
 
(35
)
 
(2
)
Amortization of transition obligation

 

 

 
8

Amortization of prior service cost (credits)
4

 

 
(2
)
 

Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)
93

 

 
3

 
(10
)
Recognized loss due to settlements and curtailments

 

 
3

 

Net periodic benefit cost
$
62

 
$
6

 
$
7

 
$
18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
Service cost
$
212

 
$
21

 
$
1

 
$
7

Interest cost
373

 
48

 
76

 
40

Expected return on plan assets
(649
)
 
(56
)
 
(70
)
 
(4
)
Amortization of transition obligation

 

 

 
16

Amortization of prior service cost (credits)
10

 

 
(4
)
 
2

Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)
194

 

 
8

 
(9
)
Recognized loss due to settlements and curtailments

 

 
3

 

Net periodic benefit cost
$
140

 
$
13

 
$
14

 
$
52

(1) 
Includes nonqualified pension plans and the terminated Merrill Lynch U.S. pension plan.


214

Table of Contents

The Corporation's best estimate of its contributions to be made to the Non-U.S. Pension Plans, Nonqualified and Other Pension Plans, and Postretirement Health and Life Plans in 2012 is $114 million, $124 million and $115 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation contributed $91 million, $72 million and $58 million, respectively, to these plans. The Corporation does not expect to make a contribution to the Qualified Pension Plans in 2012.

Certain Compensation Plans

During the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation issued 288 million RSUs to certain employees under the Key Associate Stock Plan. Certain awards are earned based on the achievement of specified performance criteria. Vested RSUs may be settled in cash or in shares of common stock depending on the terms of the applicable award. Seven million of these RSUs were authorized to be settled in shares of common stock with the remainder in cash only. Certain awards contain clawback provisions which permit the Corporation to cancel all or a portion of the award under specified circumstances. The compensation cost for cash-settled awards and awards subject to certain clawback provisions, which in the aggregate represents substantially all of the award in 2012, is accrued over the vesting period and adjusted to fair value based upon changes in the share price of the Corporation's common stock. The Corporation hedges a portion of the RSUs using a combination of economic and cash flow hedges as described in Note 3 – Derivatives.

NOTE 15 – Fair Value Measurements

Under applicable accounting guidance, fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Corporation determines the fair values of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established under applicable accounting guidance which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. There are three levels of inputs used to measure fair value. For more information regarding the fair value hierarchy and how the Corporation measures fair value, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles and Note 22 – Fair Value Measurements to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Corporation accounts for certain financial instruments under the fair value option. For more information, see Note 16 – Fair Value Option.

Valuation Processes

The Corporation has various processes and controls in place to ensure that fair value is reasonably estimated. A model validation policy governs the use and control of valuation models used to estimate fair value. This policy requires review and approval of models by personnel who are independent of the front office, and periodic re-assessments of models to ensure that they are continuing to perform as designed. In addition, detailed reviews of trading gains and losses are analyzed on a daily basis by personnel who are independent of the front office. A price verification group, which is also independent of the front office, utilizes available market information including executed trades, market prices and market-observable valuation model inputs to ensure that fair values are reasonably estimated. The Corporation performs due diligence procedures over third-party pricing service providers in order to support their use in the valuation process. Where market information is not available to support internal valuations, independent reviews of the valuations are performed and any material exposures are escalated through a management review process.

While the Corporation believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

During the six months ended June 30, 2012, there were no changes to the Corporation's valuation techniques that had, or are expected to have, a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.


215

Table of Contents

Recurring Fair Value

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, including financial instruments which the Corporation accounts for under the fair value option, are summarized in the following tables.
 
June 30, 2012
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Level 1 (1)
 
Level 2 (1)
 
Level 3
 
Netting
Adjustments (2)
 
Assets/Liabilities
at Fair Value
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$

 
$
94,687

 
$

 
$

 
$
94,687

Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities
51,020

 
25,214

 

 

 
76,234

Corporate securities, trading loans and other
1,415

 
26,215

 
4,459

 

 
32,089

Equity securities
19,009

 
9,912

 
597

 

 
29,518

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
38,333

 
12,557

 
389

 

 
51,279

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
10,787

 
4,818

 

 
15,605

Total trading account assets
109,777

 
84,685

 
10,263

 

 
204,725

Derivative assets (3)
2,393

 
1,562,365

 
11,397

 
(1,516,216
)
 
59,939

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and agency securities
26,681

 
3,150

 

 

 
29,831

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency

 
194,191

 

 

 
194,191

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations

 
39,149

 

 

 
39,149

Non-agency residential

 
10,514

 
1

 

 
10,515

Non-agency commercial

 
4,103

 
24

 

 
4,127

Non-U.S. securities
3,133

 
2,632

 

 

 
5,765

Corporate/Agency bonds

 
2,029

 
93

 

 
2,122

Other taxable securities
20

 
6,944

 
4,558

 

 
11,522

Tax-exempt securities

 
1,687

 
1,140

 

 
2,827

Total AFS debt securities
29,834

 
264,399

 
5,816

 

 
300,049

Loans and leases

 
6,726

 
1,635

 

 
8,361

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
5,708

 

 
5,708

Loans held-for-sale

 
7,446

 
2,741

 

 
10,187

Other assets
19,570

 
9,919

 
3,136

 

 
32,625

Total assets
$
161,574

 
$
2,030,227

 
$
40,696

 
$
(1,516,216
)
 
$
716,281

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits in U.S. offices
$

 
$
2,874

 
$

 
$

 
$
2,874

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

 
48,663

 

 

 
48,663

Trading account liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities
22,481

 
1,478

 

 

 
23,959

Equity securities
22,849

 
2,167

 

 

 
25,016

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
17,756

 
1,381

 

 

 
19,137

Corporate securities and other
616

 
8,587

 
143

 

 
9,346

Total trading account liabilities
63,702

 
13,613

 
143

 

 
77,458

Derivative liabilities (3)
2,145

 
1,551,295

 
6,796

 
(1,508,721
)
 
51,515

Other short-term borrowings

 
4,468

 

 

 
4,468

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
15,972

 
1,535

 
2

 

 
17,509

Long-term debt

 
45,957

 
2,388

 

 
48,345

Total liabilities
$
81,819

 
$
1,668,405

 
$
9,329

 
$
(1,508,721
)
 
$
250,832

(1) 
During the six months ended June 30, 2012, $1.7 billion and $350 million of assets and liabilities were transferred from Level 1 to Level 2, and $785 million and $40 million of assets and liabilities were transferred from Level 2 to Level 1. Of the asset transfer from Level 1 to Level 2, $640 million was due to a restriction that became effective for a private equity investment during the first quarter of 2012, while $535 million of the transfer from Level 2 to Level 1 was due to the lapse of this restriction during the second quarter of 2012. The remaining transfers were the result of additional information associated with certain equities, derivative contracts and private equity investments.
(2) 
Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements and also cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparties.
(3) 
For further disaggregation of derivative assets and liabilities, see Note 3 – Derivatives.

216

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2011
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Level 1 (1)
 
Level 2 (1)
 
Level 3
 
Netting
Adjustments (2)
 
Assets/Liabilities
at Fair Value
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$

 
$
87,453

 
$

 
$

 
$
87,453

Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities
30,540

 
22,073

 

 

 
52,613

Corporate securities, trading loans and other
1,067

 
28,624

 
6,880

 

 
36,571

Equity securities
17,181

 
5,949

 
544

 

 
23,674

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
33,667

 
8,937

 
342

 

 
42,946

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
9,826

 
3,689

 

 
13,515

Total trading account assets
82,455

 
75,409

 
11,455

 

 
169,319

Derivative assets (3)
2,186

 
1,865,310

 
14,366

 
(1,808,839
)
 
73,023

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and agency securities
39,389

 
3,475

 

 

 
42,864

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency

 
142,526

 
37

 

 
142,563

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations

 
44,999

 

 

 
44,999

Non-agency residential

 
13,907

 
860

 

 
14,767

Non-agency commercial

 
5,482

 
40

 

 
5,522

Non-U.S. securities
1,664

 
3,256

 

 

 
4,920

Corporate/Agency bonds

 
2,873

 
162

 

 
3,035

Other taxable securities
20

 
8,593

 
4,265

 

 
12,878

Tax-exempt securities

 
1,955

 
2,648

 

 
4,603

Total AFS debt securities
41,073

 
227,066

 
8,012

 

 
276,151

Loans and leases

 
6,060

 
2,744

 

 
8,804

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
7,378

 

 
7,378

Loans held-for-sale

 
4,243

 
3,387

 

 
7,630

Other assets
18,963

 
13,886

 
4,235

 

 
37,084

Total assets
$
144,677

 
$
2,279,427

 
$
51,577

 
$
(1,808,839
)
 
$
666,842

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits in U.S. offices
$

 
$
3,297

 
$

 
$

 
$
3,297

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

 
34,235

 

 

 
34,235

Trading account liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities
19,120

 
1,590

 

 

 
20,710

Equity securities
13,259

 
1,335

 

 

 
14,594

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
16,760

 
680

 

 

 
17,440

Corporate securities and other
829

 
6,821

 
114

 

 
7,764

Total trading account liabilities
49,968

 
10,426

 
114

 

 
60,508

Derivative liabilities (3)
2,055

 
1,850,804

 
8,500

 
(1,801,839
)
 
59,520

Other short-term borrowings

 
6,558

 

 

 
6,558

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
13,832

 
1,897

 
14

 

 
15,743

Long-term debt

 
43,296

 
2,943

 

 
46,239

Total liabilities
$
65,855

 
$
1,950,513

 
$
11,571

 
$
(1,801,839
)
 
$
226,100

(1) 
Gross transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2011 were not significant.
(2) 
Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements and also cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparties.
(3) 
For further disaggregation of derivative assets and liabilities, see Note 3 – Derivatives.


217

Table of Contents

The following tables present a reconciliation of all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, including net realized and unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings and accumulated OCI.

Level 3 – Fair Value Measurements (1)
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance
April 1
2012
Gains
(Losses) in
Earnings
Gains
(Losses) in
OCI
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Gross
Transfers
into
Level 3
Gross
Transfers
out of
Level 3
Balance
June 30
2012
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2, 3)
$
6,001

$
30

$

$
570

$
(1,585
)
$

$
(556
)
$
98

$
(99
)
$
4,459

Equity securities
525

(6
)

45

(38
)

46

25


597

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
546

(26
)

35

(166
)




389

Mortgage trading loans and ABS (3)
4,012

(16
)

1,183

(181
)

(173
)

(7
)
4,818

Total trading account assets
11,084

(18
)

1,833

(1,970
)

(683
)
123

(106
)
10,263

Net derivative assets (4)
4,187

1,110


354

(301
)

(676
)
(39
)
(34
)
4,601

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
33








(33
)

Non-agency residential
29




(12
)

(2
)

(14
)
1

Non-agency commercial
38




(11
)

(3
)


24

Corporate/Agency bonds
131






(38
)


93

Other taxable securities
4,175


6

596



(68
)

(151
)
4,558

Tax-exempt securities
1,895

28

7


(34
)

(756
)


1,140

Total AFS debt securities
6,301

28

13

596

(57
)

(867
)

(198
)
5,816

Loans and leases (2, 5)
2,782

51



(1,158
)

(47
)

7

1,635

Mortgage servicing rights (5)
7,589

(1,592
)


(98
)
91

(282
)


5,708

Loans held-for-sale (2)
2,862

10


6

(21
)

(129
)
13


2,741

Other assets (6)
3,487

(102
)

6

(186
)

(69
)


3,136

Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
(124
)


7

(42
)



16

(143
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)
(3
)
1








(2
)
Long-term debt (2)
(2,500
)
93


42


(73
)
275

(506
)
281

(2,388
)
(1) 
Assets (liabilities). For assets, increase / (decrease) to Level 3 and for liabilities, (increase) / decrease to Level 3.
(2) 
Amounts represent items that are accounted for under the fair value option.
(3) 
During the three months ended June 30, 2012, approximately $900 million was reclassified from Trading account assets - Corporate securities, trading loans and other to Trading account assets - Mortgage trading loans and ABS. In the table above, this reclassification is presented as a sale of Trading account assets - Corporate securities, trading loans and other and as a purchase of Trading account assets - Mortgage trading loans and ABS.
(4) 
Net derivatives include derivative assets of $11.4 billion and derivative liabilities of $6.8 billion.
(5) 
Issuances represent loan originations and mortgage servicing rights retained following securitizations or whole loan sales.
(6) 
Other assets is primarily comprised of net monoline exposure to a single counterparty and private equity investments.

During the three months ended June 30, 2012, the transfers into Level 3 included $123 million of trading account assets and $506 million of long-term debt. Transfers into Level 3 for trading account assets primarily related to decreased market liquidity for certain corporate loans. Transfers into Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities. Transfers occur on a regular basis for these long-term debt instruments due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of the embedded derivative in relation to the instrument as a whole.

During the three months ended June 30, 2012, the transfers out of Level 3 included $106 million of trading account assets, $198 million of AFS debt securities and $281 million of long-term debt. Transfers out of Level 3 for trading account assets primarily related to increased market liquidity for certain corporate loans. Transfers out of Level 3 for AFS debt securities primarily related to increased price observability for certain ABS. Transfers out of Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities.

218

Table of Contents

Level 3 – Fair Value Measurements (1)
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance
April 1
2011
Consolidation of VIEs
Gains
(Losses) in
Earnings
Gains
(Losses) in
OCI
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Gross
Transfers
into
Level 3
Gross
Transfers
out of
Level 3
Balance
June 30
2011
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$
7,578

$

$
181

$

$
2,030

$
(2,187
)
$

$
(338
)
$
246

$
(58
)
$
7,452

Equity securities
734


24


75

(136
)

(115
)
81

(1
)
662

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
252


80


74

(11
)

(3
)
3

(4
)
391

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
6,697


80


1,066

(2,160
)

(164
)


5,519

Total trading account assets
15,261


365


3,245

(4,494
)

(620
)
330

(63
)
14,024

Net derivative assets (3)
6,419


1,807


384

(512
)

(2,390
)
33

(323
)
5,418

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations
56







(1
)


55

Non-agency residential
1,203


(29
)
(6
)
2

(53
)

(27
)
4


1,094

Non-agency commercial
19







(1
)


18

Non-U.S. securities








88


88

Corporate/Agency bonds
133



(2
)
86




7


224

Other taxable securities
11,024


23

5

898

(1
)

(1,573
)

(2
)
10,374

Tax-exempt securities
1,146


9

(39
)
683

(23
)

(205
)
38


1,609

Total AFS debt securities
13,581


3

(42
)
1,669

(77
)

(1,807
)
137

(2
)
13,462

Loans and leases (2, 4)
3,619

5,194

37


21

(267
)
1,821

(828
)


9,597

Mortgage servicing rights (4)
15,282


(2,447
)


(234
)
410

(639
)


12,372

Loans held-for-sale (2)
4,259


7


92

(70
)

(469
)
219

(26
)
4,012

Other assets (5)
4,193


180


95

(243
)

(105
)
375


4,495

Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
(102
)



69

(30
)




(63
)
Other short-term borrowings (2)
(726
)

(36
)




18



(744
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)
(689
)

(79
)



(9
)



(777
)
Long-term debt (2)
(3,138
)

5


131

(55
)
(206
)
149

(393
)
183

(3,324
)
(1) 
Assets (liabilities). For assets, increase / (decrease) to Level 3 and for liabilities, (increase) / decrease to Level 3.
(2) 
Amounts represent items that are accounted for under the fair value option.
(3) 
Net derivatives include derivative assets of $15.2 billion and derivative liabilities of $9.8 billion.
(4) 
Issuances represent loan originations and mortgage servicing rights retained following securitizations or whole loan sales.
(5) 
Other assets is primarily comprised of AFS marketable equity securities.

During the three months ended June 30, 2011, there were no significant transfers into or out of Level 3.

219

Table of Contents


Level 3 – Fair Value Measurements (1)
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance
January 1
2012
Gains
(Losses) in
Earnings
Gains
(Losses) in
OCI
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Gross
Transfers
into
Level 3
Gross
Transfers
out of
Level 3
Balance
June 30
2012
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2, 3)
$
6,880

$
123

$

$
1,245

$
(2,650
)
$

$
(745
)
$
157

$
(551
)
$
4,459

Equity securities
544

9


124

(147
)

36

33

(2
)
597

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
342

(2
)

308

(247
)



(12
)
389

Mortgage trading loans and ABS (3)
3,689

83


1,367

(636
)

(262
)
742

(165
)
4,818

Total trading account assets
11,455

213


3,044

(3,680
)

(971
)
932

(730
)
10,263

Net derivative assets (4)
5,866

273


713

(622
)

(1,310
)
67

(386
)
4,601

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
37






(4
)

(33
)

Non-agency residential
860

(69
)
19


(305
)

(2
)

(502
)
1

Non-agency commercial
40




(11
)

(5
)


24

Corporate/Agency bonds
162

(2
)

(2
)


(38
)

(27
)
93

Other taxable securities
4,265

7

23

958



(486
)

(209
)
4,558

Tax-exempt securities
2,648

54

25


(69
)

(1,518
)


1,140

Total AFS debt securities
8,012

(10
)
67

956

(385
)

(2,053
)

(771
)
5,816

Loans and leases (2, 5)
2,744

215



(1,158
)

(164
)

(2
)
1,635

Mortgage servicing rights (5)
7,378

(937
)


(98
)
168

(803
)


5,708

Loans held-for-sale (2)
3,387

179


10

(21
)

(226
)
44

(632
)
2,741

Other assets (6)
4,235

(134
)

49

(767
)

(236
)

(11
)
3,136

Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
(114
)


55

(69
)


(65
)
50

(143
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)
(14
)
4


5





3

(2
)
Long-term debt (2)
(2,943
)
(148
)

118

(33
)
(138
)
708

(1,038
)
1,086

(2,388
)
(1) 
Assets (liabilities). For assets, increase / (decrease) to Level 3 and for liabilities, (increase) / decrease to Level 3.
(2) 
Amounts represent items that are accounted for under the fair value option.
(3) 
During the six months ended June 30, 2012, approximately $900 million was reclassified from Trading account assets - Corporate securities, trading loans and other to Trading account assets - Mortgage trading loans and ABS. In the table above, this reclassification is presented as a sale of Trading account assets - Corporate securities, trading loans and other and as a purchase of Trading account assets - Mortgage trading loans and ABS.
(4) 
Net derivatives include derivative assets of $11.4 billion and derivative liabilities of $6.8 billion.
(5) 
Issuances represent loan originations and mortgage servicing rights retained following securitizations or whole loan sales.
(6) 
Other assets is primarily comprised of net monoline exposure to a single counterparty and private equity investments.

During the six months ended June 30, 2012, the transfers into Level 3 included $932 million of trading account assets and $1.0 billion of long-term debt. Transfers into Level 3 for trading account assets were primarily the result of decreased market liquidity for certain corporate loans and additional information related to certain CLOs. Transfers into Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities. Transfers occur on a regular basis for these long-term debt instruments due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of the embedded derivative in relation to the instrument as a whole.

During the six months ended June 30, 2012, the transfers out of Level 3 included $730 million of trading account assets, $386 million of net derivative assets, $771 million of AFS debt securities, $632 million of LHFS and $1.1 billion of long-term debt. Transfers out of Level 3 for trading account assets primarily related to increased market liquidity for certain corporate loans and loans backed by commercial real estate. Transfers out of Level 3 for net derivative assets primarily related to increased price observability (i.e., market comparables) for certain total return swaps and foreign exchange swaps. Transfers out of Level 3 for AFS debt securities primarily related to increased price observability for certain non-agency RMBS and ABS. Transfers out of Level 3 for LHFS primarily related to increased observable inputs, primarily liquid comparables. Transfers out of Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities.

220

Table of Contents

Level 3 – Fair Value Measurements (1)
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance
January 1
2011
Consolidation of VIEs
Gains
(Losses) in
Earnings
Gains
(Losses) in
OCI
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Gross
Transfers
into
Level 3
Gross
Transfers
out of
Level 3
Balance
June 30
2011
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$
7,751

$

$
675

$

$
3,580

$
(4,537
)
$

$
(519
)
$
815

$
(313
)
$
7,452

Equity securities
623


67


175

(206
)

(115
)
120

(2
)
662

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
243


85


122

(15
)

(3
)
3

(44
)
391

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
6,908


642


1,832

(3,246
)

(228
)
1

(390
)
5,519

Total trading account assets
15,525


1,469


5,709

(8,004
)

(865
)
939

(749
)
14,024

Net derivative assets (3)
7,745


2,245


886

(1,260
)

(4,060
)
340

(478
)
5,418

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
4









(4
)

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations




56



(1
)


55

Non-agency residential
1,468


(45
)
(28
)
2

(290
)

(289
)
276


1,094

Non-agency commercial
19




 


(1
)


18

Non-U.S. securities
3








88

(3
)
88

Corporate/Agency bonds
137


2

(1
)
86

(7
)


7


224

Other taxable securities
13,018


52

62

1,450

(53
)

(4,155
)
2

(2
)
10,374

Tax-exempt securities
1,224


6

(33
)
683

(72
)

(237
)
38


1,609

Total AFS debt securities
15,873


15


2,277

(422
)

(4,683
)
411

(9
)
13,462

Loans and leases (2, 4)
3,321

5,194

209


21

(376
)
2,667

(1,444
)
5


9,597

Mortgage servicing rights (4)
14,900


(2,200
)


(234
)
1,251

(1,345
)


12,372

Loans held-for-sale (2)
4,140


185


123

(243
)

(592
)
441

(42
)
4,012

Other assets (5)
6,856


302


172

(1,184
)

(393
)
375

(1,633
)
4,495

Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
(7
)



76

(132
)




(63
)
Other short-term borrowings (2)
(706
)

(82
)




44



(744
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)
(828
)

64



(4
)
(9
)



(777
)
Long-term debt (2)
(2,986
)

(143
)

215

(55
)
(249
)
388

(1,030
)
536

(3,324
)
(1) 
Assets (liabilities). For assets, increase / (decrease) to Level 3 and for liabilities, (increase) / decrease to Level 3.
(2) 
Amounts represent items that are accounted for under the fair value option.
(3) 
Net derivatives include derivative assets of $15.2 billion and derivative liabilities of $9.8 billion.
(4) 
Issuances represent loan originations and mortgage servicing rights retained following securitizations or whole loan sales.
(5) 
Other assets is primarily comprised of AFS marketable equity securities.

During the six months ended June 30, 2011, the transfers into Level 3 included $939 million of trading account assets and $1.0 billion of long-term debt. Transfers into Level 3 for trading account assets were primarily driven by certain CLOs which were transferred into Level 3 due to a lack of pricing transparency. Transfers into Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities. Transfers occur on a regular basis for these long-term debt instruments due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of the embedded derivative in relation to the instrument as a whole.

During the six months ended June 30, 2011, the transfers out of Level 3 included $749 million of trading account assets and $1.6 billion of other assets. Transfers out of Level 3 for trading account assets were primarily driven by increased price observability on certain RMBS and consumer ABS portfolios. Transfers out of Level 3 for other assets were the result of an initial public offering of an equity investment which occurred in the first quarter of 2011.

221

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize gains (losses) due to changes in fair value, including both realized and unrealized gains (losses), recorded in earnings for Level 3 assets and liabilities during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. These amounts include gains (losses) on loans, LHFS, loan commitments and structured liabilities that are accounted for under the fair value option.

Level 3 – Total Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses) Included in Earnings
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Equity
Investment
Income
(Loss)
 
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss) (1)
 
Other
Income
(Loss)
 
Total
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
30

 
$

 
$

 
$
30

Equity securities

 
(6
)
 

 

 
(6
)
Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
(26
)
 

 

 
(26
)
Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
(16
)
 

 

 
(16
)
Total trading account assets

 
(18
)
 

 

 
(18
)
Net derivative assets

 
229

 
881

 

 
1,110

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tax-exempt securities

 

 

 
28

 
28

Total AFS debt securities

 

 

 
28

 
28

Loans and leases (2)

 

 

 
51

 
51

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(1,592
)
 

 
(1,592
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
5

 
5

 
10

Other assets
(21
)
 

 
(34
)
 
(47
)
 
(102
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)

 

 

 
1

 
1

Long-term debt (2)

 
80

 

 
13

 
93

Total
$
(21
)
 
$
291

 
$
(740
)
 
$
51

 
$
(419
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
181

 
$

 
$

 
$
181

Equity securities

 
24

 

 

 
24

Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
80

 

 

 
80

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
80

 

 

 
80

Total trading account assets

 
365

 

 

 
365

Net derivative assets

 
556

 
1,251

 

 
1,807

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential MBS

 

 

 
(29
)
 
(29
)
Other taxable securities

 

 

 
23

 
23

Tax-exempt securities

 

 

 
9

 
9

Total AFS debt securities

 

 

 
3

 
3

Loans and leases (2)

 

 
(13
)
 
50

 
37

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(2,447
)
 

 
(2,447
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
(13
)
 
20

 
7

Other assets
192

 

 
(12
)
 

 
180

Other short-term borrowings (2)

 

 
(36
)
 

 
(36
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)

 
(2
)
 
74

 
(151
)
 
(79
)
Long-term debt (2)

 
(10
)
 

 
15

 
5

Total
$
192

 
$
909

 
$
(1,196
)
 
$
(63
)
 
$
(158
)
(1) 
Mortgage banking income does not reflect the impact of Level 1 and Level 2 hedges on MSRs.
(2) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.

222

Table of Contents

Level 3 – Total Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses) Included in Earnings
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Equity
Investment
Income
(Loss)
 
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss) (1)
 
Other
Income
(Loss)
 
Total
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
123

 
$

 
$

 
$
123

Equity securities

 
9

 

 

 
9

Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
(2
)
 

 

 
(2
)
Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
83

 

 

 
83

Total trading account assets

 
213

 

 

 
213

Net derivative assets

 
(1,144
)
 
1,417

 

 
273

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential MBS

 

 

 
(69
)
 
(69
)
Corporate/Agency bonds

 

 

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Other taxable securities

 

 

 
7

 
7

Tax-exempt securities

 

 

 
54

 
54

Total AFS debt securities

 

 

 
(10
)
 
(10
)
Loans and leases (2)

 

 

 
215

 
215

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(937
)
 

 
(937
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
95

 
84

 
179

Other assets
(11
)
 

 
(42
)
 
(81
)
 
(134
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)

 

 

 
4

 
4

Long-term debt (2)

 
(59
)
 

 
(89
)
 
(148
)
Total
$
(11
)
 
$
(990
)
 
$
533

 
$
123

 
$
(345
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
675

 
$

 
$

 
$
675

Equity securities

 
67

 

 

 
67

Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
85

 

 

 
85

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
642

 

 

 
642

Total trading account assets

 
1,469

 

 

 
1,469

Net derivative assets

 
97

 
2,148

 

 
2,245

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential MBS

 

 

 
(45
)
 
(45
)
Corporate/Agency bonds

 

 

 
2

 
2

Other taxable securities

 
12

 

 
40

 
52

Tax-exempt securities

 
(3
)
 

 
9

 
6

Total AFS debt securities

 
9

 

 
6

 
15

Loans and leases (2)

 

 
(13
)
 
222

 
209

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(2,200
)
 

 
(2,200
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
(11
)
 
196

 
185

Other assets
314

 

 
(12
)
 

 
302

Other short-term borrowings (2)

 

 
(82
)
 

 
(82
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)

 
(10
)
 
74

 

 
64

Long-term debt (2)

 
(102
)
 

 
(41
)
 
(143
)
Total
$
314

 
$
1,463

 
$
(96
)
 
$
383

 
$
2,064

(1) 
Mortgage banking income does not reflect the impact of Level 1 and Level 2 hedges on MSRs.
(2) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.


223

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize changes in unrealized gains (losses) recorded in earnings during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 for Level 3 assets and liabilities that were still held at June 30, 2012 and 2011. These amounts include changes in fair value on loans, LHFS, loan commitments and structured liabilities that are accounted for under the fair value option.

Level 3 – Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Still Held at Reporting Date
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Equity
Investment
Income
(Loss)
 
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss) (1)
 
Other
Income
(Loss)
 
Total
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
(30
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(30
)
Equity securities

 
(6
)
 

 

 
(6
)
Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
(25
)
 

 

 
(25
)
Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
(26
)
 

 

 
(26
)
Total trading account assets

 
(87
)
 

 

 
(87
)
Net derivative assets

 
227

 
571

 

 
798

Loans and leases (2)

 

 

 
51

 
51

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(1,722
)
 

 
(1,722
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
5

 
(9
)
 
(4
)
Other assets
(46
)
 

 
(34
)
 
(47
)
 
(127
)
Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other

 
(2
)
 

 

 
(2
)
Long-term debt (2)

 
82

 

 
13

 
95

Total
$
(46
)
 
$
220

 
$
(1,180
)
 
$
8

 
$
(998
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
(20
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(20
)
Equity securities

 
(40
)
 

 

 
(40
)
Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
67

 

 

 
67

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
(40
)
 

 

 
(40
)
Total trading account assets

 
(33
)
 

 

 
(33
)
Net derivative assets

 
460

 
166

 

 
626

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential MBS

 

 

 
(29
)
 
(29
)
Total AFS debt securities

 

 

 
(29
)
 
(29
)
Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(2,869
)
 

 
(2,869
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
(36
)
 
3

 
(33
)
Other assets
150

 

 
(12
)
 

 
138

Other short-term borrowings (2)

 

 
(28
)
 

 
(28
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)

 

 

 
(174
)
 
(174
)
Long-term debt (2)

 
(10
)
 

 
3

 
(7
)
Total
$
150

 
$
417

 
$
(2,779
)
 
$
(197
)
 
$
(2,409
)
(1) 
Mortgage banking income does not reflect the impact of Level 1 and Level 2 hedges on MSRs.
(2) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.

224

Table of Contents

Level 3 – Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Still Held at Reporting Date
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Equity
Investment
Income
(Loss)
 
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss) (1)
 
Other
Income
(Loss)
 
Total
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
(7
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(7
)
Equity securities

 
6

 

 

 
6

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
14

 

 

 
14

Total trading account assets

 
13

 

 

 
13

Net derivative assets

 
(1,115
)
 
934

 

 
(181
)
Loans and leases (2)

 

 

 
217

 
217

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(1,252
)
 

 
(1,252
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
62

 
64

 
126

Other assets
(36
)
 

 
(40
)
 
(81
)
 
(157
)
Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other

 
4

 

 

 
4

Long-term debt (2)

 
(12
)
 

 
(54
)
 
(66
)
Total
$
(36
)
 
$
(1,110
)
 
$
(296
)
 
$
146

 
$
(1,296
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
286

 
$

 
$

 
$
286

Equity securities

 
(21
)
 

 

 
(21
)
Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
70

 

 

 
70

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
278

 

 

 
278

Total trading account assets

 
613

 

 

 
613

Net derivative assets

 
247

 
192

 

 
439

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential MBS

 

 

 
(99
)
 
(99
)
Total AFS debt securities

 

 

 
(99
)
 
(99
)
Loans and leases (2)

 

 

 
127

 
127

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(2,933
)
 

 
(2,933
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
(48
)
 
91

 
43

Other assets
137

 

 
(11
)
 

 
126

Other short-term borrowings (2)

 

 
(61
)
 

 
(61
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)

 

 

 
(90
)
 
(90
)
Long-term debt (2)

 
(102
)
 

 
(53
)
 
(155
)
Total
$
137

 
$
758

 
$
(2,861
)
 
$
(24
)

$
(1,990
)
(1) 
Mortgage banking income does not reflect the impact of Level 1 and Level 2 hedges on MSRs.
(2) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.


225

Table of Contents

The following tables present information about significant unobservable inputs related to the Corporation's material categories of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities at June 30, 2012.

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Inputs
Financial Instrument
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Significant Unobservable Inputs
Ranges of Inputs
Loans and Securities (1)
 
 
 
 
Instruments backed by residential real estate assets
$
4,245

Discounted cash flow, Market comparables
Yield
1% to 25%
Trading account assets – Mortgage trading loans and ABS
784

Prepayment speed
0% to 28% CPR
Loans and leases
1,185

Default rate
0% to 54% CDR
Loans held-for-sale
2,276

Loss severity
0% to 80%
Instruments backed by commercial real estate assets
$
2,438

Discounted cash flow
Yield
1% to 10%
Trading account assets – Mortgage trading loans and ABS
299

Loss severity
0% to 97%
Loans held-for-sale
465

 
 
Other assets
1,674

 
 
Commercial loans, debt securities and other
$
10,215

Discounted cash flow, Market comparables
Yield
0% to 20%
Trading account assets – Corporate securities, trading loans and other
2,729

Enterprise value/EBITDA multiple
3x to 7x
Trading account assets – Mortgage trading loans and ABS
3,735

Prepayment speed
5% to 25%
AFS debt securities – Other taxable securities
3,301

Default rate
1% to 5%
Loans and leases
450

Loss severity
25% to 40%
Auction rate securities
$
4,127

Discounted cash flow, Market comparables
Weighted-average life
5 years
Trading account assets – Corporate securities, trading loans and other
1,730

Discount rate
LIBOR +200 or JJK +150
AFS debt securities – Other taxable securities
1,257

Projected tender price/Re-financing level
50% to 100%
AFS debt securities – Tax-exempt securities
1,140

 
Structured liabilities
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
$
(2,388
)
Industry standard derivative pricing (2)
Equity correlation
30% to 97%
 
 
Long-dated volatilities
20% to 70%
 
 


(1) 
The categories presented in the table above have been aggregated based upon product type which differs from financial statement classification. The following is a reconciliation to the line items in the table on page 218: Trading account assets – Corporate securities, trading loans and other of $4.5 billion, Trading account assets – Mortgage trading loans and ABS of $4.8 billion, AFS debt securities – Other taxable securities of $4.6 billion, AFS debt securities – Tax-exempt securities of $1.1 billion, Loans and leases of $1.6 billion, LHFS of $2.7 billion and Other assets of $1.7 billion.
(2) 
Includes models such as Monte Carlo simulation and Black-Scholes.
CPR = Constant Prepayment Rate
CDR = Constant Default Rate
EBITDA = Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
JJK = J.J. Kenny (tax-exempt municipal rate)



226

Table of Contents

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements (continued)
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Inputs
Financial Instrument
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Significant Unobservable Inputs
Ranges of Inputs
Net derivatives assets
 
 
 
 
Credit derivatives
$
4,639

Discounted cash flow, Hazard rate model (1), Stochastic recovery correlation model
Yield
0% to 25%
 
 
Credit spreads
100 bps to 500 bps
 
 
Upfront points
53 points to 99 points
 
 
Spread to index
-2,000 bps to 2,000 bps
 
 
Credit correlation
30% to 80%
 
 
Prepayment speed
0% to -28% CPR
 
 
Default rate
0% to 5% CDR
 
 
Loss severity
0% to 70%
Equity derivatives
$
(481
)
Industry standard derivative pricing (2)
Equity correlation
30% to 97%
 
 
Long-dated volatilities
20% to 70%
 
 


Commodity derivatives
$
(1
)
Discounted cash flow
Long-term natural gas basis curve
-$0.53 to $0.30
Interest rate derivatives
$
444

Industry standard derivative pricing (2)
Correlation (IR/IR)
15% to 100%
 
 
Correlation (FX/IR)
-65% to 50%
 
 
Long-dated inflation rates
1% to 3%
 
 
Long-dated inflation volatilities
0% to 1%
 
 
Long-dated volatilities (FX)
7% to 38%
 
 
Long-dated swap rates
9% to 11%
Total net derivative assets
$
4,601

 
 
 
(1) 
The hazard rate model is an industry standard model for valuing CDS for single names or indices.
(2) 
Includes models such as Monte Carlo simulation, Black-Scholes and other methods that model the joint dynamics of interest, inflation and foreign exchange rates.
CPR = Constant Prepayment Rate
CDR = Constant Default Rate
IR = Interest Rate
FX = Foreign Exchange

In the tables above, instruments backed by residential and commercial real estate assets include RMBS, commercial mortgage-backed securities, whole loans, mortgage CDOs and net monoline exposure. Commercial loans, debt securities and other include corporate CLOs and CDOs, commercial loans and bonds, and securities backed by non-real estate assets. Structured liabilities primarily include equity-linked notes that are accounted for under the fair value option.

In addition to the instruments in the tables above, the Corporation holds $1.5 billion of instruments consisting primarily of certain direct private equity investments and private equity funds that are classified as Level 3 and reported within other assets. Valuations of direct private equity investments are prepared internally based on the most recent company financial information. Inputs generally include market and acquisition comparables, entry level multiples, as well as other variables. The Corporation selects a valuation methodology (e.g., market comparables) for each investment and, in certain instances, multiple inputs are weighted to derive the most representative value. Discounts are applied as appropriate to consider the lack of liquidity and marketability versus publicly-traded companies. For private equity funds, fair value is determined using the net asset value as provided by the individual fund's general partner.

For information on the inputs and techniques used in the valuation of MSRs, see Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.


227

Table of Contents

Sensitivity of Fair Value Measurements to Changes in Unobservable Inputs

Loans and Securities

For instruments backed by residential real estate assets, commercial real estate assets, and commercial loans, debt securities and other, a significant increase in market yields, default rates or loss severities would result in a significantly lower fair value for long positions. Short positions would be impacted in a directionally opposite way. The impact of changes in prepayment speeds would have differing impacts depending on the seniority of the instrument and, in the case of CLOs, whether prepayments can be reinvested.

For closed-end auction rate securities (ARS), a significant increase in discount rates would result in a significantly lower fair value. The impact of a significant change in the weighted-average life on the fair value is dependent upon how the coupon on the ARS compares to the discount rate. In cases where the coupon is higher than the discount rate, lengthening of the weighted-average life would result in a higher fair value. Conversely, in cases where the coupon rate is lower than the discount rate, lengthening of the weighted-average life would result in a lower fair value. For student loan and municipal ARS, a significant increase in projected tender price/refinancing levels would result in a significantly higher fair value.

Structured Liabilities and Derivatives

For credit derivatives, a significant increase in market yield, including spreads to indices, upfront points (i.e., a single upfront payment made by a protection buyer at inception) or credit spreads, default rates or loss severities would result in a significantly lower fair value for protection sellers and higher fair value for protection buyers. The impact of changes in prepayment speeds would have differing impacts depending on the seniority of the instrument and, in the case of CLOs, whether prepayments can be reinvested.

Structured credit derivatives, which include tranched portfolio CDS and derivatives with derivative product company (DPC) and monoline counterparties, are impacted by credit correlation, including default and wrong-way correlation. Default correlation is a parameter that describes the degree of dependence among credit default rates within a credit portfolio that underlies a credit derivative instrument. The sensitivity of this input on the fair value varies depending on the level of subordination of the tranche. For senior tranches that are net purchases of protection, a significant increase in default correlation would result in a significantly higher fair value. Net short protection positions would be impacted in a directionally opposite way. Wrong-way correlation is a parameter that describes the probability that as exposure to a counterparty increases, the credit quality of the counterparty decreases. A significantly higher degree of wrong-way correlation between a DPC counterparty and underlying derivative exposure would result in a significantly lower fair value.

For equity derivatives, equity-linked long-term debt (structured liabilities) and interest rate derivatives, a significant change in long-dated rates and volatilities and correlation inputs (e.g., the degree of correlation between an equity security and an index, between two different interest rates, or between interest rates and foreign exchange rates) would result in a significant impact to the fair value. However, the magnitude and direction of the impact depends on whether the Corporation is long or short the exposure.


228

Table of Contents

Nonrecurring Fair Value

The Corporation holds certain assets that are measured at fair value, but only in certain situations (for example, impairment) and these measurements are referred to herein as nonrecurring. These assets primarily include LHFS, certain loans and leases, and foreclosed properties. The amounts below represent only balances measured at fair value during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, and still held as of the reporting date.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Gains (Losses)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
683

 
$
1,139

 
$
(66
)
 
$
(1
)
Loans and leases (1)
27

 
6,902

 
(1,213
)
 
(2,350
)
Foreclosed properties (2)
67

 
1,305

 
(65
)
 
(156
)
Other assets
39

 
11

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2011
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Gains (Losses)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
1,049

 
$
1,779

 
$
(12
)
 
$
52

Loans and leases (1)
17

 
9,437

 
(1,679
)
 
(3,097
)
Foreclosed properties (2)

 
2,405

 
(75
)
 
(147
)
Other assets

 
96

 
(19
)
 
(23
)
(1) 
Gains (losses) represent charge-offs on real estate-secured loans.
(2) 
Amounts are included in other assets on the Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheet and represent fair value and related losses on foreclosed properties that were written down subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed properties.

The table below presents information about significant unobservable inputs related to the Corporation's nonrecurring Level 3 financial assets and liabilities at June 30, 2012.

Quantitative Information about Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Inputs
Financial Instrument
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Significant Unobservable Inputs
Ranges of Inputs
Instruments backed by residential real estate assets
$
8,041

Discounted cash flows, Market comparables
Yield
4% to 7%
Loans held-for-sale
1,139

Prepayment speed
3% to 27%
Loans and leases
6,902

Default rate
0% to 61%
 
 
Loss severity
0% to 62%
 
 
OREO discount
0% to 28%
 
 
Cost to sell
8%

Instruments backed by residential real estate assets represent residential mortgages where the loan has been written down to the fair value of the underlying collateral or, in the case of LHFS, are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.

In addition to the instruments disclosed in the table above, the Corporation holds foreclosed residential properties where the fair value is based on unadjusted third-party appraisals or broker price opinions. Appraisals are conducted every 90 days. Factors considered in determining the fair value include geographic sales trends, the value of comparable surrounding properties as well as the condition of the property.


229

Table of Contents

NOTE 16 – Fair Value Option

The Corporation elects to account for certain financial instruments under the fair value option. For additional information on the primary financial instruments for which the fair value option elections have been made, see Note 23 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The table below provides information about the fair value carrying amount and the contractual principal outstanding of assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Fair Value Option Elections
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
 
Contractual
Principal
Outstanding
 
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Less Unpaid
Principal
 
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
 
Contractual
Principal
Outstanding
 
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Less Unpaid
Principal
Loans reported as trading account assets
$
1,224

 
$
2,144

 
$
(920
)
 
$
1,151

 
$
2,371

 
$
(1,220
)
Trading inventory - other
1,277

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
1,173

 
n/a

 
n/a

Consumer and commercial loans
8,361

 
9,365

 
(1,004
)
 
8,804

 
10,823

 
(2,019
)
Loans held-for-sale
10,187

 
11,579

 
(1,392
)
 
7,630

 
9,673

 
(2,043
)
Securities financing agreements
143,350

 
142,843

 
507

 
121,688

 
121,092

 
596

Other assets
115

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
251

 
n/a

 
n/a

Long-term deposits
2,874

 
2,654

 
220

 
3,297

 
3,035

 
262

Asset-backed secured financings
652

 
1,218

 
(566
)
 
650

 
1,271

 
(621
)
Unfunded loan commitments
948

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
1,249

 
n/a

 
n/a

Other short-term borrowings
3,816

 
3,816

 

 
5,908

 
5,909

 
(1
)
Long-term debt (1)
48,345

 
52,109

 
(3,764
)
 
46,239

 
55,854

 
(9,615
)
(1) 
The majority of the difference between the fair value carrying amount and contractual principal outstanding at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 relates to the impact of the Corporation's credit spreads as well as the fair value of the embedded derivative, where applicable.
n/a = not applicable


230

Table of Contents

The table below provides information about where changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option are included in the Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss)
 
Other
Income
(Loss)
 
Total
Loans reported as trading account assets
$
56

 
$

 
$

 
$
56

Consumer and commercial loans
6

 

 
(5
)
 
1

Loans held-for-sale
(7
)
 
518

 
(24
)
 
487

Securities financing agreements
23

 

 
14

 
37

Other assets

 

 
(11
)
 
(11
)
Long-term deposits

 

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Asset-backed secured financings

 
(17
)
 

 
(17
)
Unfunded loan commitments

 

 
(112
)
 
(112
)
Other short-term borrowings
12

 

 

 
12

Long-term debt
756

 

 
(62
)
 
694

Total
$
846

 
$
501

 
$
(201
)
 
$
1,146

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
Loans reported as trading account assets
$
4

 
$

 
$

 
$
4

Commercial loans
7

 

 
26

 
33

Loans held-for-sale
2

 
1,511

 
31

 
1,544

Securities financing agreements

 

 
98

 
98

Other assets

 

 
1

 
1

Long-term deposits

 

 
(40
)
 
(40
)
Asset-backed secured financings

 
(36
)
 

 
(36
)
Unfunded loan commitments

 

 
(76
)
 
(76
)
Other short-term borrowings
37

 

 

 
37

Long-term debt
(178
)
 

 
214

 
36

Total
$
(128
)
 
$
1,475

 
$
254

 
$
1,601


231

Table of Contents

Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss)
 
Other
Income
(Loss)
 
Total
Loans reported as trading account assets
$
134

 
$

 
$

 
$
134

Consumer and commercial loans
5

 

 
297

 
302

Loans held-for-sale
49

 
949

 
80

 
1,078

Securities financing agreements
23

 

 
(90
)
 
(67
)
Other assets

 

 
7

 
7

Long-term deposits

 

 
20

 
20

Asset-backed secured financings

 
(55
)
 

 
(55
)
Unfunded loan commitments

 

 
292

 
292

Other short-term borrowings
19

 

 

 
19

Long-term debt
(35
)
 

 
(3,376
)
 
(3,411
)
Total
$
195

 
$
894

 
$
(2,770
)
 
$
(1,681
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
Loans reported as trading account assets
$
73

 
$

 
$

 
$
73

Commercial loans
(4
)
 

 
132

 
128

Loans held-for-sale
2

 
2,383

 
252

 
2,637

Securities financing agreements

 

 
(13
)
 
(13
)
Other assets

 

 
30

 
30

Long-term deposits

 

 
(35
)
 
(35
)
Asset-backed secured financings

 
(82
)
 

 
(82
)
Unfunded loan commitments

 

 
56

 
56

Other short-term borrowings
93

 

 

 
93

Long-term debt
(113
)
 

 
(372
)
 
(485
)
Total
$
51

 
$
2,301

 
$
50

 
$
2,402


NOTE 17 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair values of financial instruments and their classifications within the fair value hierarchy have been derived using methodologies described in Note 22 – Fair Value Measurements to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following disclosures include financial instruments where only a portion of the ending balance at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was carried at fair value on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Short-term Financial Instruments

The carrying value of short-term financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, time deposits placed and other short-term investments, federal funds sold and purchased, resale and certain repurchase agreements, customer and other receivables, customer payables (within accrued expenses and other liabilities), and other short-term borrowings approximates the fair value of these instruments. These financial instruments generally expose the Corporation to limited credit risk and have no stated maturities or have short-term maturities and carry interest rates that approximate market. The Corporation elected to account for certain repurchase agreements under the fair value option.

Under the fair value hierarchy, cash and cash equivalents are classified as Level 1. Time deposits placed and other short-term investments, such as U.S. government securities and short-term commercial paper, are classified as Level 1 and Level 2. Federal funds sold and purchased are classified as Level 2. Resale and repurchase agreements are classified as Level 2 because they are generally short-dated and/or variable-rate instruments collateralized by U.S. government or agency securities. Customer and other receivables primarily consist of margin loans, servicing advances and other accounts receivable and are classified as Level 2 and Level 3. Customer payables (within accrued expenses and other liabilities) and other short-term borrowings are classified as Level 2.


232

Table of Contents

Held-to-maturity Debt Securities

HTM debt securities, which consist of U.S. agency debt securities, are classified as Level 2 using the same methodologies as AFS U.S. agency debt securities. For additional information on HTM debt securities, see Note 4 – Securities.

Loans

Fair values were generally determined by discounting both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected using a discount rate for similar instruments with adjustments that the Corporation believes a market participant would consider in determining fair value. The Corporation estimates the cash flows expected to be collected using internal credit risk, interest rate and prepayment risk models that incorporate the Corporation’s best estimate of current key assumptions, such as default rates, loss severity and prepayment speeds for the life of the loan. The carrying value of loans is presented net of the applicable allowance for loan losses and excludes leases. The Corporation elected to account for certain large commercial loans that exceeded the Corporation’s single name credit risk concentration guidelines by an amount that would require hedging under the fair value option.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Commercial and residential reverse MSRs, which are carried at the lower of carrying or market value, are classified as Level 3. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.

Deposits

The fair value for certain deposits with stated maturities was determined by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates for instruments with similar maturities. The carrying value of non-U.S. time deposits approximates fair value. For deposits with no stated maturities, the carrying value was considered to approximate fair value and does not take into account the significant value of the cost advantage and stability of the Corporation’s long-term relationships with depositors. The Corporation accounts for certain long-term fixed-rate deposits that are economically hedged with derivatives under the fair value option.

Long-term Debt

The Corporation uses quoted market prices, when available, to estimate fair value for its long-term debt. When quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated based on current market interest rates and credit spreads for debt with similar terms and maturities. The Corporation accounts for certain structured liabilities under the fair value option.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values and fair values by fair value hierarchy of certain financial instruments where only a portion of the ending balance was carried at fair value are presented in the table below.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
 
 
Fair Value
(Dollars in millions)
Carrying
Value
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
$
840,415

 
$
112,493

 
$
725,022

 
$
837,515

Loans held-for-sale
13,289

 
9,128

 
4,136

 
13,264

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
1,035,225

 
1,035,624

 

 
1,035,624

Long-term debt
301,848

 
293,981

 
2,388

 
296,369


233

Table of Contents

The carrying values and fair values of select financial instruments where only a portion of the ending balance was carried at fair value are presented in the table below.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Carrying
 Value
 
Fair
Value
Financial assets
 
 
 
Loans
$
870,520

 
$
843,392

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
Deposits
1,033,041

 
1,033,248

Long-term debt
372,265

 
343,211


Commercial Unfunded Lending Commitments

Fair values were generally determined using a discounted cash flow valuation approach which is applied using market-based CDS or internally developed benchmark credit curves. The Corporation accounts for certain loan commitments under the fair value option.

The carrying values and fair values of the Corporation's commercial unfunded lending commitments were $1.5 billion and $6.1 billion at June 30, 2012, and $2.0 billion and $7.1 billion at December 31, 2011. Commercial unfunded lending commitments are primarily classified as Level 3. The carrying amount of these commitments is classified in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The Corporation does not estimate the fair values of consumer unfunded lending commitments because, in many instances, the Corporation can reduce or cancel these commitments by providing notice to the borrower. For additional information on commitments, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies.



234

Table of Contents

NOTE 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Corporation accounts for consumer MSRs at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in the Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Income in mortgage banking income. The Corporation economically hedges these MSRs with certain derivatives and securities including MBS and U.S. Treasuries. The securities that economically hedge the MSRs are classified in other assets with changes in the fair value of the securities and the related interest income recorded in mortgage banking income.

The table below presents activity for residential first-lien MSRs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. Commercial and residential reverse MSRs, which are carried at the lower of cost or market value and accounted for using the amortization method, totaled $172 million and $132 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and are not included in the tables in this Note.

Rollforward of Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Balance, beginning of period
$
7,589

 
$
15,282

 
$
7,378

 
$
14,900

Additions
91

 
410

 
168

 
1,251

Sales
(98
)
 
(234
)
 
(98
)
 
(234
)
Impact of customer payments (1)
(282
)
 
(639
)
 
(803
)
 
(1,345
)
Impact of changes in interest rates and other market factors (2)
(1,717
)
 
(1,094
)
 
(742
)
 
(385
)
Model and other cash flow assumption changes: (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Projected cash flows, primarily due to (increases) decreases in costs to service loans (4)
666

 
(1,501
)
 
393

 
(2,029
)
Impact of changes in the Home Price Index
5

 
212

 
20

 
434

Impact of changes to the prepayment model
342

 
303

 
342

 
126

Other model changes
(888
)
 
(367
)
 
(950
)
 
(346
)
Balance, June 30
$
5,708

 
$
12,372

 
$
5,708

 
$
12,372

Mortgage loans serviced for investors (in billions)
$
1,224

 
$
1,578

 
$
1,224

 
$
1,578

(1) 
Represents the change in the market value of the MSR asset due to the impact of customer payments received during the period.
(2) 
These amounts reflect the changes in modeled MSR fair value primarily due to observed changes in interest rates, volatility, spreads and the shape of the forward swap curve.
(3) 
These amounts reflect periodic adjustments to the valuation model as well as changes in certain cash flow assumptions such as cost to service and ancillary income per loan.
(4) 
As part of the MSR fair value estimation process, the Corporation increased its estimated cost to service during 2011 due to higher costs expected from foreclosure delays and procedures, the implementation of various loan modification programs, and compliance with new banking regulations. During 2012, the Corporation has continued to refine its estimates of cost to service and ancillary income to be consistent with market participants' view which resulted in a decrease to the estimated cost to service.

The Corporation uses an option-adjusted spread (OAS) valuation approach which factors in prepayment risk to determine the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows under multiple interest rate scenarios and discounting these cash flows using risk-adjusted discount rates. During the three months ended June 30, 2012, the Corporation refined the OAS assumptions used in the MSR valuation model to reflect returns commensurate with market participants' view, considering current and pending capital rules, including the impact of Basel 3, and other factors. The increases in OAS levels resulted in a decrease in MSR value, which is included in the Other model changes line item in the table above.

The significant economic assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are presented below.

Significant Economic Assumptions
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
Fixed
 
Adjustable
 
Fixed
 
Adjustable
Weighted-average OAS
5.95
%
 
9.12
%
 
2.80
%
 
5.61
%
Weighted-average life, in years
3.71

 
2.06

 
3.78

 
2.10



235

Table of Contents

The table below presents the sensitivity of the weighted-average lives and fair value of MSRs to changes in modeled assumptions. These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the amounts indicate, changes in fair value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of MSRs that continue to be held by the Corporation is calculated without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. The below sensitivities do not reflect any hedge strategies that may be undertaken to mitigate such risk.

Sensitivity Impacts
 
June 30, 2012
 
Change in Weighted-average Lives
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Fixed
 
Adjustable
 
Change in
Fair Value
Prepayment rates
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of 10% decrease
0.30

 
years
 
0.19

 
years
 
$
501

Impact of 20% decrease
0.65

 
 
 
0.41

 
 
 
1,071

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of 10% increase
(0.26
)
 
 
 
(0.16
)
 
 
 
(443
)
Impact of 20% increase
(0.49
)
 
 
 
(0.31
)
 
 
 
(838
)
OAS level
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of 100 bps decrease
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
256

Impact of 200 bps decrease
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
532

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of 100 bps increase
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(238
)
Impact of 200 bps increase
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(459
)

NOTE 19 – Business Segment Information

The Corporation reports the results of its operations through five business segments: Consumer & Business Banking (CBB), Consumer Real Estate Services (CRES), Global Banking, Global Markets and Global Wealth & Investment Management (GWIM), with the remaining operations recorded in All Other. Effective January 1, 2012, the Corporation changed the basis of presentation from six to the above five segments. The former Deposits and Card Services segments, as well as Business Banking which was included in the former Global Commercial Banking segment, are now reflected in CBB. The former Global Commercial Banking segment was combined with the Global Corporate and Investment Banking business, which was included in the former Global Banking & Markets (GBAM) segment, to form Global Banking. The remaining global markets business of GBAM is now reported as a separate Global Markets segment. In addition, certain management accounting methodologies and related allocations were refined. Prior period results have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Consumer & Business Banking

CBB offers a diversified range of credit, banking and investment products and services to consumers and businesses. CBB product offerings include traditional savings accounts, money market savings accounts, CDs and IRAs, noninterest- and interest-bearing checking accounts, investment accounts and products as well as credit and debit cards in the U.S. to consumers and small businesses. CBB also offers a wide range of lending-related products and services, integrated working capital management and treasury solutions through a network of offices and client relationship teams along with various product partners to U.S. based companies generally with annual sales of $1 million to $50 million. CBB results are impacted by the migration of clients and their deposit and loan balances between CBB and other client-managed businesses. Subsequent to the date of migration, the associated net interest income, noninterest income and noninterest expense are recorded in the business to which the clients migrated.


236

Table of Contents

Consumer Real Estate Services

CRES provides an extensive line of consumer real estate products and services to customers nationwide. CRES products include fixed- and adjustable-rate first-lien mortgage loans for home purchase and refinancing needs, HELOC and home equity loans. First mortgage products are either sold into the secondary mortgage market to investors, while retaining MSRs and the Bank of America customer relationships, or are held on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet in All Other for ALM purposes. HELOC and home equity loans are retained on the CRES balance sheet. CRES services mortgage loans, including those loans it owns, loans owned by other business segments and All Other, and loans owned by outside investors.

The financial results of the on-balance sheet loans are reported in the business segment that owns the loans or All Other. CRES is not impacted by the Corporation’s first mortgage production retention decisions as CRES is compensated for loans held for ALM purposes on a management accounting basis, with a corresponding offset recorded in All Other, and for servicing loans owned by other business segments and All Other. CRES also includes the impact of transferring customers and their related loan balances between GWIM and CRES based on client segmentation thresholds. Subsequent to the date of transfer, the associated net interest income and noninterest expense are recorded in the business segment to which loans were transferred.

Global Banking

Global Banking provides a wide range of lending-related products and services, integrated working capital management and treasury solutions to clients through the Corporation's network of offices and client relationship teams along with various product partners. Global Banking's lending products and services include commercial loans, leases, commitment facilities, trade finance, real estate lending, asset-based lending and indirect consumer loans. Global Banking's treasury solutions products include deposits, treasury management, credit card, foreign exchange, short-term investment and custody solutions. Global Banking also works with clients to provide investment banking products such as debt and equity underwriting and distribution, merger-related and other advisory services. The economics of certain investment banking and underwriting activities are shared primarily between Global Banking and Global Markets based on the contribution by, and involvement of each segment. Global Banking clients include commercial customers, broadly defined as companies with annual sales up to $2 billion, which include middle-market companies, commercial real estate firms, federal and state governments and municipalities, and large corporations, broadly defined as companies with annual sales greater than $2 billion.
Global Markets

Global Markets offers sales and trading services, including research, to institutional clients across fixed-income, credit, currency, commodity and equity businesses. Global Markets product coverage includes securities and derivative products in both the primary and secondary markets. Global Markets provides market-making, financing, securities clearing, settlement and custody services globally to institutional investor clients in support of their investing and trading activities. Global Markets also works with commercial and corporate clients to provide risk management products using interest rate, equity, credit, currency and commodity derivatives, foreign exchange, fixed-income and mortgage-related products. As a result of market-making activities in these products, Global Markets may be required to manage risk in government securities, equity and equity-linked securities, high-grade and high-yield corporate debt securities, commercial paper, MBS, commodities and ABS. The economics of certain investment banking and underwriting activities are shared primarily between Global Markets and Global Banking based on the activities performed by each segment.
Global Wealth & Investment Management

GWIM provides comprehensive wealth management solutions to a broad base of clients from emerging affluent to the ultra-wealthy. These services include investment and brokerage services, estate and financial planning, fiduciary portfolio management, cash and liability management and specialty asset management. GWIM also provides retirement and benefit plan services, philanthropic management and asset management to individual and institutional clients. GWIM results are impacted by the migration of clients and their deposit and loan balances between GWIM and other client-managed businesses. Subsequent to the date of migration, the associated net interest income, noninterest income and noninterest expense are recorded in the business to which the clients migrated.

All Other

All Other consists of equity investment activities as well as liquidating businesses, ALM activities such as the residential mortgage portfolio and investment securities, economic hedges, gains/losses on structured liabilities, the impact of certain allocation methodologies and accounting hedge ineffectiveness. Additionally, All Other includes certain residential mortgage and discontinued real estate loans that are managed by CRES.


237

Table of Contents

Basis of Presentation

The management accounting and reporting process derives segment and business results by utilizing allocation methodologies for revenue and expense. The net income derived for the businesses is dependent upon revenue and cost allocations using an activity-based costing model, funds transfer pricing, and other methodologies and assumptions management believes are appropriate to reflect the results of the business.

Total revenue, net of interest expense, includes net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent (FTE) basis and noninterest income. The adjustment of net interest income to a FTE basis results in a corresponding increase in income tax expense. The segment results also reflect certain revenue and expense methodologies that are utilized to determine net income. The net interest income of the businesses includes the results of a funds transfer pricing process that matches assets and liabilities with similar interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics. For presentation purposes, in segments where the total of liabilities and equity exceeds assets, which are generally deposit-taking segments, the Corporation allocates assets to match liabilities. Net interest income of the business segments also includes an allocation of net interest income generated by the Corporation’s ALM activities.

The Corporation’s ALM activities include an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of interest rate contracts to manage fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. The Corporation’s goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity so that movements in interest rates do not significantly adversely affect earnings and capital. The majority of the Corporation’s ALM activities are allocated to the business segments and fluctuate based on performance. ALM activities include external product pricing decisions including deposit pricing strategies, the effects of the Corporation’s internal funds transfer pricing process and the net effects of other ALM activities.

Certain expenses not directly attributable to a specific business segment are allocated to the segments. The most significant of these expenses include data and item processing costs and certain centralized or shared functions. Data processing costs are allocated to the segments based on equipment usage. Item processing costs are allocated to the segments based on the volume of items processed for each segment. The costs of certain centralized or shared functions are allocated based on methodologies that reflect utilization.


238

Table of Contents

The following tables present total revenue, net of interest expense, on a FTE basis, and net income (loss) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, and total assets at June 30, 2012 and 2011 for each business segment, as well as All Other.
.
Business Segments
 
 
 
 
At and for the Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
 
 
Total Corporation (1)
 
Consumer & Business Banking
 
Consumer Real Estate Services
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
9,782

 
$
11,493

 
$
4,704

 
$
5,549

 
$
714

 
$
579

Noninterest income (loss)
12,420

 
1,990

 
2,622

 
3,132

 
1,807

 
(11,894
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
22,202

 
13,483

 
7,326

 
8,681

 
2,521

 
(11,315
)
Provision for credit losses
1,773

 
3,255

 
1,131

 
400

 
186

 
1,507

Amortization of intangibles
321

 
382

 
158

 
191

 

 
4

Goodwill impairment

 
2,603

 

 

 

 
2,603

Other noninterest expense
16,727

 
19,871

 
4,201

 
4,186

 
3,556

 
6,018

Income (loss) before income taxes
3,381

 
(12,628
)
 
1,836

 
3,904

 
(1,221
)
 
(21,447
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
918

 
(3,802
)
 
680

 
1,402

 
(453
)
 
(6,941
)
Net income (loss)
$
2,463

 
$
(8,826
)
 
$
1,156

 
$
2,502

 
$
(768
)
 
$
(14,506
)
Period-end total assets
$
2,160,854

 
$
2,261,319

 
$
537,647

 
$
521,823

 
$
147,638

 
$
185,398

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Banking
 
Global Markets
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
$
2,184

 
$
2,375

 
$
650

 
$
874

Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
2,101

 
2,284

 
2,715

 
3,539

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
4,285

 
4,659

 
3,365

 
4,413

Provision for credit losses
 
 
 
 
(113
)
 
(557
)
 
(14
)
 
(8
)
Amortization of intangibles
 
 
 
 
20

 
25

 
16

 
16

Other noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
2,145

 
2,196

 
2,695

 
3,247

Income before income taxes
 
 
 
 
2,233

 
2,995

 
668

 
1,158

Income tax expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
827

 
1,074

 
206

 
247

Net income
 
 
 
 
$
1,406

 
$
1,921

 
$
462

 
$
911

Period-end total assets
 
 
 
 
$
340,559

 
$
340,535

 
$
561,815

 
$
561,361

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Wealth &
Investment Management
 
All Other
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
$
1,446

 
$
1,573

 
$
84

 
$
543

Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
2,871

 
2,922

 
304

 
2,007

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
4,317

 
4,495

 
388

 
2,550

Provision for credit losses
 
 
 
 
47

 
72

 
536

 
1,841

Amortization of intangibles
 
 
 
 
106

 
112

 
21

 
34

Other noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
3,302

 
3,512

 
828

 
712

Income (loss) before income taxes
 
 
 
 
862

 
799

 
(997
)
 
(37
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
319

 
286

 
(661
)
 
130

Net income (loss)
 
 
 
 
$
543

 
$
513

 
$
(336
)
 
$
(167
)
Period-end total assets
 
 
 
 
$
277,988

 
$
284,504

 
$
295,207

 
$
367,698

(1) 
There were no material intersegment revenues.



239

Table of Contents

Business Segments
 
 
 
 
At and for the Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
 
 
Total Corporation (1)
 
Consumer & Business Banking
 
Consumer Real Estate Services
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
20,835

 
$
23,890

 
$
9,784

 
$
11,150

 
$
1,489

 
$
1,475

Noninterest income (loss)
23,852

 
16,688

 
4,964

 
5,997

 
3,706

 
(10,727
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
44,687

 
40,578

 
14,748

 
17,147

 
5,195

 
(9,252
)
Provision for credit losses
4,191

 
7,069

 
2,008

 
1,061

 
693

 
2,605

Amortization of intangibles
640

 
767

 
316

 
382

 

 
11

Goodwill impairment

 
2,603

 

 

 

 
2,603

Other noninterest expense
35,549

 
39,769

 
8,290

 
8,556

 
7,461

 
10,788

Income (loss) before income taxes
4,307

 
(9,630
)
 
4,134

 
7,148

 
(2,959
)
 
(25,259
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
1,191

 
(2,853
)
 
1,523

 
2,604

 
(1,046
)
 
(8,353
)
Net income (loss)
$
3,116

 
$
(6,777
)
 
$
2,611

 
$
4,544

 
$
(1,913
)
 
$
(16,906
)
Period-end total assets
$
2,160,854

 
$
2,261,319

 
$
537,647

 
$
521,823

 
$
147,638

 
$
185,398

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Banking
 
Global Markets
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
$
4,583

 
$
4,858

 
$
1,448

 
$
1,894

Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
4,152

 
4,502

 
6,110

 
7,791

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
8,735

 
9,360

 
7,558

 
9,685

Provision for credit losses
 
 
 
 
(351
)
 
(681
)
 
(34
)
 
(41
)
Amortization of intangibles
 
 
 
 
40

 
50

 
31

 
33

Other noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
4,302

 
4,481

 
5,756

 
6,343

Income before income taxes
 
 
 
 
4,744

 
5,510

 
1,805

 
3,350

Income tax expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
1,748

 
2,006

 
545

 
1,044

Net income
 
 
 
 
$
2,996

 
$
3,504

 
$
1,260

 
$
2,306

Period-end total assets
 
 
 
 
$
340,559

 
$
340,535

 
$
561,815

 
$
561,361

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Wealth &
Investment Management
 
All Other
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
$
3,024

 
$
3,143

 
$
507

 
$
1,370

Noninterest income (loss)
 
 
 
 
5,653

 
5,848

 
(733
)
 
3,277

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
8,677

 
8,991

 
(226
)
 
4,647

Provision for credit losses
 
 
 
 
93

 
118

 
1,782

 
4,007

Amortization of intangibles
 
 
 
 
212

 
223

 
41

 
68

Other noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
6,646

 
6,990

 
3,094

 
2,611

Income (loss) before income taxes
 
 
 
 
1,726

 
1,660

 
(5,143
)
 
(2,039
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
636

 
605

 
(2,215
)
 
(759
)
Net income (loss)
 
 
 
 
$
1,090

 
$
1,055

 
$
(2,928
)
 
$
(1,280
)
Period-end total assets
 
 
 
 
$
277,988

 
$
284,504

 
$
295,207

 
$
367,698

(1) 
There were no material intersegment revenues.


240

Table of Contents

The tables below present a reconciliation of the five business segments’ total revenue, net of interest expense, on a FTE basis, and net income to the Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Income, and total assets to the Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheet. The adjustments presented in the following tables include consolidated income, expense and asset amounts not specifically allocated to individual business segments.

Business Segment Reconciliations
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Segments’ total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
 
$
21,814

 
$
10,933

 
$
44,913

 
$
35,931

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ALM activities
 
477

 
1,144

 
(692
)
 
908

Equity investment income (loss)
 
(63
)
 
1,139

 
354

 
2,554

Liquidating businesses
 
539

 
746

 
902

 
1,765

FTE basis adjustment
 
(234
)
 
(247
)
 
(441
)
 
(465
)
Other
 
(565
)
 
(479
)
 
(790
)
 
(580
)
Consolidated revenue, net of interest expense
 
$
21,968

 
$
13,236

 
$
44,246

 
$
40,113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segments’ net income (loss)
 
$
2,799

 
$
(8,659
)
 
$
6,044

 
$
(5,497
)
Adjustments, net-of-taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ALM activities
 
(229
)
 
(540
)
 
(2,053
)
 
(1,954
)
Equity investment income (loss)
 
(40
)
 
718

 
223

 
1,609

Liquidating businesses
 
153

 
68

 
211

 
175

Merger and restructuring charges
 

 
(101
)
 

 
(228
)
Other
 
(220
)
 
(312
)
 
(1,309
)
 
(882
)
Consolidated net income (loss)
 
$
2,463

 
$
(8,826
)
 
$
3,116

 
$
(6,777
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
Segments’ total assets
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,865,647

 
$
1,893,621

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ALM activities, including securities portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
628,228

 
643,037

Equity investments
 
 
 
 
 
5,451

 
31,055

Liquidating businesses
 
 
 
 
 
27,259

 
41,208

Elimination of segment excess asset allocations to match liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
(526,363
)
 
(502,284
)
Other
 
 
 
 
 
160,632

 
154,682

Consolidated total assets
 
 
 
 
 
$
2,160,854

 
$
2,261,319


NOTE 20 – Subsequent Event

On July 17, 2012, the U.K. 2012 Finance Bill was enacted, which reduced the U.K. corporate income tax rate by two percent to 23 percent. The first one percent reduction was effective on April 1, 2012, and the second reduction will be effective April 1, 2013. These reductions will reduce income tax expense on future U.K. earnings but also require the Corporation to remeasure its U.K. net deferred tax assets using the lower tax rates. In the three months ending September 30, 2012, the Corporation will record a charge to income tax expense of approximately $800 million for the remeasurement.



241

Table of Contents

Part II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

See Litigation and Regulatory Matters in Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated by reference in this Item 1, for litigation and regulatory disclosure that supplements the disclosure in Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies of the Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, as updated by a Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2012 to reflect reclassified business segment information and in Note 10 - Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

There are no material changes from the risk factors set forth under Part 1, Item 1A. Risk Factors in the Corporation’s 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The table below presents share repurchase activity for the three months ended June 30, 2012. The common shares repurchased consist of shares acquired by the Corporation in connection with satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on vested restricted stock or restricted stock units and certain forfeitures and terminations of employment-related awards under equity incentive plans. The primary source of funds for cash distributions by the Corporation to its shareholders is dividends received from its banking subsidiaries. Each of the banking subsidiaries is subject to various regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital above regulatory minimums. All of the Corporation’s preferred stock outstanding has preference over the Corporation’s common stock with respect to the payment of dividends.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remaining Buyback Authority
(Dollars in millions, except per
share information; shares in thousands)
Common Shares
Repurchased
 
Weighted-Average
Per Share Price
 
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Programs
 
Amounts
 
Shares
April 1-30, 2012
110

 
$
9.62

 

 
$

 

May 1-31, 2012
134

 
8.16

 

 

 

June 1-30, 2012
10

 
7.00

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
254

 
8.74

 
 
 
 
 
 

The Corporation did not have any unregistered sales of its equity securities during the three months ended June 30, 2012.

Capital Covenants

On May 25, 2012, the Corporation completed the repurchase of $134 million aggregate liquidation amount of capital securities of BAC Capital Trust VI, pursuant to a previously announced tender offer for such securities, and the related cancellation and retirement of the underlying 5.625% Junior Subordinated Notes, due 2035 of the Corporation issued to and held by BAC Capital Trust VI. As a result of this repurchase of capital securities and the related cancellation and retirement of the underlying 5.625% Junior Subordinated Notes, the series of covered debt benefiting from the Corporation's replacement capital covenant, executed February 16, 2007 in connection with the issuance by BAC Capital Trust XIV of its 5.63% Fixed to Floating Rate Preferred Hybrid Income Term Securities (the Replacement Capital Covenant), was redesignated. Effective as of May 25, 2012, the 5.625% Junior Subordinated Notes ceased being the covered debt under the Replacement Capital Covenant. Also effective as of May 25, 2012, the Corporation's 6.875% Junior Subordinated Notes, due 2055 underlying the capital securities of BAC Capital Trust XII, became the covered debt with respect to and in accordance with the terms of the Replacement Capital Covenant. For more information on this Replacement Capital Covenant, see Note 13 – Long-term Debt to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.



242

Table of Contents

Item 6. Exhibits
 
 
 
Exhibit 3(a)
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of registrant, as in effect on the date hereof, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) of registrant's Quarterly Report on Form10-Q (File No. 1-6523) for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011 filed on November 3, 2011
 
 
 
Exhibit 3(b)
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of registrant, as in effect on the date hereof, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) of registrant's 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-6523) filed on February 25, 2011
 
 
 
Exhibit 4(a)

 
Supplemental Agreement to the Amended and Restated Agency Agreement dated as of May 17, 2012 among registrant, Bank of America, N.A. (operating through its London branch), as Principal Agent, and Merrill Lynch International Bank Limited, as Registrar and Transfer Agent (1)

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 11
 
Earnings Per Share Computation – included in Note 13 – Earnings Per Common Share to the Consolidated Financial Statements (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 12
 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (1)
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(a)
 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(b)
 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(a)
 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(b)
 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document (1)
(1) 
Included herewith



243

Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 
 
Bank of America Corporation
Registrant
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
August 2, 2012
 
/s/ Neil A. Cotty  
 
 
 
 
Neil A. Cotty 
Chief Accounting Officer
 


244

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation
Form 10-Q
Index to Exhibits

Exhibit
 
Description
 
 
 
Exhibit 3(a)
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of registrant, as in effect on the date hereof, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) of registrant's Quarterly Report on Form10-Q (File No. 1-6523) for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011 filed on November 3, 2011
 
 
 
Exhibit 3(b)
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of registrant, as in effect on the date hereof, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) of registrant's 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-6523) filed on February 25, 2011
 
 
 
Exhibit 4(a)

 
Supplemental Agreement to the Amended and Restated Agency Agreement dated as of May 17, 2012 among registrant, Bank of America, N.A. (operating through its London branch), as Principal Agent, and Merrill Lynch International Bank Limited, as Registrar and Transfer Agent (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 11
 
Earnings Per Share Computation – included in Note 13 – Earnings Per Common Share to the Consolidated Financial Statements (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 12
 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (1)
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(a)
 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(b)
 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(a)
 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(b)
 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document (1)
(1) 
Included herewith


245